Sesame Street

Sesame Street

Kindness is in the air.

Continuing First aired 10/Nov/1969 United States English 57 season(s) 4840 episode(s)
On a special inner city street, the inhabitants—human and muppet—teach preschoolers basic educational and social concepts using comedy, cartoons, games, and songs.

Episode Time in Your Timezone

See when new episodes air in your local time.

Improve air time

Air Time

Source: UTC · Your timezone: America/New_York

When does the episode air in United States?

The local release time is not available yet because this show has no schedule time.


Notice: Schedule time is not available yet.
Improve release time Schedule day · Air time · Original timezone

Add or correct the official timezone, weekly air day, and air time only when you know the real source schedule. EpisodeTime uses this to convert episodes into every visitor’s local time.

Add release time

Show Insights

See how viewers feel about this show before you start watching.

TimeScore 33% Skip It
Binge Meter 48% Slow Burn
Episode Pulse Quiet 40% activity score
Drop Rate 0% Very Low

Scores are based on audience votes, watchlist activity, episode progress, and viewer behavior on EpisodeTime.

Seasons & Episodes

Browse episodes by season.

Season 56 · Season 56
13 episode(s) · Air date: 10/Nov/2025
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S56E13
Cookie Monster's Magical Cart
Air date: 13/Apr/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Cookie Monster gets tired from pushing his cart, Abby uses magic to make the cart move on its own. He starts to feel frustrated because she's not listening to him. Now the cart's out of control. Meanwhile Grover tries to deliver boxes.

Summary

When Cookie Monster gets tired from pushing his cart, Abby uses magic to make the cart move on its own. He starts to feel frustrated because she's not listening to him. Now the cart's out of control. Meanwhile Grover tries to deliver boxes.

S56E12
Grover's Play
Air date: 06/Apr/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Director Grover has the perfect plan for his play. Abby and Elmo want to switch roles, and he feels frustrated. But Grover realizes no plan is perfect or fun without his friends. Meanwhile, Tamir and Cookie Monster try to fix the suitycase.

Summary

Director Grover has the perfect plan for his play. Abby and Elmo want to switch roles, and he feels frustrated. But Grover realizes no plan is perfect or fun without his friends. Meanwhile, Tamir and Cookie Monster try to fix the suitycase.

S56E11
Elmo's Space Adventure
Air date: 30/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Captain Elmo wants to be on a solo mission to Jupiter, but his friends join and mess up his plan. He feels annoyed and learns that he should've told his friends how he was feeling. Meanwhile, Grover tries to fix the spaceship booster

Summary

Captain Elmo wants to be on a solo mission to Jupiter, but his friends join and mess up his plan. He feels annoyed and learns that he should've told his friends how he was feeling. Meanwhile, Grover tries to fix the spaceship booster

S56E10
Cookie Monster's Cookie Cart
Air date: 23/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Cookie Monster tries using his new Cookie Cart but feels annoyed when his mom does everything for him. He does a cookie breath, and after talking to his mom, he bakes all by himself. Meanwhile, Grover tries magic to entertain his friends.

Summary

Cookie Monster tries using his new Cookie Cart but feels annoyed when his mom does everything for him. He does a cookie breath, and after talking to his mom, he bakes all by himself. Meanwhile, Grover tries magic to entertain his friends.

S56E9
Elmo's Magnificent Mini City
Air date: 16/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When it's too hot outside to see the Magnificent Mini City, Elmo, Abby, and Julia disconnect from their tablets and build their own mini city inside. Meanwhile, Grover helps Cookie Monster try to serve Big Bird ice cream without it melting.

Summary

When it's too hot outside to see the Magnificent Mini City, Elmo, Abby, and Julia disconnect from their tablets and build their own mini city inside. Meanwhile, Grover helps Cookie Monster try to serve Big Bird ice cream without it melting.

S56E8
Elmo and the Great Cookie Stack 
Air date: 09/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and friends have until the end of the day to set the record for the tallest cookie tower ever! Can they work together as a team to make it happen?

Summary

Elmo and friends have until the end of the day to set the record for the tallest cookie tower ever! Can they work together as a team to make it happen?

S56E7
Elmo's Awesome Bike
Air date: 09/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo's bike is great, but is Abby's bike even better? Tamir teaches Elmo how to deal with feeling jealous — and to enjoy the things Elmo already has.

Summary

Elmo's bike is great, but is Abby's bike even better? Tamir teaches Elmo how to deal with feeling jealous — and to enjoy the things Elmo already has.

S56E6
Abby's Magical Dragons
Air date: 09/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

While watching baby dragons for the first time, Abby, Elmo and crew join voices for a soothing bedtime bop to make sure the little beasties go to sleep.

Summary

While watching baby dragons for the first time, Abby, Elmo and crew join voices for a soothing bedtime bop to make sure the little beasties go to sleep.

S56E5
Elmo's Toy Swap 
Air date: 09/Mar/2026 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

After trading old toys with his pals, Elmo learns there are lots of ways to play and pretend. Later, Miley Cyrus helps the gang use their imaginations.

Summary

After trading old toys with his pals, Elmo learns there are lots of ways to play and pretend. Later, Miley Cyrus helps the gang use their imaginations.

S56E4
Grover's Super Suitycase
Air date: 10/Nov/2025 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo's sad his daddy has to go on a work trip, and Grover's on a mission to cheer him up — but it isn't working. Sounds like a job for the Help Fairies!

Summary

Elmo's sad his daddy has to go on a work trip, and Grover's on a mission to cheer him up — but it isn't working. Sounds like a job for the Help Fairies!

S56E3
Abby's Magical Beasties
Air date: 10/Nov/2025 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

While Abby and Elmo work together to find a lost Bubble Bug, Grover and Cookie Monster stay behind to take care of the fairy garden's Magical Beasties.

Summary

While Abby and Elmo work together to find a lost Bubble Bug, Grover and Cookie Monster stay behind to take care of the fairy garden's Magical Beasties.

S56E2
Cookie Monster's Big Puzzle
Air date: 10/Nov/2025 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It's Cookie Time... but Cookie Monster and Tamir can't figure out why Elmo doesn't want one! Abby helps Grover learn that doing puzzles takes patience.

Summary

It's Cookie Time... but Cookie Monster and Tamir can't figure out why Elmo doesn't want one! Abby helps Grover learn that doing puzzles takes patience.

S56E1
Elmo Runs the Race
Air date: 10/Nov/2025 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The Sesame Street Races are about to begin! The winner will get a sparkly gold medal, but Elmo's so excited he forgets to fuel up with healthy food.

Summary

The Sesame Street Races are about to begin! The winner will get a sparkly gold medal, but Elmo's so excited he forgets to fuel up with healthy food.

Season 55 · Season 55
35 episode(s) · Air date: 15/Jan/2025
Improve Season
Season Overview

While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime.

Season Overview

While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime.

S55E33
Rudy Plays Ball
Air date: 28/Aug/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Rudy struggles to get the ball over the net in pickleball, Mia adjusts the rules for so he can practice and play the game with everyone.

Summary

When Rudy struggles to get the ball over the net in pickleball, Mia adjusts the rules for so he can practice and play the game with everyone.

S55E32
No Wrong Way to Be You
Air date: 21/Aug/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Jonathan Van Ness visits Sesame Street for Hairdo Day, Tamir helps Niamh decide on a hairstyle, and they discover there's so many ways to be you.

Summary

When Jonathan Van Ness visits Sesame Street for Hairdo Day, Tamir helps Niamh decide on a hairstyle, and they discover there's so many ways to be you.

S55E31
Sesame Street's Lost And Found
Air date: 14/Aug/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Abby and Cookie Monster help Grover sort through the Lost and Found to help him remember what his mommy needs for the Sidewalk Sale.

Summary

Abby and Cookie Monster help Grover sort through the Lost and Found to help him remember what his mommy needs for the Sidewalk Sale.

S55E29
Putt Putt Cookie
Air date: 31/Jul/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When mini golf is canceled because of the rain, Abby poofs up a course, and Cookie Monster's friends teach him how to hit the ball into the hole.

Summary

When mini golf is canceled because of the rain, Abby poofs up a course, and Cookie Monster's friends teach him how to hit the ball into the hole.

S55E27
Ruff Ruff Doggie Robot
Air date: 17/Jul/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Tamir, and Alan are building a robot dog, but the tail isn't "waggedy." What if they wrap a wooden paintbrush with shiny foil? Let's try!

Summary

Elmo, Tamir, and Alan are building a robot dog, but the tail isn't "waggedy." What if they wrap a wooden paintbrush with shiny foil? Let's try!

S55E25
Hide and Seek Chameleon
Air date: 03/Jul/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Elmo and Gabrielle have trouble finding Casey Chameleon, Chris helps them learn all about chameleons and how to find Casey's hiding spots.

Summary

When Elmo and Gabrielle have trouble finding Casey Chameleon, Chris helps them learn all about chameleons and how to find Casey's hiding spots.

S55E23
Garden Explorers
Air date: 19/Jun/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

To find Gabrielle's lost charm bracelet, Elmo, Abby, and Gabrielle play garden explorers and use their five senses in the Community Garden.

Summary

To find Gabrielle's lost charm bracelet, Elmo, Abby, and Gabrielle play garden explorers and use their five senses in the Community Garden.

S55E20
Camp Sesame Street
Air date: 29/May/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When he doesn't get to go to Fairy Day Camp, Rudy wiggles it out and then invites his friends over to his own camp to play and do arts and crafts.

Summary

When he doesn't get to go to Fairy Day Camp, Rudy wiggles it out and then invites his friends over to his own camp to play and do arts and crafts.

S55E18
A Bulldozer's Unlucky Day
Air date: 15/May/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Lucky gets upset about making mistakes on his first day as a bulldozer, Big Bird and Nina teach him that it's okay to make mistakes.

Summary

When Lucky gets upset about making mistakes on his first day as a bulldozer, Big Bird and Nina teach him that it's okay to make mistakes.

S55E17
A Snuffy-Sized Sandwich
Air date: 08/May/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Snuffy's friends want to surprise him with a special Snuffy-sized sandwich, but how will they reach the middle of the bread to spread the jam?

Summary

Snuffy's friends want to surprise him with a special Snuffy-sized sandwich, but how will they reach the middle of the bread to spread the jam?

S55E13
Abby Taps into Kindness
Air date: 10/Apr/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Abby wants to tap dance but grows frustrated when she can't keep up with Nina and Charlie, who teach her to be kind to herself and keep practicing.

Summary

Abby wants to tap dance but grows frustrated when she can't keep up with Nina and Charlie, who teach her to be kind to herself and keep practicing.

S55E12
The Wet Dog Wiggles
Air date: 03/Apr/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo is too excited to teach Tango a new trick, so Julia and Sam show him how to shake out his energy and use a gentle voice and quiet body.

Summary

Elmo is too excited to teach Tango a new trick, so Julia and Sam show him how to shake out his energy and use a gentle voice and quiet body.

S55E8
Nursery Rhyme Day on Sesame Street
Air date: 06/Mar/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Reporters Elmo and Abby offer strategies to Nursery Rhyme characters experiencing big feelings of excitement, nervousness, and frustration.

Summary

Reporters Elmo and Abby offer strategies to Nursery Rhyme characters experiencing big feelings of excitement, nervousness, and frustration.

S55E7
Elmo's Lost Snowman
Air date: 27/Feb/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

On a hot day, Abby "poofs" a snowman to keep her and Elmo cool. But after they return from finding some decorations, their snowman has disappeared!

Summary

On a hot day, Abby "poofs" a snowman to keep her and Elmo cool. But after they return from finding some decorations, their snowman has disappeared!

S55E6
Rudy's Doctor Dilemma
Air date: 20/Feb/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Rudy is afraid of getting a shot at the doctor's office, so Nina and Abby play pretend to show what the visit will be like so he can feel less scared.

Summary

Rudy is afraid of getting a shot at the doctor's office, so Nina and Abby play pretend to show what the visit will be like so he can feel less scared.

S55E3
Tamir's Art Show
Air date: 30/Jan/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Grandma Nell shows off his drawing before it's finished, Tamir takes volcano breaths before gathering the courage to share how he feels.

Summary

When Grandma Nell shows off his drawing before it's finished, Tamir takes volcano breaths before gathering the courage to share how he feels.

S55E2
Martin Luther King Jr. Day on Sesame Street
Air date: 23/Jan/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo and his friends are making a Peace Tree to show how they will carry on Dr. Martin Luther King's wish to treat people fairly and kindly every day!

Summary

Elmo and his friends are making a Peace Tree to show how they will carry on Dr. Martin Luther King's wish to treat people fairly and kindly every day!

S55E1
Beachball Bop
Air date: 16/Jan/2025 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo gets angry when his block tower falls during a game with Rosita, but Louie and AM Volcano help him calm down and think about his actions.

Summary

Elmo gets angry when his block tower falls during a game with Rosita, but Louie and AM Volcano help him calm down and think about his actions.

Season 54 · Season 54
35 episode(s) · Air date: 08/Nov/2023
Improve Season
Season Overview

Get ready to sing along and join your favorite furry friends for a brand new season of Sesame Street! Let’s celebrate our diverse world and find joy in connecting and learning about our community. Catch the premiere of Sesame Street on Thursday, November 9th on Max!

Season Overview

Get ready to sing along and join your favorite furry friends for a brand new season of Sesame Street! Let’s celebrate our diverse world and find joy in connecting and learning about our community. Catch the premiere of Sesame Street on Thursday, November 9th on Max!

S54E32
Roar, It's a Dinosaur
Air date: 12/Jun/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Chris and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn facts about dinosaurs!

Summary

Elmo, Chris and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn facts about dinosaurs!

S54E31
Elmo Goes Down the Big Slide
Air date: 06/Jun/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo is excited and a little scared to go down the big slide for the first time. With help from Chris, Elmo is ready to go down the slide by himself!

Summary

Elmo is excited and a little scared to go down the big slide for the first time. With help from Chris, Elmo is ready to go down the slide by himself!

S54E29
Brave Bessie by Brave Gabrielle
Air date: 23/May/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Gabrielle puts on a show to tell her friends about Bessie Coleman, the first African American and Native American woman to fly an airplane.

Summary

Gabrielle puts on a show to tell her friends about Bessie Coleman, the first African American and Native American woman to fly an airplane.

S54E27
The Tasty Transport
Air date: 09/May/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Alan has a lot of food deliveries to make at Hooper's. Elmo, Charlie and Rosita ride their scooter and bikes to help deliver food to customers.

Summary

Alan has a lot of food deliveries to make at Hooper's. Elmo, Charlie and Rosita ride their scooter and bikes to help deliver food to customers.

S54E25
Shabbat Shalom!
Air date: 25/Apr/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Charlie and her family share Shabbat dinner with their friends Elmo, Alan, Big Bird and Tamir, who help them prepare their meal before sundown.

Summary

Charlie and her family share Shabbat dinner with their friends Elmo, Alan, Big Bird and Tamir, who help them prepare their meal before sundown.

S54E19
Bert and Ernie's Opposite Day
Air date: 14/Mar/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

On Opposite Day, everyone is doing things that are as different as they can be. Bert and Ernie realize they like so many opposite things too!

Summary

On Opposite Day, everyone is doing things that are as different as they can be. Bert and Ernie realize they like so many opposite things too!

S54E18
Tamir's Water Works
Air date: 07/Mar/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Tamir needs to figure out how to keep the community garden watered while he's away at camp. With his friends' help, Tamir makes an irrigation system.

Summary

Tamir needs to figure out how to keep the community garden watered while he's away at camp. With his friends' help, Tamir makes an irrigation system.

S54E17
The Kitty Sisters
Air date: 29/Feb/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Chris and Elmo put up signs to try to find a lost kitten's owner, and Grover and Cookie Monster learn all about how to take care of a kitten.

Summary

Chris and Elmo put up signs to try to find a lost kitten's owner, and Grover and Cookie Monster learn all about how to take care of a kitten.

S54E14
Sesame Street's Lunar New Year Celebration
Air date: 08/Feb/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Lily, Qui and Ji-Young are celebrating Lunar New Year on Sesame Street. They share with their friends how their families celebrate the holiday.

Summary

Lily, Qui and Ji-Young are celebrating Lunar New Year on Sesame Street. They share with their friends how their families celebrate the holiday.

S54E11
Sesame Street Song Day
Air date: 18/Jan/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Mia learns how to sing a song in Spanish with help from her friends, who tell her how special she is no matter how much or little Spanish she speaks.

Summary

Mia learns how to sing a song in Spanish with help from her friends, who tell her how special she is no matter how much or little Spanish she speaks.

S54E9
Are You Ready For School?
Air date: 04/Jan/2024 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Rudy and Zoe feel nervous about getting ready for kindergarten, Ji-Young and Baby Bear host a game show all about school to help.

Summary

When Rudy and Zoe feel nervous about getting ready for kindergarten, Ji-Young and Baby Bear host a game show all about school to help.

S54E7
Worms Want To Play
Air date: 21/Dec/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Frankie the worm wants to play with her cousins, but they moved far away. To help their friend, Rosita, Gabrielle and Zoe must think like engineers.

Summary

Frankie the worm wants to play with her cousins, but they moved far away. To help their friend, Rosita, Gabrielle and Zoe must think like engineers.

S54E4
Abby's Magical Sleepover
Air date: 30/Nov/2023 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Gabrielle, Charlie and Abby are having a sleepover! As they start their bedtime routines, they learn that their routines are different and alike.

Summary

Gabrielle, Charlie and Abby are having a sleepover! As they start their bedtime routines, they learn that their routines are different and alike.

S54E3
Proud of My Name
Air date: 23/Nov/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Gabrielle and Rosita join a basketball team; Elmo and Gabrielle encourage Rosita to tell the coach to call her by her actual name; Rosita is proud of her name because names are a big part of one's identity.

Summary

Elmo, Gabrielle and Rosita join a basketball team; Elmo and Gabrielle encourage Rosita to tell the coach to call her by her actual name; Rosita is proud of her name because names are a big part of one's identity.

S54E2
The Oct-Dough-Pus
Air date: 16/Nov/2023 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Grover and his friend, the octopus, are helping at Hooper's Store but the octopus can only cook bread. With help from his friends, Grover fulfills his customer's order while learning that families all over the world make bread in different ways, shapes, and sizes!

Summary

Grover and his friend, the octopus, are helping at Hooper's Store but the octopus can only cook bread. With help from his friends, Grover fulfills his customer's order while learning that families all over the world make bread in different ways, shapes, and sizes!

S54E1
Can They Be Friends?
Air date: 09/Nov/2023 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Reporter Grover learns that people can be friends even if they are different ages, cheer for different sports teams and like doing different things.

Summary

Reporter Grover learns that people can be friends even if they are different ages, cheer for different sports teams and like doing different things.

Season 53 · Season 53
35 episode(s) · Air date: 02/Nov/2022
Improve Season
Season Overview

Sharpen your crayons and hide your cookies, because Season 53 of Sesame Street is coming to HBO Max, starting November 3rd! Join your favorite furry friends for more fun, laughs, and lessons devoted to helping children grow up with a healthy self-identity and sense of belonging.

Season Overview

Sharpen your crayons and hide your cookies, because Season 53 of Sesame Street is coming to HBO Max, starting November 3rd! Join your favorite furry friends for more fun, laughs, and lessons devoted to helping children grow up with a healthy self-identity and sense of belonging.

S53E33
Grandparents' Day
Air date: 15/Jun/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

It’s Grandparents’ Day on Sesame Street! While Elmo, Tamir, and Gabrielle help Grandma Nell prepare Grandpa ZZ’s Triple Cheesy Macareenie, they learn that the best part about making it is being able to cook together as a family.

Summary

It’s Grandparents’ Day on Sesame Street! While Elmo, Tamir, and Gabrielle help Grandma Nell prepare Grandpa ZZ’s Triple Cheesy Macareenie, they learn that the best part about making it is being able to cook together as a family.

S53E29
Wash Day
Air date: 18/May/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

It’s Wash Day today, and Gabrielle gets to spend time with her Auntie, Kayla. Auntie Kayla combs, shampoos, conditions, and detangles Gabrielle’s hair. During bath time, Gabrielle’s hair is twisted up in a shower cap and at the end, Gabrielle gets to pick out a new style for her hair. Wash Day is really special to Gabrielle and her family.

Summary

It’s Wash Day today, and Gabrielle gets to spend time with her Auntie, Kayla. Auntie Kayla combs, shampoos, conditions, and detangles Gabrielle’s hair. During bath time, Gabrielle’s hair is twisted up in a shower cap and at the end, Gabrielle gets to pick out a new style for her hair. Wash Day is really special to Gabrielle and her family.

S53E28
The Letter C Vacation
Air date: 11/May/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When the letter "C" goes on vacation, all of the things that start with it also go missing – cans become fans, a cake becomes a rake, cups turn into pups. When a rested letter C returns, everyone realizes that all 26 letters are important.

Summary

When the letter "C" goes on vacation, all of the things that start with it also go missing – cans become fans, a cake becomes a rake, cups turn into pups. When a rested letter C returns, everyone realizes that all 26 letters are important.

S53E25
Fans of the Fan Dance
Air date: 20/Apr/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Ji-Young invites her friends Elmo, Zoe, Gabrielle, Charlie, and Tamir to join her Korean fan dance class. Together they learn how to use the fans and thank Ji-Young for sharing the dance that’s special to her and her family.

Summary

Ji-Young invites her friends Elmo, Zoe, Gabrielle, Charlie, and Tamir to join her Korean fan dance class. Together they learn how to use the fans and thank Ji-Young for sharing the dance that’s special to her and her family.

S53E23
Horsing Around
Air date: 06/Apr/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Julia and Samuel are helping Elmo learn to ride a pony at a horse farm. Before riding the pony, Elmo learns how to greet, feed, and brush the pony. When it’s time to ride, Elmo feels nervous. What if he practices belly breathing? Let’s try!

Summary

Julia and Samuel are helping Elmo learn to ride a pony at a horse farm. Before riding the pony, Elmo learns how to greet, feed, and brush the pony. When it’s time to ride, Elmo feels nervous. What if he practices belly breathing? Let’s try!

S53E22
Monster Truckin'
Air date: 30/Mar/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo and Chris are making their own monster truck jump, but they don’t have a ramp. What if they make one out of a pizza box lid? Let’s try!

Summary

Elmo and Chris are making their own monster truck jump, but they don’t have a ramp. What if they make one out of a pizza box lid? Let’s try!

S53E21
Grouch-ercise
Air date: 23/Mar/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Oscar's been feeling terrible all day, so Elmo, Abby, Grundgetta, and Nina try to find different exercises to help him feel better. As they set off to tell Oscar all the exercises they came up with, they find him returning from a long, grouchy walk picking up trash. Oscar feels much better and is back to feeling good and rotten.

Summary

Oscar's been feeling terrible all day, so Elmo, Abby, Grundgetta, and Nina try to find different exercises to help him feel better. As they set off to tell Oscar all the exercises they came up with, they find him returning from a long, grouchy walk picking up trash. Oscar feels much better and is back to feeling good and rotten.

S53E20
Count On
Air date: 16/Mar/2023 · Runtime: 25 min
Summary

Grover has a new job as a kitty sitter but struggles to count the number of kitties altogether. After the Count shares a shortcut – counting on, instead of from the beginning – Grover learns to count on from where he left off.

Summary

Grover has a new job as a kitty sitter but struggles to count the number of kitties altogether. After the Count shares a shortcut – counting on, instead of from the beginning – Grover learns to count on from where he left off.

S53E19
Cinderella's New Shoes
Air date: 09/Mar/2023 · Runtime: 25 min
Summary

Cinderella doesn’t want to be a princess or open her new shoe store, she only wants to play. But when she meets Rosita, who suggests she get a new pair of sneakers, Cinderella realizes she can be a princess and play.

Summary

Cinderella doesn’t want to be a princess or open her new shoe store, she only wants to play. But when she meets Rosita, who suggests she get a new pair of sneakers, Cinderella realizes she can be a princess and play.

S53E18
Art Rocks!
Air date: 02/Mar/2023 · Runtime: 25 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Big Bird are painting pictures in the community garden, but they don’t have any paper. What if they paint on rocks that are strong and smooth? Let’s try!

Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Big Bird are painting pictures in the community garden, but they don’t have any paper. What if they paint on rocks that are strong and smooth? Let’s try!

S53E17
Just Right
Air date: 23/Feb/2023 · Runtime: 25 min
Summary

When James says Mia can’t play Goldilocks because she doesn’t look like her, Mia stands up for herself and James learns that the best part of acting out a story is that you can be anyone you want to be.

Summary

When James says Mia can’t play Goldilocks because she doesn’t look like her, Mia stands up for herself and James learns that the best part of acting out a story is that you can be anyone you want to be.

S53E16
Read-and-Share
Air date: 16/Feb/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Gabrielle, and Ji-Young are at an Outdoor Library. When Ji-Young can’t find a book with all the things that make her special, she writes her own comic book with the help of her friends.

Summary

Elmo, Gabrielle, and Ji-Young are at an Outdoor Library. When Ji-Young can’t find a book with all the things that make her special, she writes her own comic book with the help of her friends.

S53E14
Family Album
Air date: 02/Feb/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Gabrielle and Tamir are making a family photo album for Grandma Nell. They learn about melanin and that sometimes people in a family can look alike, and sometimes they can look different, but are still the same family.

Summary

Gabrielle and Tamir are making a family photo album for Grandma Nell. They learn about melanin and that sometimes people in a family can look alike, and sometimes they can look different, but are still the same family.

S53E13
Nani Bird Visits
Air date: 26/Jan/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Big Bird’s aunt, Nani Bird, is visiting Sesame Street from Hawaii. Nani Bird shares with Elmo, Abby Cadabby and Nina how to say “aloha,” make paper flower lei, and how to hula – all special things Big Bird’s family does in Hawaii.

Summary

Big Bird’s aunt, Nani Bird, is visiting Sesame Street from Hawaii. Nani Bird shares with Elmo, Abby Cadabby and Nina how to say “aloha,” make paper flower lei, and how to hula – all special things Big Bird’s family does in Hawaii.

S53E12
Bubble Trouble
Air date: 19/Jan/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

It's national bubble week! Elmo, Rosita, Zoe, and Charlie are filling all of Sesame Street with bubbles to celebrate, but they are getting tired. They wonder if there's something that could make bubbles for them. What if they put bubble wands on an egg rack in front of a fan and spin it through a tub of soapy water? Let's try! It works. They didn't give up and Sesame Street gets filled with bubbles thanks to their new machine!

Summary

It's national bubble week! Elmo, Rosita, Zoe, and Charlie are filling all of Sesame Street with bubbles to celebrate, but they are getting tired. They wonder if there's something that could make bubbles for them. What if they put bubble wands on an egg rack in front of a fan and spin it through a tub of soapy water? Let's try! It works. They didn't give up and Sesame Street gets filled with bubbles thanks to their new machine!

S53E11
Gold Medal Tango
Air date: 12/Jan/2023 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Rosita, and Chris are making a doggy obstacle course for Tango. They find a hula hoop that Tango could jump through, but it won’t stand up. What if they put the hoop through the slats of two chairs? Let’s try!

Summary

Elmo, Rosita, and Chris are making a doggy obstacle course for Tango. They find a hula hoop that Tango could jump through, but it won’t stand up. What if they put the hoop through the slats of two chairs? Let’s try!

S53E9
How to Catch a Robot Dog
Air date: 29/Dec/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo and Tamir need to catch Norbert’s robot dog, Alfred, but he keeps running away. What if they make a fishing pole with a magnet since Alfred is made of metal? Let’s try!

Summary

Elmo and Tamir need to catch Norbert’s robot dog, Alfred, but he keeps running away. What if they make a fishing pole with a magnet since Alfred is made of metal? Let’s try!

S53E8
Rudy's Favorite Sweater
Air date: 22/Dec/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Rudy’s favorite sweater no longer fits, Nina suggests they have a clothing drive so everyone in the neighborhood can donate clothes they don’t need to those who do.

Summary

When Rudy’s favorite sweater no longer fits, Nina suggests they have a clothing drive so everyone in the neighborhood can donate clothes they don’t need to those who do.

S53E7
Happy Hair Day
Air date: 15/Dec/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo and his friends are singing about hair! They all sing together about how hair is part of what makes each of them special no matter how it grows.

Summary

Elmo and his friends are singing about hair! They all sing together about how hair is part of what makes each of them special no matter how it grows.

S53E6
Bert's Bike Day with Luis
Air date: 08/Dec/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Luis and Ernie help Bert gain the confidence to ride his bike without training wheels after they break. In loving memory of Emilio Delgado, our beloved Luis.

Summary

Luis and Ernie help Bert gain the confidence to ride his bike without training wheels after they break. In loving memory of Emilio Delgado, our beloved Luis.

S53E5
Jobs Day
Air date: 01/Dec/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

It’s Jobs Day! Elmo and his friends are learning about jobs they would like to do when they grow up. When Gabrielle doesn’t know what she wants to do yet, she learns that if you work hard and practice, you can do anything you want to do. First lady and teacher Jill Biden teaches Elmo, Abby, and Tamir about all different types of jobs.

Summary

It’s Jobs Day! Elmo and his friends are learning about jobs they would like to do when they grow up. When Gabrielle doesn’t know what she wants to do yet, she learns that if you work hard and practice, you can do anything you want to do. First lady and teacher Jill Biden teaches Elmo, Abby, and Tamir about all different types of jobs.

S53E4
The Great Corn Festival
Air date: 24/Nov/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Welcome to the Sesame Street Corn Party, where every family brings special food made from corn. Rosita brings pineapple tamales from a special recipe she makes with her Abuela. Together, everyone learns about the many ways corn is used and that by sharing special foods, they share something special about themselves.

Summary

Welcome to the Sesame Street Corn Party, where every family brings special food made from corn. Rosita brings pineapple tamales from a special recipe she makes with her Abuela. Together, everyone learns about the many ways corn is used and that by sharing special foods, they share something special about themselves.

S53E3
Kind Rudy
Air date: 17/Nov/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo and Rudy are helping Abby out in the garden because she hurt her wrist, and Rudy wonders how else he can help, too. What if he holds the door for Chris, who is holding the bag of soil, waters the flowers, cleans up paint left out at the community center, and makes a get-well card for Abby's wrist? Just because some things are done doesn't mean you can't help. There are so many ways to be kind!

Summary

Elmo and Rudy are helping Abby out in the garden because she hurt her wrist, and Rudy wonders how else he can help, too. What if he holds the door for Chris, who is holding the bag of soil, waters the flowers, cleans up paint left out at the community center, and makes a get-well card for Abby's wrist? Just because some things are done doesn't mean you can't help. There are so many ways to be kind!

S53E2
Sesame Street Super Heroes
Air date: 10/Nov/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Rosita are playing superheroes! When Elmo and Abby suggest Rosita play Super Carga, who can turn on superpowers with a Spanish catchphrase, she shares that speaking Spanish isn’t the only thing that makes her special.

Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Rosita are playing superheroes! When Elmo and Abby suggest Rosita play Super Carga, who can turn on superpowers with a Spanish catchphrase, she shares that speaking Spanish isn’t the only thing that makes her special.

S53E1
Community Mural
Air date: 03/Nov/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Friends on Sesame Street are painting a mural to celebrate the people in their neighborhood. When Abby has a hard time finding a paint color that is the same as her fur, she learns to mix paint to make a color that looks just like her.

Summary

Friends on Sesame Street are painting a mural to celebrate the people in their neighborhood. When Abby has a hard time finding a paint color that is the same as her fur, she learns to mix paint to make a color that looks just like her.

Season 52 · Season 52
35 episode(s) · Air date: 10/Nov/2021
Improve Season
Season Overview

Join Elmo and the gang as they welcome Tango to the neighborhood, and explore more playful problem-solving with the phrase, “I Wonder…What if…Let’s Try!”

Season Overview

Join Elmo and the gang as they welcome Tango to the neighborhood, and explore more playful problem-solving with the phrase, “I Wonder…What if…Let’s Try!”

S52E22
Kind Alan
Air date: 07/Apr/2022 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo Rosita and Julia are disappointed that their plans changed and they can't have storytime with Alan right now. To help the waiting they paint pictures of all the kind things Alan has done for them like giving them snacks playing with them and reading them books. They come up with the idea of putting the paintings together to make their own book and then tell their new story to Alan.

Summary

Elmo Rosita and Julia are disappointed that their plans changed and they can't have storytime with Alan right now. To help the waiting they paint pictures of all the kind things Alan has done for them like giving them snacks playing with them and reading them books. They come up with the idea of putting the paintings together to make their own book and then tell their new story to Alan.

S52E18
Fort Rudy
Air date: 10/Mar/2022 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Rudy are having a sleepover and building a pillow fort but they don't have a pillow big enough for the roof. This is a problem! They wonder what they can use to build a strong and sturdy roof. What if they use a blanket and weigh it down with heavy books so it doesn't fall down? Let's try! It works. Elmo and Rudy didn't give up and built a pillow fort. Let the sleepover begin!

Summary

Elmo and Rudy are having a sleepover and building a pillow fort but they don't have a pillow big enough for the roof. This is a problem! They wonder what they can use to build a strong and sturdy roof. What if they use a blanket and weigh it down with heavy books so it doesn't fall down? Let's try! It works. Elmo and Rudy didn't give up and built a pillow fort. Let the sleepover begin!

S52E15
Let's Grow Together
Air date: 17/Feb/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Welcome to the Sesame Street community garden! Tamir has an idea: open a garden stand to share what they grow. Alan shares his grandmother’s pickled daikon recipe. Alan's proud of his heritage and happy to be sharing his family’s culture

Summary

Welcome to the Sesame Street community garden! Tamir has an idea: open a garden stand to share what they grow. Alan shares his grandmother’s pickled daikon recipe. Alan's proud of his heritage and happy to be sharing his family’s culture

S52E14
The Hair Dance
Air date: 10/Feb/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Gabrielle and Prairie Dawn think they can’t dance together because their hair doesn’t move the same way, but Nina helps them realize that it would be cool to let their hair do whatever it wants to do.

Summary

Gabrielle and Prairie Dawn think they can’t dance together because their hair doesn’t move the same way, but Nina helps them realize that it would be cool to let their hair do whatever it wants to do.

S52E13
A Trip to the Dentist
Air date: 03/Feb/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

To help remind Julia what happens when you visit the dentist, Elmo, Charlie, and Alan play “pretend dentist” with her. After they count and clean a toy alligator’s teeth, they learn that dentists help keep our teeth clean and healthy.

Summary

To help remind Julia what happens when you visit the dentist, Elmo, Charlie, and Alan play “pretend dentist” with her. After they count and clean a toy alligator’s teeth, they learn that dentists help keep our teeth clean and healthy.

S52E12
Astro Team Alpha
Air date: 27/Jan/2022 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster are playing a space game, driving rovers back to the rocket ship before it blasts off, but then Cookie gets stuck in a crater. What if they push a pile of dirt to make a ramp? Let’s try!

Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster are playing a space game, driving rovers back to the rocket ship before it blasts off, but then Cookie gets stuck in a crater. What if they push a pile of dirt to make a ramp? Let’s try!

S52E10
Martin Luther King Jr. Day
Air date: 13/Jan/2022 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and his friends are making a Peace Tree to celebrate Martin Luther King Jr. Day. They each draw a picture to show how they will carry on Dr. King’s wish by treating people fairly and kindly every day!

Summary

Elmo and his friends are making a Peace Tree to celebrate Martin Luther King Jr. Day. They each draw a picture to show how they will carry on Dr. King’s wish by treating people fairly and kindly every day!

S52E9
Hike Pirates
Air date: 06/Jan/2022 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby, Rudy, and Freddy are going on a hike. Rudy says he’s tired and wants to go home. To make their hike more fun, Freddy shows Abby and Rudy a map they can follow to find the hidden treasure left by hike pirates.

Summary

Abby, Rudy, and Freddy are going on a hike. Rudy says he’s tired and wants to go home. To make their hike more fun, Freddy shows Abby and Rudy a map they can follow to find the hidden treasure left by hike pirates.

S52E7
The Grouch Band
Air date: 23/Dec/2021 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Oscar is getting ready for a virtual Grouch concert with the noisiest and most annoying instruments. Elmo’s Shaky Shake instrument isn’t noisy enough for the concert. What if he adds more rocks and blocks to his jar? Let’s try!

Summary

Oscar is getting ready for a virtual Grouch concert with the noisiest and most annoying instruments. Elmo’s Shaky Shake instrument isn’t noisy enough for the concert. What if he adds more rocks and blocks to his jar? Let’s try!

S52E5
Bug Scouts
Air date: 09/Dec/2021 · Runtime: 20 min
Summary

Bug Scouts Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster want to help Artie the Ant carry a heavy crumb. They try pushing the crumb, but it’s too heavy to move. What if they break the crumb into smaller pieces? Let’s try!

Summary

Bug Scouts Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster want to help Artie the Ant carry a heavy crumb. They try pushing the crumb, but it’s too heavy to move. What if they break the crumb into smaller pieces? Let’s try!

S52E4
Sesame Street Art Museum
Air date: 02/Dec/2021 · Runtime: 20 min
Summary

Everyone is making a painting to hang in Sesame Street’s art museum. Rudy wants to paint a rainbow, but he can’t make the perfect purple. What if he mixes the red and blue paint a little bit at a time? Let’s try!

Summary

Everyone is making a painting to hang in Sesame Street’s art museum. Rudy wants to paint a rainbow, but he can’t make the perfect purple. What if he mixes the red and blue paint a little bit at a time? Let’s try!

S52E3
Lunchtime Engineers
Air date: 25/Nov/2021 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Chris sprains his ankle, Zoe, Gabrielle, and Rosita use a rope and pulley to bring him his lunch, but the rope slips off the lunch bag. What if they put the lunch bag in a basket and tie the rope to the basket handle? Let’s try!

Summary

When Chris sprains his ankle, Zoe, Gabrielle, and Rosita use a rope and pulley to bring him his lunch, but the rope slips off the lunch bag. What if they put the lunch bag in a basket and tie the rope to the basket handle? Let’s try!

S52E2
Elmo Mails a Letter
Air date: 18/Nov/2021 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo is mailing his first letter and follows mail carrier Ms. Hampton to the post office, where he sees how everyone’s mail gets sorted to go to the right place. Celebrity guest Jon Batiste sings about the heroes in our neighborhoods.

Summary

Elmo is mailing his first letter and follows mail carrier Ms. Hampton to the post office, where he sees how everyone’s mail gets sorted to go to the right place. Celebrity guest Jon Batiste sings about the heroes in our neighborhoods.

S52E1
Elmo Builds a Robot Dog
Air date: 11/Nov/2021 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Tamir, and Alan build a robot dog for Norbert the Robot, but the tail isn’t upright and “waggedy” like Tango’s tail. What if they use a wooden paint brush and wrap it with shiny foil? Let’s try!

Summary

Elmo, Tamir, and Alan build a robot dog for Norbert the Robot, but the tail isn’t upright and “waggedy” like Tango’s tail. What if they use a wooden paint brush and wrap it with shiny foil? Let’s try!

Season 51 · Season 51
35 episode(s) · Air date: 12/Nov/2020
Improve Season
Season Overview

Season 51 focuses on demonstrating playful problem solving.

Season Overview

Season 51 focuses on demonstrating playful problem solving.

S51E20
Potluck Pickle
Air date: 25/Mar/2021 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, Cookie Monster and Gover want to bring vegetable lasagna to Sesame Street's potluck party, but they don't have the right ingredients and their oven is broken.

Summary

Elmo, Abby, Cookie Monster and Gover want to bring vegetable lasagna to Sesame Street's potluck party, but they don't have the right ingredients and their oven is broken.

S51E18
The Rainy Day Play
Air date: 11/Mar/2021 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Zoe and Rosita want to draw with chalk outside but it's raining! They become scientists and try a couple ideas, and wonder if there's something they can use that would keep them dry in the rain. What if they use art smocks that keep them dry when they paint? Zoe and Rosita didn't give up and they used the art smocks to keep the sidewalk dry. Now Zoe and Rosita can draw outside with chalk!

Summary

Zoe and Rosita want to draw with chalk outside but it's raining! They become scientists and try a couple ideas, and wonder if there's something they can use that would keep them dry in the rain. What if they use art smocks that keep them dry when they paint? Zoe and Rosita didn't give up and they used the art smocks to keep the sidewalk dry. Now Zoe and Rosita can draw outside with chalk!

S51E16
The Glitter Jar
Air date: 25/Feb/2021 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Nina is feeling frustrated as she tries to fix her scooter. Elmo and Grover wonder how they can help Nina calm down. What if they make her glitter jars? Let's try!

Summary

Nina is feeling frustrated as she tries to fix her scooter. Elmo and Grover wonder how they can help Nina calm down. What if they make her glitter jars? Let's try!

S51E15
The Cool Tool Kid
Air date: 18/Feb/2021 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When Elmo's, Rosita's, and Bert's toys get stuck in different places, Charlie and Super Grover wonder what tool might help them reach all their friends' things. What if they use a baton? Let's try!

Summary

When Elmo's, Rosita's, and Bert's toys get stuck in different places, Charlie and Super Grover wonder what tool might help them reach all their friends' things. What if they use a baton? Let's try!

S51E13
Elmo and the Healthy Heroes
Air date: 04/Feb/2021 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

The healthy Super Food Super Heroes help Elmo and his friends find and try new, colorful healthy snacks and learn that breakfast is the most important meal, giving them the energy they need for the day.

Summary

The healthy Super Food Super Heroes help Elmo and his friends find and try new, colorful healthy snacks and learn that breakfast is the most important meal, giving them the energy they need for the day.

S51E11
Tough Monster Race
Air date: 21/Jan/2021 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, Grover, and Nina want to make an obstacle course on Sesame Street. But they don’t have anything to go over, under, around, or through. They wonder what they can find around them to make these obstacles. What if they use a broom to go over, a blanket to go under, pool noodles to go around, and a cardboard box to go through? It works! The friends made the best monster obstacle course ever.

Summary

Elmo, Abby, Grover, and Nina want to make an obstacle course on Sesame Street. But they don’t have anything to go over, under, around, or through. They wonder what they can find around them to make these obstacles. What if they use a broom to go over, a blanket to go under, pool noodles to go around, and a cardboard box to go through? It works! The friends made the best monster obstacle course ever.

S51E9
Sneeze a Season
Air date: 07/Jan/2021 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Grover wishes he didn't have a cold in the Fall, so Rudy uses Abby's wand to change the season. Now every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

Summary

Grover wishes he didn't have a cold in the Fall, so Rudy uses Abby's wand to change the season. Now every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

S51E8
Return of the Fairytale Helpers
Air date: 31/Dec/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

When the gingerbread house from "Hansel and Gretel" falls, the Fairytale Helpers wonder what might hold the walls together. What if they use frosting? Let's try!

Summary

When the gingerbread house from "Hansel and Gretel" falls, the Fairytale Helpers wonder what might hold the walls together. What if they use frosting? Let's try!

S51E7
It's Sesame Circus
Air date: 24/Dec/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo wonders what amazing and exciting act he can perform for Sesame Circus, but he's struggling to figure it out. Then he has an idea! What if he rides his tricycle down a ramp and through a hoop? Let's try!

Summary

Elmo wonders what amazing and exciting act he can perform for Sesame Circus, but he's struggling to figure it out. Then he has an idea! What if he rides his tricycle down a ramp and through a hoop? Let's try!

S51E6
Holiday at Hooper's
Air date: 17/Dec/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

It’s holiday time on Sesame Street! When their parents run late from the holiday concert, Elmo and Baby Bear stay with Alan and Nina at Hooper's Store. But they are disappointed not to celebrate Christmas Eve and Hanukkah as they had planned. Elmo, Baby Bear, Nina, and Alan sing carols, eat latkes, and make lots of decorations. They create a wonderful holiday celebration all by themselves—and Elmo and Baby Bear realize that the best part of holidays is being together with friends and family.

Summary

It’s holiday time on Sesame Street! When their parents run late from the holiday concert, Elmo and Baby Bear stay with Alan and Nina at Hooper's Store. But they are disappointed not to celebrate Christmas Eve and Hanukkah as they had planned. Elmo, Baby Bear, Nina, and Alan sing carols, eat latkes, and make lots of decorations. They create a wonderful holiday celebration all by themselves—and Elmo and Baby Bear realize that the best part of holidays is being together with friends and family.

S51E5
Cardboard Castle
Air date: 10/Dec/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Issa Rae is a Queen who doesn’t have enough bricks to build a play castle for her daughter. This is a problem! Elmo, Cookie Monster, and Rosita wonder: can they use something else to build the castle? What about cardboard boxes and tubes? The three friends give it a try—and it works. Because they didn’t give up, they built a cardboard castle fit for a Princess!

Summary

Issa Rae is a Queen who doesn’t have enough bricks to build a play castle for her daughter. This is a problem! Elmo, Cookie Monster, and Rosita wonder: can they use something else to build the castle? What about cardboard boxes and tubes? The three friends give it a try—and it works. Because they didn’t give up, they built a cardboard castle fit for a Princess!

S51E3
Measuring Big Bird
Air date: 26/Nov/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Nina is using a smiley face growth chart to measure how tall Elmo and Rosita are. Big Bird wants to see how tall he is too, but Nina is all out of smiley faces. What else can they use to measure their tall friend? After trying a few ideas, inspiration strikes. What if they make their own smiley faces? It works! Because they didn’t give up, all the friends—including Big Bird—could be measured.

Summary

Nina is using a smiley face growth chart to measure how tall Elmo and Rosita are. Big Bird wants to see how tall he is too, but Nina is all out of smiley faces. What else can they use to measure their tall friend? After trying a few ideas, inspiration strikes. What if they make their own smiley faces? It works! Because they didn’t give up, all the friends—including Big Bird—could be measured.

S51E2
Camp Out
Air date: 19/Nov/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Abby, Rudy, Elmo, and Charlie are camping out on Sesame Street. They’re just about to toast marshmallows when the sweet treats suddenly disappear! Together, the friends look and listen for clues to find out where their marshmallows have gone.

Summary

Abby, Rudy, Elmo, and Charlie are camping out on Sesame Street. They’re just about to toast marshmallows when the sweet treats suddenly disappear! Together, the friends look and listen for clues to find out where their marshmallows have gone.

S51E1
Ramp Racers
Air date: 12/Nov/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 26 min
Summary

Elmo and Rosita want to race their ping-pong balls, but the only ramp on Sesame Street is being used. This is a problem! They wonder if they can make another ramp. What if they use cardboard? Let’s try! It works. With Julia’s help, Elmo and Rosita didn’t give up, and they built two long ramps. They all get a chance to race their ping-pong balls – Julia, too!

Summary

Elmo and Rosita want to race their ping-pong balls, but the only ramp on Sesame Street is being used. This is a problem! They wonder if they can make another ramp. What if they use cardboard? Let’s try! It works. With Julia’s help, Elmo and Rosita didn’t give up, and they built two long ramps. They all get a chance to race their ping-pong balls – Julia, too!

Season 50 · Season 50
35 episode(s) · Air date: 16/Nov/2019
Improve Season
Season Overview

Season 50 focuses on the power of possibilities, empowering kids to take safe risks and learn from their mistakes.

Season Overview

Season 50 focuses on the power of possibilities, empowering kids to take safe risks and learn from their mistakes.

S50E35
Let's Go Camping
Air date: 11/Jul/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! All kinds of animals join Chris and Elmo for the camp out. After Chris finds the right kind of food for each animal, they all eat dinner together. Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night! Season finale.

Summary

Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! All kinds of animals join Chris and Elmo for the camp out. After Chris finds the right kind of food for each animal, they all eat dinner together. Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night! Season finale.

S50E34
Fourth of July Celebration
Air date: 04/Jul/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It's July Fourth on Sesame Street! Elmo, Abby Cadabby, and Rudy look for the perfect birthday present for America, but Alan teaches them that holidays are really about spending time with family and friends. Together, they do something kind for all their neighbors.

Summary

It's July Fourth on Sesame Street! Elmo, Abby Cadabby, and Rudy look for the perfect birthday present for America, but Alan teaches them that holidays are really about spending time with family and friends. Together, they do something kind for all their neighbors.

S50E33
Lucky's Unlucky Day
Air date: 27/Jun/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It's Lucky's first day on the job as a bulldozer; when he gets upset about making mistakes, Big Bird and Nina tell him that it's ok to make mistakes and explain that Lucky just needs to say, "I can do it," and try again.

Summary

It's Lucky's first day on the job as a bulldozer; when he gets upset about making mistakes, Big Bird and Nina tell him that it's ok to make mistakes and explain that Lucky just needs to say, "I can do it," and try again.

S50E31
Rudy Blows His First Bubble
Air date: 13/Jun/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rudy feels frustrated that he can't blow a bubble. With help from Elmo, Alan, and Rosita, Rudy realizes that he needs to breathe out instead of breathing in when blowing a bubble.

Summary

Rudy feels frustrated that he can't blow a bubble. With help from Elmo, Alan, and Rosita, Rudy realizes that he needs to breathe out instead of breathing in when blowing a bubble.

S50E30
Making the Band
Air date: 06/Jun/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

A rock star is performing on Sesame Street, but his equipment is in the wrong town so the gang helps build and design replacements so the show can go on.

Summary

A rock star is performing on Sesame Street, but his equipment is in the wrong town so the gang helps build and design replacements so the show can go on.

S50E29
The Treasure of Yucky Mama
Air date: 30/May/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

During Oscar the Grouch’s spring “cleaning,” he finds a fifty-year-old treasure map - but the neighborhood looks much different than it used to! Will Elmo, Abby, Nina, Oscar, and Charlie learn enough about Sesame Street’s history to complete three grouchy challenges and find Yucky Mama's treasure?

Summary

During Oscar the Grouch’s spring “cleaning,” he finds a fifty-year-old treasure map - but the neighborhood looks much different than it used to! Will Elmo, Abby, Nina, Oscar, and Charlie learn enough about Sesame Street’s history to complete three grouchy challenges and find Yucky Mama's treasure?

S50E27
Welcome Baby Chicks
Air date: 16/May/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, Bert, and Ernie have to be patient and wait for baby chicks to hatch. By singing and making arts and crafts together, they learn that time can fly when you’re having fun.

Summary

Elmo, Abby, Bert, and Ernie have to be patient and wait for baby chicks to hatch. By singing and making arts and crafts together, they learn that time can fly when you’re having fun.

S50E26
Back to Nature
Air date: 09/May/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby and Rudy want to bring nature inside Hooper's so Chris can feel like he’s outside. Abby uses her mom’s magic wand but makes a mistake and fills Hooper’s with too many animals and plants. Abby apologizes for using her mom’s wand without permission and together, with her mom, she learns how to fix her mistake without using magic.

Summary

Abby and Rudy want to bring nature inside Hooper's so Chris can feel like he’s outside. Abby uses her mom’s magic wand but makes a mistake and fills Hooper’s with too many animals and plants. Abby apologizes for using her mom’s wand without permission and together, with her mom, she learns how to fix her mistake without using magic.

S50E25
A Very Special Fiesta
Air date: 02/May/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Charlie, Grover, Rudy, and Abby help Rosita and her abuela plan for a friend’s fiesta. While trying to figure out what they need for the party, they try to guess who Rosita and her abuela’s friend could be.

Summary

Charlie, Grover, Rudy, and Abby help Rosita and her abuela plan for a friend’s fiesta. While trying to figure out what they need for the party, they try to guess who Rosita and her abuela’s friend could be.

S50E24
Dog Day Engineers
Air date: 25/Apr/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Zoe and Rosita help Nina dog sit but their arms get tired after continuously throwing the balls. They don't give up and keep thinking of a way to solve this problem. They figure out how to design a bike-powered ball-throwing machine they can pedal using their feet. They are two real engineers!

Summary

Zoe and Rosita help Nina dog sit but their arms get tired after continuously throwing the balls. They don't give up and keep thinking of a way to solve this problem. They figure out how to design a bike-powered ball-throwing machine they can pedal using their feet. They are two real engineers!

S50E23
Zoe Breaks Her Arm
Air date: 18/Apr/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Zoe slips and breaks her arm during a ballet jump, she finds it difficult to play or do anything fun with her arm in a cast. The gang works together to put a twist on “If You're Happy and You Know It,” so Zoe can join in.

Summary

When Zoe slips and breaks her arm during a ballet jump, she finds it difficult to play or do anything fun with her arm in a cast. The gang works together to put a twist on “If You're Happy and You Know It,” so Zoe can join in.

S50E22
The Disappoint-O-Meter
Air date: 11/Apr/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Oscar tries to find someone who's feeling disappointed by using his new disappoint-o-meter but he accidentally helps them feel happy again.

Summary

Oscar tries to find someone who's feeling disappointed by using his new disappoint-o-meter but he accidentally helps them feel happy again.

S50E21
The Fluffster Kerfuffle
Air date: 06/Apr/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Rudy tries to use Julia’s special toy, Fluffster, as part of a game he’s playing with Elmo and Abby Cadabby, Julia gets very upset. Alan explains that Fluffster helps Julia feel calm, so it’s not a toy she likes to share. Rudy apologizes, and the friends find a different way to play together.

Summary

When Rudy tries to use Julia’s special toy, Fluffster, as part of a game he’s playing with Elmo and Abby Cadabby, Julia gets very upset. Alan explains that Fluffster helps Julia feel calm, so it’s not a toy she likes to share. Rudy apologizes, and the friends find a different way to play together.

S50E19
Comic Book Adventures
Air date: 21/Mar/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Abby make their very own comic books, but Elmo makes a mistake drawing his story and doesn't want anyone to see it. With Chris' help, Elmo learns that he can use his imagination to change the story and make it anything he wants it to be.

Summary

Elmo and Abby make their very own comic books, but Elmo makes a mistake drawing his story and doesn't want anyone to see it. With Chris' help, Elmo learns that he can use his imagination to change the story and make it anything he wants it to be.

S50E18
What Floats Rocco's Boat
Air date: 14/Mar/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Zoe try to figure out how to make Rocco the rock float. Leela helps them experiment with different materials until they design the perfect vessel.

Summary

Elmo and Zoe try to figure out how to make Rocco the rock float. Leela helps them experiment with different materials until they design the perfect vessel.

S50E17
Magic Spell
Air date: 07/Mar/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The princess is under a magic sleeping spell and the spell can only be broken if the Prince writes his name on a magic tablet. Elmo and Abby help Prince Billy practice and encourages him to keep trying until he learns how to write his name all by himself.

Summary

The princess is under a magic sleeping spell and the spell can only be broken if the Prince writes his name on a magic tablet. Elmo and Abby help Prince Billy practice and encourages him to keep trying until he learns how to write his name all by himself.

S50E16
You Can Do It, Elmo
Air date: 29/Feb/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Abby uses magic to improve Elmo’s basketball abilities, Elmo learns there are no shortcuts when it comes to mastering a skill.

Summary

When Abby uses magic to improve Elmo’s basketball abilities, Elmo learns there are no shortcuts when it comes to mastering a skill.

S50E15
There's a New Count in Town
Air date: 22/Feb/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Charlie is counting everything on Sesame Street so the Count decides to leave, thinking he’s not needed anymore. But there’s too much to count for Charlie on her own so she asks for the Count’s help. Charlie explains that she loves to count but she could never take his place. The Count agrees to stay and he and Charlie continuing counting together.

Summary

Charlie is counting everything on Sesame Street so the Count decides to leave, thinking he’s not needed anymore. But there’s too much to count for Charlie on her own so she asks for the Count’s help. Charlie explains that she loves to count but she could never take his place. The Count agrees to stay and he and Charlie continuing counting together.

S50E14
Let's Draw
Air date: 15/Feb/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rudy feels upset when he “ruins” a drawing. Alan encourages him to keep trying, and Rudy eventually creates a new picture inspired by his mistake.

Summary

Rudy feels upset when he “ruins” a drawing. Alan encourages him to keep trying, and Rudy eventually creates a new picture inspired by his mistake.

S50E13
A New Friend on Sesame Street
Air date: 08/Feb/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

There's a new face on Sesame Street! With Elmo and Rosita’s help, military kid Charlie finds her way around the neighborhood and learns that Sesame Street is a place where everyone can be friends - no matter how different they are.

Summary

There's a new face on Sesame Street! With Elmo and Rosita’s help, military kid Charlie finds her way around the neighborhood and learns that Sesame Street is a place where everyone can be friends - no matter how different they are.

S50E12
Elmo's Good Luck Charm
Air date: 01/Feb/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo loses his lucky baseball card before a game of tee-ball and says he can't play without it. When Abby, Alan, and Rosita tell Elmo that all he needs to do is practice, Elmo learns that he can still play without his lucky card.

Summary

Elmo loses his lucky baseball card before a game of tee-ball and says he can't play without it. When Abby, Alan, and Rosita tell Elmo that all he needs to do is practice, Elmo learns that he can still play without his lucky card.

S50E11
The Great Fruit Strike
Air date: 25/Jan/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When the pineapples, bananas, and other fruits get tired of being passed over at snack time, they decide to leave Sesame Street. The gang gets together to sing songs about how much they appreciate fruit to get them to stay.

Summary

When the pineapples, bananas, and other fruits get tired of being passed over at snack time, they decide to leave Sesame Street. The gang gets together to sing songs about how much they appreciate fruit to get them to stay.

S50E9
Humpty Dumpty's Football Dream
Air date: 11/Jan/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Humpty Dumpty decides to join the King's Horses & Men in their annual football game, Telly tries to come up with the right protective gear to keep Humpty from cracking.

Summary

When Humpty Dumpty decides to join the King's Horses & Men in their annual football game, Telly tries to come up with the right protective gear to keep Humpty from cracking.

S50E8
A Recipe for Dance
Air date: 04/Jan/2020 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Chris and Rudy have trouble learning the dance moves in Nina's dance class so they sneak out and leave. They realize that they shouldn't give up so they practice and work together to learn the dance pattern and go back to join dance class.

Summary

Chris and Rudy have trouble learning the dance moves in Nina's dance class so they sneak out and leave. They realize that they shouldn't give up so they practice and work together to learn the dance pattern and go back to join dance class.

S50E6
Game Day on Sesame Street
Air date: 21/Dec/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Sesame Street has turned into a giant board game called Sesame Stoplight and Elmo, Abby, and Rudy are ready to play. When feeling frustrated during the game, they learn to stop and take a deep breath, think of a plan to solve the problem and then go try their plan. By working together and not giving up, they complete the challenges and win the game.

Summary

Sesame Street has turned into a giant board game called Sesame Stoplight and Elmo, Abby, and Rudy are ready to play. When feeling frustrated during the game, they learn to stop and take a deep breath, think of a plan to solve the problem and then go try their plan. By working together and not giving up, they complete the challenges and win the game.

S50E5
A Dog and a Song!
Air date: 14/Dec/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Elmo and Abby can't find a band for their friend Mick to sing in, they come up with the idea of making their own band. The music sounds just right for him.

Summary

When Elmo and Abby can't find a band for their friend Mick to sing in, they come up with the idea of making their own band. The music sounds just right for him.

S50E4
Getting Dressed, Not Stressed
Air date: 07/Dec/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo wants to play with his friends in the snow, but he gets frustrated when he tries to get dressed. With help from his friend Jacket, Elmo remembers to take a deep breath and keep trying until he gets dressed in his winter clothes.

Summary

Elmo wants to play with his friends in the snow, but he gets frustrated when he tries to get dressed. With help from his friend Jacket, Elmo remembers to take a deep breath and keep trying until he gets dressed in his winter clothes.

S50E3
Pigs for Another Day
Air date: 30/Nov/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

After the three little pigs catch a cold, Grover, Rosita and Cookie Monster become "Pigs for a Day." They make a couple of mistakes, but they keep trying until they build the right-sized doghouse for Chris’ friend.

Summary

After the three little pigs catch a cold, Grover, Rosita and Cookie Monster become "Pigs for a Day." They make a couple of mistakes, but they keep trying until they build the right-sized doghouse for Chris’ friend.

S50E2
The Great Sesame Street Cake Off
Air date: 23/Nov/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Cookie Monster and Gonger team up against Grover and Alan in a competition to see who can bake the best birthday cake for Nina. Elmo and Rosita help the two teams work together, combining one team’s cake and the other team’s frosting to make the ultimate birthday treat.

Summary

Cookie Monster and Gonger team up against Grover and Alan in a competition to see who can bake the best birthday cake for Nina. Elmo and Rosita help the two teams work together, combining one team’s cake and the other team’s frosting to make the ultimate birthday treat.

S50E1
Big Bird Across America
Air date: 16/Nov/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird wants to visit Cousin Bird in California, but he learns that it’s too far for him to walk! Nina suggests a cross-country road trip, so they can stop off to meet new friends along the way.

Summary

Big Bird wants to visit Cousin Bird in California, but he learns that it’s too far for him to walk! Nina suggests a cross-country road trip, so they can stop off to meet new friends along the way.

Season 49 · Season 49
35 episode(s) · Air date: 17/Nov/2018
Improve Season
Season Overview

Season 49 brings exciting new changes to the Street and features a host of A-list celebrity appearances.

Season Overview

Season 49 brings exciting new changes to the Street and features a host of A-list celebrity appearances.

S49E35
Cookie Monster's Museum Mystery
Air date: 13/Jul/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

A brand-new museum has opened on Sesame Street - the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris are very excited to check it out. While walking around the museum, the paintings suddenly begin to disappear and the museum guards think Cookie Monster stole them. With Abby's help, Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris catch who really was taking the cookie art. Season finale.

Summary

A brand-new museum has opened on Sesame Street - the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris are very excited to check it out. While walking around the museum, the paintings suddenly begin to disappear and the museum guards think Cookie Monster stole them. With Abby's help, Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris catch who really was taking the cookie art. Season finale.

S49E33
Camp Grover
Air date: 29/Jun/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo tells his friends that he's going to summer camp, but he's never been before. They pretend to go to Camp Grover for the day and learn all about the fun things that can happen.

Summary

Elmo tells his friends that he's going to summer camp, but he's never been before. They pretend to go to Camp Grover for the day and learn all about the fun things that can happen.

S49E32
Baby Bear's Just Right Cafe
Air date: 22/Jun/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Baby Bear, Elmo, and Abby play restaurant. Alan teaches them how to pretend to be the chef, the host, and the server. Goldilocks is their first diner, and she’ll decide if everything is “just right.”

Summary

Baby Bear, Elmo, and Abby play restaurant. Alan teaches them how to pretend to be the chef, the host, and the server. Goldilocks is their first diner, and she’ll decide if everything is “just right.”

S49E31
Grocery Games
Air date: 15/Jun/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

To make food shopping more fun, Alan turns it into a game. Can Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster find three foods that start with the letter C in different sections of the supermarket before Alan finishes checking out?

Summary

To make food shopping more fun, Alan turns it into a game. Can Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster find three foods that start with the letter C in different sections of the supermarket before Alan finishes checking out?

S49E30
Counting Critters
Air date: 08/Jun/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Bert and Ernie are animal-sitting six animals, but the animals sneak outside onto Sesame Street. Bert and Ernie ask Alan and Elmo for their help to make sure they find all six animals.

Summary

Bert and Ernie are animal-sitting six animals, but the animals sneak outside onto Sesame Street. Bert and Ernie ask Alan and Elmo for their help to make sure they find all six animals.

S49E29
Oscar Uncanned
Air date: 01/Jun/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Someone has taken Oscar's trash can! With Abby and Rudy's help, Oscar finds out that it was a sanitation worker who took his trash can.

Summary

Someone has taken Oscar's trash can! With Abby and Rudy's help, Oscar finds out that it was a sanitation worker who took his trash can.

S49E28
How to Build a Dinosaur
Air date: 25/May/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Grover, Elmo, and Rosita are imagining that they are paleontologists, a scientist who digs through dirt and stones to find fossils.

Summary

Grover, Elmo, and Rosita are imagining that they are paleontologists, a scientist who digs through dirt and stones to find fossils.

S49E25
Welcome to Sesame Hospital
Air date: 04/May/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rosita, Abby, and Telly play hospital and pretend to be a doctor, nurse and x-ray technician. Chris pretends to be their patient and they help heal his funny bone.

Summary

Rosita, Abby, and Telly play hospital and pretend to be a doctor, nurse and x-ray technician. Chris pretends to be their patient and they help heal his funny bone.

S49E23
Earth Day
Air date: 20/Apr/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rudy learns to be kind to the Earth after he sees what it would be like if everyone acted like him and threw their trash on the street.

Summary

Rudy learns to be kind to the Earth after he sees what it would be like if everyone acted like him and threw their trash on the street.

S49E22
Dinosaur in the Laundromat
Air date: 13/Apr/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

There’s a strange noise on Sesame Street, and Rudy, Zoe, and Rosita suspect it’s a dinosaur! With the help of Bill Nye, they become scientists to observe, ask questions, and investigate the mystery.

Summary

There’s a strange noise on Sesame Street, and Rudy, Zoe, and Rosita suspect it’s a dinosaur! With the help of Bill Nye, they become scientists to observe, ask questions, and investigate the mystery.

S49E19
Walking the Dog
Air date: 23/Mar/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo wants to be a dog walker just like dog walker Grover; his friends help him practice by pretending to be different kinds of dogs.

Summary

Elmo wants to be a dog walker just like dog walker Grover; his friends help him practice by pretending to be different kinds of dogs.

S49E17
Fixing X
Air date: 09/Mar/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy are the hosts of "The Letter of the Day Show" on Sesame Street, and learn all about how the letter X can come at the end of a word.

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy are the hosts of "The Letter of the Day Show" on Sesame Street, and learn all about how the letter X can come at the end of a word.

S49E14
Sesame Friendship
Air date: 16/Feb/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird is building a tall block castle, but it accidentally gets knocked down. Big Bird thinks Snuffy did it and doesn't let him explain. Alan and Nina help them learn to stand up for themselves, listen to each other and apologize.

Summary

Big Bird is building a tall block castle, but it accidentally gets knocked down. Big Bird thinks Snuffy did it and doesn't let him explain. Alan and Nina help them learn to stand up for themselves, listen to each other and apologize.

S49E13
The Big Pretend Band
Air date: 09/Feb/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Bert learns how to use his imagination and pretend-play a saxophone so that he can join his friends in their pretend band and play in a concert.

Summary

Bert learns how to use his imagination and pretend-play a saxophone so that he can join his friends in their pretend band and play in a concert.

S49E12
Elmo's Happy Little Train
Air date: 02/Feb/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Rosita, and Zoe play train and pretend to be the driver, conductor and passenger. They make up an adventure so that Oscar can play, too.

Summary

Elmo, Rosita, and Zoe play train and pretend to be the driver, conductor and passenger. They make up an adventure so that Oscar can play, too.

S49E11
Honk If You Love Libraries
Air date: 26/Jan/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

With the help of librarian Grover and comic book superhero Galactic Gail (Zoe Kravitz), Nina and Elmo tour the different sections of the local library to find the books they need.

Summary

With the help of librarian Grover and comic book superhero Galactic Gail (Zoe Kravitz), Nina and Elmo tour the different sections of the local library to find the books they need.

S49E10
Astronaut Elmo
Air date: 19/Jan/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imaginations to go into space; with help from Chris, they figure out which "space tool" to use to fix their ripped spaceship.

Summary

Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imaginations to go into space; with help from Chris, they figure out which "space tool" to use to fix their ripped spaceship.

S49E9
Bath Time for Blanky
Air date: 12/Jan/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby brings Rudy to the laundromat to wash his stinky blanket, but new attendant Grover doesn't know how to use the machines; luckily, Chris brings in his dirty clothes too, and shows everyone how to use a washing machine and dryer.

Summary

Abby brings Rudy to the laundromat to wash his stinky blanket, but new attendant Grover doesn't know how to use the machines; luckily, Chris brings in his dirty clothes too, and shows everyone how to use a washing machine and dryer.

S49E8
Play Time
Air date: 05/Jan/2019 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The gang is putting on a play about Little Miss Muffet, the classic nursery rhyme. Nina helps Big Bird take on the role of playwright when he has an idea for a new ending.

Summary

The gang is putting on a play about Little Miss Muffet, the classic nursery rhyme. Nina helps Big Bird take on the role of playwright when he has an idea for a new ending.

S49E7
New Year's Eve on Sesame Street
Air date: 29/Dec/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It’s New Year’s Eve on Sesame Street! Rosita and Telly try to help Elmo stay awake until midnight so he can celebrate with his friends.

Summary

It’s New Year’s Eve on Sesame Street! Rosita and Telly try to help Elmo stay awake until midnight so he can celebrate with his friends.

S49E5
Elmo's Factory
Air date: 15/Dec/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo invents something new – “Anything Holders” – but he needs help with the assembly. Chris helps Elmo and his friends put together their own factory, and they work as a team and each take on a different job to make the “Anything Holders” more quickly.

Summary

Elmo invents something new – “Anything Holders” – but he needs help with the assembly. Chris helps Elmo and his friends put together their own factory, and they work as a team and each take on a different job to make the “Anything Holders” more quickly.

S49E4
So You Think You Can Choreograph
Air date: 08/Dec/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and his friends are making a music video; when they ask Zoe to be the choreographer, she comes up with the perfect dance and teaches everyone the moves.

Summary

Elmo and his friends are making a music video; when they ask Zoe to be the choreographer, she comes up with the perfect dance and teaches everyone the moves.

S49E3
Hey! Sesame Street News
Air date: 01/Dec/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Chris's belt buckle is missing! Newspaper journalist Cookie Monster solves the mystery by asking the five W questions: who, what, where, when, why.

Summary

Chris's belt buckle is missing! Newspaper journalist Cookie Monster solves the mystery by asking the five W questions: who, what, where, when, why.

S49E2
Picture This
Air date: 24/Nov/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Alan gives Elmo, Rosita and Abby his old cameras to play with and suggests they can be photographers for the day; Abby, Rosita and Elmo go around Sesame Street learning how to use their cameras and taking pictures of things like sports and fashion.

Summary

Alan gives Elmo, Rosita and Abby his old cameras to play with and suggests they can be photographers for the day; Abby, Rosita and Elmo go around Sesame Street learning how to use their cameras and taking pictures of things like sports and fashion.

S49E1
When You're a Vet
Air date: 17/Nov/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby and Elmo play veterinarians. By using their eyes, ears and hands, Abby and Elmo figure out what's wrong with their pretend patients and help them feel better.

Summary

Abby and Elmo play veterinarians. By using their eyes, ears and hands, Abby and Elmo figure out what's wrong with their pretend patients and help them feel better.

Season 48 · Season 48
35 episode(s) · Air date: 18/Nov/2017
Improve Season
Season Overview

The word on the street is 'kindness' in Season 48 of this award-winning series that features a new segment: 'Cookie Monster's Foodie Truck.'

Season Overview

The word on the street is 'kindness' in Season 48 of this award-winning series that features a new segment: 'Cookie Monster's Foodie Truck.'

S48E35
The Count's Counting Error
Air date: 14/Jul/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Upset by his first-ever counting mistake, the Count tries to find another job. He soon finds out that many other jobs include counting, too.

Summary

Upset by his first-ever counting mistake, the Count tries to find another job. He soon finds out that many other jobs include counting, too.

S48E34
Surfin' Sesame Street
Air date: 07/Jul/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Alan tells Elmo and Grover that he couldn't go on vacation this year, so Elmo, Grover and Chris surprise him by bringing the beach to Sesame Street.

Summary

Alan tells Elmo and Grover that he couldn't go on vacation this year, so Elmo, Grover and Chris surprise him by bringing the beach to Sesame Street.

S48E32
Abby and Zoe Love Karate
Air date: 23/Jun/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Nina teaches Abby and Zoe all about karate. After learning how to focus and practice, Abby and Zoe manage to kick a ball off a stand with a special karate kick.

Summary

Nina teaches Abby and Zoe all about karate. After learning how to focus and practice, Abby and Zoe manage to kick a ball off a stand with a special karate kick.

S48E29
Elmo and Abby's Bubble Fun
Air date: 02/Jun/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Alan and Chris introduce Sesame Street's first-ever Bubble Fest! Elmo, Abby, Telly and the kids gather for the festivities. Telly is excited, as he's never blown a bubble before, and neither has Abby (her mommy's always made them with magic).

Summary

Alan and Chris introduce Sesame Street's first-ever Bubble Fest! Elmo, Abby, Telly and the kids gather for the festivities. Telly is excited, as he's never blown a bubble before, and neither has Abby (her mommy's always made them with magic).

S48E28
Oscar the Kind
Air date: 26/May/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Oscar the Grouch gets sick, he doesn’t feel grouchy anymore … he feels kind! Elmo and Baby Bear see how easy and fun it is to be kind to others.

Summary

When Oscar the Grouch gets sick, he doesn’t feel grouchy anymore … he feels kind! Elmo and Baby Bear see how easy and fun it is to be kind to others.

S48E27
The New Old MacDonald
Air date: 19/May/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Old MacDonald's animals don't want to sing their song anymore because it's always sung the same way, so Nina and the gang figure out how they could sing the song in a fun new way.

Summary

Old MacDonald's animals don't want to sing their song anymore because it's always sung the same way, so Nina and the gang figure out how they could sing the song in a fun new way.

S48E26
Grandparent's Day
Air date: 12/May/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo is disappointed when his grandparents get stuck at the airport while on their way to visit him for the Grandparents Celebration on Sesame Street.

Summary

Elmo is disappointed when his grandparents get stuck at the airport while on their way to visit him for the Grandparents Celebration on Sesame Street.

S48E25
The Wheel Deal
Air date: 05/May/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Nina cleans out the bike shop, and Oscar wants everything for his trash collection; the Three Pigs Movers figure out how to use wheels to help them move heavy items to Oscar's can.

Summary

Nina cleans out the bike shop, and Oscar wants everything for his trash collection; the Three Pigs Movers figure out how to use wheels to help them move heavy items to Oscar's can.

S48E24
My Rhaki Family
Air date: 28/Apr/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Chris, Telly and Zoe visit the Laundromat and find Leela making a bracelet. She explains today is "Rahki", an Indian holiday for brothers and sisters where they exchange bracelets (also including people they feel are like brother and sister).

Summary

Chris, Telly and Zoe visit the Laundromat and find Leela making a bracelet. She explains today is "Rahki", an Indian holiday for brothers and sisters where they exchange bracelets (also including people they feel are like brother and sister).

S48E22
The Helpful Cloud
Air date: 14/Apr/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Grover help Floatie the Cloud try to find a job on Sesame Street; Chris helps Floatie realize that she already has an important job by bringing rain to help plants and flowers grow and giving shade to keep everyone cool on hot, sunny days.

Summary

Elmo and Grover help Floatie the Cloud try to find a job on Sesame Street; Chris helps Floatie realize that she already has an important job by bringing rain to help plants and flowers grow and giving shade to keep everyone cool on hot, sunny days.

S48E21
Shape Hunt
Air date: 07/Apr/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Everyone on Sesame Street is getting ready to play Shape Hunt. Each team gets a list of shapes and they have to look closely around the street to find them. When both teams have difficulty finding shapes on their list, Julia helps by finding shapes in places no one else thought of.

Summary

Everyone on Sesame Street is getting ready to play Shape Hunt. Each team gets a list of shapes and they have to look closely around the street to find them. When both teams have difficulty finding shapes on their list, Julia helps by finding shapes in places no one else thought of.

S48E16
Street Food
Air date: 03/Mar/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Lily, a four-year-old tiger cub from China, joins Chamki, Zuzu, and all their new friends for an international food festival on Sesame Street. The group learns about traditional dishes from Japan, South Africa, India, and China. Rudy is reluctant to try the unfamiliar foods, but he’s pleasantly surprised when Elmo, Abby, and Chris encourage him to taste a few.

Summary

Lily, a four-year-old tiger cub from China, joins Chamki, Zuzu, and all their new friends for an international food festival on Sesame Street. The group learns about traditional dishes from Japan, South Africa, India, and China. Rudy is reluctant to try the unfamiliar foods, but he’s pleasantly surprised when Elmo, Abby, and Chris encourage him to taste a few.

S48E15
Chamki Visits Sesame Street
Air date: 24/Feb/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird is getting ready for a visit from Chamki, his pen pal from India. Grover, Elmo, Rosita and Cookie Monster build a giant bird feeder to help her feel comfortable on Sesame Street. When she gets there, the gang finds out that even though she and Big Bird have a lot in common, she's not a bird at all!

Summary

Big Bird is getting ready for a visit from Chamki, his pen pal from India. Grover, Elmo, Rosita and Cookie Monster build a giant bird feeder to help her feel comfortable on Sesame Street. When she gets there, the gang finds out that even though she and Big Bird have a lot in common, she's not a bird at all!

S48E14
Chinese New Year
Air date: 17/Feb/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It's Chinese New Year on Sesame Street! To learn how some people celebrate the holiday in China and around the world, Nina helps Elmo, Abby Cadabby, Cookie Monster and Grover build their own dragon costume. (Guest: John Legend).

Summary

It's Chinese New Year on Sesame Street! To learn how some people celebrate the holiday in China and around the world, Nina helps Elmo, Abby Cadabby, Cookie Monster and Grover build their own dragon costume. (Guest: John Legend).

S48E13
Book Worming
Air date: 10/Feb/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo's friend Zuzu is visiting Sesame Street from South Africa. After reading all about her home in the Book Nook, Elmo and Alan throw Zuzu a welcome party with South African food, music and traditional clothing. At the party, Zuzu says she read up on Sesame Street, too.

Summary

Elmo's friend Zuzu is visiting Sesame Street from South Africa. After reading all about her home in the Book Nook, Elmo and Alan throw Zuzu a welcome party with South African food, music and traditional clothing. At the party, Zuzu says she read up on Sesame Street, too.

S48E12
Hair Training
Air date: 03/Feb/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Prairie and her friend Gabrielle are practicing a dance, but their hair doesn’t move the same way. Nina helps them realize that the dance is even more fun when they each let their hair do what it wants to do! Elmo and Big Bird join in and let their fur and feathers fly free.

Summary

Prairie and her friend Gabrielle are practicing a dance, but their hair doesn’t move the same way. Nina helps them realize that the dance is even more fun when they each let their hair do what it wants to do! Elmo and Big Bird join in and let their fur and feathers fly free.

S48E11
Kitty Kindness
Air date: 27/Jan/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When a lost kitten gets discovered on Sesame Street, Chris and Elmo put up signs to try and find its owner; Grover and Cookie Monster help look after the kitten and learn how to take care of it.

Summary

When a lost kitten gets discovered on Sesame Street, Chris and Elmo put up signs to try and find its owner; Grover and Cookie Monster help look after the kitten and learn how to take care of it.

S48E10
Last Straw
Air date: 20/Jan/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Bert searches for a quiet place to nap after Ernie makes too much noise; after spending time apart, Bert and Ernie apologize to each other and learn that even though they had a fight, they can still be friends.

Summary

Bert searches for a quiet place to nap after Ernie makes too much noise; after spending time apart, Bert and Ernie apologize to each other and learn that even though they had a fight, they can still be friends.

S48E9
Our Family's Way
Air date: 13/Jan/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby's family has dinner at Elmo's house and learns that even though they do things differently, everybody can have fun working together to get dinner ready.

Summary

Abby's family has dinner at Elmo's house and learns that even though they do things differently, everybody can have fun working together to get dinner ready.

S48E8
Abby's Sock Solution
Air date: 06/Jan/2018 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby tries to help Chris after he loses a sock while doing laundry, but her efforts create chaos when she conjures up dancing socks.

Summary

Abby tries to help Chris after he loses a sock while doing laundry, but her efforts create chaos when she conjures up dancing socks.

S48E6
Clothing Drive
Air date: 23/Dec/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rudy's favorite sweater no longer fits him, so Nina suggests having a clothing drive where everyone can give clothes they do not need to people who do need them; Rudy's sweater goes to a little girl who is very excited to wear it.

Summary

Rudy's favorite sweater no longer fits him, so Nina suggests having a clothing drive where everyone can give clothes they do not need to people who do need them; Rudy's sweater goes to a little girl who is very excited to wear it.

S48E5
Martian Mission
Air date: 16/Dec/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Martians arrive on Sesame Street to find out what Earth people are like; Elmo shows them around and helps them learn that people come in lots of sizes, their skin comes in lots of colors, and people speak lots of languages.

Summary

Martians arrive on Sesame Street to find out what Earth people are like; Elmo shows them around and helps them learn that people come in lots of sizes, their skin comes in lots of colors, and people speak lots of languages.

S48E4
Rapunzel Gets a Haircut
Air date: 09/Dec/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby and Elmo help Rapunzel figure out how to keep her hair from getting in the way so she can follow her dream of becoming a gymnast.

Summary

Abby and Elmo help Rapunzel figure out how to keep her hair from getting in the way so she can follow her dream of becoming a gymnast.

S48E3
Elmo's Nursery Rhyme
Air date: 02/Dec/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Mother Goose tries to write a nursery rhyme for Elmo, but doesn't know anything about him; Abby tells Mother Goose some of the things that make Elmo special.

Summary

Mother Goose tries to write a nursery rhyme for Elmo, but doesn't know anything about him; Abby tells Mother Goose some of the things that make Elmo special.

S48E2
Cinderella's Slippery Slippers
Air date: 25/Nov/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Cinderella would rather play than open her new shoe store and be a princess; Rosita tells Cinderella she can solve both of her problems if she gets a pair of sneakers like hers from the new store.

Summary

Cinderella would rather play than open her new shoe store and be a princess; Rosita tells Cinderella she can solve both of her problems if she gets a pair of sneakers like hers from the new store.

S48E1
A Sesame Street Thanksgiving
Air date: 18/Nov/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Big Bird, Rosita, Alan, Julia, Nina and the rest of the neighborhood gather to appreciate all the traditions, cultures and delicious foods their community has to offer.

Summary

Elmo, Big Bird, Rosita, Alan, Julia, Nina and the rest of the neighborhood gather to appreciate all the traditions, cultures and delicious foods their community has to offer.

Season 47 · Season 47
35 episode(s) · Air date: 07/Jan/2017
Improve Season
Season Overview

Season 47 brings exciting new changes, including a reimagined 'Elmo's World,' a new kindness curriculum, and new Muppet characters.

Season Overview

Season 47 brings exciting new changes, including a reimagined 'Elmo's World,' a new kindness curriculum, and new Muppet characters.

S47E35
Snazzy Society (repeat)
Air date: 02/Sep/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Segi becomes upset after reading a book about her favorite character, Mando, Chris and Leela help her see that being brown is snazzy. Guest star: Lupita Nyong’o.

Summary

When Segi becomes upset after reading a book about her favorite character, Mando, Chris and Leela help her see that being brown is snazzy. Guest star: Lupita Nyong’o.

S47E34
The Four Sneezons
Air date: 26/Aug/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Grover wishes he didn’t have a cold in the fall, Rudy uses Abby’s wand to change the season. Now, every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

Summary

When Grover wishes he didn’t have a cold in the fall, Rudy uses Abby’s wand to change the season. Now, every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

S47E33
Hide and Seek Rudy
Air date: 19/Aug/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

After Rudy uses Abby’s wand to find the best hiding spot, and accidentally turns himself into a banana, she becomes worried when she can’t find him.

Summary

After Rudy uses Abby’s wand to find the best hiding spot, and accidentally turns himself into a banana, she becomes worried when she can’t find him.

S47E32
Rudy Lets Loose
Air date: 12/Aug/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby and Rosita help watch Grover’s dogs, but Rudy scares the animals when he tries to pet them. Rudy uses Abby’s wand and turns himself into a dog so that the dogs will be friends with him.

Summary

Abby and Rosita help watch Grover’s dogs, but Rudy scares the animals when he tries to pet them. Rudy uses Abby’s wand and turns himself into a dog so that the dogs will be friends with him.

S47E31
Hello Rudy
Air date: 05/Aug/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby is excited to meet her new stepbrother, Rudy, for the first time. Rosita and Elmo help Abby look out for him so that she can see Rudy as soon as he gets to Sesame Street.

Summary

Abby is excited to meet her new stepbrother, Rudy, for the first time. Rosita and Elmo help Abby look out for him so that she can see Rudy as soon as he gets to Sesame Street.

S47E29
Big Bird’s Big Move
Air date: 22/Jul/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Freddy Flapman, real estate agent to birds, tries to convince Big Bird to migrate away from Sesame Street. Guest: Lin-Manuel Miranda.

Summary

Freddy Flapman, real estate agent to birds, tries to convince Big Bird to migrate away from Sesame Street. Guest: Lin-Manuel Miranda.

S47E27
Twinkle Twinkle Little Star
Air date: 08/Jul/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo doesn’t give up and keeps practicing until he can play the song “Twinkle Twinkle Little Star” on his piano. Guest: 5th Harmony.

Summary

Elmo doesn’t give up and keeps practicing until he can play the song “Twinkle Twinkle Little Star” on his piano. Guest: 5th Harmony.

S47E26
The Camouflage Game
Air date: 01/Jul/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Rosita and Chris try to find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street so they can join the Camouflage Club. Guest: Kyra Sedgwick.

Summary

Elmo, Rosita and Chris try to find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street so they can join the Camouflage Club. Guest: Kyra Sedgwick.

S47E25
The Recycling Fairy
Air date: 24/Jun/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Redusa the Recycling Fairy visits Sesame Street and helps everyone recycle their old trash into something new to help keep the earth clean and beautiful.

Summary

Redusa the Recycling Fairy visits Sesame Street and helps everyone recycle their old trash into something new to help keep the earth clean and beautiful.

S47E23
Elmo and Rosita's Rainbow Search (repeat)
Air date: 10/Jun/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo sees a rainbow, but it disappears before Rosita can see it. Rosita, who has never seen a rainbow, becomes determined to see one. Guest: OK Go.

Summary

Elmo sees a rainbow, but it disappears before Rosita can see it. Rosita, who has never seen a rainbow, becomes determined to see one. Guest: OK Go.

S47E20
Wild Animals Shop for Lunch (repeat)
Air date: 20/May/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Snuffy helps out at Hooper’s Store when zoo animals come for brunch, but has to find a way to remember everyone’s order. Guest star: Audra McDonald.

Summary

Snuffy helps out at Hooper’s Store when zoo animals come for brunch, but has to find a way to remember everyone’s order. Guest star: Audra McDonald.

S47E16
Make Your Garden Grow
Air date: 22/Apr/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo has made sure his apple tree has good soil, water and sunshine, but he still needs to learn how to be patient and wait for it to grow.

Summary

Elmo has made sure his apple tree has good soil, water and sunshine, but he still needs to learn how to be patient and wait for it to grow.

S47E10
Elmo Comes Clean
Air date: 11/Mar/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo keeps hiding from Nina because he wants more time to play before his bath, but Ernie helps him realize that he can play in the bathtub, too.

Summary

Elmo keeps hiding from Nina because he wants more time to play before his bath, but Ernie helps him realize that he can play in the bathtub, too.

S47E5
Having a Ball
Air date: 04/Feb/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Saul the Ball is disappointed that he can’t play ball with Elmo and Rosita inside the house, Elmo and Rosita help him use his imagination to play other games.

Summary

When Saul the Ball is disappointed that he can’t play ball with Elmo and Rosita inside the house, Elmo and Rosita help him use his imagination to play other games.

S47E1
The Kindness Kid
Air date: 07/Jan/2017 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The Kindness Kid (Zachary Levi) visits Sesame Street to spread kindness and Grover wants to be a Kindness Kid too, but every time he tries to do something kind, he fails. Chris helps Grover realize that just trying to help someone is actually being kind.

Summary

The Kindness Kid (Zachary Levi) visits Sesame Street to spread kindness and Grover wants to be a Kindness Kid too, but every time he tries to do something kind, he fails. Chris helps Grover realize that just trying to help someone is actually being kind.

Season 46 · Season 46
35 episode(s) · Air date: 16/Jan/2016
Improve Season
Season Overview

Season 46 teaches smarter, stronger, and kinder lessons with fun and familiar themes like bedtime, boo-boos, and animals.

Season Overview

Season 46 teaches smarter, stronger, and kinder lessons with fun and familiar themes like bedtime, boo-boos, and animals.

S46E35
Halloween
Air date: 29/Oct/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

In this special Halloween episode, the letter of the day is 'H' (for 'Halloween') and Elmo learns that a good imagination is the most important part of pretending.

Summary

In this special Halloween episode, the letter of the day is 'H' (for 'Halloween') and Elmo learns that a good imagination is the most important part of pretending.

S46E34
School for Chickens
Air date: 27/Aug/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe, played by Saturday Night Live's Taran Killam, teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool. Also featuring Murray has a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 14.

Summary

Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe, played by Saturday Night Live's Taran Killam, teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool. Also featuring Murray has a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 14.

S46E33
Don't Get Pushy
Air date: 20/Aug/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Telly is upset when Rosita pushes Baby Bear by accident because she is too excited; but with the help of her friends on Sesame Street, she learns how to control herself. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Les Moussarables, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 11.

Summary

Telly is upset when Rosita pushes Baby Bear by accident because she is too excited; but with the help of her friends on Sesame Street, she learns how to control herself. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Les Moussarables, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 11.

S46E32
Sesame Ocean
Air date: 13/Aug/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby turns Sesame Street into a magical ocean so Dorothy can swim anywhere she likes but when she disappears, Elmo and Abby follow clues to find her. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter O and the nubmer 6.

Summary

Abby turns Sesame Street into a magical ocean so Dorothy can swim anywhere she likes but when she disappears, Elmo and Abby follow clues to find her. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter O and the nubmer 6.

S46E31
The Good Sport
Air date: 06/Aug/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo learns how to win and lose gracefully while playing Hot Potato with Abby. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Hungry Games parody, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 3.

Summary

Elmo learns how to win and lose gracefully while playing Hot Potato with Abby. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Hungry Games parody, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 3.

S46E30
Afraid of the Bark
Air date: 30/Jul/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Zoe is rattled when Barkley playfully picks up her pet rock, Rocco, in his mouth. Elmo, with the help of Gina, Bob and Grover, help Zoe get over her fear. Also featuring Murry had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 5.

Summary

Zoe is rattled when Barkley playfully picks up her pet rock, Rocco, in his mouth. Elmo, with the help of Gina, Bob and Grover, help Zoe get over her fear. Also featuring Murry had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 5.

S46E29
Dress-Up Club
Air date: 23/Jul/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Prairie Dawn learns that it doesn't matter if you're a boy or girl, anyone can dress-up and play any way they want. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

Summary

Prairie Dawn learns that it doesn't matter if you're a boy or girl, anyone can dress-up and play any way they want. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

S46E28
Mi Amigita Rosita
Air date: 16/Jul/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rosita is bothered by a story that doesn't resonate with her culture, so she writes her own book about things she loves: dancing, Mexican wrestling and playing with her friends. Also featuring celeb vocab in espanol with Gina Rodrigues, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the ABC's and the number 9.

Summary

Rosita is bothered by a story that doesn't resonate with her culture, so she writes her own book about things she loves: dancing, Mexican wrestling and playing with her friends. Also featuring celeb vocab in espanol with Gina Rodrigues, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the ABC's and the number 9.

S46E27
Bye Bye Pacifier
Air date: 09/Jul/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo helps Curly Bear come to terms with giving up her binky. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 12.

Summary

Elmo helps Curly Bear come to terms with giving up her binky. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 12.

S46E26
Elmo and the Bookaneers
Air date: 02/Jul/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The Bookaneers, a band of book and reading-loving pirates led by Tina Fey, comes to Sesame Street! They invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, and together they look for the pirates' treasure, the library. Also featuring 'B is for Book' with Pharrell, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookie, and Elmo's Wold. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 1.

Summary

The Bookaneers, a band of book and reading-loving pirates led by Tina Fey, comes to Sesame Street! They invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, and together they look for the pirates' treasure, the library. Also featuring 'B is for Book' with Pharrell, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookie, and Elmo's Wold. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 1.

S46E25
BooBoo Busters
Air date: 25/Jun/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby and Elmo are the Boo-Boo Busters; finding friends on Sesame Street who need help making their boo-boos better. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 13.

Summary

Abby and Elmo are the Boo-Boo Busters; finding friends on Sesame Street who need help making their boo-boos better. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 13.

S46E24
Abby Makes the Seasons Change
Air date: 18/Jun/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby makes the seasons change on Sesame Street. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to by the letter S and the number 4.

Summary

Abby makes the seasons change on Sesame Street. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to by the letter S and the number 4.

S46E23
Music Magic
Air date: 11/Jun/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Elmo uses Abby's magic wand, all anyone on Sesame Street can do is sing! Also featuring 'Just like Magic' song with Sara Bareilles, Cookie Monster's Furry Potter parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brough to you by the letter M and the number 20.

Summary

When Elmo uses Abby's magic wand, all anyone on Sesame Street can do is sing! Also featuring 'Just like Magic' song with Sara Bareilles, Cookie Monster's Furry Potter parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brough to you by the letter M and the number 20.

S46E22
Chicken Thunderstorms
Air date: 04/Jun/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, Chris and Leela help to teach some chickens not to be afraid of thunderstorms. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-weather. Brought to you by the letter W and the number 4.

Summary

Elmo, Abby, Chris and Leela help to teach some chickens not to be afraid of thunderstorms. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-weather. Brought to you by the letter W and the number 4.

S46E21
To the Moon, Elmo
Air date: 28/May/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imagination to go into space and with help from Chris, they figure out which 'space tool' to use to fix their ripped space ship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo's World-sky. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 10.

Summary

Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imagination to go into space and with help from Chris, they figure out which 'space tool' to use to fix their ripped space ship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo's World-sky. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 10.

S46E20
Hooper's Lockdown
Air date: 21/May/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Grover's new security gate system accidentally locks Chris out of Hooper's store, Elmo and Abby help solve math problems to open the gates in time to stop Cookie Monster from eating Alan's birthday cake. Also featuring Nick Jonas, Cookie Monster's 007 parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 8.

Summary

When Grover's new security gate system accidentally locks Chris out of Hooper's store, Elmo and Abby help solve math problems to open the gates in time to stop Cookie Monster from eating Alan's birthday cake. Also featuring Nick Jonas, Cookie Monster's 007 parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 8.

S46E19
Move It!
Air date: 14/May/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It's 'Move It Day' on Sesame Street where everyone moves their body. But after spending the day just sitting and eating cookies, Cookie Monster learns that exercising and moving your body gives you lots of energy and helps you feel better. Also featuring a song with Ne-Yo, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 8.

Summary

It's 'Move It Day' on Sesame Street where everyone moves their body. But after spending the day just sitting and eating cookies, Cookie Monster learns that exercising and moving your body gives you lots of energy and helps you feel better. Also featuring a song with Ne-Yo, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 8.

S46E18
A Very Cookie Mother's Day
Air date: 07/May/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Cookie Monster wants to give his mom the perfect Mother's Day gift, but first he needs to learn how to control himself from eating it. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-family. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 19.

Summary

Cookie Monster wants to give his mom the perfect Mother's Day gift, but first he needs to learn how to control himself from eating it. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-family. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 19.

S46E17
Camping Show
Air date: 30/Apr/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Chris go camping in the woods near Sesame Street to relax and meet some new friends. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-plants. Brought to you by the letter N and the number 16.

Summary

Elmo and Chris go camping in the woods near Sesame Street to relax and meet some new friends. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-plants. Brought to you by the letter N and the number 16.

S46E16
Rocco's Playdate
Air date: 23/Apr/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Zoe use arts and crafts to help make a 'friend' for Zoe's pet rock, Rocco, to play with. Also featuring Murray had a lttle lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter C and the number 7.

Summary

Elmo and Zoe use arts and crafts to help make a 'friend' for Zoe's pet rock, Rocco, to play with. Also featuring Murray had a lttle lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter C and the number 7.

S46E15
Birdie and the Beast
Air date: 16/Apr/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird makes up a fairy tale about a bird named Birdie who helps a Beast learn how to be a good friend. Also featuring Elmo the Muscial-Prince. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 0.

Summary

Big Bird makes up a fairy tale about a bird named Birdie who helps a Beast learn how to be a good friend. Also featuring Elmo the Muscial-Prince. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 0.

S46E14
Enthusiastic Penelope Penguin
Air date: 09/Apr/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Chris helps Penelope, an overly excited penguin, learn how to control herself and make new friends. Also featuring 'Be a good friend' song with Gwen Stefani, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-friends. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 2.

Summary

Chris helps Penelope, an overly excited penguin, learn how to control herself and make new friends. Also featuring 'Be a good friend' song with Gwen Stefani, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-friends. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 2.

S46E13
The Princess Story
Air date: 02/Apr/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Rosita helps Abby and Zoe think outside the 'fairy tale' box as they imagine and make up a story together. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo the Musical-prince. Brought to you by the letter P and the number 4.

Summary

Rosita helps Abby and Zoe think outside the 'fairy tale' box as they imagine and make up a story together. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo the Musical-prince. Brought to you by the letter P and the number 4.

S46E12
Elmo Steps in for Super Grover
Air date: 26/Mar/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

When Super Grover's new sidekick Horatio keeps getting stuck in doorways, Elmo has to answer the distress calls. Also featuring 'Everyday Hero' song with Aloe Blacc, Cookie Monster's Aveggies parody, and Elmo the Musical-superheros. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 1.

Summary

When Super Grover's new sidekick Horatio keeps getting stuck in doorways, Elmo has to answer the distress calls. Also featuring 'Everyday Hero' song with Aloe Blacc, Cookie Monster's Aveggies parody, and Elmo the Musical-superheros. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 1.

S46E11
Abby's Fairy Garden
Air date: 19/Mar/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Abby is going to teach Elmo how to garden, but a gnome takes his seeds and flower pot. Abby and Elmo need to play memory games in order to get them back. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-Plants. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 17.

Summary

Abby is going to teach Elmo how to garden, but a gnome takes his seeds and flower pot. Abby and Elmo need to play memory games in order to get them back. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-Plants. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 17.

S46E10
Say Thank You to Your Face Day
Air date: 12/Mar/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo helps Abby, Grover, and Telly figure out how to say thank you to our nose, eyes, and mouth all at the same time. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-noses. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 9.

Summary

Elmo helps Abby, Grover, and Telly figure out how to say thank you to our nose, eyes, and mouth all at the same time. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-noses. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 9.

S46E9
What I Love About Art
Air date: 05/Mar/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Telly learns that by using his imagination and experimenting, he can make art in lots of different ways. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 18.

Summary

Telly learns that by using his imagination and experimenting, he can make art in lots of different ways. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 18.

S46E8
When Dinosaurs Walked Sesame Street
Air date: 27/Feb/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Chris, and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn that there are small and big dinosaurs, some dinosaurs are herbivores and some are carnivores and that Big Bird is a dinosaur! Also featuring Jurassic Cookie parody, and Elmo's World-dinosaurs. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

Summary

Elmo, Chris, and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn that there are small and big dinosaurs, some dinosaurs are herbivores and some are carnivores and that Big Bird is a dinosaur! Also featuring Jurassic Cookie parody, and Elmo's World-dinosaurs. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

S46E7
The Best Friend Band
Air date: 20/Feb/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo and Abby learn how to compromise and combine their two favorite songs, creating the Best Friend Song. Also featuring 'That's Music' song with 5th Harmony, Murray had a little lamb-music school, and Elmo's World-violins. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 5.

Summary

Elmo and Abby learn how to compromise and combine their two favorite songs, creating the Best Friend Song. Also featuring 'That's Music' song with 5th Harmony, Murray had a little lamb-music school, and Elmo's World-violins. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 5.

S46E6
Valentine's Day
Air date: 13/Feb/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

It's Valentine's Day on Sesame Street! Elmo and Abby make valentines for each other and learn about the importance of friendship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Twilight parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter V and the number 14.

Summary

It's Valentine's Day on Sesame Street! Elmo and Abby make valentines for each other and learn about the importance of friendship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Twilight parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter V and the number 14.

S46E5
Funny Farm
Air date: 06/Feb/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Alan help Grover think like a farm animal so he can throw the perfect party for farm animals. Also featuring Super Grover 2.0 (S.T.E.M.), and Elmo's world-farm. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 3.

Summary

Elmo, Abby, and Alan help Grover think like a farm animal so he can throw the perfect party for farm animals. Also featuring Super Grover 2.0 (S.T.E.M.), and Elmo's world-farm. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 3.

S46E4
Saved by Superfoods
Air date: 30/Jan/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The SuperFood Super Foods fly onto Sesame Street to help their friends try new foods, find a healthy snack, and explain the importance of eating breakfast. Also featuring Orange is the New Snack parody, and Elmo the Musical-Tomato. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 10.

Summary

The SuperFood Super Foods fly onto Sesame Street to help their friends try new foods, find a healthy snack, and explain the importance of eating breakfast. Also featuring Orange is the New Snack parody, and Elmo the Musical-Tomato. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 10.

S46E3
Grover's Street Safari
Air date: 23/Jan/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Grover takes Elmo and friends on a Sesame Street Safari and they pretend to be all of the wild animals they see. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Muscial-cowboy. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 5.

Summary

Grover takes Elmo and friends on a Sesame Street Safari and they pretend to be all of the wild animals they see. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Muscial-cowboy. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 5.

S46E2
Mucko Polo, Grouch Explorer
Air date: 16/Jan/2016 · Time: 09:30 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

With Mucko Polo (Alan Cumming), Elmo, Abby, and Oscar use their five senses to explore and search for the grouchiest things on Sesame Street. Also featuring Grover finds a pyramid and Elmo the Musical-Guacamole. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 6.

Summary

With Mucko Polo (Alan Cumming), Elmo, Abby, and Oscar use their five senses to explore and search for the grouchiest things on Sesame Street. Also featuring Grover finds a pyramid and Elmo the Musical-Guacamole. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 6.

S46E1
Bedtime Story
Air date: 16/Jan/2016 · Time: 09:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime. Also featuring celeb vocab 'bedtime' with Tracee Ellis Ross, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies and Elmo's World-sleep. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 10.

Summary

While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime. Also featuring celeb vocab 'bedtime' with Tracee Ellis Ross, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies and Elmo's World-sleep. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 10.

Season 45 · Season 45
27 episode(s) · Air date: 15/Sep/2014
Improve Season
Season Overview

Season 45 is one of the most high-energy seasons yet. With catchy dance breaks and songs, everyone will be up on their feet!

Season Overview

Season 45 is one of the most high-energy seasons yet. With catchy dance breaks and songs, everyone will be up on their feet!

S45E27
The Cookie Thief
Air date: 16/Feb/2015
Summary

A brand new museum has opened on Sesame Street, the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo, and Chris are very excited to check it out. However, when they step inside, all of the cookie art starts to make Cookie Monster hungry for cookies. Chris explains that he needs to control himself and use only his eyes to look at the paintings.

Summary

A brand new museum has opened on Sesame Street, the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo, and Chris are very excited to check it out. However, when they step inside, all of the cookie art starts to make Cookie Monster hungry for cookies. Chris explains that he needs to control himself and use only his eyes to look at the paintings.

Season 44 · Season 44
26 episode(s) · Air date: 16/Sep/2013
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 43 · Season 43
27 episode(s) · Air date: 24/Sep/2012
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S43E21
Lifting Snuffy
Air date: 21/Mar/2013 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

Snuffy is looking forward to being lifted into the air during a dance that was choreographed by Zoe, but he's too heavy for his partner to lift.

Summary

Snuffy is looking forward to being lifted into the air during a dance that was choreographed by Zoe, but he's too heavy for his partner to lift.

S43E20
Fairy Tale Science Fair (repeat)
Air date: 28/Feb/2013 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Telly report from the Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair, which features fairy tale characters solving problems with science. Little Red Riding Hood, for instance, observes and compares her grandmother and the Big Bad Wolf, who's dressed like her grandma, in order to tell one from the other; and Cinderella, with help from Baby Bear and Telly, conducts an experiment to see if pumpkins can float.

Summary

Baby Bear and Telly report from the Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair, which features fairy tale characters solving problems with science. Little Red Riding Hood, for instance, observes and compares her grandmother and the Big Bad Wolf, who's dressed like her grandma, in order to tell one from the other; and Cinderella, with help from Baby Bear and Telly, conducts an experiment to see if pumpkins can float.

S43E19
Best House of the Year
Air date: 21/Feb/2013 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

The Three Little Pigs build a house for the "Best House of the Year" contest, but it can't stand up to the Big Bad Wolf's huffing and puffing. With Leela's and Elmo's help, however, they design a new home that can withstand the wolf's powerful lungs.

Summary

The Three Little Pigs build a house for the "Best House of the Year" contest, but it can't stand up to the Big Bad Wolf's huffing and puffing. With Leela's and Elmo's help, however, they design a new home that can withstand the wolf's powerful lungs.

S43E18
Build a Better Basket
Air date: 14/Feb/2013 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

Alan, Rosita, and Elmo put together a basket filled with goodies for Little Red Riding Hood to take to her grandmother's house, but she's concerned that it may not be strong enough to stand up to the Big Bad Wolf.

Summary

Alan, Rosita, and Elmo put together a basket filled with goodies for Little Red Riding Hood to take to her grandmother's house, but she's concerned that it may not be strong enough to stand up to the Big Bad Wolf.

S43E2
The Good Sport
Air date: 25/Sep/2012 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

After losing to Abby in several games of hot potato, Elmo turns to Telly for help in becoming better. He becomes so good that, the next time he plays Abby, he repeatedly wins; and then his newfound skill goes to his head, causing him to show off.

Summary

After losing to Abby in several games of hot potato, Elmo turns to Telly for help in becoming better. He becomes so good that, the next time he plays Abby, he repeatedly wins; and then his newfound skill goes to his head, causing him to show off.

S43E1
Get Lost, Mr. Chips
Air date: 24/Sep/2012 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Alan is getting ready for the Cookie Connoisseurs Club, the most exclusive cookie appreciation club in the country, to come to Sesame Street to taste his super cookies. Alan asks Chris to distract Cookie Monster while the club meets. Chris tries, but it's too late. Commander Chiphead, the club's Cookie Master, says that Cookie Monster can only taste Alan's cookies if he's a member of the club. To join, he must recite the Cookie Connoisseurs Club Pledge of Allegiance and follow the three rules: to first look at the cookie, then smell the cookie, and finally, only nibble the cookie to savor its flavor. Cookie Monster thinks he can follow these rules, but devours the first cookie right away! Commander Chiphead is not happy, but gives Cookie Monster another chance. Chris suggests that Cookie Monster try to pretend that the cookie is something else to help him control himself. He pretends that it's a yo-yo, which seems to be working, but once Cookie Monster smells the cookie, he eats it right up.. Next, Cookie Monster tries to pretend that the cookie smells like something stinky, which helps him get past rule #2, but as he goes to nibble it, he loses control again. Cookie Monster has one last chance, so this time he keeps reminding himself out loud that he needs to control himself so that he can stay in the club and get to try all sorts of cookies. The strategy works! Now it's time for the last cookie, and Commander Chiphead is so excited because it is one of his favorites. He loses control and devours the entire thing. Cookie Monster offers to help teach him self-control since he's so good at it now.

Summary

Alan is getting ready for the Cookie Connoisseurs Club, the most exclusive cookie appreciation club in the country, to come to Sesame Street to taste his super cookies. Alan asks Chris to distract Cookie Monster while the club meets. Chris tries, but it's too late. Commander Chiphead, the club's Cookie Master, says that Cookie Monster can only taste Alan's cookies if he's a member of the club. To join, he must recite the Cookie Connoisseurs Club Pledge of Allegiance and follow the three rules: to first look at the cookie, then smell the cookie, and finally, only nibble the cookie to savor its flavor. Cookie Monster thinks he can follow these rules, but devours the first cookie right away! Commander Chiphead is not happy, but gives Cookie Monster another chance. Chris suggests that Cookie Monster try to pretend that the cookie is something else to help him control himself. He pretends that it's a yo-yo, which seems to be working, but once Cookie Monster smells the cookie, he eats it right up.. Next, Cookie Monster tries to pretend that the cookie smells like something stinky, which helps him get past rule #2, but as he goes to nibble it, he loses control again. Cookie Monster has one last chance, so this time he keeps reminding himself out loud that he needs to control himself so that he can stay in the club and get to try all sorts of cookies. The strategy works! Now it's time for the last cookie, and Commander Chiphead is so excited because it is one of his favorites. He loses control and devours the entire thing. Cookie Monster offers to help teach him self-control since he's so good at it now.

Season 42 · Season 42
26 episode(s) · Air date: 26/Sep/2011
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S42E13
Siblings
Air date: 09/Nov/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear's a little aggravated with Curly Bear as they're coloring—he doesn't want to share the crayons. Sometimes it's hard to share with a sibling, Chris and Christy explain. They should know—they're twins.

Summary

Baby Bear's a little aggravated with Curly Bear as they're coloring—he doesn't want to share the crayons. Sometimes it's hard to share with a sibling, Chris and Christy explain. They should know—they're twins.

S42E12
Elmo and the Butterfly
Air date: 28/Oct/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Telly are reading the book Fascinating Facts about Insects. First, they see two ants and learn from their book that ants never sleep. Next, they see two ladybugs and learn that ladybugs smell with their feet. When a butterfly flutters in, they wonder where his friends are and worry that he is lonely.

Summary

Elmo and Telly are reading the book Fascinating Facts about Insects. First, they see two ants and learn from their book that ants never sleep. Next, they see two ladybugs and learn that ladybugs smell with their feet. When a butterfly flutters in, they wonder where his friends are and worry that he is lonely.

S42E11
Baby Bear's doll
Air date: 21/Oct/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Curly Bear are playing with dolls, and Telly comes by with his bulldozer. But Baby Bear's embarrassed to be playing with dolls, so he tells Telly that the doll is Curly's.

Summary

Baby Bear and Curly Bear are playing with dolls, and Telly comes by with his bulldozer. But Baby Bear's embarrassed to be playing with dolls, so he tells Telly that the doll is Curly's.

S42E10
Big Bad Wolf Huffs and Puffs Slimey
Air date: 18/Oct/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar's getting ready to take Slimey to the mud hole, but what's this? It's the Three Little Pigs being chased by the Big Bad Wolf! The wolf huffs and puffs at Slimey too, who goes flying through the air and lands in Snuffy's lunch.

Summary

Oscar's getting ready to take Slimey to the mud hole, but what's this? It's the Three Little Pigs being chased by the Big Bad Wolf! The wolf huffs and puffs at Slimey too, who goes flying through the air and lands in Snuffy's lunch.

S42E9
The Good Birds Club
Air date: 17/Oct/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird's singing a happy song—he's been invited to join the Good Bird's Club! But the president of the club teases him about his bright yellow feathers and his gigantic feet, eyes, wings, and beak. Big Bird feels just terrible and asks Abby to cast a magic spell to change his appearance.

Summary

Big Bird's singing a happy song—he's been invited to join the Good Bird's Club! But the president of the club teases him about his bright yellow feathers and his gigantic feet, eyes, wings, and beak. Big Bird feels just terrible and asks Abby to cast a magic spell to change his appearance.

S42E6
Latinization of Marco
Air date: 04/Oct/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina explains to Rosita that since Marco was born in Guatemala, where people speak Spanish, she would like him to learn Spanish too.

Summary

Gina explains to Rosita that since Marco was born in Guatemala, where people speak Spanish, she would like him to learn Spanish too.

S42E5
Shape-O-Bots
Air date: 30/Sep/2011 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Andy Samberg gets help from Telly, Elmo, and Rosita who are playing Shape-O-Bots, robots that actually transform into shapes to help people.

Summary

Andy Samberg gets help from Telly, Elmo, and Rosita who are playing Shape-O-Bots, robots that actually transform into shapes to help people.

Season 41 · Season 41
26 episode(s) · Air date: 27/Sep/2010
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S41E26
Abby Tries & Tries Again
Air date: 31/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela is closing the Laundromat early because she and Chris are going to a party in the neighborhood. Abby appears and wants to help Leela get dressed. She uses rhyme and magic but Leela accidentally gets transformed into a pirate and then into a football player. After Abby says a rhyme that’s really clear about she wants, Leela is finally dressed as a princess with a ball gown, glass slippers and a tiara. Abby decides to give Leela party hair, too, so she recites another rhyming spell. Now her hair tricks aren’t working, either. Leela reminds Abby that she just has to be really clear in her rhyme about what she wants. It works! Abby gives Leela a pretty, fancy hairdo. Chris arrives to walk with Leela to the party, but she has trouble walking in the glass slippers. To help them get to the party, Abby uses a transportation trick. After a few mishaps, she makes a coach appear, just like Cinderella’s. Chris decides he wants to be dressed like Prince Charming but Abby accidentally turns him into a pirate! Chris likes this outfit even better and he and Leela go to the party. Abby loves to help!

Summary

Leela is closing the Laundromat early because she and Chris are going to a party in the neighborhood. Abby appears and wants to help Leela get dressed. She uses rhyme and magic but Leela accidentally gets transformed into a pirate and then into a football player. After Abby says a rhyme that’s really clear about she wants, Leela is finally dressed as a princess with a ball gown, glass slippers and a tiara. Abby decides to give Leela party hair, too, so she recites another rhyming spell. Now her hair tricks aren’t working, either. Leela reminds Abby that she just has to be really clear in her rhyme about what she wants. It works! Abby gives Leela a pretty, fancy hairdo. Chris arrives to walk with Leela to the party, but she has trouble walking in the glass slippers. To help them get to the party, Abby uses a transportation trick. After a few mishaps, she makes a coach appear, just like Cinderella’s. Chris decides he wants to be dressed like Prince Charming but Abby accidentally turns him into a pirate! Chris likes this outfit even better and he and Leela go to the party. Abby loves to help!

S41E25
Grouch Mother's Day
Air date: 30/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar tries to give his mom the worst Grouchy Mother's Day ever, but he has keen competition from his sister Bunny. Also: the "Word on the Street" features Rachel Griffiths ("Brothers & Sisters") discussing the word "dozen" with Elmo.

Summary

Oscar tries to give his mom the worst Grouchy Mother's Day ever, but he has keen competition from his sister Bunny. Also: the "Word on the Street" features Rachel Griffiths ("Brothers & Sisters") discussing the word "dozen" with Elmo.

S41E23
Zoe Loves Rocco
Air date: 28/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Zoe asks Elmo to watch her pet rock Rocco for her, but he's too busy playing with Baby David to notice when the rock disappears. He tries to placate Zoe by giving her a new rock, then uses his memory to figure out where the rock went.

Summary

Zoe asks Elmo to watch her pet rock Rocco for her, but he's too busy playing with Baby David to notice when the rock disappears. He tries to placate Zoe by giving her a new rock, then uses his memory to figure out where the rock went.

S41E22
Rock, Rock Band
Air date: 27/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Vergil Von Vivaldi, played by Michael McKean, has come to Sesame Street to start a rock band made completely out of rocks! Vergil sings a song to show that there are rocks all over Sesame Street. He points out that the sidewalk, a statue in the garden, and the building are all made of rocks. Elmo and Abby join Vergil to search for rocks and try to identify their names based on their characteristics. First, they find a tiny rock, called a pebble. It is too light to be the singer of the rock band, but can be the tambourine player. Elmo then sees a heavy rock. It will play the gong in the rock band. Zoe comes by and suggests Rocco could be the lead singer. The group observes that Rocco is a rock called basalt, which means it came from a volcano. Unfortunately it has too many holes, so he can’t be the lead singer but can play the bass. Elmo finds limestone with fossils of leaves and shells on it from a long, long, long time ago. Vergil says the limestone can play the flute. Zoe finds a shiny rock called obsidian. It will play the oboe. Then, Abby finds marble that is sparkly and colorful. Marble will play the mandolin. Since they haven’t found a lead singer, Abby finally changes Vergil into a smooth, crystal like, sparkly rock called a gem. He can be the lead singer. The only thing left to do is… rock!

Summary

Vergil Von Vivaldi, played by Michael McKean, has come to Sesame Street to start a rock band made completely out of rocks! Vergil sings a song to show that there are rocks all over Sesame Street. He points out that the sidewalk, a statue in the garden, and the building are all made of rocks. Elmo and Abby join Vergil to search for rocks and try to identify their names based on their characteristics. First, they find a tiny rock, called a pebble. It is too light to be the singer of the rock band, but can be the tambourine player. Elmo then sees a heavy rock. It will play the gong in the rock band. Zoe comes by and suggests Rocco could be the lead singer. The group observes that Rocco is a rock called basalt, which means it came from a volcano. Unfortunately it has too many holes, so he can’t be the lead singer but can play the bass. Elmo finds limestone with fossils of leaves and shells on it from a long, long, long time ago. Vergil says the limestone can play the flute. Zoe finds a shiny rock called obsidian. It will play the oboe. Then, Abby finds marble that is sparkly and colorful. Marble will play the mandolin. Since they haven’t found a lead singer, Abby finally changes Vergil into a smooth, crystal like, sparkly rock called a gem. He can be the lead singer. The only thing left to do is… rock!

S41E21
Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair
Air date: 16/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Telly are reporters at the Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair! Everyone’s favorite fairy tale characters are solving problems with science. Little Red Riding Hood is the first fairy tale scientist and she can’t tell the difference between her granny and the Big Bad Wolf. She decides to solve her problem by observing and comparing. After she looks closely and carefully, she points out their similarities and differences and discovers who her real granny is! Cinderella, who just loves science, asks a question about whether a pumpkin will float or sink. They form a hypothesis and conduct an experiment to test it. Baby Bear and Telly think that it will sink, but the pumpkin actually floats! Next, the Three Little Pigs become worried about the Big Bad Wolf blowing down their house. They discuss what they already know: the wolf is coming and he can huff and puff and blow them away. They decide to build a house to protect them, but can’t agree upon which material is the best. Baby Bear helps them design an experiment to figure out which material is the sturdiest. They each make a hypothesis and use a fan to see which material won’t blow away- straw, sticks, or brick. The pigs conclude that brick is the best material. The Big Bad Wolf arrives, but to his disappointment, he can’t blow down the brick house. Science saved the day and solved lots of problems on Sesame Street!

Summary

Baby Bear and Telly are reporters at the Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair! Everyone’s favorite fairy tale characters are solving problems with science. Little Red Riding Hood is the first fairy tale scientist and she can’t tell the difference between her granny and the Big Bad Wolf. She decides to solve her problem by observing and comparing. After she looks closely and carefully, she points out their similarities and differences and discovers who her real granny is! Cinderella, who just loves science, asks a question about whether a pumpkin will float or sink. They form a hypothesis and conduct an experiment to test it. Baby Bear and Telly think that it will sink, but the pumpkin actually floats! Next, the Three Little Pigs become worried about the Big Bad Wolf blowing down their house. They discuss what they already know: the wolf is coming and he can huff and puff and blow them away. They decide to build a house to protect them, but can’t agree upon which material is the best. Baby Bear helps them design an experiment to figure out which material is the sturdiest. They each make a hypothesis and use a fan to see which material won’t blow away- straw, sticks, or brick. The pigs conclude that brick is the best material. The Big Bad Wolf arrives, but to his disappointment, he can’t blow down the brick house. Science saved the day and solved lots of problems on Sesame Street!

S41E20
Veggies Revolt
Air date: 14/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris serves Telly a tuna sandwich with no lettuce just when a group of vegetables is heard nearby. They are holding picket signs, while marching and chanting. Anderson Cucumber, a reporter for VNN, arrives to find out what’s going on. The vegetables aren’t taking it anymore. They think no one likes them and they don’t feel appreciated, especially because Telly didn’t order lettuce on his tuna sandwich. Telly explains he was actually going to have salad on the side. Everything seems okay now until Zoe leaves broccoli on her plate. Chris encourages Zoe to eat her broccoli, but she would prefer to dance. So, Chris introduces The Veggie Dance! All the dancing makes Zoe hungry, so she tries the broccoli and loves it! This makes the vegetables happy until Anderson Cucumber reports that Cookie Monster is eating cookies instead of vegetables. Chris helps Cookie Monster pretend that his vegetables are cookies, such as a delicious broccoli cookie. Cookie Monster devours the entire plate of vegetables! Another victory for the vegetables! Shortly after, baby Natasha refuses to taste the strained vegetables that Gina is feeding her. The vegetables become offended again and plan to leave, but Chris explains that Natasha is just a baby, and everyone else on Sesame Street loves vegetables. However, by the time everyone finishes singing “We Love You Vegetables,” even baby Natasha has eaten her peas!

Summary

Chris serves Telly a tuna sandwich with no lettuce just when a group of vegetables is heard nearby. They are holding picket signs, while marching and chanting. Anderson Cucumber, a reporter for VNN, arrives to find out what’s going on. The vegetables aren’t taking it anymore. They think no one likes them and they don’t feel appreciated, especially because Telly didn’t order lettuce on his tuna sandwich. Telly explains he was actually going to have salad on the side. Everything seems okay now until Zoe leaves broccoli on her plate. Chris encourages Zoe to eat her broccoli, but she would prefer to dance. So, Chris introduces The Veggie Dance! All the dancing makes Zoe hungry, so she tries the broccoli and loves it! This makes the vegetables happy until Anderson Cucumber reports that Cookie Monster is eating cookies instead of vegetables. Chris helps Cookie Monster pretend that his vegetables are cookies, such as a delicious broccoli cookie. Cookie Monster devours the entire plate of vegetables! Another victory for the vegetables! Shortly after, baby Natasha refuses to taste the strained vegetables that Gina is feeding her. The vegetables become offended again and plan to leave, but Chris explains that Natasha is just a baby, and everyone else on Sesame Street loves vegetables. However, by the time everyone finishes singing “We Love You Vegetables,” even baby Natasha has eaten her peas!

S41E19
Twins Day on Sesame Street
Air date: 10/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Twins are celebrated with their own special day. Chris introduces his twin sister Christy; Abby and Zoe decide they want to be each other's twin.

Summary

Twins are celebrated with their own special day. Chris introduces his twin sister Christy; Abby and Zoe decide they want to be each other's twin.

S41E18
Saved By Superfoods
Air date: 08/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Super Food Super Heroes come to the aid of Super Grover and Elmo, who are unsure of what a kiwi is; Rosita, whose bag of crunchy twists spilled when Super Grover opened it for her; and Super Grover himself, whose decision to skip breakfast has left him too weak to lift a rooster's heavy suitcase.

Summary

The Super Food Super Heroes come to the aid of Super Grover and Elmo, who are unsure of what a kiwi is; Rosita, whose bag of crunchy twists spilled when Super Grover opened it for her; and Super Grover himself, whose decision to skip breakfast has left him too weak to lift a rooster's heavy suitcase.

S41E17
Puddle Jumping
Air date: 06/Dec/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On a rainy day, Elmo waits for puddles to form so that he can splash in them. He pretends to shower with Baby Bear; watches Stinky drink the rain; and meets Cookie Monster, who pretends the rain drops are cookies.

Summary

On a rainy day, Elmo waits for puddles to form so that he can splash in them. He pretends to shower with Baby Bear; watches Stinky drink the rain; and meets Cookie Monster, who pretends the rain drops are cookies.

S41E16
Rakhi Road
Air date: 26/Nov/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela is making bracelets to celebrate an Indian holiday called Rakhi, a time when sisters, brothers, and friends show how much they love each other by exchanging special bracelets, foods, and gifts. Leela already sent a bracelet to her brother, Sunil, in India and now she is expecting a bracelet from him any moment. While she waits, she helps Telly and Zoe make bracelets for their friends. Just then, a delivery person brings a box that turns out to be a sample of laundry detergent-- not her brother’s gift. Meanwhile, at Hooper’s Store, Elmo comes upon Chris who is making a bracelet for Leela. He wants to do something special for Leela since she’s feeling homesick. They decide to use the computer to learn more about Rakhi and to find some recipes for traditional Indian foods such as phirni, carrot halwa and laddoo. Now all they need is some Indian music to make the Rakhi party complete! Leela is surprised and happy to see how Chris and Elmo brought a little bit of India to Sesame Street with all of the decorations, food, and music. Everyone exchanges their bracelets and Sunil’s bracelet for Leela finally arrives in the mail! Now the Rakhi party can really begin. Everyone dances and sings about the importance of friendship and family.

Summary

Leela is making bracelets to celebrate an Indian holiday called Rakhi, a time when sisters, brothers, and friends show how much they love each other by exchanging special bracelets, foods, and gifts. Leela already sent a bracelet to her brother, Sunil, in India and now she is expecting a bracelet from him any moment. While she waits, she helps Telly and Zoe make bracelets for their friends. Just then, a delivery person brings a box that turns out to be a sample of laundry detergent-- not her brother’s gift. Meanwhile, at Hooper’s Store, Elmo comes upon Chris who is making a bracelet for Leela. He wants to do something special for Leela since she’s feeling homesick. They decide to use the computer to learn more about Rakhi and to find some recipes for traditional Indian foods such as phirni, carrot halwa and laddoo. Now all they need is some Indian music to make the Rakhi party complete! Leela is surprised and happy to see how Chris and Elmo brought a little bit of India to Sesame Street with all of the decorations, food, and music. Everyone exchanges their bracelets and Sunil’s bracelet for Leela finally arrives in the mail! Now the Rakhi party can really begin. Everyone dances and sings about the importance of friendship and family.

S41E15
Fetch The Letter ‘I’
Air date: 11/Nov/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Telly build the letter I with their "Letter of the Day" kit, but Iggy the dog---who was playing fetch with Rosita---snatches it from them and takes off.

Summary

Elmo and Telly build the letter I with their "Letter of the Day" kit, but Iggy the dog---who was playing fetch with Rosita---snatches it from them and takes off.

S41E14
Where’s The Itsy Bitsy Spider?
Air date: 09/Nov/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo, Telly, and Rosita wait for the Itsy Bitsy spider to appear on a water spout in the arbor. Chris loves the song “Itsy Bitsy Spider,” so they all sing it together. After Chris leaves, they decide to find Itsy Bitsy. First, they think about where bugs are found: near plants, flowers, and in dirt. Using the clues, they decide the Itsy Bitsy Spider might be in the garden. When they reach the garden, Telly observes a bug with six legs but they find out it’s a beetle, not a spider. The beetle teaches them that a spider is not an insect, but an arachnid, or a bug with eight legs. They come upon a second bug, but it’s another insect- a hopping grasshopper! The grasshopper gives them the clue to check the spider’s home. Rosita spots an ant hill, but they find out that ants, not spiders, live in ant hills. Then they count the ant’s legs and realize it’s an insect, not an arachnid. The ant gives them the clue that a spider lives in a sticky and stringy place. Elmo realizes that they need to look for a spider web. Telly finds part of a web and follows the string until they reach the Itsy Bitsy Spider! But Itsy Bitsy explains she has more important things to do than sing “Itsy Bitsy Spider.” She is waiting for her egg sac to hatch. Suddenly, the sac hatches, and Telly, Rosita, and Elmo watch in awe as the tiny baby spiders are born!

Summary

Elmo, Telly, and Rosita wait for the Itsy Bitsy spider to appear on a water spout in the arbor. Chris loves the song “Itsy Bitsy Spider,” so they all sing it together. After Chris leaves, they decide to find Itsy Bitsy. First, they think about where bugs are found: near plants, flowers, and in dirt. Using the clues, they decide the Itsy Bitsy Spider might be in the garden. When they reach the garden, Telly observes a bug with six legs but they find out it’s a beetle, not a spider. The beetle teaches them that a spider is not an insect, but an arachnid, or a bug with eight legs. They come upon a second bug, but it’s another insect- a hopping grasshopper! The grasshopper gives them the clue to check the spider’s home. Rosita spots an ant hill, but they find out that ants, not spiders, live in ant hills. Then they count the ant’s legs and realize it’s an insect, not an arachnid. The ant gives them the clue that a spider lives in a sticky and stringy place. Elmo realizes that they need to look for a spider web. Telly finds part of a web and follows the string until they reach the Itsy Bitsy Spider! But Itsy Bitsy explains she has more important things to do than sing “Itsy Bitsy Spider.” She is waiting for her egg sac to hatch. Suddenly, the sac hatches, and Telly, Rosita, and Elmo watch in awe as the tiny baby spiders are born!

S41E13
The A Team
Air date: 05/Nov/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Abby, Elmo, and Telly join the 'A' Team and help people solve problems using letter A words. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 9.

Summary

Abby, Elmo, and Telly join the 'A' Team and help people solve problems using letter A words. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 9.

S41E12
There’s An App For That
Air date: 03/Nov/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear is ordering a bowl of porridge at Hooper’s Store when Telly comes in bouncing on his pogo stick. As he’s practicing the boingarooni, the hardest pogo trick, Mack, the pogo salesman, bounces in and tries to sell Telly and Baby Bear an iPogo stick. With an iPogo, not only can you boing without ever falling off, you can do almost anything- make a phone call, take a picture, and cool off hot porridge! Telly agrees to exchange his old, beloved pogo stick for a brand new iPogo. When he tries it, the iPogo seems to do everything but boing. Baby Bear uses the manual to figure out that they need to press a hexagon icon to get the iPogo to boing, but when he tries that, it ejects Telly right off! Then, they try a triangle icon, but that shakes Telly like a milkshake. Telly finally does the perfect boingarooni, but is disappointed because the iPogo did it for him. Telly asks the salesman for his old pogo stick back and everyone celebrates as Telly does the boingarooni all by himself!

Summary

Baby Bear is ordering a bowl of porridge at Hooper’s Store when Telly comes in bouncing on his pogo stick. As he’s practicing the boingarooni, the hardest pogo trick, Mack, the pogo salesman, bounces in and tries to sell Telly and Baby Bear an iPogo stick. With an iPogo, not only can you boing without ever falling off, you can do almost anything- make a phone call, take a picture, and cool off hot porridge! Telly agrees to exchange his old, beloved pogo stick for a brand new iPogo. When he tries it, the iPogo seems to do everything but boing. Baby Bear uses the manual to figure out that they need to press a hexagon icon to get the iPogo to boing, but when he tries that, it ejects Telly right off! Then, they try a triangle icon, but that shakes Telly like a milkshake. Telly finally does the perfect boingarooni, but is disappointed because the iPogo did it for him. Telly asks the salesman for his old pogo stick back and everyone celebrates as Telly does the boingarooni all by himself!

S41E11
Snuffle Sneeze
Air date: 01/Nov/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy can't stop sneezing after meeting up with Big Bird, who's fresh from a dust bath. Gina thinks it might be an allergy and does some tests to see if it is.

Summary

Snuffy can't stop sneezing after meeting up with Big Bird, who's fresh from a dust bath. Gina thinks it might be an allergy and does some tests to see if it is.

S41E10
Up In The Air
Air date: 14/Oct/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy are having a playdate and jumping in the arbor to see who can stay in the air the longest. They quickly realize that they come right back down after jumping in the air. Gordon comes by and explains that they can’t stay up in the air because of gravity. They might not be able to see it, but gravity pulls everything, big and small, down to the ground. Big Bird and Snuffy watch as Gordon shows them examples of gravity by experimenting with different items such as a book, a writing pad, a ruler, and a pencil. Shortly after Gordon leaves, Big Bird and Snuffy see Abby and tell her what they have just learned. They can’t help but think how fun it would be if there wasn’t any gravity and they could float in the air. With some help from Abby’s magic, they do just that! Floating is so much fun until they try to play catch, and the ball doesn’t come down. Then, they try to play with their race car, but it floats away too. Even their sandwich floats away! Suddenly, Gordon floats toward them and calls Abby to bring back gravity so things can return to normal. With a spell and the wave of her wand, gravity returns. Big Bird and Snuffy happily return to the ground and continue their playdate!

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy are having a playdate and jumping in the arbor to see who can stay in the air the longest. They quickly realize that they come right back down after jumping in the air. Gordon comes by and explains that they can’t stay up in the air because of gravity. They might not be able to see it, but gravity pulls everything, big and small, down to the ground. Big Bird and Snuffy watch as Gordon shows them examples of gravity by experimenting with different items such as a book, a writing pad, a ruler, and a pencil. Shortly after Gordon leaves, Big Bird and Snuffy see Abby and tell her what they have just learned. They can’t help but think how fun it would be if there wasn’t any gravity and they could float in the air. With some help from Abby’s magic, they do just that! Floating is so much fun until they try to play catch, and the ball doesn’t come down. Then, they try to play with their race car, but it floats away too. Even their sandwich floats away! Suddenly, Gordon floats toward them and calls Abby to bring back gravity so things can return to normal. With a spell and the wave of her wand, gravity returns. Big Bird and Snuffy happily return to the ground and continue their playdate!

S41E9
Bert’s Pigeon Search
Air date: 12/Oct/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela fixes Elmo and Abby's rocket and they begin playing spaceship, making "brr brr" sounds for their rocket. Bert rushes in, thinking he's heard a blue-bar pigeon. He shows them his Pigeon Life List, featuring seven different varieties of pigeons. He has a check for each one, except a blue-bar. Upset, he leaves for home. The two decide to help Bert out by finding the pigeon for him. Abby magically whips up some safari gear and they use their binoculars to look for a bird. They see one in the distance and go to him.

Summary

Leela fixes Elmo and Abby's rocket and they begin playing spaceship, making "brr brr" sounds for their rocket. Bert rushes in, thinking he's heard a blue-bar pigeon. He shows them his Pigeon Life List, featuring seven different varieties of pigeons. He has a check for each one, except a blue-bar. Upset, he leaves for home. The two decide to help Bert out by finding the pigeon for him. Abby magically whips up some safari gear and they use their binoculars to look for a bird. They see one in the distance and go to him.

S41E7
The Whoosh & Vanish Mystery
Air date: 06/Oct/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly and Elmo are going to play basketball, but Telly feels they need a snack first. They lay their ball on the table and head to Hooper's. Chris serves them some healthy apple slice and the duo head off, just as a large gust of wind starts blowing. The two find their ball is now missing!

Summary

Telly and Elmo are going to play basketball, but Telly feels they need a snack first. They lay their ball on the table and head to Hooper's. Chris serves them some healthy apple slice and the duo head off, just as a large gust of wind starts blowing. The two find their ball is now missing!

S41E6
The Furry Four
Air date: 04/Oct/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly, Abby, and Elmo are reading Telly’s favorite comic book “The Furry Four!” They decide to pretend to be The Furry Four and quickly change into their furry, super costumes. Elmo is the Furry Flash, Abby is the Furry Tornado, and Telly is Mr. Furry! But that only makes three. They need one more member to be Furry Muscles so they can become The Furry Four. Telly, Elmo, and Abby go on a mission to find one more member! First, the superheroes run into Rosita and Zoe. They could be the The Furry Five, but Rosita and Zoe have planned to plant flowers in the garden with Maria. The mission continues. Abby, Telly, and Elmo think they found their fourth member when they come across a chicken, but he flies away in his cape. Next, they come across a squirrel who agrees to become the fourth member but he hurts his back trying to lift a mailbox while activating his super, furry power. Just then they see Chris sweeping outside Mr. Hooper’s Store. It turns out that he would love to pretend to be Furry Muscles and join the group. At last they found one more! Their first mission as The Furry Four is complete!

Summary

Telly, Abby, and Elmo are reading Telly’s favorite comic book “The Furry Four!” They decide to pretend to be The Furry Four and quickly change into their furry, super costumes. Elmo is the Furry Flash, Abby is the Furry Tornado, and Telly is Mr. Furry! But that only makes three. They need one more member to be Furry Muscles so they can become The Furry Four. Telly, Elmo, and Abby go on a mission to find one more member! First, the superheroes run into Rosita and Zoe. They could be the The Furry Five, but Rosita and Zoe have planned to plant flowers in the garden with Maria. The mission continues. Abby, Telly, and Elmo think they found their fourth member when they come across a chicken, but he flies away in his cape. Next, they come across a squirrel who agrees to become the fourth member but he hurts his back trying to lift a mailbox while activating his super, furry power. Just then they see Chris sweeping outside Mr. Hooper’s Store. It turns out that he would love to pretend to be Furry Muscles and join the group. At last they found one more! Their first mission as The Furry Four is complete!

S41E5
What’s That Noise
Air date: 01/Oct/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo is sleeping over at Maria and Luis' apartment. When Elmo tries to sleep, he hears a strange noise. He calls them in, but the sounds stop when they listen.

Summary

Elmo is sleeping over at Maria and Luis' apartment. When Elmo tries to sleep, he hears a strange noise. He calls them in, but the sounds stop when they listen.

S41E4
The Ironing Monster
Air date: 30/Sep/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela and Elmo are sorting laundry in the Laundromat when Grover stops by to have his Super Grover cape cleaned. Grover realizes that people all over the Laundromat need his help. Bert has soggy socks, Gina is out of fabric softener, and Cookie Monster has a stain. Without his cape, a new superhero must be born! Grover returns as Iron Monster, complete with a metal suit! Chris shows up asking Leela to break his dollar so he can do his laundry. Iron Monster misunderstands and wrestles with the dollar to “break” it. Leela comes back and explains that Chris just needs quarters&ndas; four quarters for each dollar. Gabi comes to the Laundromat with two mustard stains on her sweatshirt. Iron Monster tries to get rid of the stains by subtracting them, but adds five more stains instead! Leela shows Iron Monster how to subtract all of the stains with a stain remover as Elmo counts along. Finally, Iron Monster tries to solve Maria’s problem by using static cling to find Maria’s missing sock. After laundry goes flying everywhere, Leela suggests they check the missing sock box. They sort through different patterns and find the lost red and white striped sock. Finally, Grover’s cape is ready. Before he flies off for his next adventure, Grover points out that Iron Monster is not needed anymore because the Laundromat already has a fantastic superhero, Leela!

Summary

Leela and Elmo are sorting laundry in the Laundromat when Grover stops by to have his Super Grover cape cleaned. Grover realizes that people all over the Laundromat need his help. Bert has soggy socks, Gina is out of fabric softener, and Cookie Monster has a stain. Without his cape, a new superhero must be born! Grover returns as Iron Monster, complete with a metal suit! Chris shows up asking Leela to break his dollar so he can do his laundry. Iron Monster misunderstands and wrestles with the dollar to “break” it. Leela comes back and explains that Chris just needs quarters&ndas; four quarters for each dollar. Gabi comes to the Laundromat with two mustard stains on her sweatshirt. Iron Monster tries to get rid of the stains by subtracting them, but adds five more stains instead! Leela shows Iron Monster how to subtract all of the stains with a stain remover as Elmo counts along. Finally, Iron Monster tries to solve Maria’s problem by using static cling to find Maria’s missing sock. After laundry goes flying everywhere, Leela suggests they check the missing sock box. They sort through different patterns and find the lost red and white striped sock. Finally, Grover’s cape is ready. Before he flies off for his next adventure, Grover points out that Iron Monster is not needed anymore because the Laundromat already has a fantastic superhero, Leela!

S41E3
Chicken About Thunderstorms
Air date: 29/Sep/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

It’s a windy, overcast day on Sesame Street. Elmo, Abby, Leela, and some chickens have just won the first game of the T-Ball season. They are celebrating with Chris when they hear a loud rumble of thunder and raindrops start falling. The chickens start to panic, and everyone gathers into Hooper’s Store where it’s safe. Elmo suggests that the chickens cover their eyes so they don’t get scared by the lightning, but that doesn’t stop them from hearing the thunder. Abby waves her wand and puts earmuffs on the chickens. This time, they don’t hear the thunder but they can still see the lightning! As they continue to panic, Leela suggests that they comfort the chickens by telling them that they are safe and explain what thunderstorms are. One chicken calms down, but the other three are still scared. To help the others feel better they try watching the storm like a fireworks show, counting in between the lightning and thunder to hear the storm moving away. They also make their own lighting and thunder musical performance inside Mr. Hooper’s store. It works! The remaining three chickens calm down just as the storm fades away. The sun comes out and everyone heads back outside to play T-Ball!

Summary

It’s a windy, overcast day on Sesame Street. Elmo, Abby, Leela, and some chickens have just won the first game of the T-Ball season. They are celebrating with Chris when they hear a loud rumble of thunder and raindrops start falling. The chickens start to panic, and everyone gathers into Hooper’s Store where it’s safe. Elmo suggests that the chickens cover their eyes so they don’t get scared by the lightning, but that doesn’t stop them from hearing the thunder. Abby waves her wand and puts earmuffs on the chickens. This time, they don’t hear the thunder but they can still see the lightning! As they continue to panic, Leela suggests that they comfort the chickens by telling them that they are safe and explain what thunderstorms are. One chicken calms down, but the other three are still scared. To help the others feel better they try watching the storm like a fireworks show, counting in between the lightning and thunder to hear the storm moving away. They also make their own lighting and thunder musical performance inside Mr. Hooper’s store. It works! The remaining three chickens calm down just as the storm fades away. The sun comes out and everyone heads back outside to play T-Ball!

S41E2
The Happy Scientists
Air date: 28/Sep/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon is grading his classes’ science experiments when Elmo, Rosita, and Telly run in and accidentally land on the papers. Gordon encourages Elmo, Rosita, and Telly that anyone, including them, can be scientists. All they need to do is to ask questions and investigate! They look around Sesame Street and see Leela giving Barkley a bath. Elmo comes up with a question: Does everyone on Sesame Street take a bath? Gordon guides them through the scientific process. First, Elmo and Rosita hypothesize, or guess, that everyone takes a bath. Telly isn’t sure that everyone takes a bath so he forms a different hypothesis. They investigate and record their observations in their journals. They find out that Chris takes a bath, a cat licks itself and takes a tongue bath, a sparrow takes a dust bath, an owl takes a sun bath to get rid of germs, and even Oscar takes a mud bath in his trash can. This makes Telly mad since his hypothesis was wrong-everyone does take a bath on Sesame Street. Gordon explains that it’s okay to be wrong in science because the most important part is the process, or the steps you take to get your answer. Telly, Rosita, and Elmo become happy scientists! They not only learn all about the scientific process, but also find an answer to their important question!

Summary

Gordon is grading his classes’ science experiments when Elmo, Rosita, and Telly run in and accidentally land on the papers. Gordon encourages Elmo, Rosita, and Telly that anyone, including them, can be scientists. All they need to do is to ask questions and investigate! They look around Sesame Street and see Leela giving Barkley a bath. Elmo comes up with a question: Does everyone on Sesame Street take a bath? Gordon guides them through the scientific process. First, Elmo and Rosita hypothesize, or guess, that everyone takes a bath. Telly isn’t sure that everyone takes a bath so he forms a different hypothesis. They investigate and record their observations in their journals. They find out that Chris takes a bath, a cat licks itself and takes a tongue bath, a sparrow takes a dust bath, an owl takes a sun bath to get rid of germs, and even Oscar takes a mud bath in his trash can. This makes Telly mad since his hypothesis was wrong-everyone does take a bath on Sesame Street. Gordon explains that it’s okay to be wrong in science because the most important part is the process, or the steps you take to get your answer. Telly, Rosita, and Elmo become happy scientists! They not only learn all about the scientific process, but also find an answer to their important question!

S41E1
Camouflage Challenge
Air date: 27/Sep/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo is taking pictures with his friends when they hear someone say something. It’s Camouflage Carla, played by Kyra Sedgwick! She is camouflaging and blending into the wall behind her. Elmo and Rosita want to camouflage too! Camouflage Carla tells them to join The Camouflage Club. All they have to do is pass the Camouflage Challenge and find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street in six minutes. First, they find a grasshopper that blends in with a bush. Next, they spot two butterflies that are camouflaged among the flowers. Then, they find a green lizard perched on a green leaf. Finally, they find two ladybugs camouflaged on Elmo’s red fur! Elmo takes a snapshot of each critter as they go on their adventure. At the end, they count six camouflaged things altogether. They passed the Camouflage Challenge! Carla gives each of them their very own uniform and Elmo and Rosita become full-fledged members of The Camouflage Club!

Summary

Elmo is taking pictures with his friends when they hear someone say something. It’s Camouflage Carla, played by Kyra Sedgwick! She is camouflaging and blending into the wall behind her. Elmo and Rosita want to camouflage too! Camouflage Carla tells them to join The Camouflage Club. All they have to do is pass the Camouflage Challenge and find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street in six minutes. First, they find a grasshopper that blends in with a bush. Next, they spot two butterflies that are camouflaged among the flowers. Then, they find a green lizard perched on a green leaf. Finally, they find two ladybugs camouflaged on Elmo’s red fur! Elmo takes a snapshot of each critter as they go on their adventure. At the end, they count six camouflaged things altogether. They passed the Camouflage Challenge! Carla gives each of them their very own uniform and Elmo and Rosita become full-fledged members of The Camouflage Club!

Season 40 · Season 40
26 episode(s) · Air date: 10/Nov/2009
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S40E26
Princess Show
Air date: 18/Feb/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Abby, Rosita and a penguin are going to play princesses. First, they decide to dance. Rosita leaps high into the air. Abby leaps even higher. The penguin takes a running start and leaps so high she lands on a balcony and can’t get down! Uh-oh! Suddenly, a prince enters and offers to rescue the penguin. He calls for her to let down her hair like the prince does in “Rapunzel,” but penguins don’t have any hair! Abby flies up and brings the penguin safely to the ground. Next, Abby, Rosita and the penguin go princess-roller skating, but the penguin can’t find her second skate. Never fear! The prince comes along to help. He pulls out a glass slipper, just as the prince does in “Cinderella”, but the penguin can’t skate with a glass slipper! Abby suggests they just look for the other skate. They find it and continue skating. Abby skates fast. Rosita skates even faster. The penguin skates the fastest and loses control. She crashes into a mailbox and gets stuck! The prince comes along to rescue her and give her a kiss, just like in “Sleeping Beauty” and “Snow White”, but a kiss won’t help the penguin get out of the mailbox. Rosita has a better idea! What if they cooperate and work together to help pull her out? It works! But the prince is upset. He wasn’t able to rescue a princess even once today. Abby explains that just because they are dressed as princesses, doesn’t mean they have to be saved. The prince agrees and they happily play a game of football together.

Summary

Abby, Rosita and a penguin are going to play princesses. First, they decide to dance. Rosita leaps high into the air. Abby leaps even higher. The penguin takes a running start and leaps so high she lands on a balcony and can’t get down! Uh-oh! Suddenly, a prince enters and offers to rescue the penguin. He calls for her to let down her hair like the prince does in “Rapunzel,” but penguins don’t have any hair! Abby flies up and brings the penguin safely to the ground. Next, Abby, Rosita and the penguin go princess-roller skating, but the penguin can’t find her second skate. Never fear! The prince comes along to help. He pulls out a glass slipper, just as the prince does in “Cinderella”, but the penguin can’t skate with a glass slipper! Abby suggests they just look for the other skate. They find it and continue skating. Abby skates fast. Rosita skates even faster. The penguin skates the fastest and loses control. She crashes into a mailbox and gets stuck! The prince comes along to rescue her and give her a kiss, just like in “Sleeping Beauty” and “Snow White”, but a kiss won’t help the penguin get out of the mailbox. Rosita has a better idea! What if they cooperate and work together to help pull her out? It works! But the prince is upset. He wasn’t able to rescue a princess even once today. Abby explains that just because they are dressed as princesses, doesn’t mean they have to be saved. The prince agrees and they happily play a game of football together.

S40E25
Jacks Grows His Own Beanstalk
Air date: 16/Feb/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Jack from Jack and the Beanstalk comes to Sesame Street and tells Leela and Telly he has a problem. He only has a cow, but he needs a beanstalk! He knows he’s supposed to trade the cow for something but doesn’t know what. Leela gives him a clue—he needs to find something that grows in the ground. Jack quickly returns with a duck. But ducks don’t grow in the ground! Leela gives Jack another clue—to find something that rhymes with “jeans.” Jack comes back with a tambourine in each hand. “Tambourine” rhymes with “jeans” but tambourines don’t grow in the ground. They’re musical instruments. Jack becomes discouraged and is convinced he is never going to be able to grow a beanstalk. Leela gives him one more clue—he needs to look for something little. He trades the cow in and comes back with a handful of beans. They match all the clues—beans grow in the ground, rhyme with jeans, and they are little. Hooray! Jack found something that turns into a beanstalk. Leela shows Jack how to plant the beans in the garden. She covers the beans with soil, waters the beans, and lets the sun shine down. Suddenly, a huge beanstalk shoots up out of the ground. Telly, Leela, and Jack sing about the greatest green beanstalk that ever grew!

Summary

Jack from Jack and the Beanstalk comes to Sesame Street and tells Leela and Telly he has a problem. He only has a cow, but he needs a beanstalk! He knows he’s supposed to trade the cow for something but doesn’t know what. Leela gives him a clue—he needs to find something that grows in the ground. Jack quickly returns with a duck. But ducks don’t grow in the ground! Leela gives Jack another clue—to find something that rhymes with “jeans.” Jack comes back with a tambourine in each hand. “Tambourine” rhymes with “jeans” but tambourines don’t grow in the ground. They’re musical instruments. Jack becomes discouraged and is convinced he is never going to be able to grow a beanstalk. Leela gives him one more clue—he needs to look for something little. He trades the cow in and comes back with a handful of beans. They match all the clues—beans grow in the ground, rhyme with jeans, and they are little. Hooray! Jack found something that turns into a beanstalk. Leela shows Jack how to plant the beans in the garden. She covers the beans with soil, waters the beans, and lets the sun shine down. Suddenly, a huge beanstalk shoots up out of the ground. Telly, Leela, and Jack sing about the greatest green beanstalk that ever grew!

S40E24
Abby's Tricycle
Air date: 29/Jan/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Abby is preparing to ride her very first tricycle! She has her basket, helmet, and her friend Elmo, but Abby doesn’t know how to ride a tricycle. Elmo suggests that Gordon teach Abby since Gordon was the one to teach him. Gordon teaches Abby about all the different parts of a tricycle; the seat, handlebars, and pedals. Abby has trouble at first. She sits on the bike the wrong way. She also becomes frustrated riding her tricycle and thinks she needs magic to push the pedals. With hard work and practice, though, Abby learns to ride without help from Gordon. Whee! Abby becomes so excited that her wings start flapping, and her tricycle lifts off! Abby swoops back down to get Elmo and they both ride off together into the sky, singing on their tricycles.

Summary

Abby is preparing to ride her very first tricycle! She has her basket, helmet, and her friend Elmo, but Abby doesn’t know how to ride a tricycle. Elmo suggests that Gordon teach Abby since Gordon was the one to teach him. Gordon teaches Abby about all the different parts of a tricycle; the seat, handlebars, and pedals. Abby has trouble at first. She sits on the bike the wrong way. She also becomes frustrated riding her tricycle and thinks she needs magic to push the pedals. With hard work and practice, though, Abby learns to ride without help from Gordon. Whee! Abby becomes so excited that her wings start flapping, and her tricycle lifts off! Abby swoops back down to get Elmo and they both ride off together into the sky, singing on their tricycles.

S40E23
Tribute to Number Seven
Air date: 27/Jan/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Today is the number seven day on Sesame Street! Rosita, Abby, and Zoe begin singing about the number seven as they count seven dancing chickens. Next, Maria does the number seven rumba. As the seven celebration continues, a sniffling letter “S” arrives. He is sad because he can’t think of anything to do to help celebrate the number seven. Abby and Zoe get an idea! What if the letter “S” finds seven words that begin with the letter “S?” Abby, Zoe, and the letter “S” search for seven “S” words, and then sing a song about the words. Afterward, Abby performs number seven magic. Abby makes the number seven rise out of Elmo’s hat, seven butterflies appear out of Elmo’s ear, and—oh no! Seven Elmos appear instead of seven pumpkins! Luckily, Abby turns seven Elmos back into one Elmo, and tries her magic trick again. She succeeds! Abby turns one pumpkin into seven pumpkins. Hooray! It is an amazingly, awesome, super terrific, seven celebration!

Summary

Today is the number seven day on Sesame Street! Rosita, Abby, and Zoe begin singing about the number seven as they count seven dancing chickens. Next, Maria does the number seven rumba. As the seven celebration continues, a sniffling letter “S” arrives. He is sad because he can’t think of anything to do to help celebrate the number seven. Abby and Zoe get an idea! What if the letter “S” finds seven words that begin with the letter “S?” Abby, Zoe, and the letter “S” search for seven “S” words, and then sing a song about the words. Afterward, Abby performs number seven magic. Abby makes the number seven rise out of Elmo’s hat, seven butterflies appear out of Elmo’s ear, and—oh no! Seven Elmos appear instead of seven pumpkins! Luckily, Abby turns seven Elmos back into one Elmo, and tries her magic trick again. She succeeds! Abby turns one pumpkin into seven pumpkins. Hooray! It is an amazingly, awesome, super terrific, seven celebration!

S40E22
The Counting Booth
Air date: 25/Jan/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uh-Oh! The Count has to leave his Counting Booth and has no one to watch it while he is gone. Luckily, Elmo and Abby agree to become the official Counting Booth Counters while he is away. They immediately have their first visitors, the Three Little Pigs. They ask to be counted one by one to make sure they are all there. Next, Old McDonald brings his chickens to the Counting Booth. He wants them to be counted in pairs—the same way The Count counts them. But Elmo and Abby are hesitant; they have never counted by two before! Maria comes along and shows them how to count by groups of two. Suddenly, Baby Bear runs into the counting booth holding ten boxes of crayons with five crayons in each. He explains that he doesn’t know how many crayons he has all together. Elmo is nervous, he has never counted by fives, but with the help of Maria, Abby and Elmo they are able to count each box by five. Next, Snuffy and Big Bird can’t figure out how many fingers all the birdkeeters have together. Elmo and Abby suggest counting by five, but Maria has a better suggestion. Why not count by ten? Elmo, Abby, Big Bird, and Snuffy count by ten all the way to eighty! Finally, Super Grover runs in. He needs a count down to fly off and save the world! With some help from Super Grover and a number line, Elmo and Abby are able to count down to one as Grover blasts off. The Count returns as Abby and Elmo share their new counting abilities!

Summary

Uh-Oh! The Count has to leave his Counting Booth and has no one to watch it while he is gone. Luckily, Elmo and Abby agree to become the official Counting Booth Counters while he is away. They immediately have their first visitors, the Three Little Pigs. They ask to be counted one by one to make sure they are all there. Next, Old McDonald brings his chickens to the Counting Booth. He wants them to be counted in pairs—the same way The Count counts them. But Elmo and Abby are hesitant; they have never counted by two before! Maria comes along and shows them how to count by groups of two. Suddenly, Baby Bear runs into the counting booth holding ten boxes of crayons with five crayons in each. He explains that he doesn’t know how many crayons he has all together. Elmo is nervous, he has never counted by fives, but with the help of Maria, Abby and Elmo they are able to count each box by five. Next, Snuffy and Big Bird can’t figure out how many fingers all the birdkeeters have together. Elmo and Abby suggest counting by five, but Maria has a better suggestion. Why not count by ten? Elmo, Abby, Big Bird, and Snuffy count by ten all the way to eighty! Finally, Super Grover runs in. He needs a count down to fly off and save the world! With some help from Super Grover and a number line, Elmo and Abby are able to count down to one as Grover blasts off. The Count returns as Abby and Elmo share their new counting abilities!

S40E21
The Planet G
Air date: 21/Jan/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria helps Elmo write a story about the letter “G.” Elmo is having trouble thinking of letter “G” words, but Maria reminds him of the letter “G” sound. Elmo thinks of the word “golf”. He draws a picture of himself playing miniature golf and hitting the ball so hard it flies into space and lands on Planet “G!” Elmo remembers another “G” word, “goldfish”, just like Dorothy, his pet fish! He draws a picture of himself riding on a goldfish up to the planet “G” to look for the golf ball. He tries to think of another “G” word when Baby Bear stops by before he leaves for school. Baby Bear loves his teacher, Mother Goose. “Goose” begins with the letter “G!” Elmo incorporates a picture of a goose into his story. But uh-oh! The goose perches herself on Elmo’s golf ball, thinking it’s an egg. Elmo has to get the goose off the ball, but how will he do it? With the help of Zoe and her two friends who are “girls”, Elmo sings the “Get up and Go Dance” song. He draws a picture of the goose getting up and dancing with the two girls as he leaves the golf ball behind. All of a sudden, Elmo finds a hungry “goat” munching on a page of his story. When the goat stops eating, Elmo draws a picture of the goat trying to eat his golf ball in space. Luckily, in the story Elmo offers the goat some “goulash” and the goat drops the golf ball. He draws a picture of himself flying back to Sesame Street. Elmo excitedly reads the entire story of Elmo’s Adventure on the Planet G to Maria and Chris.

Summary

Maria helps Elmo write a story about the letter “G.” Elmo is having trouble thinking of letter “G” words, but Maria reminds him of the letter “G” sound. Elmo thinks of the word “golf”. He draws a picture of himself playing miniature golf and hitting the ball so hard it flies into space and lands on Planet “G!” Elmo remembers another “G” word, “goldfish”, just like Dorothy, his pet fish! He draws a picture of himself riding on a goldfish up to the planet “G” to look for the golf ball. He tries to think of another “G” word when Baby Bear stops by before he leaves for school. Baby Bear loves his teacher, Mother Goose. “Goose” begins with the letter “G!” Elmo incorporates a picture of a goose into his story. But uh-oh! The goose perches herself on Elmo’s golf ball, thinking it’s an egg. Elmo has to get the goose off the ball, but how will he do it? With the help of Zoe and her two friends who are “girls”, Elmo sings the “Get up and Go Dance” song. He draws a picture of the goose getting up and dancing with the two girls as he leaves the golf ball behind. All of a sudden, Elmo finds a hungry “goat” munching on a page of his story. When the goat stops eating, Elmo draws a picture of the goat trying to eat his golf ball in space. Luckily, in the story Elmo offers the goat some “goulash” and the goat drops the golf ball. He draws a picture of himself flying back to Sesame Street. Elmo excitedly reads the entire story of Elmo’s Adventure on the Planet G to Maria and Chris.

S40E20
Wing in a Sling
Air date: 19/Jan/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird is happily roller skating along Sesame Street. Uh-oh! Crash! Big Bird falls down! Chris runs over to help Big Bird who has injured his wing. Chris suggests they visit Dr. Berger so she can take a look, while the Count offers to watch Hooper’s store until Chris and Big Bird get back. Big Bird is nervous when they visit Dr. Berger’s office. What if it hurts? Dr. Berger carefully examines Big Bird’s wing and explains to Big Bird that while his wing isn’t broken, he has a bad sprain. Dr. Berger gently puts a sling on Big Bird’s arm and explains he has to rest for a few days. Big Bird is sad because he was planning on roller skating all day! When they return, Big Bird looks around Sesame Street and feels blue; there is nothing for him to do. Big Bird sees Elmo and Zoe who are playing with a beach ball. They ask him if he wants to play, but he can’t, not with his wing in a sling. Elmo and Zoe want to cheer up Big Bird. They sing about all the things Big Bird can do with an injured wing, such as singing songs, drawing pictures, and drinking birdseed milkshakes. Big Bird realizes there are lots of things he can do, especially spending time with good friends!

Summary

Big Bird is happily roller skating along Sesame Street. Uh-oh! Crash! Big Bird falls down! Chris runs over to help Big Bird who has injured his wing. Chris suggests they visit Dr. Berger so she can take a look, while the Count offers to watch Hooper’s store until Chris and Big Bird get back. Big Bird is nervous when they visit Dr. Berger’s office. What if it hurts? Dr. Berger carefully examines Big Bird’s wing and explains to Big Bird that while his wing isn’t broken, he has a bad sprain. Dr. Berger gently puts a sling on Big Bird’s arm and explains he has to rest for a few days. Big Bird is sad because he was planning on roller skating all day! When they return, Big Bird looks around Sesame Street and feels blue; there is nothing for him to do. Big Bird sees Elmo and Zoe who are playing with a beach ball. They ask him if he wants to play, but he can’t, not with his wing in a sling. Elmo and Zoe want to cheer up Big Bird. They sing about all the things Big Bird can do with an injured wing, such as singing songs, drawing pictures, and drinking birdseed milkshakes. Big Bird realizes there are lots of things he can do, especially spending time with good friends!

S40E19
Inspected By 4
Air date: 01/Jan/2010 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela, Telly and Elmo are folding clothes in the laundromat when Inspector 4, Judah Friedlander, comes along to inspect for things that are in groups of four. Inspector 4 can’t find four of anything and threatens to shut down the Laundromat! Luckily, Elmo suggests counting the bottles of fabric softener. Time to count! 1,2,3,4! There are four bottles of fabric softener. They pass the number 4 inspection! Next, Inspector 4 visits Mr. Hooper’s store. Inspector 4 inspects the peanut butter sandwiches. Oh no! There are ten sandwiches and ten is more than four. Telly gets an idea! What if he eats some of the peanut butter sandwiches? Telly eats one sandwich, then two, and then three more sandwiches so that only four sandwiches remain. Hooper’s store passes the number 4 inspection! Last, Inspector 4 looks around the steps of Sesame Street and sees the letter “R” standing next to a rake. The Inspector 4 threatens to shut down the letter “R” because he only has one thing that begins with the letter “R”—rake. Elmo has an idea! What if they find three other things that begin with the letter “R” and add them together? Elmo, Telly and the letter “R” find a rose, a rock, and a rodent. They did it! They found four things that begin with the letter “R”! Inspector 4’s mission is completed!

Summary

Leela, Telly and Elmo are folding clothes in the laundromat when Inspector 4, Judah Friedlander, comes along to inspect for things that are in groups of four. Inspector 4 can’t find four of anything and threatens to shut down the Laundromat! Luckily, Elmo suggests counting the bottles of fabric softener. Time to count! 1,2,3,4! There are four bottles of fabric softener. They pass the number 4 inspection! Next, Inspector 4 visits Mr. Hooper’s store. Inspector 4 inspects the peanut butter sandwiches. Oh no! There are ten sandwiches and ten is more than four. Telly gets an idea! What if he eats some of the peanut butter sandwiches? Telly eats one sandwich, then two, and then three more sandwiches so that only four sandwiches remain. Hooper’s store passes the number 4 inspection! Last, Inspector 4 looks around the steps of Sesame Street and sees the letter “R” standing next to a rake. The Inspector 4 threatens to shut down the letter “R” because he only has one thing that begins with the letter “R”—rake. Elmo has an idea! What if they find three other things that begin with the letter “R” and add them together? Elmo, Telly and the letter “R” find a rose, a rock, and a rodent. They did it! They found four things that begin with the letter “R”! Inspector 4’s mission is completed!

S40E18
Jack's Big Jump
Air date: 30/Dec/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Jack Be Nimble is getting ready for his big jump over eight candlesticks! He tries to jump over them, but instead he knocks them over and falls. Jack runs away and hides. He messed up and now is having trouble jumping. Baby Bear and Telly find someone to help him—a kangaroo! The kangaroo sometimes has trouble jumping too, but he sings the Jumping Song to help him get over his fear. Luckily, Jack gets his jump back. He is ready to jump, but instead jumps quickly behind a bench. Jack is upset; he can jump up and down, but can’t jump over the candlesticks. Telly and Baby Bear race out and find a special cow—the cow that jumped over the moon! Jack practices jumping with the support and help from the cow and realizes that he is indeed ready to jump over eight candlesticks. Everybody is chanting when Jack flies into the air and jumps over not eight, but 11 candlesticks! He did it! Hooray! Telly and Baby Bear jump too!

Summary

Jack Be Nimble is getting ready for his big jump over eight candlesticks! He tries to jump over them, but instead he knocks them over and falls. Jack runs away and hides. He messed up and now is having trouble jumping. Baby Bear and Telly find someone to help him—a kangaroo! The kangaroo sometimes has trouble jumping too, but he sings the Jumping Song to help him get over his fear. Luckily, Jack gets his jump back. He is ready to jump, but instead jumps quickly behind a bench. Jack is upset; he can jump up and down, but can’t jump over the candlesticks. Telly and Baby Bear race out and find a special cow—the cow that jumped over the moon! Jack practices jumping with the support and help from the cow and realizes that he is indeed ready to jump over eight candlesticks. Everybody is chanting when Jack flies into the air and jumps over not eight, but 11 candlesticks! He did it! Hooray! Telly and Baby Bear jump too!

S40E17
Squirmadega Car Race
Air date: 28/Dec/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey is practicing for the Squirmadega Car Race. He zooms forward, backward, and around and around on the counter of Mr. Hopper’s store. Elmo excitedly gets ready to watch Slimey in the worm car race. Elmo is Slimey’s biggest fan and cheerleader! The worms’ race cars line up as the sportscaster, Jeff Gordon, introduces the five race car drivers. Elmo cheers! Jeff Gordon discusses the race course. The worms must drive over the laundry basket, under the table and around the fire hydrant to win the race. The worms start their engines and take off! Cars #1, #2, and #3 lose control and are quickly out of the race, but Shawna Wiggleson in Car #4 and Slimey in Car #5 are still going. It’s a close race! Slimey approaches the finishing line, but gets caught in Big Bird’s toes. Shawna pulls ahead and wins! Elmo is very sad and disappointed. He wanted Slimey to win and thinks Slimey’s sad because he lost the race. But Slimey is happy; he loves racing whether he wins or loses and he loves to practice, too. Elmo learns all that really matters is that Slimey did his best. And so did Elmo! He did a great job cheering Slimey on!

Summary

Slimey is practicing for the Squirmadega Car Race. He zooms forward, backward, and around and around on the counter of Mr. Hopper’s store. Elmo excitedly gets ready to watch Slimey in the worm car race. Elmo is Slimey’s biggest fan and cheerleader! The worms’ race cars line up as the sportscaster, Jeff Gordon, introduces the five race car drivers. Elmo cheers! Jeff Gordon discusses the race course. The worms must drive over the laundry basket, under the table and around the fire hydrant to win the race. The worms start their engines and take off! Cars #1, #2, and #3 lose control and are quickly out of the race, but Shawna Wiggleson in Car #4 and Slimey in Car #5 are still going. It’s a close race! Slimey approaches the finishing line, but gets caught in Big Bird’s toes. Shawna pulls ahead and wins! Elmo is very sad and disappointed. He wanted Slimey to win and thinks Slimey’s sad because he lost the race. But Slimey is happy; he loves racing whether he wins or loses and he loves to practice, too. Elmo learns all that really matters is that Slimey did his best. And so did Elmo! He did a great job cheering Slimey on!

S40E16
Camping Show
Air date: 24/Dec/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! They unpack their camping supplies and take out two sleeping bags and two canteens. One sleeping bag and canteen for each of them. Next, they take out four hotdogs and marshmallows. Elmo gives two hotdogs and marshmallows to himself and two to Chris. Suddenly, a beaver emerges from the woods. Elmo asks Chris if the beaver can stay for dinner. The beaver explains that he doesn’t eat hot dogs and marshmallows but likes to eat bark. Next, two turtles come along. Elmo invites them to stay for dinner, too. Chris brings them a pile of green leaves and dandelions. Just when everyone is about to eat their dinner, two raccoons appear. Chris disappears into the woods and emerges holding acorns and berries for the raccoons. It is finally time to dig in when four ducks fly by the camp fire. They have just migrated back from Venezuela. The ducks decide to stay for dinner and tell Chris what they like to eat—snails, leaves, and bugs. Chris goes into the pond and brings back water plants. Finally, Chris, Elmo and all the animals eat dinner! Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night!

Summary

Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! They unpack their camping supplies and take out two sleeping bags and two canteens. One sleeping bag and canteen for each of them. Next, they take out four hotdogs and marshmallows. Elmo gives two hotdogs and marshmallows to himself and two to Chris. Suddenly, a beaver emerges from the woods. Elmo asks Chris if the beaver can stay for dinner. The beaver explains that he doesn’t eat hot dogs and marshmallows but likes to eat bark. Next, two turtles come along. Elmo invites them to stay for dinner, too. Chris brings them a pile of green leaves and dandelions. Just when everyone is about to eat their dinner, two raccoons appear. Chris disappears into the woods and emerges holding acorns and berries for the raccoons. It is finally time to dig in when four ducks fly by the camp fire. They have just migrated back from Venezuela. The ducks decide to stay for dinner and tell Chris what they like to eat—snails, leaves, and bugs. Chris goes into the pond and brings back water plants. Finally, Chris, Elmo and all the animals eat dinner! Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night!

S40E15
Amphibian Show
Air date: 22/Dec/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Abby are resting when suddenly it’s time to play the game show, “Find that Amphibian.” Elmo and Abby must find an amphibian before the game show’s tadpole turns into a frog. They don’t know what an amphibian is, but the announcer gives them a clue- an animal that starts out living in water. Elmo and Abby meet a fish and are convinced they have won the game! As the announcer explains, though, fish only live in water and not on land. Elmo and Abby look for their second clue- an animal that breathes air. They find an amphibian! A bird! They learn, though, that amphibians don’t have any feathers. Elmo and Abby look for their third clue-an animal with four legs. Elmo and Abby come across a horse, but a horse is a mammal, not an amphibian. Elmo and Abby use their last clue about metamorphosis to help them. They come across an alligator. Could this be an amphibian? No, an alligator is a reptile not an amphibian. He looks the same way now as he did when he was a baby, only bigger. Elmo and Abby are disappointed. They’re never going to find an amphibian! Luckily, they run into Chris who suggests that they find an animal that fits all the clues- an animal that lives in water when it’s a baby, breathes air as an adult, has four legs, and goes through metamorphosis. Suddenly, they think of Anne Phibian, the game show’s announcer. She matches all the clues. Hooray! They found an amphibian. And just in time! Elmo, Abby and Chris celebrate as they dance with the amphibians!

Summary

Elmo and Abby are resting when suddenly it’s time to play the game show, “Find that Amphibian.” Elmo and Abby must find an amphibian before the game show’s tadpole turns into a frog. They don’t know what an amphibian is, but the announcer gives them a clue- an animal that starts out living in water. Elmo and Abby meet a fish and are convinced they have won the game! As the announcer explains, though, fish only live in water and not on land. Elmo and Abby look for their second clue- an animal that breathes air. They find an amphibian! A bird! They learn, though, that amphibians don’t have any feathers. Elmo and Abby look for their third clue-an animal with four legs. Elmo and Abby come across a horse, but a horse is a mammal, not an amphibian. Elmo and Abby use their last clue about metamorphosis to help them. They come across an alligator. Could this be an amphibian? No, an alligator is a reptile not an amphibian. He looks the same way now as he did when he was a baby, only bigger. Elmo and Abby are disappointed. They’re never going to find an amphibian! Luckily, they run into Chris who suggests that they find an animal that fits all the clues- an animal that lives in water when it’s a baby, breathes air as an adult, has four legs, and goes through metamorphosis. Suddenly, they think of Anne Phibian, the game show’s announcer. She matches all the clues. Hooray! They found an amphibian. And just in time! Elmo, Abby and Chris celebrate as they dance with the amphibians!

S40E14
The Rainbow Show
Air date: 04/Dec/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo is drawing when he looks up in the sky and sees a rainbow! Wow! Elmo rushes to show everybody, but when Rosita arrives, the rainbow has disappeared. Elmo asks Leela if there is something he can do to bring the rainbow back. Leela offers to draw a picture of a rainbow. Leela can’t remember all the colors of the rainbow, but uses the acronym Roy G. Biv to help her remember the colors. Rosita likes the picture, but she wants to see a real rainbow. Elmo gets an idea! What about a rainbow of monsters? Elmo gathers monsters of all different colors; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. After many attempts, the monsters finally line up in appropriate order. Rosita enjoys seeing a rainbow of different colored monsters, but still wishes she could see a real rainbow. Abby hears Rosita and recites a magic rhyme to grant Rosita’s wish. Poof! Oh no! Instead of making a rainbow appear, raincoats appear on Elmo and Rosita! Abby tries again and again. Her magic rhyme still doesn’t work. Abby makes a rainstorm, instead of a rainbow. Everyone rushes inside, where Gordon makes a rainbow appear using a flashlight, a glass of water, and white paper. Afterward, as Elmo and Rosita are playing outside, Rosita looks up and sees something special, a rainbow! Elmo and Rosita sing all about the beautiful rainbow in the sky.

Summary

Elmo is drawing when he looks up in the sky and sees a rainbow! Wow! Elmo rushes to show everybody, but when Rosita arrives, the rainbow has disappeared. Elmo asks Leela if there is something he can do to bring the rainbow back. Leela offers to draw a picture of a rainbow. Leela can’t remember all the colors of the rainbow, but uses the acronym Roy G. Biv to help her remember the colors. Rosita likes the picture, but she wants to see a real rainbow. Elmo gets an idea! What about a rainbow of monsters? Elmo gathers monsters of all different colors; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. After many attempts, the monsters finally line up in appropriate order. Rosita enjoys seeing a rainbow of different colored monsters, but still wishes she could see a real rainbow. Abby hears Rosita and recites a magic rhyme to grant Rosita’s wish. Poof! Oh no! Instead of making a rainbow appear, raincoats appear on Elmo and Rosita! Abby tries again and again. Her magic rhyme still doesn’t work. Abby makes a rainstorm, instead of a rainbow. Everyone rushes inside, where Gordon makes a rainbow appear using a flashlight, a glass of water, and white paper. Afterward, as Elmo and Rosita are playing outside, Rosita looks up and sees something special, a rainbow! Elmo and Rosita sing all about the beautiful rainbow in the sky.

S40E13
Abby Has the Sparkle Fairy Freckles
Air date: 02/Dec/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Abby are playing tag. Suddenly, Abby’s freckles start sparkling! Abby calls the Fairy Doctor who looks at Abby’s freckles. Abby has a case of the Sparkle Speckle Fairy Freckles! This is where freckles sparkle and glow, and eventually fall off. The Fairy Doctor tells Abby the magic words to get the freckles back, “Fricka-Fracka, Freckle Back-A”. All of a sudden, Abby’s freckles jump off of her face, glowing and bouncing all around! Abby, with the help of Alan, chases one freckle as it bounces into Hooper’s store. Chris spots it on a cereal box. Abby says the magic words and poof! The freckle returns to Abby’s face. Abby has five more to find! Rosita notices the dot on the center of her flower drawing is sparkling and so is the dot on the “i” in her name “Rosita.” Abby says the magic words two times and the freckles reappear on Abby’s face. Only three more to go! Abby notices that all the freckles seem to be hiding on little circles and realizes she should look for circles! Abby sees two more freckles go bouncing into the laundromat. Mama Bear notices a sparkling freckle on Baby Bear’s polka dotted underpants and Elmo notices a freckle on Leela’s nose ring. Magic word time! Abby leaves the Laundromat and notices a freckle on Cookie Monster’s cookie. He’s about to take a bite! Luckily, Abby stops him just in time to say the magic words and get the last and final freckle back on her face. Cookie Monster happily eats the cookie, while Abby admires the six freckles on her face!

Summary

Elmo and Abby are playing tag. Suddenly, Abby’s freckles start sparkling! Abby calls the Fairy Doctor who looks at Abby’s freckles. Abby has a case of the Sparkle Speckle Fairy Freckles! This is where freckles sparkle and glow, and eventually fall off. The Fairy Doctor tells Abby the magic words to get the freckles back, “Fricka-Fracka, Freckle Back-A”. All of a sudden, Abby’s freckles jump off of her face, glowing and bouncing all around! Abby, with the help of Alan, chases one freckle as it bounces into Hooper’s store. Chris spots it on a cereal box. Abby says the magic words and poof! The freckle returns to Abby’s face. Abby has five more to find! Rosita notices the dot on the center of her flower drawing is sparkling and so is the dot on the “i” in her name “Rosita.” Abby says the magic words two times and the freckles reappear on Abby’s face. Only three more to go! Abby notices that all the freckles seem to be hiding on little circles and realizes she should look for circles! Abby sees two more freckles go bouncing into the laundromat. Mama Bear notices a sparkling freckle on Baby Bear’s polka dotted underpants and Elmo notices a freckle on Leela’s nose ring. Magic word time! Abby leaves the Laundromat and notices a freckle on Cookie Monster’s cookie. He’s about to take a bite! Luckily, Abby stops him just in time to say the magic words and get the last and final freckle back on her face. Cookie Monster happily eats the cookie, while Abby admires the six freckles on her face!

S40E12
Mary, Mary Quite Contrary
Air date: 30/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mary Mary Quite Contrary walks along Sesame Street and dumps a pile of dirt outside Oscar’s trash can. Gordon explains that she can not leave the dirt; she is making a mess! Mary Mary insists that she is going to grow a garden with silver bells and cockle shells. Gordon tries to tell her that silver bells and cockleshells aren’t alive. Gardens need to have things growing in them, like vegetables, fruits or flowers. Mary Mary decides she will grow flowers in her garden by using dirt, sun, and water. Later, Alan and Gina walk by Oscar’s trashcan and comment on the beautiful garden. But Oscar doesn’t like it! He wants Mary Mary to move her garden. As Mary Mary plants more flowers, Oscar decides to have his elephant, Fluffy squirt water at her. Maybe that will get her to move? But as Mary Mary explains, the water helps her flowers to grow. Oscar doesn’t know what to do! He sends over Hairy Hairy, from the Grouch nursery rhyme, with stinky weeds and moldy seeds and three pigs, but even that doesn’t get rid of Mary Mary and her garden. Suddenly, Oscar changes his mind. He likes the horrible smell from the stinky weeds and loud noises from the pigs. It’s a Grouch paradise! Mary Mary finds this out and decides to move the garden. She likes to be contrary and do the opposite of whatever anyone wants her to do. Mary Mary moves her garden while Gordon happily cleans up the remaining dirt!

Summary

Mary Mary Quite Contrary walks along Sesame Street and dumps a pile of dirt outside Oscar’s trash can. Gordon explains that she can not leave the dirt; she is making a mess! Mary Mary insists that she is going to grow a garden with silver bells and cockle shells. Gordon tries to tell her that silver bells and cockleshells aren’t alive. Gardens need to have things growing in them, like vegetables, fruits or flowers. Mary Mary decides she will grow flowers in her garden by using dirt, sun, and water. Later, Alan and Gina walk by Oscar’s trashcan and comment on the beautiful garden. But Oscar doesn’t like it! He wants Mary Mary to move her garden. As Mary Mary plants more flowers, Oscar decides to have his elephant, Fluffy squirt water at her. Maybe that will get her to move? But as Mary Mary explains, the water helps her flowers to grow. Oscar doesn’t know what to do! He sends over Hairy Hairy, from the Grouch nursery rhyme, with stinky weeds and moldy seeds and three pigs, but even that doesn’t get rid of Mary Mary and her garden. Suddenly, Oscar changes his mind. He likes the horrible smell from the stinky weeds and loud noises from the pigs. It’s a Grouch paradise! Mary Mary finds this out and decides to move the garden. She likes to be contrary and do the opposite of whatever anyone wants her to do. Mary Mary moves her garden while Gordon happily cleans up the remaining dirt!

S40E11
The Cookie Tree
Air date: 27/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria, Luis and Elmo are picking apples from an apple tree. Cookie Monster hears something loud and crunchy! He is excited because he thinks it’s a cookie, but is disappointed when he finds out the noise is an apple. Maria and Luis tell Cookie Monster that apples grow on trees, and share a story about how they planted an apple tree when they were younger. In fact, they are eating apples from the apple tree they planted many years ago! Cookie Monster gets an idea! What if he grew a chocolate chip cookie tree? Cookie Monster plants a chocolate chip in dirt and tries everything to help the “seed” grow. He places it in sunlight and gives it water but nothing happens. Cookie Monster sees Abby, who grants Cookie Monster a wish. Abby waves her magic wand and poof! A bunch of cookie trees begin to pop up! Abby’s wand begins to spin out of control and cookie trees pop up around Hooper’s store! But the cookies are too high for Cookie Monster and Elmo to reach. While Elmo helps Cookie Monster, Alan helps Abby think of a rhyme to poof the cookie trees away. Just as Elmo is about to reach for the cookie, the cookie trees disappear. Luckily, Maria and Luis give Cookie Monster a freshly baked apple cinnamon cookie made from apples they picked from their tree. Cookie Monster realizes that while chocolate chip cookies are delicious, freshly baked cinnamon apple cookies are just as yummy!

Summary

Maria, Luis and Elmo are picking apples from an apple tree. Cookie Monster hears something loud and crunchy! He is excited because he thinks it’s a cookie, but is disappointed when he finds out the noise is an apple. Maria and Luis tell Cookie Monster that apples grow on trees, and share a story about how they planted an apple tree when they were younger. In fact, they are eating apples from the apple tree they planted many years ago! Cookie Monster gets an idea! What if he grew a chocolate chip cookie tree? Cookie Monster plants a chocolate chip in dirt and tries everything to help the “seed” grow. He places it in sunlight and gives it water but nothing happens. Cookie Monster sees Abby, who grants Cookie Monster a wish. Abby waves her magic wand and poof! A bunch of cookie trees begin to pop up! Abby’s wand begins to spin out of control and cookie trees pop up around Hooper’s store! But the cookies are too high for Cookie Monster and Elmo to reach. While Elmo helps Cookie Monster, Alan helps Abby think of a rhyme to poof the cookie trees away. Just as Elmo is about to reach for the cookie, the cookie trees disappear. Luckily, Maria and Luis give Cookie Monster a freshly baked apple cinnamon cookie made from apples they picked from their tree. Cookie Monster realizes that while chocolate chip cookies are delicious, freshly baked cinnamon apple cookies are just as yummy!

S40E10
Grouch Messing Machine
Air date: 24/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Leela are in the laundromat when they hear a loud, clanging sound. Leela explains that the washing machine always gives her trouble and she wants to get rid of it, but Elmo insists that she keep it. Leela asks Luis to try to fix it again. When he arrives, he asks Elmo to find a wrench in his tool box. After a few tries, Elmo finally finds a wrench. Luis opens the lid of the machine to see if it is fixed but it squirts water in his face! Luis decides he needs to put in a new nut in the shape of a hexagon. Elmo finds a nut but it only has four sides. He looks again and finds one with six sides! A hexagon! Luis tightens the nut and tries the machine again. It starts to bang, clang, and hiccup louder than ever! Suddenly, the machine starts to move! Luis suggests that something might be stuck in the spin basket. He opens it and pulls out different objects as Elmo adds them up—seven objects all together! Luis throws in clothes and detergent to see if the machine works. All of a sudden, the machine lid explodes, spewing clothes and soap everywhere! Now Leela really wants to get rid of the machine, but Elmo insists they keep it and reuse it for another purpose. But for what? Oscar announces that he thinks it’s the greatest machine ever! That’s it! The machine can be reused as a “Grouch’s Messing Machine!” All the grouches come running to take turns messing up their clothes. It’s a grouch dream machine!

Summary

Elmo and Leela are in the laundromat when they hear a loud, clanging sound. Leela explains that the washing machine always gives her trouble and she wants to get rid of it, but Elmo insists that she keep it. Leela asks Luis to try to fix it again. When he arrives, he asks Elmo to find a wrench in his tool box. After a few tries, Elmo finally finds a wrench. Luis opens the lid of the machine to see if it is fixed but it squirts water in his face! Luis decides he needs to put in a new nut in the shape of a hexagon. Elmo finds a nut but it only has four sides. He looks again and finds one with six sides! A hexagon! Luis tightens the nut and tries the machine again. It starts to bang, clang, and hiccup louder than ever! Suddenly, the machine starts to move! Luis suggests that something might be stuck in the spin basket. He opens it and pulls out different objects as Elmo adds them up—seven objects all together! Luis throws in clothes and detergent to see if the machine works. All of a sudden, the machine lid explodes, spewing clothes and soap everywhere! Now Leela really wants to get rid of the machine, but Elmo insists they keep it and reuse it for another purpose. But for what? Oscar announces that he thinks it’s the greatest machine ever! That’s it! The machine can be reused as a “Grouch’s Messing Machine!” All the grouches come running to take turns messing up their clothes. It’s a grouch dream machine!

S40E9
Elmo Finds a Baby Bird
Air date: 20/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Rosita are thinking of rhymes when they hear, “Peep, peep.” Suddenly, a little baby bird appears. Elmo and Rosita want to help the bird but do not know why he is peeping. Chris hears the chirping and places the bird in a tree, but the bird hops out next to Chris! Elmo, Rosita, and Chris think the bird is hungry and Big Bird comes along and suggests feeding the baby bird some birdseed. After all, that’s what Big Bird likes to eat! Cookie Monster strolls by and is about to eat his granola cookie, when the baby bird pounces on it and eats it all! The baby bird begins flapping his wings. Elmo and Rosita decide they will teach the baby bird how to fly! But how? Elmo and Rosita try different things to show the baby bird, but nothing works. Abby comes along and places a flying spell on the baby bird. Uh-oh! The spell works on Chris instead. Chris reminds Abby she doesn’t need magic to teach the bird how to fly. Instead, she should use her wings. Abby demonstrates how to flap her wings as she sings, “The Flapping Song.” The baby bird begins to fly over Sesame Street! Just then, the mommy bird perches on Chris’s shoulder. Baby bird and her mother fly off together as Elmo, Chris and Rosita wave goodbye.

Summary

Elmo and Rosita are thinking of rhymes when they hear, “Peep, peep.” Suddenly, a little baby bird appears. Elmo and Rosita want to help the bird but do not know why he is peeping. Chris hears the chirping and places the bird in a tree, but the bird hops out next to Chris! Elmo, Rosita, and Chris think the bird is hungry and Big Bird comes along and suggests feeding the baby bird some birdseed. After all, that’s what Big Bird likes to eat! Cookie Monster strolls by and is about to eat his granola cookie, when the baby bird pounces on it and eats it all! The baby bird begins flapping his wings. Elmo and Rosita decide they will teach the baby bird how to fly! But how? Elmo and Rosita try different things to show the baby bird, but nothing works. Abby comes along and places a flying spell on the baby bird. Uh-oh! The spell works on Chris instead. Chris reminds Abby she doesn’t need magic to teach the bird how to fly. Instead, she should use her wings. Abby demonstrates how to flap her wings as she sings, “The Flapping Song.” The baby bird begins to fly over Sesame Street! Just then, the mommy bird perches on Chris’s shoulder. Baby bird and her mother fly off together as Elmo, Chris and Rosita wave goodbye.

S40E8
Stinky's Annual Birthday Flower
Air date: 19/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Zoe are coloring when they find out it's Stinky the plant’s birthday. Zoe and Elmo decide to get him a present. Elmo surprises Stinky by giving him a drum, but plants can’t hold drumsticks. Zoe has an idea! What about a lovely tutu? Zoe surprises Stinky with a tutu to wear when he dances. Stinky tries to dance, but is unable to, as he is a plant in a pot! Rosita and Cookie Monster come along with their own presents. Rosita brings Stinky a guitar but his leaves scratch the strings and make a horrible sound. Next, Cookie Monster rushes in with a plate of cookies but plants don’t eat cookies. Big Bird comes along and gives Stinky balloons. He ties the balloons to Stinky’s pot, but Stinky begins to fly away! Luckily, Chris rescues him and brings him back safely to the ground. Elmo explains to Chris that they have been trying to get Stinky the perfect birthday gift. Chris reminds Elmo they should think about what Stinky would like for his birthday not what each of them would like. Elmo asks Stinky what plants need. That’s easy! He already has soil, so he needs water, sunlight and love! Big Bird carries Stinky’s pot over to a spot on the table in the sun, Cookie Monster carries over a pitcher of water and waters Stinky, and Zoe and Rosita give him a big hug! Then they throw him a big birthday party and sing about the importance of giving sun, water, and love to plants like Stinky!

Summary

Elmo and Zoe are coloring when they find out it's Stinky the plant’s birthday. Zoe and Elmo decide to get him a present. Elmo surprises Stinky by giving him a drum, but plants can’t hold drumsticks. Zoe has an idea! What about a lovely tutu? Zoe surprises Stinky with a tutu to wear when he dances. Stinky tries to dance, but is unable to, as he is a plant in a pot! Rosita and Cookie Monster come along with their own presents. Rosita brings Stinky a guitar but his leaves scratch the strings and make a horrible sound. Next, Cookie Monster rushes in with a plate of cookies but plants don’t eat cookies. Big Bird comes along and gives Stinky balloons. He ties the balloons to Stinky’s pot, but Stinky begins to fly away! Luckily, Chris rescues him and brings him back safely to the ground. Elmo explains to Chris that they have been trying to get Stinky the perfect birthday gift. Chris reminds Elmo they should think about what Stinky would like for his birthday not what each of them would like. Elmo asks Stinky what plants need. That’s easy! He already has soil, so he needs water, sunlight and love! Big Bird carries Stinky’s pot over to a spot on the table in the sun, Cookie Monster carries over a pitcher of water and waters Stinky, and Zoe and Rosita give him a big hug! Then they throw him a big birthday party and sing about the importance of giving sun, water, and love to plants like Stinky!

S40E7
Bears Try to Hibernate
Air date: 18/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

There is a porridge shortage on Sesame Street! Telly runs to tell Baby Bear, but when he finds him, he is getting ready to hibernate until springtime when there is porridge again. What is Telly supposed to do for five months without a best friend? Telly and Baby bear set up a play date for the spring when Baby Bear wakes up. Telly says goodbye and the bears try to go to sleep, but they are not tired! First, they try counting, but that does not work. Then they call Max Bear, a hibernation consultant. Max Bear arrives and tells the bears that their cottage is too warm. They must go outside where it is cold. The bears look for an empty cave or hollow tree and sing all about bears. Finally, they find a flower bed that they can dig a hole and sleep in called a den. Telly and Chris see the bears digging and go outside to check on them. Max Bear says that they should eat something before they hibernate. Chris suggests cereal and goes to Hooper’s Store. When Chris comes back, they try the cereal and like it! In fact, the cereal is so good that they decide to eat it all winter long and not hibernate! Hooray! Baby Bear happily eats the cereal while spending time with his good friend Telly.

Summary

There is a porridge shortage on Sesame Street! Telly runs to tell Baby Bear, but when he finds him, he is getting ready to hibernate until springtime when there is porridge again. What is Telly supposed to do for five months without a best friend? Telly and Baby bear set up a play date for the spring when Baby Bear wakes up. Telly says goodbye and the bears try to go to sleep, but they are not tired! First, they try counting, but that does not work. Then they call Max Bear, a hibernation consultant. Max Bear arrives and tells the bears that their cottage is too warm. They must go outside where it is cold. The bears look for an empty cave or hollow tree and sing all about bears. Finally, they find a flower bed that they can dig a hole and sleep in called a den. Telly and Chris see the bears digging and go outside to check on them. Max Bear says that they should eat something before they hibernate. Chris suggests cereal and goes to Hooper’s Store. When Chris comes back, they try the cereal and like it! In fact, the cereal is so good that they decide to eat it all winter long and not hibernate! Hooray! Baby Bear happily eats the cereal while spending time with his good friend Telly.

S40E6
Y a Quest? Y Not
Air date: 17/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly excitedly runs to Abby and Elmo to tell them he has the book they’ve been waiting for, How to be a Knight for a Day. Hooray! Telly, Abby and Elmo look to the book to tell them how to become knights. First, they have to wear a suit of shining armor. They zip off and whoosh! Elmo, Abby and Telly are dressed in suits of armor. Clank! Clank! Clank! Next, they must sing a knight song, so they sing, “We Are Three Knights So Merry.” Then the book tells them they must go on a quest. But they don’t know what to search for! As Elmo, Telly, and Abby think about their quest, they hear a whimpering letter “Y.” When they ask the letter “Y” why he is crying, he tells them he is unsure of his purpose in life. He can’t think of any words that begin with the “Y” sound. That’s it! Telly decides their quest will be to look for things that begin with the letter “Y.” First, they enter Gina’s veterinarian office looking for animals that begin with the letter “Y.” Then they decide to check the laundromat but they still can’t find any “Y” words. Next, they visit Alan at Hooper’s store. Just as they are about to leave, they see a hairy cow passing, but are disappointed because hairy cow doesn’t begin with a “Y.” But wait! Alan explains that the hairy cow is actually a yak, and yak begins with “y.” All of the sudden, Abby, Elmo, and Telly think of other words that begin with the letter “Y,” such as yogurt and yo-yo. They did it! They found words that begin with the letter “Y.” Elmo, Abby and Telly sing the knight song and cheer in delight!

Summary

Telly excitedly runs to Abby and Elmo to tell them he has the book they’ve been waiting for, How to be a Knight for a Day. Hooray! Telly, Abby and Elmo look to the book to tell them how to become knights. First, they have to wear a suit of shining armor. They zip off and whoosh! Elmo, Abby and Telly are dressed in suits of armor. Clank! Clank! Clank! Next, they must sing a knight song, so they sing, “We Are Three Knights So Merry.” Then the book tells them they must go on a quest. But they don’t know what to search for! As Elmo, Telly, and Abby think about their quest, they hear a whimpering letter “Y.” When they ask the letter “Y” why he is crying, he tells them he is unsure of his purpose in life. He can’t think of any words that begin with the “Y” sound. That’s it! Telly decides their quest will be to look for things that begin with the letter “Y.” First, they enter Gina’s veterinarian office looking for animals that begin with the letter “Y.” Then they decide to check the laundromat but they still can’t find any “Y” words. Next, they visit Alan at Hooper’s store. Just as they are about to leave, they see a hairy cow passing, but are disappointed because hairy cow doesn’t begin with a “Y.” But wait! Alan explains that the hairy cow is actually a yak, and yak begins with “y.” All of the sudden, Abby, Elmo, and Telly think of other words that begin with the letter “Y,” such as yogurt and yo-yo. They did it! They found words that begin with the letter “Y.” Elmo, Abby and Telly sing the knight song and cheer in delight!

S40E5
Abby Makes Seasons Change
Air date: 16/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris is enjoying the beautiful spring weather as Elmo races to tell Chris that he found a sled in his closet and is going to go sledding! Chris reminds Elmo that it’s spring and that there is no snow. Elmo has to wait for the seasons to change! Elmo wishes it was winter so he could go sledding again. Abby pops in and hears Elmo make a wish. Abby recites a weather spell to change the seasons. But instead of changing the weather to winter, she changes it to summer. The blossoms are all gone and the arbor is filled with green leaves. Baby Bear and Telly who were playing a game of tag are now too hot to play. Abby tries again. This time she recites the weather spell and it becomes fall! It’s windy and the leaves have changed colors. Abby gives it one more try and it works. It’s freezing outside! There are no leaves on the tree and Baby Bear has fallen asleep! He’s hibernating until spring. Elmo is excited it’s winter; now he can go sledding! After talking to Chris, Elmo realizes that changing the seasons wasn’t such a good idea after all. Chris explains that that the seasons have to come in their own time. Abby recites another magic weather spell and Sesame Street is transformed again to a perfect spring day. Hooray! Now they can enjoy the gorgeous spring weather!

Summary

Chris is enjoying the beautiful spring weather as Elmo races to tell Chris that he found a sled in his closet and is going to go sledding! Chris reminds Elmo that it’s spring and that there is no snow. Elmo has to wait for the seasons to change! Elmo wishes it was winter so he could go sledding again. Abby pops in and hears Elmo make a wish. Abby recites a weather spell to change the seasons. But instead of changing the weather to winter, she changes it to summer. The blossoms are all gone and the arbor is filled with green leaves. Baby Bear and Telly who were playing a game of tag are now too hot to play. Abby tries again. This time she recites the weather spell and it becomes fall! It’s windy and the leaves have changed colors. Abby gives it one more try and it works. It’s freezing outside! There are no leaves on the tree and Baby Bear has fallen asleep! He’s hibernating until spring. Elmo is excited it’s winter; now he can go sledding! After talking to Chris, Elmo realizes that changing the seasons wasn’t such a good idea after all. Chris explains that that the seasons have to come in their own time. Abby recites another magic weather spell and Sesame Street is transformed again to a perfect spring day. Hooray! Now they can enjoy the gorgeous spring weather!

S40E4
Wild Nature Survivor Guy
Air date: 13/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds himself on Sesame Street. He is accustomed to surviving in the wilds of nature and thinks he needs to “survive” out on Sesame Street. Elmo and Rosita are confused. He is not alone and he’s not in the middle of nature, but he is convinced nature is all around them! First, Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds a tomato plant and bites into a ripe tomato. Not only do tomatoes come from nature, but so do all the fruits and vegetables on display outside Hooper’s store. Next, Wild Nature Survivor Guy looks for water to quench his thirst. He finds leaves with drops of water and puts the water together to drink. Wild Nature Survival Guy becomes concerned about nighttime approaching, and looks for ways to keep warm. He picks up feathers and puts them inside his shirt. Oh my! They tickle! Elmo offers him a coat, but Wild Nature Survivor Guy explains that feathers are what make most coats warm. The sun begins to set, and Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds perfect shelter, Big Bird’s nest! It has lots of branches, and lots of animals use trees and braches as shelter. Even houses are made of wood. Wild Nature Survivor Guy sings a song about nature as Elmo and Rosita realize that nature is all around them!

Summary

Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds himself on Sesame Street. He is accustomed to surviving in the wilds of nature and thinks he needs to “survive” out on Sesame Street. Elmo and Rosita are confused. He is not alone and he’s not in the middle of nature, but he is convinced nature is all around them! First, Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds a tomato plant and bites into a ripe tomato. Not only do tomatoes come from nature, but so do all the fruits and vegetables on display outside Hooper’s store. Next, Wild Nature Survivor Guy looks for water to quench his thirst. He finds leaves with drops of water and puts the water together to drink. Wild Nature Survival Guy becomes concerned about nighttime approaching, and looks for ways to keep warm. He picks up feathers and puts them inside his shirt. Oh my! They tickle! Elmo offers him a coat, but Wild Nature Survivor Guy explains that feathers are what make most coats warm. The sun begins to set, and Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds perfect shelter, Big Bird’s nest! It has lots of branches, and lots of animals use trees and braches as shelter. Even houses are made of wood. Wild Nature Survivor Guy sings a song about nature as Elmo and Rosita realize that nature is all around them!

S40E3
Baby Bear is Afraid of Bees
Air date: 12/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Abby are near a garden when a bee flies by. Baby Bear is filled with panic because he is afraid of bees! Chris reminds him that they are usually harmless when left alone, but Baby Bear doesn’t care; he wants nothing to do with them. Abby suggests granting Baby Bear a wish so that he isn’t afraid of bees. Abby points her wand at Baby Bear, but Chris, who is standing close by, also gets hits with her magic. Baby Bear and Chris both turn into bees! Oops! Abby doesn’t know how to fix the spell. As Abby calls her mommy to find a solution, the bees put Chris and Baby Bear to work! But they don’t understand what they need to do—how do bees help flowers? After talking to a bee, Baby Bear learns that bees are important because they collect pollen and nectar, and help living things grow. Later, Chris and Baby Bear find themselves in a beehive. They learn that bees make wax and honey and that honeycombs are shaped like a hexagon. By the time Baby Bear and Chris return to Sesame Street, Abby has learned how to undo the spell. She waves her magic wand, and Chris and Baby Bear turn back into themselves! In the end, Abby’s spell really did work! Baby Bear is no longer afraid of bees. In fact, Baby Bear tells Abby all about how important and incredible bees really are!

Summary

Baby Bear and Abby are near a garden when a bee flies by. Baby Bear is filled with panic because he is afraid of bees! Chris reminds him that they are usually harmless when left alone, but Baby Bear doesn’t care; he wants nothing to do with them. Abby suggests granting Baby Bear a wish so that he isn’t afraid of bees. Abby points her wand at Baby Bear, but Chris, who is standing close by, also gets hits with her magic. Baby Bear and Chris both turn into bees! Oops! Abby doesn’t know how to fix the spell. As Abby calls her mommy to find a solution, the bees put Chris and Baby Bear to work! But they don’t understand what they need to do—how do bees help flowers? After talking to a bee, Baby Bear learns that bees are important because they collect pollen and nectar, and help living things grow. Later, Chris and Baby Bear find themselves in a beehive. They learn that bees make wax and honey and that honeycombs are shaped like a hexagon. By the time Baby Bear and Chris return to Sesame Street, Abby has learned how to undo the spell. She waves her magic wand, and Chris and Baby Bear turn back into themselves! In the end, Abby’s spell really did work! Baby Bear is no longer afraid of bees. In fact, Baby Bear tells Abby all about how important and incredible bees really are!

S40E2
Cowmonster Pair
Air date: 11/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Telly are at Hooper's Store when Little Bo Peep comes looking for her cow. Elmo and Telly offer to help her and decide to call themselves the Cowmonster Pair! Luis comes along and sings about animal tracks and now Elmo and Telly have their first clue! They find animal tracks on the ground, but when Telly tosses his lasso around an animal, it’s a chicken, not a cow! Luis gives them another clue and sings about tracks that are kind of round. Telly and Elmo come across round animal tracks and are certain they found the cow! Telly tosses the lasso around an animal but this time it’s a raccoon. Luis comes along again and gives them another musical cow clue- animal tracks that are in the shape of two half moons. They find tracks that are kind of round and look like two half moons, but the tracks are from a moose, not a cow! Telly becomes discouraged and Elmo reminds Telly they can’t give up. Instead, they should use the clues they already have and put them all together. Elmo realizes that they have to find animal tracks that look like the moose tracks, only smaller! This time, they follow animal tracks that lead to a door. They open the door and there is the cow! Yee-haw! Little Bo Peep thanks the Cowmonster Pair for finding her cow. They are true cow finding experts!

Summary

Elmo and Telly are at Hooper's Store when Little Bo Peep comes looking for her cow. Elmo and Telly offer to help her and decide to call themselves the Cowmonster Pair! Luis comes along and sings about animal tracks and now Elmo and Telly have their first clue! They find animal tracks on the ground, but when Telly tosses his lasso around an animal, it’s a chicken, not a cow! Luis gives them another clue and sings about tracks that are kind of round. Telly and Elmo come across round animal tracks and are certain they found the cow! Telly tosses the lasso around an animal but this time it’s a raccoon. Luis comes along again and gives them another musical cow clue- animal tracks that are in the shape of two half moons. They find tracks that are kind of round and look like two half moons, but the tracks are from a moose, not a cow! Telly becomes discouraged and Elmo reminds Telly they can’t give up. Instead, they should use the clues they already have and put them all together. Elmo realizes that they have to find animal tracks that look like the moose tracks, only smaller! This time, they follow animal tracks that lead to a door. They open the door and there is the cow! Yee-haw! Little Bo Peep thanks the Cowmonster Pair for finding her cow. They are true cow finding experts!

S40E1
Frankly It's Becoming a Habitat
Air date: 10/Nov/2009 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird is eating a hot bowl of soup on a cold day outside Hooper's Store when Freddy Flapman, played by Lin-Manuel Miranda, from Flychert Real Estate, finds Big Bird and tries to convince him to migrate somewhere warm. Freddy Flapman tells him that he might like living in a new habitat and takes Big Bird on a virtual tour! First, Freddy Flapman takes Big Bird to the beach where there are pelicans and gulls and beautiful ocean views. Next, Freddy Flapman transforms Sesame Street into a big swamp where Big Bird learns all about this habitat and where owls and ducks like to live. Freddy Flapman pops up one last time and Big Bird’s nest area is turned into a beautiful rainforest! Big Bird likes it. The rainforest is warm and colorful and has animals of every color and size. In fact, Big Bird likes it so much he wants to move there! Big Bird begins packing and waving good bye to all of his friends on Sesame Street. Just as he is about to leave, Big Bird’s friends remind him of all the things he would miss if he migrated to the rainforest. Big Bird realizes he can’t leave, after all this is where all of his friends are and Sesame Street is where he belongs!

Summary

Big Bird is eating a hot bowl of soup on a cold day outside Hooper's Store when Freddy Flapman, played by Lin-Manuel Miranda, from Flychert Real Estate, finds Big Bird and tries to convince him to migrate somewhere warm. Freddy Flapman tells him that he might like living in a new habitat and takes Big Bird on a virtual tour! First, Freddy Flapman takes Big Bird to the beach where there are pelicans and gulls and beautiful ocean views. Next, Freddy Flapman transforms Sesame Street into a big swamp where Big Bird learns all about this habitat and where owls and ducks like to live. Freddy Flapman pops up one last time and Big Bird’s nest area is turned into a beautiful rainforest! Big Bird likes it. The rainforest is warm and colorful and has animals of every color and size. In fact, Big Bird likes it so much he wants to move there! Big Bird begins packing and waving good bye to all of his friends on Sesame Street. Just as he is about to leave, Big Bird’s friends remind him of all the things he would miss if he migrated to the rainforest. Big Bird realizes he can’t leave, after all this is where all of his friends are and Sesame Street is where he belongs!

Season 39 · Season 39
26 episode(s) · Air date: 11/Aug/2008
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S39E26
Baby Bear's New Baby Sitter
Air date: 07/Nov/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear is very excited because Grandmama Bear is coming to baby-sit. They have so much fun together! Just as Baby Bear is telling Gina this, Papa Bear breaks the news that Grandmama is sick and won’t be able to come. Baby Bear’s spirit is crushed. Gina suggests that they ask Gabi to baby-sit. It turns out that Gabi would love to do it. Even though Curly Bear is very excited and doesn’t seem upset at all, Baby Bear feels that his sister might be nervous with a new baby-sitter.

Summary

Baby Bear is very excited because Grandmama Bear is coming to baby-sit. They have so much fun together! Just as Baby Bear is telling Gina this, Papa Bear breaks the news that Grandmama is sick and won’t be able to come. Baby Bear’s spirit is crushed. Gina suggests that they ask Gabi to baby-sit. It turns out that Gabi would love to do it. Even though Curly Bear is very excited and doesn’t seem upset at all, Baby Bear feels that his sister might be nervous with a new baby-sitter.

S39E25
The Help-O-Bots
Air date: 05/Nov/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris welcomes the viewer and counts the pies that were just delivered (counting 17 pies total). Elmo, Telly and Rosita rush to him and ask him to read a book to them. Chris begins the book, which is about a helpful robot named Rico who loves to help en la manana (the morning), en la tarde (the afternoon) and en la noche (the night). After the story, Chris goes back to work and remarks a robot like that would be of good use to him, which sparks an idea in the monster’s heads.

Summary

Chris welcomes the viewer and counts the pies that were just delivered (counting 17 pies total). Elmo, Telly and Rosita rush to him and ask him to read a book to them. Chris begins the book, which is about a helpful robot named Rico who loves to help en la manana (the morning), en la tarde (the afternoon) and en la noche (the night). After the story, Chris goes back to work and remarks a robot like that would be of good use to him, which sparks an idea in the monster’s heads.

S39E24
The Cookie Touch
Air date: 03/Nov/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris gives Cookie Monster the last cookie in Hooper’s store and tells him that there will be more tomorrow. Cookie Monster wishes he never had to wait for a cookie again. Just then his Fairy Cookie Person appears and gives him “The Cookie Touch”. Everything he touches will turn into a cookie.

Summary

Chris gives Cookie Monster the last cookie in Hooper’s store and tells him that there will be more tomorrow. Cookie Monster wishes he never had to wait for a cookie again. Just then his Fairy Cookie Person appears and gives him “The Cookie Touch”. Everything he touches will turn into a cookie.

S39E23
Maria the Cowgirl
Air date: 30/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo walks down the street and welcomes the viewer and he enters Big Bird’s nest area where Abby and Big Bird are waiting. Big Bird alerts Gordon that Elmo has arrived. Big Bird reveals that Gordon is going to read the new “Maria the Cowgirl: The Lonesome Trail” story to them. They explain what a cowgirl is to Abby. Gordon arrives and begins the story.

Summary

Elmo walks down the street and welcomes the viewer and he enters Big Bird’s nest area where Abby and Big Bird are waiting. Big Bird alerts Gordon that Elmo has arrived. Big Bird reveals that Gordon is going to read the new “Maria the Cowgirl: The Lonesome Trail” story to them. They explain what a cowgirl is to Abby. Gordon arrives and begins the story.

S39E21
Mine-itis on Sesame Street
Air date: 24/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela plans to have her lunch break with Elmo, when Bert, Grover and Cookie Monster wander by in a trance, chanting “Mine!” and swipe her food one by one. Just then, in a “Sesame Street Nightly News Update”, Brian Williams reports that no one is sharing on Sesame Street. He then continues to interrupt them when they have a question to ask. Leela and Elmo are in disbelief, so they set out to prove people are still sharing.

Summary

Leela plans to have her lunch break with Elmo, when Bert, Grover and Cookie Monster wander by in a trance, chanting “Mine!” and swipe her food one by one. Just then, in a “Sesame Street Nightly News Update”, Brian Williams reports that no one is sharing on Sesame Street. He then continues to interrupt them when they have a question to ask. Leela and Elmo are in disbelief, so they set out to prove people are still sharing.

S39E20
Elmo Wants to Be Like Gordon
Air date: 22/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon walks out of Hooper’s, says hi to Murray Monster and welcomes the viewer. He continues walking down the street and says hi to Elmo, who thinks Gordon is great. He gets an idea and runs off.

Summary

Gordon walks out of Hooper’s, says hi to Murray Monster and welcomes the viewer. He continues walking down the street and says hi to Elmo, who thinks Gordon is great. He gets an idea and runs off.

S39E19
Sesame Street Bird Games
Air date: 20/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris and Alan close Hooper’s Store, welcome the viewer and plan on going bowling. However, their plans are put on hold when they hear a fanfare and Big Bird shows up, announcing the “Sesame Street Bird Games” and tells them they’re the judges. A penguin adviser arrives and hands Alan an envelope with the game’s rules. He also gives them their judicial headgear. Alan questions why they must do it and Big Bird points out that it will be fair if non-birds judge the events. The other two contestants arrive (a chicken and a duck), so the games can now commence!

Summary

Chris and Alan close Hooper’s Store, welcome the viewer and plan on going bowling. However, their plans are put on hold when they hear a fanfare and Big Bird shows up, announcing the “Sesame Street Bird Games” and tells them they’re the judges. A penguin adviser arrives and hands Alan an envelope with the game’s rules. He also gives them their judicial headgear. Alan questions why they must do it and Big Bird points out that it will be fair if non-birds judge the events. The other two contestants arrive (a chicken and a duck), so the games can now commence!

S39E18
Three Cheers for Us
Air date: 13/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Zoe's cheers help Elmo bounce a basketball three times in a row, so he asks if he can be a cheerleader with her. Together, they inspire Telly to master a pogostick trick, and he joins them as well.

Summary

Zoe's cheers help Elmo bounce a basketball three times in a row, so he asks if he can be a cheerleader with her. Together, they inspire Telly to master a pogostick trick, and he joins them as well.

S39E16
Elmo Steps In for Super Grover
Air date: 08/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris welcomes the viewer and meets up with Elmo, whose toy airplane is stuck in the tree. He suggests using a ladder, when all of a sudden, Super Chicken and his assistant, Robin, fall out of the sky. The duo begins to formulate a plan when Super Grover crash lands to save the day!

Summary

Chris welcomes the viewer and meets up with Elmo, whose toy airplane is stuck in the tree. He suggests using a ladder, when all of a sudden, Super Chicken and his assistant, Robin, fall out of the sky. The duo begins to formulate a plan when Super Grover crash lands to save the day!

S39E15
Slimey Adopts a Pet Bug
Air date: 07/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina meets up with Oscar, who’s trying to start up the Sloppy Jalopy, and Slimey, who eagerly bounces up and down in his booster seat. She learns that Oscar is taking Slimey to get his own pet bug, which Gina finds funny. They drive off, leaving Gina in the car exhaust.

Summary

Gina meets up with Oscar, who’s trying to start up the Sloppy Jalopy, and Slimey, who eagerly bounces up and down in his booster seat. She learns that Oscar is taking Slimey to get his own pet bug, which Gina finds funny. They drive off, leaving Gina in the car exhaust.

S39E14
Big Bird's Nest Sale
Air date: 02/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird hangs up a sign for his nest sale and welcomes the viewer. He’s selling toys that he doesn’t play with anymore, and says that all the toys in the nest are for sale, while everything out of the nest isn’t, including Radar. Snuffy arrives at his nest, and Big Bird makes him his “Assistant Nest Sale Snuffleupagus”. Snuffy's only task is to remember what toys are for sale and which are not, especially Radar. Big Bird briefly leaves to get more of his toys from Maria and Luis’s apartment and puts Snuffy in charge, but unbeknownst to him and Snuffy, Big Bird’s tail knocks Radar into the nest when he leaves.

Summary

Big Bird hangs up a sign for his nest sale and welcomes the viewer. He’s selling toys that he doesn’t play with anymore, and says that all the toys in the nest are for sale, while everything out of the nest isn’t, including Radar. Snuffy arrives at his nest, and Big Bird makes him his “Assistant Nest Sale Snuffleupagus”. Snuffy's only task is to remember what toys are for sale and which are not, especially Radar. Big Bird briefly leaves to get more of his toys from Maria and Luis’s apartment and puts Snuffy in charge, but unbeknownst to him and Snuffy, Big Bird’s tail knocks Radar into the nest when he leaves.

S39E13
Abby Thinks Oscar is a Prince
Air date: 07/Oct/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

Chris reads Abby Cadabby “The Frog Prince”, which she anxiously waits for the ending of. Chris finishes the story and Abby loves it. As Abby walks down the street, she finds herself amazed that a frog of all things could be an enchanted prince. While Oscar deals with a man with some trash behind her, Abby wonders if some on Sesame Street could be a prince. She sees and Oscar and gets the idea that he may be an enchanted prince!

Summary

Chris reads Abby Cadabby “The Frog Prince”, which she anxiously waits for the ending of. Chris finishes the story and Abby loves it. As Abby walks down the street, she finds herself amazed that a frog of all things could be an enchanted prince. While Oscar deals with a man with some trash behind her, Abby wonders if some on Sesame Street could be a prince. She sees and Oscar and gets the idea that he may be an enchanted prince!

S39E12
Number 6 Games
Air date: 30/Sep/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

It’s number 6 day on Sesame Street: A day devoted to the number six and all it’s sixiness! There are going to be games and songs all about the number six. Let the Number 6 Festivities begin!

Summary

It’s number 6 day on Sesame Street: A day devoted to the number six and all it’s sixiness! There are going to be games and songs all about the number six. Let the Number 6 Festivities begin!

S39E11
Big Bird and Snuffy Talent Show
Air date: 26/Sep/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and to the Big Bird and Snuffy Talent Show! They realize that they don't know what a talent show is, so they ask Leela to fill them in. Big Bird and Snuffy agree to have Leela be the first guest on their talent show, but she needs to get to work at the laundromat. Thinking quickly, she decides to juggle an apple and an orange, and Big Bird has her sing the alphabet song while doing so.

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and to the Big Bird and Snuffy Talent Show! They realize that they don't know what a talent show is, so they ask Leela to fill them in. Big Bird and Snuffy agree to have Leela be the first guest on their talent show, but she needs to get to work at the laundromat. Thinking quickly, she decides to juggle an apple and an orange, and Big Bird has her sing the alphabet song while doing so.

S39E10
Curly Bear Chases Birthday Cake
Air date: 24/Sep/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Today is Baby Bear's birthday, and he's about to celebrate it in the courtyard! Telly arrives with his present, and Baby Bear goes over the plan: first they'll play some party games, then treat themselves to his Mama Bear's special chocolate-porridge cake. This cake is very special to him, and he's worried that his little sister Curly will ruin the cake, so Telly promises to guard Curly from getting her grubby paws on the cake.

Summary

Today is Baby Bear's birthday, and he's about to celebrate it in the courtyard! Telly arrives with his present, and Baby Bear goes over the plan: first they'll play some party games, then treat themselves to his Mama Bear's special chocolate-porridge cake. This cake is very special to him, and he's worried that his little sister Curly will ruin the cake, so Telly promises to guard Curly from getting her grubby paws on the cake.

S39E9
Telly the Tiebreaker
Air date: 22/Sep/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Alan serves some customers some drinks and hears arguing outside. Zoe, Rosita and Devon want to put a square on their block tower, while Elmo and Dylan want a circle. Alan solves their problem by having them take a vote. The square gets the most votes, so they put it on top and use the circle as the swimming pool.

Summary

Alan serves some customers some drinks and hears arguing outside. Zoe, Rosita and Devon want to put a square on their block tower, while Elmo and Dylan want a circle. Alan solves their problem by having them take a vote. The square gets the most votes, so they put it on top and use the circle as the swimming pool.

S39E8
Elmo & Zoe's Hat Contest
Air date: 22/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, when Elmo alerts him that today is "Who can wear the most hats on their head" day, and drags him to the courtyard, where an enthusiastic crowd cheers.

Summary

Gordon welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, when Elmo alerts him that today is "Who can wear the most hats on their head" day, and drags him to the courtyard, where an enthusiastic crowd cheers.

S39E7
Annual Triangle Toss
Air date: 20/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, when Telly runs into him, and excitedly tells him (and the viewer) that today is the Triangle Lovers Club's annual Triangle Toss (similar to ring toss). He displays his lucky triangle vest, which is what he claims helps him win every year. When he tries it on, however, he notices it's smaller than it was last year. Baby Bear and Leela help him put it on Telly, and they notice it's such a tight squeeze that he can't move his arms, but that doesn't worry him.

Summary

Baby Bear welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, when Telly runs into him, and excitedly tells him (and the viewer) that today is the Triangle Lovers Club's annual Triangle Toss (similar to ring toss). He displays his lucky triangle vest, which is what he claims helps him win every year. When he tries it on, however, he notices it's smaller than it was last year. Baby Bear and Leela help him put it on Telly, and they notice it's such a tight squeeze that he can't move his arms, but that doesn't worry him.

S39E6
Max the Magician
Air date: 18/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris serves snacks to Big Bird, Elmo and Rosita, then welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. Elmo asks for a banana, to which Chris replies "You just said the magic word!" -- which cues the grand entrance of Max the Magician (Will Arnett), who has some "real" magic tricks to display.

Summary

Chris serves snacks to Big Bird, Elmo and Rosita, then welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. Elmo asks for a banana, to which Chris replies "You just said the magic word!" -- which cues the grand entrance of Max the Magician (Will Arnett), who has some "real" magic tricks to display.

S39E5
Firefly Show
Air date: 15/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At dusk, Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street as he closes Hooper's Store, and listens to all the nighttime sounds. Telly and Baby Bear pass by him with a net and a jar, and tell him that they're trying to catch fireflies. Chris goes home, and Telly and Baby Bear tell the viewer to help them out by pointing out any fireflies they see. One flies above their head, and they scramble to catch it as they follow it near and far.

Summary

At dusk, Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street as he closes Hooper's Store, and listens to all the nighttime sounds. Telly and Baby Bear pass by him with a net and a jar, and tell him that they're trying to catch fireflies. Chris goes home, and Telly and Baby Bear tell the viewer to help them out by pointing out any fireflies they see. One flies above their head, and they scramble to catch it as they follow it near and far.

S39E4
Leela's Sesame Street Video
Air date: 14/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Leela welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and shows us the new video camera she's using to make a video of her new home, which she wants to show to her parents in India. She aims the camera at the laundromat where she works, and has everyone inside wave at the camera.

Summary

Leela welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and shows us the new video camera she's using to make a video of her new home, which she wants to show to her parents in India. She aims the camera at the laundromat where she works, and has everyone inside wave at the camera.

S39E3
Sock Chaos at the Laundromat
Air date: 13/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the new Sesame Street laundromat, Chris welcomes the viewer as he does his laundry. He says he loves the noises the washing machines make (singing a variation of "The Wheels on the Bus"), while an Anything Muppet lady disagrees with him. He folds his clothes, then notices he's got one missing sock (all the rest of his socks are in pairs). He wonders where his sock went, when Abby Cadabby poofs into view. He shows her the one sock he has which is missing its match, and she proceeds to show him the trick she was going to show Elmo: her "Two Trick," which involves turning one thing into two.

Summary

At the new Sesame Street laundromat, Chris welcomes the viewer as he does his laundry. He says he loves the noises the washing machines make (singing a variation of "The Wheels on the Bus"), while an Anything Muppet lady disagrees with him. He folds his clothes, then notices he's got one missing sock (all the rest of his socks are in pairs). He wonders where his sock went, when Abby Cadabby poofs into view. He shows her the one sock he has which is missing its match, and she proceeds to show him the trick she was going to show Elmo: her "Two Trick," which involves turning one thing into two.

S39E2
Telly's New Shoes
Air date: 12/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

While a hungry customer wonders whether to have the soup or the salad, Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and is about to eat a salad of his own, when Abby Cadabby poofs into view, causing the salad to fly out of his hands and land on the customer's head. Abby shows Chris her new shoes that she got from the Shoe Fairy - shoes are special to her because fairies don't usually wear shoes.

Summary

While a hungry customer wonders whether to have the soup or the salad, Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and is about to eat a salad of his own, when Abby Cadabby poofs into view, causing the salad to fly out of his hands and land on the customer's head. Abby shows Chris her new shoes that she got from the Shoe Fairy - shoes are special to her because fairies don't usually wear shoes.

S39E1
The Golden Triangle of Destiny
Air date: 11/Aug/2008 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, as he serves Telly his lunch: a grilled-cheese sandwich, which is cut into Telly's favorite shape: a triangle. Suddenly, heroic music plays as Minnesota Mel, a swashbuckling hero, makes a swinging entrance. He's on one of his "patented high-stakes adventures," this time in search of the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

Summary

Chris welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, as he serves Telly his lunch: a grilled-cheese sandwich, which is cut into Telly's favorite shape: a triangle. Suddenly, heroic music plays as Minnesota Mel, a swashbuckling hero, makes a swinging entrance. He's on one of his "patented high-stakes adventures," this time in search of the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

Season 38 · Season 38
26 episode(s) · Air date: 13/Aug/2007
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S38E26
Oscar hosts Grouch News Network
Air date: 16/Oct/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar is the host of GNN, Grouch News Network: "All grouchy, all disgusting, all yucky news, all the time." Some trash falls from the sky, and Fluffy hands Oscar a bulletin about something grouchy happening in Maria's bathroom.

Summary

Oscar is the host of GNN, Grouch News Network: "All grouchy, all disgusting, all yucky news, all the time." Some trash falls from the sky, and Fluffy hands Oscar a bulletin about something grouchy happening in Maria's bathroom.

S38E25
Rosita Gets Upset at Zoe & Abby
Air date: 12/Oct/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Rosita and Zoe are both excited about their play date together. As they start to play hide-and-seek, Abby Cadabby poofs up out of nowhere. Rosita is about to show Abby how they play hide-and-seek, but Abby mentions another game, "jumping rhymes," which piques Zoe's interests. Zoe and Abby are good at the game, but Rosita has trouble thinking of words that rhyme with "chair," and can only think of made-up words (which are acceptable).

Summary

Rosita and Zoe are both excited about their play date together. As they start to play hide-and-seek, Abby Cadabby poofs up out of nowhere. Rosita is about to show Abby how they play hide-and-seek, but Abby mentions another game, "jumping rhymes," which piques Zoe's interests. Zoe and Abby are good at the game, but Rosita has trouble thinking of words that rhyme with "chair," and can only think of made-up words (which are acceptable).

S38E24
Elmo Is Jealous of Marco
Air date: 10/Oct/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. Elmo is looking forward to playing checkers with her today, but it becomes difficult because Marco needs his mommy's attention. Gina thinks he needs to eat, so she leaves with Marco to get his baby food, leaving Elmo all alone.

Summary

Gina welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. Elmo is looking forward to playing checkers with her today, but it becomes difficult because Marco needs his mommy's attention. Gina thinks he needs to eat, so she leaves with Marco to get his baby food, leaving Elmo all alone.

S38E23
Elmo Shows Abby How to Pretend
Air date: 08/Oct/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Abby Cadabby looks for Elmo, and introduces the viewer to her toy frog, Prince. When Elmo sees it, he doesn't understand how a frog could be a Prince, until Abby explains he was a prince that got turned into a frog. She kisses the frog doll, and POOF! it turns into a prince doll (and vice versa).

Summary

Abby Cadabby looks for Elmo, and introduces the viewer to her toy frog, Prince. When Elmo sees it, he doesn't understand how a frog could be a Prince, until Abby explains he was a prince that got turned into a frog. She kisses the frog doll, and POOF! it turns into a prince doll (and vice versa).

S38E22
Chris Teaches Elmo How to Bowl
Air date: 05/Oct/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gabi encounters Chris and some kids playing with his toy bowling set, which he's had since he was a kid. She asks him if she can try it out, since she's a good bowler herself. Gordon then asks for a turn after Gabi. She gets a strike, and Gordon knocks down two pins.

Summary

Gabi encounters Chris and some kids playing with his toy bowling set, which he's had since he was a kid. She asks him if she can try it out, since she's a good bowler herself. Gordon then asks for a turn after Gabi. She gets a strike, and Gordon knocks down two pins.

S38E21
Ralphie the Parrot Flies Away
Air date: 02/Oct/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On another sunny day, Big Bird gets some bananas from Alan, who almost welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street - when Baby Bear interrupts him so that his parrot, Ralphie, can do it instead.

Summary

On another sunny day, Big Bird gets some bananas from Alan, who almost welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street - when Baby Bear interrupts him so that his parrot, Ralphie, can do it instead.

S38E20
The Amazing Alphabet Race
Air date: 28/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Australian TV personality Amazing Al spots Elmo singing his ABCs, and chooses him to be a contestant on "The Amazing Alphabet Race." The objective of the game is to find all the letters of the alphabet before a clucking chicken tap dances her way to a gong!

Summary

Australian TV personality Amazing Al spots Elmo singing his ABCs, and chooses him to be a contestant on "The Amazing Alphabet Race." The objective of the game is to find all the letters of the alphabet before a clucking chicken tap dances her way to a gong!

S38E19
Zoe and Rosita Find Abby's Magic Wand
Air date: 26/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

While pretending to be leaping elephants, Zoe and Rosita encounter a mysterious object lying on a crate. Rosita thinks it looks like a popsicle stick, but Zoe remembers where she's seen it: it's Abby Cadabby's magic wand! Rosita wonders what it would be like to be a fairy god-monster and do wonderful magical things for everyone every day - but Zoe advises her against waving the wand, because she's not a fairy god-monster.

Summary

While pretending to be leaping elephants, Zoe and Rosita encounter a mysterious object lying on a crate. Rosita thinks it looks like a popsicle stick, but Zoe remembers where she's seen it: it's Abby Cadabby's magic wand! Rosita wonders what it would be like to be a fairy god-monster and do wonderful magical things for everyone every day - but Zoe advises her against waving the wand, because she's not a fairy god-monster.

S38E17
The Worm Cup Games
Air date: 20/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Alan invites Big Bird into Hooper's Store to watch the Worm Cup games on his TV set. The audience consists of a few kids, and even some worms with their own miniature tables and vans. The worm audience is split into two groups: one from France, and one from the USA. Alan explains to Big Bird that the objective of the Worm Cup games is to kick a ball into a cup the most times. Worms from all over the world are competing for the cup, including Slimey.

Summary

Alan invites Big Bird into Hooper's Store to watch the Worm Cup games on his TV set. The audience consists of a few kids, and even some worms with their own miniature tables and vans. The worm audience is split into two groups: one from France, and one from the USA. Alan explains to Big Bird that the objective of the Worm Cup games is to kick a ball into a cup the most times. Worms from all over the world are competing for the cup, including Slimey.

S38E16
Telly Helps Gordon Play Golf
Air date: 18/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. He has set up a miniature golf course, to prepare for the golf game he'll have with Alan later on. Telly stops by, and is impressed with the setup. Gordon shows Telly how the game is played, and explains that the game isn't always easy, because the grass often has hills, which make it harder for the ball to make it into the hole. Telly gets a sudden burst of inspiration, and rushes off.

Summary

Gordon welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street. He has set up a miniature golf course, to prepare for the golf game he'll have with Alan later on. Telly stops by, and is impressed with the setup. Gordon shows Telly how the game is played, and explains that the game isn't always easy, because the grass often has hills, which make it harder for the ball to make it into the hole. Telly gets a sudden burst of inspiration, and rushes off.

S38E15
Big Bird, Elmo & Abby, Song for 3
Air date: 14/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Elmo are excited, because they've got a special song for two friends, which they are. They count each other, and sing "One and One Make Two." They almost sing it again, when Abby Cadabby appears in a poof, and asks to join them. Suddenly, Big Bird realizes the song won't work this time, because it's a song for two, and if Abby joins them, they won't be two anymore, but three. What to do? Abby suggests making herself disappear, but that turns out to be not such a good idea. The three friends decide they should ask Gabi what they should do. They explain their predicament, and Gabi suggests they sing a song for three instead of two. What a great idea!

Summary

Big Bird and Elmo are excited, because they've got a special song for two friends, which they are. They count each other, and sing "One and One Make Two." They almost sing it again, when Abby Cadabby appears in a poof, and asks to join them. Suddenly, Big Bird realizes the song won't work this time, because it's a song for two, and if Abby joins them, they won't be two anymore, but three. What to do? Abby suggests making herself disappear, but that turns out to be not such a good idea. The three friends decide they should ask Gabi what they should do. They explain their predicament, and Gabi suggests they sing a song for three instead of two. What a great idea!

S38E14
Chris Helps Elmo Write a Letter
Air date: 12/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the Fix-it Shop, Abby Cadabby and Elmo watch Maria fix a toaster. ("I love having an audience," Maria says.) An excited Rosita rushes over to show them the letter she received from her abuelita, and asks Maria to read it. In the letter, her grandma says she was looking at a picture of Rosita, and it made her happy. It makes Rosita happy, too, as she imagines a hug from her abuelita. Right then and there, Rosita decides to write a letter back, and runs off.

Summary

At the Fix-it Shop, Abby Cadabby and Elmo watch Maria fix a toaster. ("I love having an audience," Maria says.) An excited Rosita rushes over to show them the letter she received from her abuelita, and asks Maria to read it. In the letter, her grandma says she was looking at a picture of Rosita, and it made her happy. It makes Rosita happy, too, as she imagines a hug from her abuelita. Right then and there, Rosita decides to write a letter back, and runs off.

S38E13
Gabi, Telly, and Zoe Have a Picnic
Air date: 10/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gabi, Zoe and Telly are gathered around at a picnic table outside of Hooper's Store for a picnic. Maria brings them a melon and sets it on the table. They briefly turn their attention away from the melon while Telly shows them the triangular napkins he brought. But when Telly goes to get the melon, he finds it's missing! Everyone is confused - where did the melon go? It's not under the table.

Summary

Gabi, Zoe and Telly are gathered around at a picnic table outside of Hooper's Store for a picnic. Maria brings them a melon and sets it on the table. They briefly turn their attention away from the melon while Telly shows them the triangular napkins he brought. But when Telly goes to get the melon, he finds it's missing! Everyone is confused - where did the melon go? It's not under the table.

S38E12
Rosita, Telly, and Zoe Play House
Air date: 06/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly, Zoe and Rosita are all excited as they welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, because today they're playing "house." They can't wait to pretend to be a big happy family. Rosita will be the mommy, Zoe will be the baby, and Telly will be the dog and the daddy (even though he'd rather be the dog). They sing their happy family song.

Summary

Telly, Zoe and Rosita are all excited as they welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, because today they're playing "house." They can't wait to pretend to be a big happy family. Rosita will be the mommy, Zoe will be the baby, and Telly will be the dog and the daddy (even though he'd rather be the dog). They sing their happy family song.

S38E11
Fairy Tale Emergencies
Air date: 04/Sep/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Prairie Dawn hosts a Fairy Tale News special report, "Fairy Tale Emergencies - Are You Prepared?" She explains that an emergency is something that you have to prepare for, because you don't know when it will happen - and fairy tales are full of them.

Summary

Prairie Dawn hosts a Fairy Tale News special report, "Fairy Tale Emergencies - Are You Prepared?" She explains that an emergency is something that you have to prepare for, because you don't know when it will happen - and fairy tales are full of them.

S38E10
Triangle Lover of the Day
Air date: 31/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly stares in awe at the Triangle Triple Crown, which will be worn for three weeks by the "Triangle Lover of the Day" at today's Triangle Lovers' Club meeting. He loves triangles more than anyone else, so he is sure that he will get crowned, and he invites Baby Bear to the special occasion. Baby Bear is not sure he will fit in with the other Triangle Lovers, since he doesn't call himself one, but Telly reassures him that he'll do fine.

Summary

Telly stares in awe at the Triangle Triple Crown, which will be worn for three weeks by the "Triangle Lover of the Day" at today's Triangle Lovers' Club meeting. He loves triangles more than anyone else, so he is sure that he will get crowned, and he invites Baby Bear to the special occasion. Baby Bear is not sure he will fit in with the other Triangle Lovers, since he doesn't call himself one, but Telly reassures him that he'll do fine.

S38E9
Sleeping Grouchy
Air date: 29/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar and Grundgetta are reading The Tale of Sleeping Grouchy" and Slimey, Telly and Elmo join them. The story begins, "Once upon a time, there was a very, very, very grouchy princess . . ." and it tells the tale of a princess that was so grouchy, she said things like, "Phooey!" "Ewwww!" and "Sounds horrible!" One day the grouchy princess was on a grouchy walk. She said, "Phooey!" so many times that it disturbed a wizard who was walking nearby and he cast a spell on the her, putting her to sleep for a hundred years! Princess Grouchy's parents were very upset. They loved their grouchy daughter dearly and wanted to find a way to break the sleeping spell. They offered a reward to any prince who could wake the princess up. Prince Elmo came and tried to tickle Princess Grouchy awake with a feather, but it didn't work. Prince Telly played his loud tuba with his back-up band, The Cat's Meow, but Princess Grouchy still did not wake up. Finally, Prince Slimey arrived.

Summary

Oscar and Grundgetta are reading The Tale of Sleeping Grouchy" and Slimey, Telly and Elmo join them. The story begins, "Once upon a time, there was a very, very, very grouchy princess . . ." and it tells the tale of a princess that was so grouchy, she said things like, "Phooey!" "Ewwww!" and "Sounds horrible!" One day the grouchy princess was on a grouchy walk. She said, "Phooey!" so many times that it disturbed a wizard who was walking nearby and he cast a spell on the her, putting her to sleep for a hundred years! Princess Grouchy's parents were very upset. They loved their grouchy daughter dearly and wanted to find a way to break the sleeping spell. They offered a reward to any prince who could wake the princess up. Prince Elmo came and tried to tickle Princess Grouchy awake with a feather, but it didn't work. Prince Telly played his loud tuba with his back-up band, The Cat's Meow, but Princess Grouchy still did not wake up. Finally, Prince Slimey arrived.

S38E8
Big Bird Helps Zero
Air date: 27/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On a beautiful day, Big Bird encounters a sad number Zero, who is upset because he is nothing. He sings a song about it. Big Bird sets out to show Zero that being nothing is really something. When they go to Hooper's Store, Zero asks for a banana split, but Alan realizes he's out of bananas, which is the perfect cue for a musical number parodying "Yes, We Have No Bananas." In song, Alan explains how the number zero helps him keep track of what he needs to order whenever he runs out of something in the store. This makes Zero feel a little better, but he is still not convinced of his worthiness.

Summary

On a beautiful day, Big Bird encounters a sad number Zero, who is upset because he is nothing. He sings a song about it. Big Bird sets out to show Zero that being nothing is really something. When they go to Hooper's Store, Zero asks for a banana split, but Alan realizes he's out of bananas, which is the perfect cue for a musical number parodying "Yes, We Have No Bananas." In song, Alan explains how the number zero helps him keep track of what he needs to order whenever he runs out of something in the store. This makes Zero feel a little better, but he is still not convinced of his worthiness.

S38E7
Big Bird Breaks Elmo's Tricycle
Air date: 23/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo greets the viewer, and says he plans to ride his tricycle all day. Big Bird encounters him, and expresses interest in riding Elmo's tricycle. Elmo agrees to let Big Bird do so, but as soon as Big Bird sits down on the tricycle, it breaks!

Summary

Elmo greets the viewer, and says he plans to ride his tricycle all day. Big Bird encounters him, and expresses interest in riding Elmo's tricycle. Elmo agrees to let Big Bird do so, but as soon as Big Bird sits down on the tricycle, it breaks!

S38E6
The Tutu Spell
Air date: 21/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Abby and Zoe are playing in the courtyard. They love dancing so much, so Zoe lets Abby try on her tutu. To return the favor, Abby lets Zoe try out her wand. As she's figuring it out, she inadvertently wishes that everyone would wear a tutu and wear ballet.

Summary

Abby and Zoe are playing in the courtyard. They love dancing so much, so Zoe lets Abby try on her tutu. To return the favor, Abby lets Zoe try out her wand. As she's figuring it out, she inadvertently wishes that everyone would wear a tutu and wear ballet.

S38E5
Abby Plays the Letter 'P' Game
Air date: 17/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo wants to play tag, but Zoe wants to play checkers. Alan notices them arguing, and suggests they play the "letter P game." In order to play, they need to look around the store for things that start with the letter P, such as pickles. While Elmo and Zoe have difficulty looking for P words, a penguin (who pronounces his p's hard) comes in and orders a peanut butter sandwich on pumpernickel bread, with a slice of pineapple, and a potato.

Summary

Elmo wants to play tag, but Zoe wants to play checkers. Alan notices them arguing, and suggests they play the "letter P game." In order to play, they need to look around the store for things that start with the letter P, such as pickles. While Elmo and Zoe have difficulty looking for P words, a penguin (who pronounces his p's hard) comes in and orders a peanut butter sandwich on pumpernickel bread, with a slice of pineapple, and a potato.

S38E4
Lucy the Lazy Lizard
Air date: 16/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria welcomes the viewers after a piece of toast flies in her face. Elmo stops by, and asks Maria to read him a story. Maria points out that she's already read that book to him ten times. Elmo replies, "Let's make it eleven!" Maria finally agrees to read Elmo his book, Lucy the Lazy Lizard - a book with a lot of L words in it.

Summary

Maria welcomes the viewers after a piece of toast flies in her face. Elmo stops by, and asks Maria to read him a story. Maria points out that she's already read that book to him ten times. Elmo replies, "Let's make it eleven!" Maria finally agrees to read Elmo his book, Lucy the Lazy Lizard - a book with a lot of L words in it.

S38E3
Word 'Dog' Escapes Abby's Book
Air date: 15/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Telly Monster welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and look forward to reading a book with Abby Cadabby. Abby arrives and introduces her magical book: The Wild Adventures of Action Dog. The others hear a barking sound, which turns out to come from none other than the book itself.

Summary

Baby Bear and Telly Monster welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and look forward to reading a book with Abby Cadabby. Abby arrives and introduces her magical book: The Wild Adventures of Action Dog. The others hear a barking sound, which turns out to come from none other than the book itself.

S38E2
Chris Arrives on Sesame Street
Air date: 14/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon and Susan's nephew, Chris, just moved to Sesame Street. He is looking for a job in the Help Wanted section of the newspaper because he needs money to buy books for school. Chris thinks the first ad might be for a job as a gym teacher because it reads, "Must love to exercise." He sings a new verse of "The People in Your Neighborhood."

Summary

Gordon and Susan's nephew, Chris, just moved to Sesame Street. He is looking for a job in the Help Wanted section of the newspaper because he needs money to buy books for school. Chris thinks the first ad might be for a job as a gym teacher because it reads, "Must love to exercise." He sings a new verse of "The People in Your Neighborhood."

S38E1
The Bookaneers
Air date: 13/Aug/2007 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Alan are reading in Hooper's Store, when they both hear a boat, then see it (includes a rare appearance of Sesame Street) and the storefront is boarded by a group of Bookaneers. An Anything Muppet and a salty dog are led by their pirate captain, played by guest star Tina Fey. They demand that Elmo hand over his book, but Elmo explains that he loves to read. The pirates invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, but he must first pass a series of tests.

Summary

Elmo and Alan are reading in Hooper's Store, when they both hear a boat, then see it (includes a rare appearance of Sesame Street) and the storefront is boarded by a group of Bookaneers. An Anything Muppet and a salty dog are led by their pirate captain, played by guest star Tina Fey. They demand that Elmo hand over his book, but Elmo explains that he loves to read. The pirates invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, but he must first pass a series of tests.

Season 37 · Season 37
26 episode(s) · Air date: 14/Aug/2006
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S37E26
The Sloppy Jalopy & The Nastycar Races!
Air date: 10/Nov/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar and Grundgetta want to race the Sloppy Jalopy in the Nastycar Races, but it won't start. When Maria and Luis offer to help, Oscar refuses the offer, insisting that Grouches never need help.

Summary

Oscar and Grundgetta want to race the Sloppy Jalopy in the Nastycar Races, but it won't start. When Maria and Luis offer to help, Oscar refuses the offer, insisting that Grouches never need help.

S37E25
National Try A New Food Day!
Air date: 09/Nov/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly reports on National Try a New Food Day, starting with Baby Bear's attempt to eat some porridge with fresh fruit on top instead of brown sugar and honey.

Summary

Telly reports on National Try a New Food Day, starting with Baby Bear's attempt to eat some porridge with fresh fruit on top instead of brown sugar and honey.

S37E24
Gina Adopts A Baby (3)
Air date: 14/Nov/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy and Big Bird want to play with Marco, so they bring over a wagon filled with baseball equipment, rollerskates, a pogo stick, and checkers. Gina tells them the baby is too young to play with any of those things and suggests that they think like babies to come up with games everyone can play together.

Summary

Snuffy and Big Bird want to play with Marco, so they bring over a wagon filled with baseball equipment, rollerskates, a pogo stick, and checkers. Gina tells them the baby is too young to play with any of those things and suggests that they think like babies to come up with games everyone can play together.

S37E23
Gina Adopts A Baby (2)
Air date: 07/Nov/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina brings her new baby home and discovers that everyone has been busy gathering blankets and diapers, making mobiles, and putting together the crib. All her friends want to continue helping, but what Gina and Marco really need is some rest.

Summary

Gina brings her new baby home and discovers that everyone has been busy gathering blankets and diapers, making mobiles, and putting together the crib. All her friends want to continue helping, but what Gina and Marco really need is some rest.

S37E19
Oscar Loves Cranky
Air date: 21/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar gets a new dog: a Rottendoodle named Cranky. Because he has heard that Rottendoodles are grouches that never do what you tell them to, never help anyone, and never kiss, he is astonished when Cranky starts doing all those things.

Summary

Oscar gets a new dog: a Rottendoodle named Cranky. Because he has heard that Rottendoodles are grouches that never do what you tell them to, never help anyone, and never kiss, he is astonished when Cranky starts doing all those things.

S37E17
The Alphabet Road Show
Air date: 18/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Host David Letterguy and The Alphabet Road Show are coming to Sesame Street to look for unusual people saying the alphabet in unusual ways. Telly and Baby Bear know exactly how they are going to say the alphabet, but Elmo is still unsure.

Summary

Host David Letterguy and The Alphabet Road Show are coming to Sesame Street to look for unusual people saying the alphabet in unusual ways. Telly and Baby Bear know exactly how they are going to say the alphabet, but Elmo is still unsure.

S37E16
Slimey The Hero!
Air date: 14/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

When Slimey says that he wants to be a hero just like Trash Gordon, Rosita and Elmo are doubtful because they think heroes are supposed to be big and strong. But Oscar reassures him that he can do it, and Slimey takes on the mission of saving the letter of the day.

Summary

When Slimey says that he wants to be a hero just like Trash Gordon, Rosita and Elmo are doubtful because they think heroes are supposed to be big and strong. But Oscar reassures him that he can do it, and Slimey takes on the mission of saving the letter of the day.

S37E15
Baby Bear's Great Invention!
Air date: 13/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On a very busy day at Hooper's store, Baby Bear decides to create an automatic lemonade-pouring machine to help Miles out. He draws up the plans for his invention and then recruits Telly and Elmo to help build it.

Summary

On a very busy day at Hooper's store, Baby Bear decides to create an automatic lemonade-pouring machine to help Miles out. He draws up the plans for his invention and then recruits Telly and Elmo to help build it.

S37E13
Fantastic Freddy!
Air date: 07/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

"Teacher" Zoe arranges a field trip for Rocco and all her dolls, but there's no room on the bus for Telly's doll, Freddy. So Telly and Baby Bear give Freddy a day all his own, including a new game called Fantastic Freddy.

Summary

"Teacher" Zoe arranges a field trip for Rocco and all her dolls, but there's no room on the bus for Telly's doll, Freddy. So Telly and Baby Bear give Freddy a day all his own, including a new game called Fantastic Freddy.

S37E12
The Three Astro Bears
Air date: 06/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Elmo write a thrilling story about the Three Bears in which they are Astro Bears trying to find the answer to the question, "How does porridge taste in space?"

Summary

Baby Bear and Elmo write a thrilling story about the Three Bears in which they are Astro Bears trying to find the answer to the question, "How does porridge taste in space?"

S37E11
The Importance of Adults
Air date: 05/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

All the adults are too busy running errands to play with Big Bird, so he finds himself wishing for them to be just like the kids. To his surprise, his Fairy Godperson appears and grants him his wish.

Summary

All the adults are too busy running errands to play with Big Bird, so he finds himself wishing for them to be just like the kids. To his surprise, his Fairy Godperson appears and grants him his wish.

S37E10
It's Time For Ask Oscar!
Air date: 01/Sep/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On the "Ask Oscar!" show, Telly reads a letter from a boy who can't remember what the little round things that hold his jacket together are called. Telly is ready to get the answer from Oscar, but Oscar isn't ready to tell.

Summary

On the "Ask Oscar!" show, Telly reads a letter from a boy who can't remember what the little round things that hold his jacket together are called. Telly is ready to get the answer from Oscar, but Oscar isn't ready to tell.

S37E9
Elmo's Adventures With The Letter J
Air date: 30/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo celebrates the letter "J" by changing his name to Jelmo and jumping all over the neighborhood. During his travels, he sees Maria fixing things that begin with "J" and listens to Big Bird telling the story of Mary and her little lamb.

Summary

Elmo celebrates the letter "J" by changing his name to Jelmo and jumping all over the neighborhood. During his travels, he sees Maria fixing things that begin with "J" and listens to Big Bird telling the story of Mary and her little lamb.

S37E8
Mr. Alan's School
Air date: 28/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Alan sets up a pretend school at Hooper's Store. As his star "pupil," Elmo gets to draw a picture, listen to Mr. Alan read a book, and sing the alphabet song.

Summary

Alan sets up a pretend school at Hooper's Store. As his star "pupil," Elmo gets to draw a picture, listen to Mr. Alan read a book, and sing the alphabet song.

S37E7
Happy Anniversary Luis & Maria
Air date: 24/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis and Maria are trying to celebrate their wedding anniversary with a private picnic, but they keep getting interrupted by songs, games, and dances about the letter "H.

Summary

Luis and Maria are trying to celebrate their wedding anniversary with a private picnic, but they keep getting interrupted by songs, games, and dances about the letter "H.

S37E6
Snow White & The 6 Dwarves
Air date: 22/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snow White (Amy Sedaris) visits Sesame Street with her dwarves. One by one, each dwarf leaves the group, and soon Snow White ends up with ZERO dwarves. Can Elmo save the day for Snow White? Also in this episode: Bert and Ernie sing about circles and Grover learns how to ride a bike. This episode is brought to you by the letter O and the number 7

Summary

Snow White (Amy Sedaris) visits Sesame Street with her dwarves. One by one, each dwarf leaves the group, and soon Snow White ends up with ZERO dwarves. Can Elmo save the day for Snow White? Also in this episode: Bert and Ernie sing about circles and Grover learns how to ride a bike. This episode is brought to you by the letter O and the number 7

S37E5
Herb, The Dinosaur, Comes To Sesame Street
Air date: 18/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Herb, the plant-eating dinosaur—the only dinosaur left, except, of course, for his cousin Shirley—pays a visit to Sesame Street. He meets many interesting new people; learns about healthy salads from Alan, about taking turns from Zoe and Rosita, and about the alphabet from Big Bird and Elmo; and even gets to play with a worm.

Summary

Herb, the plant-eating dinosaur—the only dinosaur left, except, of course, for his cousin Shirley—pays a visit to Sesame Street. He meets many interesting new people; learns about healthy salads from Alan, about taking turns from Zoe and Rosita, and about the alphabet from Big Bird and Elmo; and even gets to play with a worm.

S37E4
Elmo Learns About School
Air date: 17/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gabi and Miles reminisce about their first day of school, telling Elmo about their classroom, the things they did, and how a disagreement over who got to play with a fire truck taught them about sharing.

Summary

Gabi and Miles reminisce about their first day of school, telling Elmo about their classroom, the things they did, and how a disagreement over who got to play with a fire truck taught them about sharing.

S37E3
Cookie World!
Air date: 16/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Cookie Monster asks Bob and a baby how they eat cookies, then counts cookies and does subtraction problems with them. After Zoe does an amazing cookie dance, Cookie Monster decides to go right to the source and talk to a cookie about cookies.

Summary

Cookie Monster asks Bob and a baby how they eat cookies, then counts cookies and does subtraction problems with them. After Zoe does an amazing cookie dance, Cookie Monster decides to go right to the source and talk to a cookie about cookies.

S37E2
Show and Tell Elmo
Air date: 15/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Abby goes to the Storybook Community School for the first time, and Mrs. Goose and her class make her feel welcome. But when it's time for Show and Tell, she doesn't have anything to share, so she decides to use her magic wand to leave school and ask Elmo for help.

Summary

Abby goes to the Storybook Community School for the first time, and Mrs. Goose and her class make her feel welcome. But when it's time for Show and Tell, she doesn't have anything to share, so she decides to use her magic wand to leave school and ask Elmo for help.

S37E1
A New Friend On Sesame Street
Air date: 14/Aug/2006 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

There's a new Muppet On the block! It is Abby's first day on the street. Can everyon's favorite fairy-in-training overcome her shyness and make new friends? Also in this episode: Law & Order: Special Letters Unit and a performance by John Legend with Hoots the Owl. Special guest Kristin Chenoweth stops by Elmo's World. This episode is brought to you by the letter M and the number 4.

Summary

There's a new Muppet On the block! It is Abby's first day on the street. Can everyon's favorite fairy-in-training overcome her shyness and make new friends? Also in this episode: Law & Order: Special Letters Unit and a performance by John Legend with Hoots the Owl. Special guest Kristin Chenoweth stops by Elmo's World. This episode is brought to you by the letter M and the number 4.

Season 36 · Season 36
26 episode(s) · Air date: 04/Apr/2005
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S36E26
Adventures of Little Big Bird (Part 2) (4108)
Air date: 30/Dec/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Previously, Big Bird was accidentally changed into little Big Bird when Mumford tried to do a magic trick. While it was fun being little, little Big Bird now wants to be big again so that he can play with his friend Snuffy. He decides that he has to make his way to Alan and Gordon who are playing chess so that they can help find Mumford to change him back. On his very long and slow trip, a ladybug named Mike crash lands right into him. He teaches little Big Bird that he has to keep trying no matter what obstacles he faces and what size he is. Little Big Bird remembers to believe in himself and with a little persistence, he finally makes it! Once he is finally noticed, Mumford is able to turn little Big Bird back into big Big Bird. In true Mumford fashion, Mike the ladybug is turned big as well and wants to join Alan and Gordon in a game of chess.

Summary

Previously, Big Bird was accidentally changed into little Big Bird when Mumford tried to do a magic trick. While it was fun being little, little Big Bird now wants to be big again so that he can play with his friend Snuffy. He decides that he has to make his way to Alan and Gordon who are playing chess so that they can help find Mumford to change him back. On his very long and slow trip, a ladybug named Mike crash lands right into him. He teaches little Big Bird that he has to keep trying no matter what obstacles he faces and what size he is. Little Big Bird remembers to believe in himself and with a little persistence, he finally makes it! Once he is finally noticed, Mumford is able to turn little Big Bird back into big Big Bird. In true Mumford fashion, Mike the ladybug is turned big as well and wants to join Alan and Gordon in a game of chess.

S36E25
Adventures of Little Big Bird (Part 1) (4107)
Air date: 29/Dec/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mumford is doing his new big/little trick for everyone. While he meant to turn a big letter “M” into a little letter “M,” he accidentally turns Big Bird into little Big Bird! Big Bird realizes that he is in a brand new world being little. Everything is so big and he meets small creatures he never would have been able to before. All of a sudden, he hears Snuffy calling him for their playdate. Big Bird tries to call back, but Snuffy can’t hear him because he is too small. This becomes very frustrating and Big Bird wants to be big again. He figures out a plan and embarks on his trip to Alan and Gordon, who can help him find Mumford.

Summary

Mumford is doing his new big/little trick for everyone. While he meant to turn a big letter “M” into a little letter “M,” he accidentally turns Big Bird into little Big Bird! Big Bird realizes that he is in a brand new world being little. Everything is so big and he meets small creatures he never would have been able to before. All of a sudden, he hears Snuffy calling him for their playdate. Big Bird tries to call back, but Snuffy can’t hear him because he is too small. This becomes very frustrating and Big Bird wants to be big again. He figures out a plan and embarks on his trip to Alan and Gordon, who can help him find Mumford.

S36E24
Bob's Deaf Niece (4106)
Air date: 04/Oct/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Rosita and Telly want to play a game of tag but they can’t find anyone to play with them. They meet Bob’s niece Samara and wonder if she would like to play. She can’t hear them because she is deaf. Rosita and Telly are concerned because they don’t know how they will be able to all speak and play together. Samara explains that even though she can’t hear them, she can talk to them by using sign language. They have a lot of fun learning, playing, and also signing and saying the alphabet together. Everyone on Sesame Street gets so excited about sign language that they all can’t wait to learn more.

Summary

Rosita and Telly want to play a game of tag but they can’t find anyone to play with them. They meet Bob’s niece Samara and wonder if she would like to play. She can’t hear them because she is deaf. Rosita and Telly are concerned because they don’t know how they will be able to all speak and play together. Samara explains that even though she can’t hear them, she can talk to them by using sign language. They have a lot of fun learning, playing, and also signing and saying the alphabet together. Everyone on Sesame Street gets so excited about sign language that they all can’t wait to learn more.

S36E23
Super Chicken on Sesame Street (4105)
Air date: 30/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Super Chicken helps Luis and Maria replenish their supply of packing tape at the Mail It Shop, helps Miles untie shoelaces, and fixes Gabi’s broken popcorn machine. As Super Chicken quickly comes to the rescue and solves everyone’s problems, Super Grover begins to feel sad and useless as a superhero. He thinks that perhaps his friends on Sesame Street don’t need him anymore. However, Luis, Maria, Gabi, Miles, and Big Bird all convince Super Grover that the only real superhero for Sesame Street is him, especially since there’s no other superhero in the world who can give a super hug like he does!

Summary

Super Chicken helps Luis and Maria replenish their supply of packing tape at the Mail It Shop, helps Miles untie shoelaces, and fixes Gabi’s broken popcorn machine. As Super Chicken quickly comes to the rescue and solves everyone’s problems, Super Grover begins to feel sad and useless as a superhero. He thinks that perhaps his friends on Sesame Street don’t need him anymore. However, Luis, Maria, Gabi, Miles, and Big Bird all convince Super Grover that the only real superhero for Sesame Street is him, especially since there’s no other superhero in the world who can give a super hug like he does!

S36E22
Grouch Apprentice (4104)
Air date: 28/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Donald Grump, the grouch with the most trash in the world, is looking for a new apprentice. Oscar, Grundgetta, and the other grouches can't wait to meet him because if they get chosen, they will get to keep some of Grump's trash. Elmo decides that he wants to be Grump's helper too, but just because he likes to help others. Grump puts them through counting and sorting tasks that Elmo does great at. Oscar and Grundgetta are too busy arguing and the other grouches have already been fired. Grump decides that even though Elmo succeeded at all the tasks, he is too good at being a helper to help a grouch. Elmo doesn'tmind. He gets to leave with the one thing he wanted anyway- Grump's hairpiece. Grundgetta and Oscar are both hired, but they decide that Grump's trash isn't worth it if they have to help him to get it. He leaves Oscar and Grundgetta no choice but to tell him, "You're fired!"

Summary

Donald Grump, the grouch with the most trash in the world, is looking for a new apprentice. Oscar, Grundgetta, and the other grouches can't wait to meet him because if they get chosen, they will get to keep some of Grump's trash. Elmo decides that he wants to be Grump's helper too, but just because he likes to help others. Grump puts them through counting and sorting tasks that Elmo does great at. Oscar and Grundgetta are too busy arguing and the other grouches have already been fired. Grump decides that even though Elmo succeeded at all the tasks, he is too good at being a helper to help a grouch. Elmo doesn'tmind. He gets to leave with the one thing he wanted anyway- Grump's hairpiece. Grundgetta and Oscar are both hired, but they decide that Grump's trash isn't worth it if they have to help him to get it. He leaves Oscar and Grundgetta no choice but to tell him, "You're fired!"

S36E21
Telly's and Baby Bear's Story (4103)
Air date: 26/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Baby Bear and Telly decide to use their imaginations to write a story together, but have a hard time deciding on whether their story should be about a magic bowl of porridge or a magic triangle. With Maria's help, they realize that best friends should be able to work together and compromise by deciding to write a story about both! Their story takes place in the Kingdom of Dum Diddley Dum Diddley Do. In this Kingdom, there is a magical triangular bowl of porridge. The bowl has three sides and three angles, and is filled with an unlimited amount of delicious porridge that King Baby Bear absolutely loves. Baby Bear and Telly realize that they make a great team and decide to write another story together!

Summary

Baby Bear and Telly decide to use their imaginations to write a story together, but have a hard time deciding on whether their story should be about a magic bowl of porridge or a magic triangle. With Maria's help, they realize that best friends should be able to work together and compromise by deciding to write a story about both! Their story takes place in the Kingdom of Dum Diddley Dum Diddley Do. In this Kingdom, there is a magical triangular bowl of porridge. The bowl has three sides and three angles, and is filled with an unlimited amount of delicious porridge that King Baby Bear absolutely loves. Baby Bear and Telly realize that they make a great team and decide to write another story together!

S36E20
Gina's Vet Assistant (4102)
Air date: 02/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina is so busy that she is in desperate need of an assistant. With just a wish, her Furry Godmother appears and grants her a veterinarian's assistant who happens to be Grover! Unfortunately, Gina doesn't seem to be able to help the hiccupping duck in her examining room because Grover keeps screaming, "Emergency!" Gina also finds it difficult to help the other animals because Grover mistakes a camel for a horse, a lamp for a living thing, and a cat for a tiger.Gina then teaches Grover about these animals and about living things so that he can better understand what a real veterinary emergency might be. In the end, Grover doesn't think that he is cut out to be Gina's assistant, but finds a new calling curing hiccupping ducks- by surprising them!

Summary

Gina is so busy that she is in desperate need of an assistant. With just a wish, her Furry Godmother appears and grants her a veterinarian's assistant who happens to be Grover! Unfortunately, Gina doesn't seem to be able to help the hiccupping duck in her examining room because Grover keeps screaming, "Emergency!" Gina also finds it difficult to help the other animals because Grover mistakes a camel for a horse, a lamp for a living thing, and a cat for a tiger.Gina then teaches Grover about these animals and about living things so that he can better understand what a real veterinary emergency might be. In the end, Grover doesn't think that he is cut out to be Gina's assistant, but finds a new calling curing hiccupping ducks- by surprising them!

S36E19
Elmo and Zoe Claim a Ball (4104)
Air date: 20/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Zoe and Elmo find a ball on "Sesame Street" and begin arguing over whose ball it is. They both keep saying, "It's mine!" Luis then enters and explains that instead of arguing over whose ball it is, they could have fun with it by sharing, taking turns, and playing together. While Zoe and Elmo are learning to share and take turns, Baby Bear comes in and is so relieved to see his ball! They all begin to argue over whose ball it is again until Zoe and Elmo are finally convinced when Baby Bear shows them the letter "B" that he had marked on the ball for "Baby Bear." Baby Bear could see that Elmo and Zoe are sad to see the ball go so he decides to share the ball, and they all realize that taking turns and playing together is even more fun than owning your own ball.

Summary

Zoe and Elmo find a ball on "Sesame Street" and begin arguing over whose ball it is. They both keep saying, "It's mine!" Luis then enters and explains that instead of arguing over whose ball it is, they could have fun with it by sharing, taking turns, and playing together. While Zoe and Elmo are learning to share and take turns, Baby Bear comes in and is so relieved to see his ball! They all begin to argue over whose ball it is again until Zoe and Elmo are finally convinced when Baby Bear shows them the letter "B" that he had marked on the ball for "Baby Bear." Baby Bear could see that Elmo and Zoe are sad to see the ball go so he decides to share the ball, and they all realize that taking turns and playing together is even more fun than owning your own ball.

S36E18
What Happens Next? Show (4100)
Air date: 20/Jun/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo is excited to play a messy scientific game show called, "What Happens Next?" with Oscar as the host! With the help of his adult friends on "Sesame Street", Elmo learns lots of new things about what would happen next if, for example, Slimey jumps into a little mud pool from a low diving board, and then from a high board. Would there be a little splash or a big splash? Elmo uses fun science words such as hypothesis when making guesses about what would happen next. Elmo has a great time learning to observe, making guesses, and checking to see if his hypothesis is correct!

Summary

Elmo is excited to play a messy scientific game show called, "What Happens Next?" with Oscar as the host! With the help of his adult friends on "Sesame Street", Elmo learns lots of new things about what would happen next if, for example, Slimey jumps into a little mud pool from a low diving board, and then from a high board. Would there be a little splash or a big splash? Elmo uses fun science words such as hypothesis when making guesses about what would happen next. Elmo has a great time learning to observe, making guesses, and checking to see if his hypothesis is correct!

S36E17
Elmo's And Zoe's Scientific Exploration (4099)
Air date: 01/Jun/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo watches a leaf floating in a bucket of water and this observation leads Elmo to many other scientific questions. Elmo, Zoe, and Telly are all curious about whether or not objects such as a leaf, an apple, a rock (Rocco), and a triangle either float, sink, and/or slide. They first have a hypothesis about what might happen and then they test their hypothesis with an experiment. In the meantime, Gordon is there to ask Elmo, Zoe, and Telly about what is happening and what might happen next. They all have a wonderful time exploring together, and learning great new words such as experiment and hypothesis. Sponsored by P, 15.

Summary

Elmo watches a leaf floating in a bucket of water and this observation leads Elmo to many other scientific questions. Elmo, Zoe, and Telly are all curious about whether or not objects such as a leaf, an apple, a rock (Rocco), and a triangle either float, sink, and/or slide. They first have a hypothesis about what might happen and then they test their hypothesis with an experiment. In the meantime, Gordon is there to ask Elmo, Zoe, and Telly about what is happening and what might happen next. They all have a wonderful time exploring together, and learning great new words such as experiment and hypothesis. Sponsored by P, 15.

S36E16
Goldilocks Takes Over Nursery Rhymes (4098)
Air date: 12/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Being completely oblivious to their feelings, Goldilocks takes Little Miss Muffet’s curds and whey, and then sticks her finger into Little Jack Horner’s pie. She takes both of their nursery rhymes and makes them her own! Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are so upset that they start crying and run off to Baby Bear and Big Bird who offer to help them. They encourage Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner to be assertive and stand up for themselves. Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner gain the confidence to approach Goldilocks, who is at Hooper’s Store with Alan. Alan notices that Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are very upset, so he encourages them to share their feelings with Goldilocks. After they express how badly she made them feel, Goldilocks realizes that she wouldn’t like it if they did the same thing to her and apologizes, saying that she really didn’t mean to make them feel sad.

Summary

Being completely oblivious to their feelings, Goldilocks takes Little Miss Muffet’s curds and whey, and then sticks her finger into Little Jack Horner’s pie. She takes both of their nursery rhymes and makes them her own! Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are so upset that they start crying and run off to Baby Bear and Big Bird who offer to help them. They encourage Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner to be assertive and stand up for themselves. Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner gain the confidence to approach Goldilocks, who is at Hooper’s Store with Alan. Alan notices that Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are very upset, so he encourages them to share their feelings with Goldilocks. After they express how badly she made them feel, Goldilocks realizes that she wouldn’t like it if they did the same thing to her and apologizes, saying that she really didn’t mean to make them feel sad.

S36E15
Rock sitter for Rocco (4097)
Air date: 09/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Zoe needs a rock-sitter to read, sing, and play with Rocco while she is away in swimming class. Telly agrees to take care of Rocco in the meantime. Since Rocco likes rock stories, Telly, with Elmo’s help, first tells her the story of “Goldirock and the Three Bears.” Since Rocco also likes rock music, Telly, Alan, and Bob sing, “Rock Around the Rock” to her. When Zoe returns from her swimming class, Telly tells her about all the fun they had while she was away, and offers to help her take care of Rocco anytime!

Summary

Zoe needs a rock-sitter to read, sing, and play with Rocco while she is away in swimming class. Telly agrees to take care of Rocco in the meantime. Since Rocco likes rock stories, Telly, with Elmo’s help, first tells her the story of “Goldirock and the Three Bears.” Since Rocco also likes rock music, Telly, Alan, and Bob sing, “Rock Around the Rock” to her. When Zoe returns from her swimming class, Telly tells her about all the fun they had while she was away, and offers to help her take care of Rocco anytime!

S36E14
Mexico on Sesame Street (4096)
Air date: 08/Sep/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

Summary

Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

S36E13
Who'll Replace The Big Bad Wolf (4095)
Air date: 20/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

Summary

Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

S36E12
Telly Learns The Grouchketeer Cheer (4094)
Air date: 19/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Big Bad Wolf feels so exhausted from having to chase pigs and dress up like a Grandma all the time that he decides to take a vacation. In the meantime, Zoe, Elmo, and Telly audition to be the temporary wolf. The three of them first have to blow down a straw house, then chase pigs, and lastly, pretend to be Grandma. All three of them creatively think of different strategies to pass the test. They all then begin arguing over who could best play the role of the Big Bad Wolf. Gordon talks to them and helps them to realize that it’s more important to stay friends than to be the wolf. When it’s time for the Big Bad Wolf to decide, he gives the role to Gordon since he did such a great job showing Telly, Zoe, and Elmo how to do everything that a Big Bad Wolf should do!

Summary

The Big Bad Wolf feels so exhausted from having to chase pigs and dress up like a Grandma all the time that he decides to take a vacation. In the meantime, Zoe, Elmo, and Telly audition to be the temporary wolf. The three of them first have to blow down a straw house, then chase pigs, and lastly, pretend to be Grandma. All three of them creatively think of different strategies to pass the test. They all then begin arguing over who could best play the role of the Big Bad Wolf. Gordon talks to them and helps them to realize that it’s more important to stay friends than to be the wolf. When it’s time for the Big Bad Wolf to decide, he gives the role to Gordon since he did such a great job showing Telly, Zoe, and Elmo how to do everything that a Big Bad Wolf should do!

S36E11
Baby Bear's First Day of School (4093)
Air date: 18/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster tells Gordon that he feels miserable because in order to go on Oscar’s Annual Grouch Picnic and Field Day, he has to learn the Official Grouch Cheer and he’s the only one who can’t do it right. Gordon talks to Oscar and convinces him to let Telly try learning to do it right. Telly is so discouraged at this point that he keeps saying that he can’t do the cheer. Gordon motivates Telly by practicing the cheer with him and by telling him that he can do it! Through Gordon’s encouragement, constant practice, and believing in himself, Telly finally learns to do the cheer! Telly shows Oscar that he can do the cheer beautifully, and boards the bus to go on the field trip with all the other Grouchketeers!

Summary

Telly Monster tells Gordon that he feels miserable because in order to go on Oscar’s Annual Grouch Picnic and Field Day, he has to learn the Official Grouch Cheer and he’s the only one who can’t do it right. Gordon talks to Oscar and convinces him to let Telly try learning to do it right. Telly is so discouraged at this point that he keeps saying that he can’t do the cheer. Gordon motivates Telly by practicing the cheer with him and by telling him that he can do it! Through Gordon’s encouragement, constant practice, and believing in himself, Telly finally learns to do the cheer! Telly shows Oscar that he can do the cheer beautifully, and boards the bus to go on the field trip with all the other Grouchketeers!

S36E10
Big Bird, Snuffy and Friends Hike (4092)
Air date: 15/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and Luis are planning for their hike gathering their backpacks, water, and trail mix. Big Bird and Snuffy are especially excited since they have never been on a hike before! Maria explains what great exercise it is and how many interesting things you can find around you. They don’t get very far on their hike because they stop to observe things around them that they’ve never really noticed before - the bark and leaves of a tree, the colors of a pebble on the ground, and even a tap dancing spider! Even though they don’t get very far, Big Bird and Snuffy had a great time on their very first hike!

Summary

Maria and Luis are planning for their hike gathering their backpacks, water, and trail mix. Big Bird and Snuffy are especially excited since they have never been on a hike before! Maria explains what great exercise it is and how many interesting things you can find around you. They don’t get very far on their hike because they stop to observe things around them that they’ve never really noticed before - the bark and leaves of a tree, the colors of a pebble on the ground, and even a tap dancing spider! Even though they don’t get very far, Big Bird and Snuffy had a great time on their very first hike!

S36E9
Snuffy Learns To Dance (4091)
Air date: 14/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy sees Elmo, Zoe, and her friend, Carina the Ballerina, ballet dancing and wants to join in on the fun. He tries to follow along with them as they leap and twirl around, but ends up crashing on the ground and knocking them down. Snuffy becomes sad and insecure about his size when they tell him that maybe he’s too big to dance ballet. Snuffy tries to figure out ways to make himself smaller by imagining himself as a mouse and doing scrunching down exercises, but becomes discouraged since he can’t seem to change his size. Then, Big Bird, Luis, Maria, and Gabi all reassure Snuffy that they love everything about him and that he is beautifully big and perfect just the way he is. At the end, Zoe, Elmo, and Carina apologize to Snuffy for hurting his feelings and realize that anybody can dance and that dancing should be about having fun with all your friends, no matter what size they are. They all dance happily together.

Summary

Snuffy sees Elmo, Zoe, and her friend, Carina the Ballerina, ballet dancing and wants to join in on the fun. He tries to follow along with them as they leap and twirl around, but ends up crashing on the ground and knocking them down. Snuffy becomes sad and insecure about his size when they tell him that maybe he’s too big to dance ballet. Snuffy tries to figure out ways to make himself smaller by imagining himself as a mouse and doing scrunching down exercises, but becomes discouraged since he can’t seem to change his size. Then, Big Bird, Luis, Maria, and Gabi all reassure Snuffy that they love everything about him and that he is beautifully big and perfect just the way he is. At the end, Zoe, Elmo, and Carina apologize to Snuffy for hurting his feelings and realize that anybody can dance and that dancing should be about having fun with all your friends, no matter what size they are. They all dance happily together.

S36E8
Cookie Moon
Air date: 13/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 55 min
Summary

Cookie Monster is drawing a picture of his favorite cookie: the moon? Astronaut Buzz Aldrin lands on Sesame Street to teach Cookie Monster all about the moon and what it's made of! Hint: those spots on the moon aren't made of tasty chocolate chips!

Summary

Cookie Monster is drawing a picture of his favorite cookie: the moon? Astronaut Buzz Aldrin lands on Sesame Street to teach Cookie Monster all about the moon and what it's made of! Hint: those spots on the moon aren't made of tasty chocolate chips!

S36E7
American Fruit Stand (4089)
Air date: 12/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Alan is busy receiving a big delivery at Hooper’s Store so Miles helps him out by watching the fruit stand. Elmo and Zoe walk by talking about cookies and ice cream. All of sudden, Sesame Street is transformed into a 50’s musical show “American Fruit Stand.” Miles sings “I Love Fruit” (to the tune of “I Feel Good”), a song about how good fruit tastes and how good it is for the body. Elmo and Zoe get so excited about fruit that they now want an apple and an orange! Gina comes to the fruit stand and asks Miles for some peaches and pears. Sesame Street is transformed once again and Miles sings, “Peaches and Pears” (to the tune of “Twist and Shout”). Maria needs some broccoli. It happens to be her lucky day because broccoli is a special guest star on “American Fruit Stand” and Miles sings “Broccoli is Good” (to the tune of “Johnny B. Goode”). All of the fans and groupies become so excited about fruits and vegetables. Alan’s business has never been so good.

Summary

Alan is busy receiving a big delivery at Hooper’s Store so Miles helps him out by watching the fruit stand. Elmo and Zoe walk by talking about cookies and ice cream. All of sudden, Sesame Street is transformed into a 50’s musical show “American Fruit Stand.” Miles sings “I Love Fruit” (to the tune of “I Feel Good”), a song about how good fruit tastes and how good it is for the body. Elmo and Zoe get so excited about fruit that they now want an apple and an orange! Gina comes to the fruit stand and asks Miles for some peaches and pears. Sesame Street is transformed once again and Miles sings, “Peaches and Pears” (to the tune of “Twist and Shout”). Maria needs some broccoli. It happens to be her lucky day because broccoli is a special guest star on “American Fruit Stand” and Miles sings “Broccoli is Good” (to the tune of “Johnny B. Goode”). All of the fans and groupies become so excited about fruits and vegetables. Alan’s business has never been so good.

S36E6
How many balloons to raise Snuffy? (4088)
Air date: 11/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy wants to be a cloud in the sky. He wonders how he is going to get up there, and then realizes that he could use a balloon to lift him up. He wishes for a balloon and the Fairy Balloon Person (Richard Kind) comes to grant his wish. Since it’s going to take more than one balloon to lift him up, the Fairy Balloon Person keeps adding 5 more balloons each time until they reach 40 balloons. He starts to fly up to the sky going higher and higher. While Snuffy is happy to be seeing birds and other clouds, he starts to get cold and lonely being all by himself. Snuffy wishes to go back down, and his wish is granted. He realizes that everyone he loves is down on Sesame Street and that he would rather be a snuffleupagus than a cloud any day.

Summary

Snuffy wants to be a cloud in the sky. He wonders how he is going to get up there, and then realizes that he could use a balloon to lift him up. He wishes for a balloon and the Fairy Balloon Person (Richard Kind) comes to grant his wish. Since it’s going to take more than one balloon to lift him up, the Fairy Balloon Person keeps adding 5 more balloons each time until they reach 40 balloons. He starts to fly up to the sky going higher and higher. While Snuffy is happy to be seeing birds and other clouds, he starts to get cold and lonely being all by himself. Snuffy wishes to go back down, and his wish is granted. He realizes that everyone he loves is down on Sesame Street and that he would rather be a snuffleupagus than a cloud any day.

S36E5
As the Porridge Cooled (4087)
Air date: 08/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly is doing a “Monster on the Spot” report about Baby Bear, who is telling the story of what really happened to the three bears as their porridge cooled. Instead of walking, they were very active as they ran and jumped through the woods. Suddenly, they find they’re lost in the magic garden of a wizard who put a spell on them and turned them into ducks. Baby Bear, using fun science words, tests his hypothesis that the type of animal they turn into depends on the kind of animal sound they make. Through his experiment, he finds out that his guess is correct! They all make bear sounds and transform into bears again. The wizard wouldn’t let them out of the garden until they name three things about vegetables. With the help of the Singing Vegetables singing, “We Are the Vegetables,” the three bears figure out that vegetables are delicious, are good for you…and are musical!

Summary

Telly is doing a “Monster on the Spot” report about Baby Bear, who is telling the story of what really happened to the three bears as their porridge cooled. Instead of walking, they were very active as they ran and jumped through the woods. Suddenly, they find they’re lost in the magic garden of a wizard who put a spell on them and turned them into ducks. Baby Bear, using fun science words, tests his hypothesis that the type of animal they turn into depends on the kind of animal sound they make. Through his experiment, he finds out that his guess is correct! They all make bear sounds and transform into bears again. The wizard wouldn’t let them out of the garden until they name three things about vegetables. With the help of the Singing Vegetables singing, “We Are the Vegetables,” the three bears figure out that vegetables are delicious, are good for you…and are musical!

S36E4
Birdseed Cookies For Granny (4086)
Air date: 07/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

ig Bird’s granny is coming to Sesame Street, and with Alan’s help, Big Bird bakes“The World’s Greatest Birdseed Cookies” for her. Big Bird and Alan have gatheredall the ingredients they need- birdseed, applesauce, bananas, porridge and cinnamon. Then, Baby Bear comes in wanting his porridge, but tries a healthy fruit saladinstead of his usual since Big Bird and Alan need the last bit of porridge to makethe cookies. As Alan and Big Bird continue to mix the ingredients, The Count comesin to help them count and figure out how many cookies they will be able to makewith the dough.

Summary

ig Bird’s granny is coming to Sesame Street, and with Alan’s help, Big Bird bakes“The World’s Greatest Birdseed Cookies” for her. Big Bird and Alan have gatheredall the ingredients they need- birdseed, applesauce, bananas, porridge and cinnamon. Then, Baby Bear comes in wanting his porridge, but tries a healthy fruit saladinstead of his usual since Big Bird and Alan need the last bit of porridge to makethe cookies. As Alan and Big Bird continue to mix the ingredients, The Count comesin to help them count and figure out how many cookies they will be able to makewith the dough.

S36E3
Health Food Game Show (4085)
Air date: 06/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Healthy Food Spanish Word - gato Location - Paris France Number of the Day - 6. The letter "G" and the number 6; nutrition. Elmo plays the Healthy Foods Name Game, in which he has to find nutritious foods of various colors. Jeopardy! champ Ken Jennings joins Grover for a Health Moment, and reggae artist Wyclef Jean sings about healthy food with Cookie Monster.

Summary

Healthy Food Spanish Word - gato Location - Paris France Number of the Day - 6. The letter "G" and the number 6; nutrition. Elmo plays the Healthy Foods Name Game, in which he has to find nutritious foods of various colors. Jeopardy! champ Ken Jennings joins Grover for a Health Moment, and reggae artist Wyclef Jean sings about healthy food with Cookie Monster.

S36E2
The Banana in the Stone (4084)
Air date: 05/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The letter "J" and the number 9; literacy; nutrition. Hooper's Store is out of apples, Curly Bear's favorite snack, and Telly and Baby Bear try to convince her to eat a banana instead by telling her the story of "The Banana in the Stone." Lang Lang, a 22-year-old piano sensation from China, auditions for Bob, Oscar, and the Grouches.

Summary

The letter "J" and the number 9; literacy; nutrition. Hooper's Store is out of apples, Curly Bear's favorite snack, and Telly and Baby Bear try to convince her to eat a banana instead by telling her the story of "The Banana in the Stone." Lang Lang, a 22-year-old piano sensation from China, auditions for Bob, Oscar, and the Grouches.

S36E1
Telly Learns How to Catch a Ball (4083)
Air date: 04/Apr/2005 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Everyone on Sesame Street is outside having fun and playing catch! Well, everyone except Telly, who admits to BabyBear he doesn’t know how to catch a ball. Baby Bear, Rosita and Maria each try to help Telly. But no matter how hardhe tries, the ball slips through his fingers! Just when Telly decides he’s ready to quit, Baby Bear introduces a surpriseguest, New York Yankees manager, Joe Torre! Joe assures Telly he’s doing everything right, and reminds him thatsometimes learning something new takes a lot of practice. As he leaves, Joe tosses the ball to Telly—and he catchesit! Now Telly wants to practice even more

Summary

Everyone on Sesame Street is outside having fun and playing catch! Well, everyone except Telly, who admits to BabyBear he doesn’t know how to catch a ball. Baby Bear, Rosita and Maria each try to help Telly. But no matter how hardhe tries, the ball slips through his fingers! Just when Telly decides he’s ready to quit, Baby Bear introduces a surpriseguest, New York Yankees manager, Joe Torre! Joe assures Telly he’s doing everything right, and reminds him thatsometimes learning something new takes a lot of practice. As he leaves, Joe tosses the ball to Telly—and he catchesit! Now Telly wants to practice even more

Season 35 · Season 35
26 episode(s) · Air date: 15/Feb/2004
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S35E18
Telly's Letter Dilemma (4074)
Air date: 28/Apr/2004 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly joins the Letter-Of-The-Month Club. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

Telly joins the Letter-Of-The-Month Club. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S35E3
Curly Doesn't Like Porridge (4059)
Air date: 07/Apr/2004 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Curly Bear doesn't like porridge, much to the dismay of Baby Bear. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

Curly Bear doesn't like porridge, much to the dismay of Baby Bear. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S35E2
Best Pet in the World (4058)
Air date: 06/Apr/2004 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Zoe, Telly, Elmo, and Baby Bear get into a debate about who has the best pet. Each of them expresses all of the reasons that a certain pet is the best and they get very heated. The friends start to get really frustrated and angry at each other, and eventually Maria comes by to see what is going on. The friends explain their problem to Maria. She helps them see that each pet is the best pet for each of them for different reasons. If each of them loves their pets, then they are all the best pets in the whole wide world. Problem solved! Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

Zoe, Telly, Elmo, and Baby Bear get into a debate about who has the best pet. Each of them expresses all of the reasons that a certain pet is the best and they get very heated. The friends start to get really frustrated and angry at each other, and eventually Maria comes by to see what is going on. The friends explain their problem to Maria. She helps them see that each pet is the best pet for each of them for different reasons. If each of them loves their pets, then they are all the best pets in the whole wide world. Problem solved! Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S35E1
Sesame Street Presents: The Street We Live On (4057)
Air date: 15/Feb/2004 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the start of SESAME STREET's 35th season, the high-spirited red muppet, Elmo, learns more about the street on which he lives. With the help of his friend Grover, Elmo is seemingly transported through time to the Sesame Street that existed before he was born. In these flashback moments, Elmo meets Mr. Hooper, the man behind the name of that famous store; witnesses Maria and Luis' wedding day and the birth of their daughter Gabi; and experiences Gordon and Susan's adoption of Miles. The finale of the episode features Sesame Street's entire cast singing a new composition called ""The Street We Live On."" The story ends with Elmo's realization that he doesn't have to dream to find his friends on Sesame Street - all he has do to is run outside to be a part of this very happy family. Image courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

At the start of SESAME STREET's 35th season, the high-spirited red muppet, Elmo, learns more about the street on which he lives. With the help of his friend Grover, Elmo is seemingly transported through time to the Sesame Street that existed before he was born. In these flashback moments, Elmo meets Mr. Hooper, the man behind the name of that famous store; witnesses Maria and Luis' wedding day and the birth of their daughter Gabi; and experiences Gordon and Susan's adoption of Miles. The finale of the episode features Sesame Street's entire cast singing a new composition called ""The Street We Live On."" The story ends with Elmo's realization that he doesn't have to dream to find his friends on Sesame Street - all he has do to is run outside to be a part of this very happy family. Image courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Season 34 · Season 34
33 episode(s) · Air date: 07/Apr/2003
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 33 · Season 33
50 episode(s) · Air date: 04/Feb/2002
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 32 · Season 32
65 episode(s) · Air date: 01/Jan/2001
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 31 · Season 31
65 episode(s) · Air date: 03/Jan/2000
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 30 · Season 30
65 episode(s) · Air date: 16/Nov/1998
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 29 · Season 29
130 episode(s) · Air date: 17/Nov/1997
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 28 · Season 28
130 episode(s) · Air date: 18/Nov/1996
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 27 · Season 27
130 episode(s) · Air date: 20/Nov/1995
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 26 · Season 26
130 episode(s) · Air date: 21/Nov/1994
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 25 · Season 25
130 episode(s) · Air date: 22/Nov/1993
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S25E1
Around the Corner
Air date: 22/Nov/1993 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The new playground around the corner is about to open, so all the kids on Sesame Street are very excited. But the grownups are too busy to come along.

Summary

The new playground around the corner is about to open, so all the kids on Sesame Street are very excited. But the grownups are too busy to come along.

Season 24 · Season 24
130 episode(s) · Air date: 09/Nov/1992
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 23 · Season 23
130 episode(s) · Air date: 11/Nov/1991
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 22 · Season 22
130 episode(s) · Air date: 12/Nov/1990
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S22E130
La Grouchiata
Air date: 10/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Placido Flamingo presents two candidates for the lead role in his new opera, "La Grouchiata" - Grundgetta and world-famous opera singer Wilhelmenia Fernandez. The two must audition first before he can decide who the role should go to. Sponsors: I, M, 15

Summary

Placido Flamingo presents two candidates for the lead role in his new opera, "La Grouchiata" - Grundgetta and world-famous opera singer Wilhelmenia Fernandez. The two must audition first before he can decide who the role should go to. Sponsors: I, M, 15

S22E129
A day at Birdland
Air date: 09/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly interrupts the opening sequence wanting to go to Birdland. Susan, Gordon, Miles, and some kids happen to be going there. Hoots welcomes everyone and introduces conductor Duck Ellington and the Sesame Street All-Animal Jazz Ensemble, with special guest Wynton Marsalis on trumpet. Sponsors: L, Q, 19

Summary

Telly interrupts the opening sequence wanting to go to Birdland. Susan, Gordon, Miles, and some kids happen to be going there. Hoots welcomes everyone and introduces conductor Duck Ellington and the Sesame Street All-Animal Jazz Ensemble, with special guest Wynton Marsalis on trumpet. Sponsors: L, Q, 19

S22E128
Barkley's lost ball
Air date: 08/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob and Linda watch as Barkley plays with his favorite ball, which is all chewed up given how much Barkley loves it. Bob accidentally tosses it over the doors to Big Bird's nest, where another dog grabs it and leaves before Barkley gets there. Sponsors: K, O, 12

Summary

Bob and Linda watch as Barkley plays with his favorite ball, which is all chewed up given how much Barkley loves it. Bob accidentally tosses it over the doors to Big Bird's nest, where another dog grabs it and leaves before Barkley gets there. Sponsors: K, O, 12

S22E127
Ticklish lectures with Telly Monster
Air date: 07/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly, Rameek, and Katie welcome the viewer and demonstrate things one can do with their fingers. They show how they can wiggle, point, and tickle. Slimey and the Worm Scouts join Telly and the kids in a lecture on the letter T. Sponsors: V, T, 0

Summary

Telly, Rameek, and Katie welcome the viewer and demonstrate things one can do with their fingers. They show how they can wiggle, point, and tickle. Slimey and the Worm Scouts join Telly and the kids in a lecture on the letter T. Sponsors: V, T, 0

S22E126
The Grand High Triangle Lover visits Telly
Air date: 06/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally welcomes the viewer when Telly rushes in to inform him that the Grand High Triangle Lover - president of the Triangle Lovers Club - is coming to Sesame Street today! Telly doesn't know the reason for the visit, but a royal fanfare plays as the GHTL arrives with his assistant Norman. Sponsors: A, C, 1

Summary

Uncle Wally welcomes the viewer when Telly rushes in to inform him that the Grand High Triangle Lover - president of the Triangle Lovers Club - is coming to Sesame Street today! Telly doesn't know the reason for the visit, but a royal fanfare plays as the GHTL arrives with his assistant Norman. Sponsors: A, C, 1

S22E125
City-wide water shortage
Air date: 03/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon, Telly, Big Bird, and Mr. Handford see the latest newspaper headline in Hooper's Store - "WATER SHORTAGE IN CITY." Mr. Handford turns on the TV to see if there's anything in the news about it. Sponsors: R, W, 15

Summary

Gordon, Telly, Big Bird, and Mr. Handford see the latest newspaper headline in Hooper's Store - "WATER SHORTAGE IN CITY." Mr. Handford turns on the TV to see if there's anything in the news about it. Sponsors: R, W, 15

S22E124
Slimey and the Worm Scouts
Air date: 02/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon encounters Slimey and the Worm Scouts in the midst of a hike. The worms have a problem when they are unable to get from one crate to another, and Gordon thinks of some possible ways they can do it. Slimey points to Gordon's science book, which they use as a bridge to get across. Sponsors: C, T, 5

Summary

Gordon encounters Slimey and the Worm Scouts in the midst of a hike. The worms have a problem when they are unable to get from one crate to another, and Gordon thinks of some possible ways they can do it. Slimey points to Gordon's science book, which they use as a bridge to get across. Sponsors: C, T, 5

S22E123
Grundgetta refuses to talk to Oscar
Air date: 01/May/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar is disgusted by the bouquet of flowers Mike has gotten for Gina. He claims if he ever gave those to Grundgetta, she'd never speak to him again. Gina is happy to receive them and invites herself on Mike's jog. Sponsors: F, Q, 14

Summary

Oscar is disgusted by the bouquet of flowers Mike has gotten for Gina. He claims if he ever gave those to Grundgetta, she'd never speak to him again. Gina is happy to receive them and invites herself on Mike's jog. Sponsors: F, Q, 14

S22E122
Elmo fills in for Little Jerry
Air date: 30/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo observes Mike talking with rock stars Big Jeffie and Little Chrissy, who will be performing at Mike's high school dance tonight. However, lead singer Little Jerry has caught the chicken pox and can't perform, meaning they'll have to cancel. Mike suggests he could fill in. Sponsors: K, L, 6

Summary

Elmo observes Mike talking with rock stars Big Jeffie and Little Chrissy, who will be performing at Mike's high school dance tonight. However, lead singer Little Jerry has caught the chicken pox and can't perform, meaning they'll have to cancel. Mike suggests he could fill in. Sponsors: K, L, 6

S22E121
Telly the clown / Baby Bear's broken chair
Air date: 29/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly shows Uncle Wally his clown costume and claims he'll be a clown one day, only he can't do anything funny. Uncle Wally recalls his time as a young adult working at the circus and teaches Telly what he learned from watching the clowns. Sponsors: B, J, 3

Summary

Telly shows Uncle Wally his clown costume and claims he'll be a clown one day, only he can't do anything funny. Uncle Wally recalls his time as a young adult working at the circus and teaches Telly what he learned from watching the clowns. Sponsors: B, J, 3

S22E120
Elmo's STOP sign
Air date: 26/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria finds Elmo yelling "Stop!" over and over again. Elmo claims to be practicing his stopping ability and shows Maria what he can do. Maria is impressed with Elmo's skills. Sponsors: K, N, 9

Summary

Maria finds Elmo yelling "Stop!" over and over again. Elmo claims to be practicing his stopping ability and shows Maria what he can do. Maria is impressed with Elmo's skills. Sponsors: K, N, 9

S22E119
Episode 2864
Air date: 25/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina discovers Oscar's discarded "NO" sign left in Hooper's Store from this morning and asks Elmo to bring it to his trash can. Elmo is eager to take on the task. Elmo climbs up the can and hangs on, then gives a few knocks. Sponsors: A, M, 16

Summary

Gina discovers Oscar's discarded "NO" sign left in Hooper's Store from this morning and asks Elmo to bring it to his trash can. Elmo is eager to take on the task. Elmo climbs up the can and hangs on, then gives a few knocks. Sponsors: A, M, 16

S22E118
The story of "The Grouches Who Lost All Their Pickles"
Air date: 24/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As the meeting begins, Telly starts to weep at just the title of the storybook: The Grouches Who Lost All Their Pickles. He knows how much Grouches love to eat pickles, and the thought of them running out makes him and the Grouchketeers sad. Oscar says the book could have a positive ending. Sponsors: S, T, 13

Summary

As the meeting begins, Telly starts to weep at just the title of the storybook: The Grouches Who Lost All Their Pickles. He knows how much Grouches love to eat pickles, and the thought of them running out makes him and the Grouchketeers sad. Oscar says the book could have a positive ending. Sponsors: S, T, 13

S22E117
Savion gives tap lessons
Air date: 23/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Savion gives a lesson to Mike and Alex, who want to know how they can be just as good. Savion begins rapping about the importance of practice. Mike and Alex tap off to the library as Savion’s next student arrives – Linda, who brings Barkley. Sponsors: F, X, 17

Summary

Savion gives a lesson to Mike and Alex, who want to know how they can be just as good. Savion begins rapping about the importance of practice. Mike and Alex tap off to the library as Savion’s next student arrives – Linda, who brings Barkley. Sponsors: F, X, 17

S22E116
Big Bird yells "TOOTHPASTE!"
Air date: 22/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird interrupts Jelani and Gordon's lesson to explain why he's saying "TOOTHPASTE!" Today's letter is F, and kids use toothpaste to brush their teeth; when their baby teeth fall out, the tooth fairy collects them - and fairy starts with the letter F! Sponsors: F, Q, 10

Summary

Big Bird interrupts Jelani and Gordon's lesson to explain why he's saying "TOOTHPASTE!" Today's letter is F, and kids use toothpaste to brush their teeth; when their baby teeth fall out, the tooth fairy collects them - and fairy starts with the letter F! Sponsors: F, Q, 10

S22E115
Elmo's imagination hat
Air date: 19/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo claims that he can imagine anything when he wears his hat. While Elmo is thinking of what to imagine next, Mike stops by to pick him up for their bike ride in the park today. Elmo decides to imagine some more after the bike ride. Sponsors: B, D, 2

Summary

Elmo claims that he can imagine anything when he wears his hat. While Elmo is thinking of what to imagine next, Mike stops by to pick him up for their bike ride in the park today. Elmo decides to imagine some more after the bike ride. Sponsors: B, D, 2

S22E114
Elmo borrows Radar from Big Bird
Air date: 18/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Savion plays a rhyming game with the viewer while tap-dancing. Big Bird recites a poem for Gina, Snuffy, Savion, and the kids and they must guess who the subject is. He's someone with them right now, covered in fur, and is cute and small - it's Radar! Sponsors: V, Y, 18

Summary

Savion plays a rhyming game with the viewer while tap-dancing. Big Bird recites a poem for Gina, Snuffy, Savion, and the kids and they must guess who the subject is. He's someone with them right now, covered in fur, and is cute and small - it's Radar! Sponsors: V, Y, 18

S22E113
Telly and the brick
Air date: 17/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina welcomes the viewer when Grundgetta passes by with a wrapped gift, intended as a surprise for Telly. Since it's something he isn't expecting, he wonders what it could be and makes wild guesses. He opens the wrapping and finds only a brick inside. Sponsors: P, R, 20

Summary

Gina welcomes the viewer when Grundgetta passes by with a wrapped gift, intended as a surprise for Telly. Since it's something he isn't expecting, he wonders what it could be and makes wild guesses. He opens the wrapping and finds only a brick inside. Sponsors: P, R, 20

S22E112
Episode 2857
Air date: 16/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob watches over Barkley while Linda paints her kitchen. Barkley is feeling very sad, though. The Amazing Mumford happens by and has a trick that can help improve Barkley's spirit. Sponsors: K, U, 10

Summary

Bob watches over Barkley while Linda paints her kitchen. Barkley is feeling very sad, though. The Amazing Mumford happens by and has a trick that can help improve Barkley's spirit. Sponsors: K, U, 10

S22E111
Snuffy's Spanish puppet show
Air date: 15/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina tries to welcome the viewer, but is interrupted by Telly. He's imagining he's going to the beach and needs Gina to make sure he's planned properly. Once he makes it to "the beach," he immediately leaves because of the cold water and hot sand. Sponsors: G, I, 12

Summary

Gina tries to welcome the viewer, but is interrupted by Telly. He's imagining he's going to the beach and needs Gina to make sure he's planned properly. Once he makes it to "the beach," he immediately leaves because of the cold water and hot sand. Sponsors: G, I, 12

S22E110
Tim Robbins stars in Prairie Dawn's pageant
Air date: 12/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Tim Robbins arrives on Sesame Street, and Big Bird and Snuffy try to guess who he's looking for. It's Prairie Dawn. When she shows up he becomes star-struck, mentioning some of his favorite Prairie Dawn pageants, and she invites him to watch the rehearsal of her newest production. Sponsors: J, Z, 19

Summary

Tim Robbins arrives on Sesame Street, and Big Bird and Snuffy try to guess who he's looking for. It's Prairie Dawn. When she shows up he becomes star-struck, mentioning some of his favorite Prairie Dawn pageants, and she invites him to watch the rehearsal of her newest production. Sponsors: J, Z, 19

S22E109
Playing football / Meet Merry Monster
Air date: 11/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo excitedly shows Oscar the globe he was just given by his daddy. He wants to travel the world and has Oscar spin the globe and point to a location he can go. Elmo lands on Tonga and Oscar is glad to see him leave, only Elmo returns moments later and leaps onto the globe. Sponsors: E, U, 7

Summary

Elmo excitedly shows Oscar the globe he was just given by his daddy. He wants to travel the world and has Oscar spin the globe and point to a location he can go. Elmo lands on Tonga and Oscar is glad to see him leave, only Elmo returns moments later and leaps onto the globe. Sponsors: E, U, 7

S22E108
Telly and Oscar write
Air date: 10/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar is weary of hearing the "Sesame Street Theme" every day and wishes they'd come up with something better. Telly happens to have a composition ready and sings a song all about saying "Hi." Oscar reads Telly a book he's written to combat all the nice stories they always hear. Sponsors: C, W, 11

Summary

Oscar is weary of hearing the "Sesame Street Theme" every day and wishes they'd come up with something better. Telly happens to have a composition ready and sings a song all about saying "Hi." Oscar reads Telly a book he's written to combat all the nice stories they always hear. Sponsors: C, W, 11

S22E107
Elmo pretends to be a Grouch
Air date: 09/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo tells Maria that today, he wants to learn how to be a Grouch for a day. Oscar refuses to help, constantly replying "NO" and waving a sign with the word. Maria doesn't think Oscar would even be able to teach Elmo; Oscar feels insulted and decides to teach Elmo some Grouch things. Sponsors: O, S, 17

Summary

Elmo tells Maria that today, he wants to learn how to be a Grouch for a day. Oscar refuses to help, constantly replying "NO" and waving a sign with the word. Maria doesn't think Oscar would even be able to teach Elmo; Oscar feels insulted and decides to teach Elmo some Grouch things. Sponsors: O, S, 17

S22E106
Natasha crawls away
Air date: 08/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Natasha's father, Humphrey, has to go to the store and leaves Natasha in Maria’s care at the Fix-It Shop. He warns her that Natasha has just learned to crawl, and will do so all over the place if not in someone’s watchful eye. As Maria prepares Natasha’s milk, Natasha slips out of her high chair. Sponsors: H, O, 15

Summary

Natasha's father, Humphrey, has to go to the store and leaves Natasha in Maria’s care at the Fix-It Shop. He warns her that Natasha has just learned to crawl, and will do so all over the place if not in someone’s watchful eye. As Maria prepares Natasha’s milk, Natasha slips out of her high chair. Sponsors: H, O, 15

S22E105
Savion collects used shoes
Air date: 05/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Savion is collecting old shoes for his school, which will be refurbished and donated to those in need. He picks out a small pair of tap shoes, which were his very first pair. He flashes back to his time as a child in dance class. Sponsors: A, L, 16

Summary

Savion is collecting old shoes for his school, which will be refurbished and donated to those in need. He picks out a small pair of tap shoes, which were his very first pair. He flashes back to his time as a child in dance class. Sponsors: A, L, 16

S22E104
Elmo plays "Three of These Things"
Air date: 04/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird looks in his mailbox, and to his surprise he finds a square. He goes outside to find out who it belongs to, and finds that Mike and Maria also have squares of their own which they got in the mail. Telly shows up, displaying the triangle he got in the mail, which confuses them further. Sponsors: J, O, 13

Summary

Big Bird looks in his mailbox, and to his surprise he finds a square. He goes outside to find out who it belongs to, and finds that Mike and Maria also have squares of their own which they got in the mail. Telly shows up, displaying the triangle he got in the mail, which confuses them further. Sponsors: J, O, 13

S22E103
Elmo and friends play Wubbaball
Air date: 03/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Jelani welcome the viewer when Elmo comes rushing in. He tells them and the kids about what just happened to him involving some blue monsters and a Wubbaball. Big Bird tries to get him to clarify what a "Wubbaball" is, but Elmo cuts him off as he starts his story. Sponsors: C, P, 7

Summary

Big Bird and Jelani welcome the viewer when Elmo comes rushing in. He tells them and the kids about what just happened to him involving some blue monsters and a Wubbaball. Big Bird tries to get him to clarify what a "Wubbaball" is, but Elmo cuts him off as he starts his story. Sponsors: C, P, 7

S22E102
Savion teaches tap dancing
Air date: 02/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Prairie Dawn plays the opening theme on her piano while Savion tap-dances in the yard. He has her play it slow, then fast, then in a fast jazzy style. Savion likes her playing, and says she can play for his class any time; likewise, Prairie invites him to tap for her piano any time. Sponsors: A, I, 8

Summary

Prairie Dawn plays the opening theme on her piano while Savion tap-dances in the yard. He has her play it slow, then fast, then in a fast jazzy style. Savion likes her playing, and says she can play for his class any time; likewise, Prairie invites him to tap for her piano any time. Sponsors: A, I, 8

S22E101
Episode 2846
Air date: 01/Apr/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria introduces the word "WET." She tries to describe it, but is interrupted by others who remark how hot the weather is today. Maria writes the word "HOT" on the other side of her card, noting that when it's hot out it feels nice to get "WET." She's then doused with water. Sponsors: H, Q, 12

Summary

Maria introduces the word "WET." She tries to describe it, but is interrupted by others who remark how hot the weather is today. Maria writes the word "HOT" on the other side of her card, noting that when it's hot out it feels nice to get "WET." She's then doused with water. Sponsors: H, Q, 12

S22E100
The Adventures of Super Telly!
Air date: 29/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis greets the viewer when Telly runs past, clad in a red cape and exclaiming "Whoosh!" Today, he's imagining he's "Super Telly," the monster who never worries. He doesn't even worry when Luis questions the fanfare that's following him, but briefly breaks character to question the color of his cape. Sponsors: 3, D, B

Summary

Luis greets the viewer when Telly runs past, clad in a red cape and exclaiming "Whoosh!" Today, he's imagining he's "Super Telly," the monster who never worries. He doesn't even worry when Luis questions the fanfare that's following him, but briefly breaks character to question the color of his cape. Sponsors: 3, D, B

S22E99
Peck at Birdland
Air date: 28/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird reads a large sign posted in the yard for Elmo and the Birdketeers, advertising a "Peck" this afternoon at Birdland. He demonstrates to Elmo how birds peck, and Susan can even do it too and plans to go. At Birdland, Hoots the Owl shows off the pieces of his new dance floor for the peck tonight. Sponsors: G, L, 5

Summary

Big Bird reads a large sign posted in the yard for Elmo and the Birdketeers, advertising a "Peck" this afternoon at Birdland. He demonstrates to Elmo how birds peck, and Susan can even do it too and plans to go. At Birdland, Hoots the Owl shows off the pieces of his new dance floor for the peck tonight. Sponsors: G, L, 5

S22E98
Elmo wants to go miniature golfing
Air date: 27/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina gushes to the viewer about the tape of the opera La Bohème she watched late last night. She then attends to Wolfgang the Seal's fish needs in the yard and finds herself falling asleep. She dreams herself in a Victorian opera setting, where a well-dressed Wolfgang sings about fish. Sponsors: B, Z, 10

Summary

Gina gushes to the viewer about the tape of the opera La Bohème she watched late last night. She then attends to Wolfgang the Seal's fish needs in the yard and finds herself falling asleep. She dreams herself in a Victorian opera setting, where a well-dressed Wolfgang sings about fish. Sponsors: B, Z, 10

S22E97
Telly and the balloon
Air date: 26/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Monster on the Spot reporter Telly interviews twins Shawnee and Chai about how they are the same and different. He finds that they look the same and both wear their hair in pigtails, but the girls rattle off a seemingly endless list of the ways they're different. Telly is holding onto Uncle Wally's balloon, which Big Bird was doing before until he went to play catch with Miles. Sponsors: R, V, 2

Summary

Monster on the Spot reporter Telly interviews twins Shawnee and Chai about how they are the same and different. He finds that they look the same and both wear their hair in pigtails, but the girls rattle off a seemingly endless list of the ways they're different. Telly is holding onto Uncle Wally's balloon, which Big Bird was doing before until he went to play catch with Miles. Sponsors: R, V, 2

S22E96
Elmo looks for newspapers to recycle
Air date: 25/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo is curious about a large "mountain" of newspapers outside Hooper's Store and why people are adding to it. Gordon points out the sign reading, "Today is Newspaper Recycling Day," and explains why paper needs to be recycled. Elmo is hooked and wants to find some old newspapers to recycle. Sponsors: E, N, 16

Summary

Elmo is curious about a large "mountain" of newspapers outside Hooper's Store and why people are adding to it. Gordon points out the sign reading, "Today is Newspaper Recycling Day," and explains why paper needs to be recycled. Elmo is hooked and wants to find some old newspapers to recycle. Sponsors: E, N, 16

S22E95
Cleaning the vacant lot
Air date: 22/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In the vacant lot-turned-garden, everyone is gathered as Oscar and Bruno approach. Susan explains that Mayor David Dinkins will be presenting Gordon with a citizen's award for the work he's done turning the lot into a garden. Sponsors: E, Y, 4

Summary

In the vacant lot-turned-garden, everyone is gathered as Oscar and Bruno approach. Susan explains that Mayor David Dinkins will be presenting Gordon with a citizen's award for the work he's done turning the lot into a garden. Sponsors: E, Y, 4

S22E94
Cleaning the vacant lot
Air date: 21/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon confirms with everyone on the plans for a garden in the cleaned up vacant lot. Snuffy, Elmo, and Prairie Dawn volunteer to help plant the vegetable area, marked with a "V" sign. Uncle Wally, Bob, Linda, and Miles will plant flowers in the "F" sections. Sponsors: S, V, 20

Summary

Gordon confirms with everyone on the plans for a garden in the cleaned up vacant lot. Snuffy, Elmo, and Prairie Dawn volunteer to help plant the vegetable area, marked with a "V" sign. Uncle Wally, Bob, Linda, and Miles will plant flowers in the "F" sections. Sponsors: S, V, 20

S22E93
Cleaning the vacant lot
Air date: 20/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Pigeon Sisters do some morning strutting and cooing, when Gordon shows off the trash bins the city has provided them. Gordon observes the litter and has a flash of inspiration — they can turn the vacant lot into a garden! He and the pigeons imagine what it'll look like, singing "I See a Garden." Sponsors: F, Q, 17

Summary

The Pigeon Sisters do some morning strutting and cooing, when Gordon shows off the trash bins the city has provided them. Gordon observes the litter and has a flash of inspiration — they can turn the vacant lot into a garden! He and the pigeons imagine what it'll look like, singing "I See a Garden." Sponsors: F, Q, 17

S22E92
Cleaning the vacant lot
Air date: 19/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang makes it to the lot where they meet its residents, Audrey and Louise, the Pigeon Sisters; Oscar takes an instant liking to them. Louise has a big appetite and continues pecking at the sign, mistaking it for a cracker. Audrey helps her read it. Sponsors: C, M, 7

Summary

The gang makes it to the lot where they meet its residents, Audrey and Louise, the Pigeon Sisters; Oscar takes an instant liking to them. Louise has a big appetite and continues pecking at the sign, mistaking it for a cracker. Audrey helps her read it. Sponsors: C, M, 7

S22E91
Cleaning the vacant lot
Air date: 18/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon plays some football with Oscar, Bruno, and the Grouchketeers. Oscar naturally throws the ball too far and too deep when it lands into a nearby, vacant lot filled with trash and litter. Two pigeons, Audrey and Louise, see the ball, which Louise believes to be a football-sized peanut. Sponsors: A, N, 16

Summary

Gordon plays some football with Oscar, Bruno, and the Grouchketeers. Oscar naturally throws the ball too far and too deep when it lands into a nearby, vacant lot filled with trash and litter. Two pigeons, Audrey and Louise, see the ball, which Louise believes to be a football-sized peanut. Sponsors: A, N, 16

S22E89
Open stage night at Birdland
Air date: 14/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Before Birdland opens, Hoots the Owl explains that tonight is "Open Stage Night," where anyone can get their chance to perform on the Birdland stage. A man named Forest Wimbeldon (Branford Marsalis) enters looking for Hoots, wishing to play jazz tonight. Hoots sees how un-jazzy his saxophone playing. Sponsors: E, I, 4

Summary

Before Birdland opens, Hoots the Owl explains that tonight is "Open Stage Night," where anyone can get their chance to perform on the Birdland stage. A man named Forest Wimbeldon (Branford Marsalis) enters looking for Hoots, wishing to play jazz tonight. Hoots sees how un-jazzy his saxophone playing. Sponsors: E, I, 4

S22E88
Episode 2833
Air date: 13/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Handford, Mike, the kids, a couple of Honkers, Gordon, Lillian, and Barkley a good morning. Telly and the kids are going to have a picnic in the park and show Gordon all they have to bring - a bullhorn (in case they need to stop some charging bulls), a rubber chicken (in case they find some rubber eggs), and a paper bag. Gordon assumes the bag is for an equally outlandish reason such as a. Sponsors: J, X, 12

Summary

Handford, Mike, the kids, a couple of Honkers, Gordon, Lillian, and Barkley a good morning. Telly and the kids are going to have a picnic in the park and show Gordon all they have to bring - a bullhorn (in case they need to stop some charging bulls), a rubber chicken (in case they find some rubber eggs), and a paper bag. Gordon assumes the bag is for an equally outlandish reason such as a. Sponsors: J, X, 12

S22E87
Elmo takes tap lessons
Air date: 12/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo greets the viewer as he waits for Savion's dance class to begin. He's fully prepared, already wearing his tap shoes, when Savion and Jelani happen by. They inform Elmo that the lesson will be this afternoon, and they have to go to school right now. Sponsors: R, Z, 9

Summary

Elmo greets the viewer as he waits for Savion's dance class to begin. He's fully prepared, already wearing his tap shoes, when Savion and Jelani happen by. They inform Elmo that the lesson will be this afternoon, and they have to go to school right now. Sponsors: R, Z, 9

S22E86
Preston's caps
Air date: 11/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count asks Susan if he can accompany her on her errands today. She soon realizes he'll be counting every step she takes and tells him she'll be driven crazy. The Count is thrilled and adds her to the total of people he's driven crazy so far (six) before he starts to follow Lillian. Sponsors: P, T, 8

Summary

The Count asks Susan if he can accompany her on her errands today. She soon realizes he'll be counting every step she takes and tells him she'll be driven crazy. The Count is thrilled and adds her to the total of people he's driven crazy so far (six) before he starts to follow Lillian. Sponsors: P, T, 8

S22E85
Oscar loses his voice
Air date: 08/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At five o'clock in the morning, Oscar practices his yelling for an upcoming Grouch Yelling Contest, where he could win a free trip to Club Mud. Naturally, everyone on the block gets woken up and yells back at Oscar, who suggests they join the competition too. Telly listens in as Oscar continues practicing. Sponsors: A, S, 9

Summary

At five o'clock in the morning, Oscar practices his yelling for an upcoming Grouch Yelling Contest, where he could win a free trip to Club Mud. Naturally, everyone on the block gets woken up and yells back at Oscar, who suggests they join the competition too. Telly listens in as Oscar continues practicing. Sponsors: A, S, 9

S22E84
Oscar makes Telly angry
Air date: 07/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly excitedly rushes over to Oscar's trash can with a football helmet, tennis racket, beach ball, and butterfly net. He rushes out and back to get a tuba Oscar now says he'll need. The "game" turns out to be a trick on Telly, making him bring all the items for nothing. Sponsors: W, K, 6

Summary

Telly excitedly rushes over to Oscar's trash can with a football helmet, tennis racket, beach ball, and butterfly net. He rushes out and back to get a tuba Oscar now says he'll need. The "game" turns out to be a trick on Telly, making him bring all the items for nothing. Sponsors: W, K, 6

S22E83
Telly gets some hair
Air date: 06/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Two-Headed Monster gives Luis his Learn Spanish book and wants to learn a few words. Luis doesn't have the time and picks out a quick, easy word for now - "hola." The monster has trouble saying it until Luis gets each head to say a syllable and blend them together. Telly watches as Lillian plays a game with the kids when Amir's brother comes by to drop him off after getting a haircut. Sponsors: R, Z, 13

Summary

The Two-Headed Monster gives Luis his Learn Spanish book and wants to learn a few words. Luis doesn't have the time and picks out a quick, easy word for now - "hola." The monster has trouble saying it until Luis gets each head to say a syllable and blend them together. Telly watches as Lillian plays a game with the kids when Amir's brother comes by to drop him off after getting a haircut. Sponsors: R, Z, 13

S22E82
Snuffy wants to recycle
Air date: 05/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy wants to recycle his soda can, but points out to Bob that Gordon and Susan's bin doesn't have enough room. Although the bin has plenty of room and there are already some cans inside it, it's too small to accommodate the Snuffleupagus-sized empty can of Snuffle Up. Gabi and the other kids do some recycling of their own with the Hooper's Store bins as Snuffy announces the sponsors. Sponsors: S, W, 19

Summary

Snuffy wants to recycle his soda can, but points out to Bob that Gordon and Susan's bin doesn't have enough room. Although the bin has plenty of room and there are already some cans inside it, it's too small to accommodate the Snuffleupagus-sized empty can of Snuffle Up. Gabi and the other kids do some recycling of their own with the Hooper's Store bins as Snuffy announces the sponsors. Sponsors: S, W, 19

S22E81
Experiences with the sky
Air date: 04/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As the sun shines, Big Bird plays with his shadow along the construction door wall. He wants to introduce it to Gordon, but Gordon points out that because of a cloud covering the sun now, his shadow is gone. Big Bird assumes that the shadow has left because it's upset that the sun is covered. Sponsors: F, T, 10

Summary

As the sun shines, Big Bird plays with his shadow along the construction door wall. He wants to introduce it to Gordon, but Gordon points out that because of a cloud covering the sun now, his shadow is gone. Big Bird assumes that the shadow has left because it's upset that the sun is covered. Sponsors: F, T, 10

S22E80
Noel Cowherd visits
Air date: 01/Mar/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon meets Noel Cowherd, who is visiting an old friend on Sesame Street. He catches up with his old pal, Forgetful Jones (who doesn't remember who Noel is). Noel gathers the kids to tell them how he became the fastest drawer in the west. Sponsors: I, Y, 20

Summary

Gordon meets Noel Cowherd, who is visiting an old friend on Sesame Street. He catches up with his old pal, Forgetful Jones (who doesn't remember who Noel is). Noel gathers the kids to tell them how he became the fastest drawer in the west. Sponsors: I, Y, 20

S22E79
Elmo and the Beanstalk
Air date: 28/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo welcomes the viewer, and Mike begins to read Elmo a copy of his favorite story - "Jack and the Beanstalk." Elmo loves it so much he tells more of the story than Mike does, barely giving Mike a word in. After Mike finishes "reading," Elmo runs off to find some magic beans so he can climb a beans. Sponsors: G, L, 6

Summary

Elmo welcomes the viewer, and Mike begins to read Elmo a copy of his favorite story - "Jack and the Beanstalk." Elmo loves it so much he tells more of the story than Mike does, barely giving Mike a word in. After Mike finishes "reading," Elmo runs off to find some magic beans so he can climb a beans. Sponsors: G, L, 6

S22E78
Telly hosts "The Wide World of Numbers"
Air date: 27/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Today, “The Wide World of Sesame Street” will be covering numbers. Reporter Telly Monster is asking what people’s favorite numbers are. He first visits the home of Polly Darton, but her back up group, the Git Along Little Doggies, opens the front gate, smashing Telly against the wall. Sponsors: O, Z, 9

Summary

Today, “The Wide World of Sesame Street” will be covering numbers. Reporter Telly Monster is asking what people’s favorite numbers are. He first visits the home of Polly Darton, but her back up group, the Git Along Little Doggies, opens the front gate, smashing Telly against the wall. Sponsors: O, Z, 9

S22E77
The Old Woman who Lives in a Shoe's house arrives on Sesame Street
Air date: 26/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As the adults clean up the aftermath of last night's hurricane, Big Bird and Snuffy are heard arguing. Maria and Luis investigate and learn they are arguing over something that landed on Big Bird's nest. He thinks it’s a shoe, but Snuffy thinks it’s a house. Sponsors: A, G, 16

Summary

As the adults clean up the aftermath of last night's hurricane, Big Bird and Snuffy are heard arguing. Maria and Luis investigate and learn they are arguing over something that landed on Big Bird's nest. He thinks it’s a shoe, but Snuffy thinks it’s a house. Sponsors: A, G, 16

S22E76
Everyone prepares for the big hurricane
Air date: 25/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As harsh breezes blow, Telly, Big Bird, and Elmo observe the adults putting tape on their windows. They split up and ask Luis, Maria, Gina, and Gordon why they're doing so and learn that a hurricane is coming. They reconvene to relay the info and begin to panic - only to realize that none of them kn. Sponsors: A, D, 0

Summary

As harsh breezes blow, Telly, Big Bird, and Elmo observe the adults putting tape on their windows. They split up and ask Luis, Maria, Gina, and Gordon why they're doing so and learn that a hurricane is coming. They reconvene to relay the info and begin to panic - only to realize that none of them kn. Sponsors: A, D, 0

S22E75
Miles' grandparents visit
Air date: 22/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At Gordon and Susan's apartment, Preston Rabbit is excited because Susan's mother and father (Dorothy and Lee) are coming over for a visit. He assumes that being grandparents, they're going to give presents to Miles; as a present-giver himself, watching others give presents is the next best thing. As Susan’s parents try to chat with Gordon and Susan, Preston eagerly picks at the shopping bag Dorothy and Lee brought, and Lee thinks it's time to reveal what's inside. Sponsors: J, M, 17

Summary

At Gordon and Susan's apartment, Preston Rabbit is excited because Susan's mother and father (Dorothy and Lee) are coming over for a visit. He assumes that being grandparents, they're going to give presents to Miles; as a present-giver himself, watching others give presents is the next best thing. As Susan’s parents try to chat with Gordon and Susan, Preston eagerly picks at the shopping bag Dorothy and Lee brought, and Lee thinks it's time to reveal what's inside. Sponsors: J, M, 17

S22E74
Oscar and the word man
Air date: 21/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo tells the viewer that because he's so small, he can identify everyone by their knees, including Alex, Big Bird, and Linda. He also likes how knees allow big people to get closer to their smaller friends. A uniformed man knocks on Oscar's trash can and declares himself as the "Telephone Man." Oscar asserts that his phone isn't broken, nor does he need to be sold a new one. Sponsors: E, Y, 12

Summary

Elmo tells the viewer that because he's so small, he can identify everyone by their knees, including Alex, Big Bird, and Linda. He also likes how knees allow big people to get closer to their smaller friends. A uniformed man knocks on Oscar's trash can and declares himself as the "Telephone Man." Oscar asserts that his phone isn't broken, nor does he need to be sold a new one. Sponsors: E, Y, 12

S22E73
Sonny Friendly's many game shows
Air date: 20/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina, Uncle Wally, Snuffy, and the kids hang out in the yard when they're visited by Sonny Friendly with another one of his traveling game shows. This time, his game is "Sesame Street's Funniest Ideas." Snuffy imagines everyone wearing cabbages instead of hats and Sonny tries to get the camera crew. Over at Hooper's Store, Sonny sobs, unable to come up with a new game show idea. Sponsors: V, X, 3

Summary

Gina, Uncle Wally, Snuffy, and the kids hang out in the yard when they're visited by Sonny Friendly with another one of his traveling game shows. This time, his game is "Sesame Street's Funniest Ideas." Snuffy imagines everyone wearing cabbages instead of hats and Sonny tries to get the camera crew. Over at Hooper's Store, Sonny sobs, unable to come up with a new game show idea. Sponsors: V, X, 3

S22E72
Remembering times of sadness
Air date: 19/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan tells the viewer that today, everyone will be discussing times when they felt sad. Prairie Dawn is the first to go, describing the day she got sick on the premiere of her new pageant, "The Life of a Potato.". A flashback shows Susan tending to a bed-ridden Prairie. Sponsors: C, N, 0

Summary

Susan tells the viewer that today, everyone will be discussing times when they felt sad. Prairie Dawn is the first to go, describing the day she got sick on the premiere of her new pageant, "The Life of a Potato.". A flashback shows Susan tending to a bed-ridden Prairie. Sponsors: C, N, 0

S22E71
Telly follows an ant
Air date: 18/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As the Count counts jump rope jumps in the yard, Telly follows the ant to the Fix-It Shop, where Luis is fixing Susan's broken pitcher by holding the glued handle in place. Telly watches and follows the ant as it climbs all over Luis' body as Luis warns Telly not to bump his arm. The Count continues counting jumps while Telly follows the ant back to the Fix-It Shop. Sponsors: B, L, 5

Summary

As the Count counts jump rope jumps in the yard, Telly follows the ant to the Fix-It Shop, where Luis is fixing Susan's broken pitcher by holding the glued handle in place. Telly watches and follows the ant as it climbs all over Luis' body as Luis warns Telly not to bump his arm. The Count continues counting jumps while Telly follows the ant back to the Fix-It Shop. Sponsors: B, L, 5

S22E70
Meet Benny Rabbit
Air date: 15/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis heads off from Maria and Gabi and promises to bring back a surprise. As the two practice saying the alphabet, they run into a scraggily, ornery rabbit, who tells them that the next letter is D. "Look, Gabi! A cute little bunny rabbit," says Maria. Sponsors: N, P, 9

Summary

Luis heads off from Maria and Gabi and promises to bring back a surprise. As the two practice saying the alphabet, they run into a scraggily, ornery rabbit, who tells them that the next letter is D. "Look, Gabi! A cute little bunny rabbit," says Maria. Sponsors: N, P, 9

S22E69
Big Bird and Snuffy's dispute
Air date: 14/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan overhears a delivery person (Martin P. Robinson), carrying a large, heavy stack of packages, thanking Oscar for his help. He explains to Susan that the delivery person wanted directions to Big Bird's nest. Sponsors: F, Q, 15

Summary

Susan overhears a delivery person (Martin P. Robinson), carrying a large, heavy stack of packages, thanking Oscar for his help. He explains to Susan that the delivery person wanted directions to Big Bird's nest. Sponsors: F, Q, 15

S22E68
Gina buys fish
Air date: 13/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Early in the morning, Gina returns to Hooper's Store with some fish. She speaks to the viewer quietly, mainly wanting to keep Wolfgang the Seal from hearing about them and allowing his barking to wake everyone up. She makes it inside, but Wolfgang manages to sneak in behind her and appears when she. Sponsors: A, D, 7

Summary

Early in the morning, Gina returns to Hooper's Store with some fish. She speaks to the viewer quietly, mainly wanting to keep Wolfgang the Seal from hearing about them and allowing his barking to wake everyone up. She makes it inside, but Wolfgang manages to sneak in behind her and appears when she. Sponsors: A, D, 7

S22E67
The Count's binoculars
Air date: 12/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly, Monster on the Spot reporter, is on the scene at Oscar's trash can where Oscar will demonstrate anger. Oscar unwittingly helps out with the report by just being himself, wanting Telly to scram as usual. Telly now reports that Oscar is about to receive an H-word gift from Preston Rabbit - a hug (whether he wants it or not). Sponsors: B, H, 2

Summary

Telly, Monster on the Spot reporter, is on the scene at Oscar's trash can where Oscar will demonstrate anger. Oscar unwittingly helps out with the report by just being himself, wanting Telly to scram as usual. Telly now reports that Oscar is about to receive an H-word gift from Preston Rabbit - a hug (whether he wants it or not). Sponsors: B, H, 2

S22E66
Celebrating the letter K
Air date: 11/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly and the kids flash signs with the letter "K" on them and march around chanting the letter. Telly wants Oscar to provide them with a K word in honor of the letter of the day, but he naturally refuses. Telly and the kids disguise themselves as Grouches, hoping to dupe Oscar into showing them a K word. Sponsors: K, T, 14

Summary

Telly and the kids flash signs with the letter "K" on them and march around chanting the letter. Telly wants Oscar to provide them with a K word in honor of the letter of the day, but he naturally refuses. Telly and the kids disguise themselves as Grouches, hoping to dupe Oscar into showing them a K word. Sponsors: K, T, 14

S22E65
Telly the Dad
Air date: 08/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly, dressed in a sensible cardigan, pretends that he is a dad with Freddy acting as his son. Telly observes Oscar trying to get his niece Irvine to take her nap, something fathers will usually do. Sponsors: T, W, 12

Summary

Telly, dressed in a sensible cardigan, pretends that he is a dad with Freddy acting as his son. Telly observes Oscar trying to get his niece Irvine to take her nap, something fathers will usually do. Sponsors: T, W, 12

S22E64
The Count gets the counting flu
Air date: 07/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count welcomes the viewer and reveals that he's looking for something to count (as usual). Susan describes the Count's symptoms to Dr. Sponsors: H, O, 13

Summary

The Count welcomes the viewer and reveals that he's looking for something to count (as usual). Susan describes the Count's symptoms to Dr. Sponsors: H, O, 13

S22E63
Getting exercise
Air date: 06/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan finds Telly about to go on a morning run with Gordon, but he's gathered several items to take with him - an umbrella in case of rain, an extra pair of shoes in case he slips in a puddle and loses them in a tree, a stool to sit on when putting on the extra shoes, and a flashing light to warn ot. Telly and Gordon return from their run and see Oscar emerging from his can, wearing. Sponsors: R, Z, 8

Summary

Susan finds Telly about to go on a morning run with Gordon, but he's gathered several items to take with him - an umbrella in case of rain, an extra pair of shoes in case he slips in a puddle and loses them in a tree, a stool to sit on when putting on the extra shoes, and a flashing light to warn ot. Telly and Gordon return from their run and see Oscar emerging from his can, wearing. Sponsors: R, Z, 8

S22E62
Telly joins Jelani and Company
Air date: 05/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly sees Jelani and some teens heading toward the Fix-It Shop. Telly informs the viewer about the word "important" by showing how his current task, holding the door open, is important so the others can take boxes of junk out. Sponsors: D, Q, 11

Summary

Telly sees Jelani and some teens heading toward the Fix-It Shop. Telly informs the viewer about the word "important" by showing how his current task, holding the door open, is important so the others can take boxes of junk out. Sponsors: D, Q, 11

S22E61
Uses for an oatmeal box
Air date: 04/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo and Zelda have been given some empty oatmeal boxes to play with from Gina. Gina helps Elmo and Zelda turn the oatmeal boxes into hats. Sponsors: J, P, 3

Summary

Elmo and Zelda have been given some empty oatmeal boxes to play with from Gina. Gina helps Elmo and Zelda turn the oatmeal boxes into hats. Sponsors: J, P, 3

S22E60
A Sesame Street rainbow
Air date: 01/Feb/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird, Telly, a green monster named Anna (Kevin Clash) and the kids point out to Lillian that they're all different colors. Big Bird, Telly, and Kaitlin prepare to make their drawing, but they only have a single, yellow crayon to use. Sponsors: P, X, 9

Summary

Big Bird, Telly, a green monster named Anna (Kevin Clash) and the kids point out to Lillian that they're all different colors. Big Bird, Telly, and Kaitlin prepare to make their drawing, but they only have a single, yellow crayon to use. Sponsors: P, X, 9

S22E59
Telly stands still
Air date: 31/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally comes across Telly in the yard, who's practicing standing still for all the situations that require it (taking photos, combing his fur, etc. Elmo finds Telly standing still and wants to play, but he would rather hop up and down. Sponsors: B, M, 2

Summary

Uncle Wally comes across Telly in the yard, who's practicing standing still for all the situations that require it (taking photos, combing his fur, etc. Elmo finds Telly standing still and wants to play, but he would rather hop up and down. Sponsors: B, M, 2

S22E58
Finding 40 parts of the body
Air date: 30/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly has volunteered to help Count von Count count 40 body parts. Telly's list has 12 parts now and he begs Oscar to help him. Sponsors: M, U, 18

Summary

Telly has volunteered to help Count von Count count 40 body parts. Telly's list has 12 parts now and he begs Oscar to help him. Sponsors: M, U, 18

S22E57
Sheryl and her wheelchair
Air date: 29/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina introduces the Two-Headed Monster to Sheryl, a young girl who uses a wheelchair. Big Bird confesses to Maria that he wants Sheryl to join him, Travis, and Vanessa in their jump rope game, but doesn't think she can actually play (she can't jump in her wheelchair). Sponsors: S, W, 4

Summary

Gina introduces the Two-Headed Monster to Sheryl, a young girl who uses a wheelchair. Big Bird confesses to Maria that he wants Sheryl to join him, Travis, and Vanessa in their jump rope game, but doesn't think she can actually play (she can't jump in her wheelchair). Sponsors: S, W, 4

S22E56
Preston's gift for Mike
Air date: 28/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mike looks after Hooper's Store while Gina runs some errands. Preston returns and shows Mike the giant tube of toothpaste he's brought, then proceeds to sing about it ("Gift of Toothpaste"). Sponsors: S, U, 20

Summary

Mike looks after Hooper's Store while Gina runs some errands. Preston returns and shows Mike the giant tube of toothpaste he's brought, then proceeds to sing about it ("Gift of Toothpaste"). Sponsors: S, U, 20

S22E55
The Dawg family moves to Sesame Street
Air date: 25/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird sees a large amount of stuff on the sidewalk, as an employee of the ABC Moving Company (Phil Hartman) moves more and more things from the truck. Gordon, Susan, and Luis welcome the Dawg family, whose daughter, Brooke, hides nearby. Sponsors: G, U, 19

Summary

Big Bird sees a large amount of stuff on the sidewalk, as an employee of the ABC Moving Company (Phil Hartman) moves more and more things from the truck. Gordon, Susan, and Luis welcome the Dawg family, whose daughter, Brooke, hides nearby. Sponsors: G, U, 19

S22E54
Oscar's animal stampede
Air date: 24/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob asks Oscar why he's holding up a STOP sign. Bob now finds Oscar counting backwards from 10, with a counter in the corner of the screen. Sponsors: C, M, 12

Summary

Bob asks Oscar why he's holding up a STOP sign. Bob now finds Oscar counting backwards from 10, with a counter in the corner of the screen. Sponsors: C, M, 12

S22E53
The Count counts stars
Air date: 23/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly passes by the Count, who invites Telly to join him in a special activity, but they must wait until it's dark out. Gordon suspects that Big Bird doesn't want to go to sleep when he requests a fourth bedtime story. Sponsors: I, K, 10

Summary

Telly passes by the Count, who invites Telly to join him in a special activity, but they must wait until it's dark out. Gordon suspects that Big Bird doesn't want to go to sleep when he requests a fourth bedtime story. Sponsors: I, K, 10

S22E52
Oscar's mother visits
Air date: 22/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon and Linda are out stretching in the yard preparing for a run. Gordon waits with Oscar to meet his mother. Sponsors: S, V, 7

Summary

Gordon and Linda are out stretching in the yard preparing for a run. Gordon waits with Oscar to meet his mother. Sponsors: S, V, 7

S22E51
Telly wants to be like Bob
Air date: 21/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly waits at Bob's door early in the morning, as today he is going to do everything Bob does since Telly idolizes him (for today, anyway). Telly finally wakes up and remembers Bob is outside. Sponsors: H, R, 8

Summary

Telly waits at Bob's door early in the morning, as today he is going to do everything Bob does since Telly idolizes him (for today, anyway). Telly finally wakes up and remembers Bob is outside. Sponsors: H, R, 8

S22E50
Rebuilding Hooper's Store — Grand Reopening of Hooper's Store
Air date: 18/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mr. In a flashback from yesterday afternoon, Big Bird and Snuffy are "steamed" at the thought of having a different Hooper's Store. Sponsors: G, V, 9

Summary

Mr. In a flashback from yesterday afternoon, Big Bird and Snuffy are "steamed" at the thought of having a different Hooper's Store. Sponsors: G, V, 9

S22E49
Rebuilding Hooper's Store — Waiting for Hooper's to re-open
Air date: 17/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In the morning, Telly sits out by Hooper's Store, listening. Telly frets over how long the repairs are taking when the Amazing Mumford slides in with a solution. Sponsors: M, Y, 7

Summary

In the morning, Telly sits out by Hooper's Store, listening. Telly frets over how long the repairs are taking when the Amazing Mumford slides in with a solution. Sponsors: M, Y, 7

S22E48
Rebuilding Hooper's Store — Construction on Hooper's
Air date: 16/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In the early hours of the morning, Maria, Luis, and the hardhats get ready to continue repairs on Hooper's Store. Oscar continues his report while Bob attempts to give Jessica a piano lesson. Sponsors: F, Q, 14

Summary

In the early hours of the morning, Maria, Luis, and the hardhats get ready to continue repairs on Hooper's Store. Oscar continues his report while Bob attempts to give Jessica a piano lesson. Sponsors: F, Q, 14

S22E45
A visit from migrating birds
Air date: 11/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird discovers a pair of sleeping birds near his nest. Snuffy and Alice stop by the nest to play with Big Bird. Sponsors: G, R, 3

Summary

Big Bird discovers a pair of sleeping birds near his nest. Snuffy and Alice stop by the nest to play with Big Bird. Sponsors: G, R, 3

S22E44
Hiroshi paints Oscar
Air date: 10/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird hears saxophone music coming from the art studio. Hiroshi insists that Oscar move around wildly and complain while he paints. Sponsors: O, Z, 8

Summary

Big Bird hears saxophone music coming from the art studio. Hiroshi insists that Oscar move around wildly and complain while he paints. Sponsors: O, Z, 8

S22E43
Barkley's bathtime
Air date: 09/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis puts up a new "Se Habla Español" sign in the Fix-It Shop window, then go in to start fixing Big Bird's toy racing car. Gina walks down the street, having just washed two weeks worth of laundry. Sponsors: C, N, 3

Summary

Luis puts up a new "Se Habla Español" sign in the Fix-It Shop window, then go in to start fixing Big Bird's toy racing car. Gina walks down the street, having just washed two weeks worth of laundry. Sponsors: C, N, 3

S22E42
Gordon has a headache
Air date: 08/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon has a really bad headache, so Susan puts his slippers by the bed, unplugs the phone, and go to get Miles from day care so Gordon can relax. Gordon can't find his slippers and thinks they're under the bed. Sponsors: B, V, 10

Summary

Gordon has a really bad headache, so Susan puts his slippers by the bed, unplugs the phone, and go to get Miles from day care so Gordon can relax. Gordon can't find his slippers and thinks they're under the bed. Sponsors: B, V, 10

S22E41
A television birthday card for Gordon
Air date: 07/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally and his barbershop singing group of horses, the Kentucky Derbies, sing "One of Us Here is Not Like The Others" and has the viewer guess which one is different. Gordon encounters Clementine and Buster waiting for a letter from Forgetful Jones, who's away visiting his parents. Sponsors: P, V, 20

Summary

Uncle Wally and his barbershop singing group of horses, the Kentucky Derbies, sing "One of Us Here is Not Like The Others" and has the viewer guess which one is different. Gordon encounters Clementine and Buster waiting for a letter from Forgetful Jones, who's away visiting his parents. Sponsors: P, V, 20

S22E40
Talking about love
Air date: 04/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria tells the viewer that today, they'll be discussing love. Linda joins Maria as she discusses how much she and Barkley love each other. Sponsors: B, D, 13

Summary

Maria tells the viewer that today, they'll be discussing love. Linda joins Maria as she discusses how much she and Barkley love each other. Sponsors: B, D, 13

S22E39
Snuffle puppet show
Air date: 03/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird welcomes the viewer to the latest Snufflepuppet show that Snuffy is putting on. The Snufflepuppet show continues, where Bob is about to conduct his band while Gus (now positioned on Snuffy's snuffle) sings "The Alphabet Song. Sponsors: G, P, 12

Summary

Big Bird welcomes the viewer to the latest Snufflepuppet show that Snuffy is putting on. The Snufflepuppet show continues, where Bob is about to conduct his band while Gus (now positioned on Snuffy's snuffle) sings "The Alphabet Song. Sponsors: G, P, 12

S22E38
Big Bird and Snuffy go shopping with Maria and Luis
Air date: 02/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy visit Maria at the Fix-It Shop, who has decide to work outside and has brought the telephone with her so she could keep working. When it rings for a third time, Big Bird decides to pick up the phone while Snuffy answers it, thus cooperating. Sponsors: I, R, 18

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy visit Maria at the Fix-It Shop, who has decide to work outside and has brought the telephone with her so she could keep working. When it rings for a third time, Big Bird decides to pick up the phone while Snuffy answers it, thus cooperating. Sponsors: I, R, 18

S22E37
Telly Monster follows Gordon to school for a "Wide World of Sesame Street" report
Air date: 01/Jan/1991 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly hosts "The Wide World of Sesame Street," a program which shows a day in the life of someone on Sesame Street. "Wide World of Sesame Street" continues as Telly hides in the bushes and watches Gordon at the bus stop, waiting for the bus with a group of people (including Mike and Lisa). Sponsors: D, H, 10

Summary

Telly hosts "The Wide World of Sesame Street," a program which shows a day in the life of someone on Sesame Street. "Wide World of Sesame Street" continues as Telly hides in the bushes and watches Gordon at the bus stop, waiting for the bus with a group of people (including Mike and Lisa). Sponsors: D, H, 10

S22E36
Telly loves Oscar
Air date: 31/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Holding a suitcase, Telly bangs on Oscar's trash can to let Oscar know that he will be away visiting his cousin for. Once Telly leaves, Oscar gets a singing telegram delivered from a tap-dancing Anything Muppet (David Rudman). Sponsors: H, O, 14

Summary

Holding a suitcase, Telly bangs on Oscar's trash can to let Oscar know that he will be away visiting his cousin for. Once Telly leaves, Oscar gets a singing telegram delivered from a tap-dancing Anything Muppet (David Rudman). Sponsors: H, O, 14

S22E35
Telly loves triangles
Air date: 28/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo is going mountain climbing and needs Oscar’s help in making sure he has brought everything he will need. Telly rushes into the Fix-It Shop to show Luis a newly-arrived gift from the Triangle Lovers Club. Sponsors: I, V, 13

Summary

Elmo is going mountain climbing and needs Oscar’s help in making sure he has brought everything he will need. Telly rushes into the Fix-It Shop to show Luis a newly-arrived gift from the Triangle Lovers Club. Sponsors: I, V, 13

S22E34
Big Bird makes a magazine / Cowboy X vs. Cowboy O
Air date: 27/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob informs the viewer that Uncle Wally, currently carrying a large load of items, will show how to count to 40. Big Bird is bored and looks for something to do. Sponsors: O, X, 8

Summary

Bob informs the viewer that Uncle Wally, currently carrying a large load of items, will show how to count to 40. Big Bird is bored and looks for something to do. Sponsors: O, X, 8

S22E33
Big Bird's taxi
Air date: 26/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon needs to move his broken - and heavy - TV set over to the Fix-It Shop. Oscar sings "I'm So Happy Bein' a Grouch. Sponsors: R, Y, 3

Summary

Gordon needs to move his broken - and heavy - TV set over to the Fix-It Shop. Oscar sings "I'm So Happy Bein' a Grouch. Sponsors: R, Y, 3

S22E32
Telly looks for the Muffin Man
Air date: 25/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly has a musical question for Gordon - does he know the Muffin Man? Gordon responds with a "no. Telly has gotten no answers from anyone on Sesame Street about the identity of the muffin man. Sponsors: F, Y, 11

Summary

Telly has a musical question for Gordon - does he know the Muffin Man? Gordon responds with a "no. Telly has gotten no answers from anyone on Sesame Street about the identity of the muffin man. Sponsors: F, Y, 11

S22E31
Oscar tells the story of the "Knights of the Broken Table"
Air date: 24/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In today's Grouchketeer meeting, Oscar will read the story of Grouchelot. Oscar returns to tell the rest of the story: Sir Worry-a-lot (Telly) wishes to join the King's court, but first he must pass some tests. Sponsors: F, Z, 19

Summary

In today's Grouchketeer meeting, Oscar will read the story of Grouchelot. Oscar returns to tell the rest of the story: Sir Worry-a-lot (Telly) wishes to join the King's court, but first he must pass some tests. Sponsors: F, Z, 19

S22E30
Good Day Sesame Street
Air date: 21/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Birdketeer troupe 1-2-3 deliver a program ID spot for Good Day Sesame Street. Buster then delivers the morning news. Sponsors: C, X, 0

Summary

Big Bird and Birdketeer troupe 1-2-3 deliver a program ID spot for Good Day Sesame Street. Buster then delivers the morning news. Sponsors: C, X, 0

S22E29
Rudder Rabbit visits / Barkley's doghouse
Air date: 20/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Shelley the Turtle talks to his friend, Rudder Rabbit, on the Hooper's Store payphone. Rudder asks Shelley what he wants to do with the rest of the day. Sponsors: Q, W, 11

Summary

Shelley the Turtle talks to his friend, Rudder Rabbit, on the Hooper's Store payphone. Rudder asks Shelley what he wants to do with the rest of the day. Sponsors: Q, W, 11

S22E27
Gina babysits Irvine
Air date: 18/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina will be babysitting Oscar's niece, Irvine, while he and Grundgetta go to the "Everything in the Wrong Place Ball." Gina reads Irvine another book, The Genie in the Grouch Lamp. Sponsors: O, R, 9

Summary

Gina will be babysitting Oscar's niece, Irvine, while he and Grundgetta go to the "Everything in the Wrong Place Ball." Gina reads Irvine another book, The Genie in the Grouch Lamp. Sponsors: O, R, 9

S22E26
Bob tries to read
Air date: 17/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird welcomes the viewer, joined by a small group of tourist birds visiting from the country. Big Bird and his tour group return to Bob's for a tour of his bedroom. Sponsors: G, J, 9

Summary

Big Bird welcomes the viewer, joined by a small group of tourist birds visiting from the country. Big Bird and his tour group return to Bob's for a tour of his bedroom. Sponsors: G, J, 9

S22E25
Big Bird's Sesame Street map
Air date: 14/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy has an idea of how he and Alice can cooperate. Oscar is annoyed that Bob and Linda are teaching the kids signs right by his trash can, especially positive ones. Sponsors: F, Z, 12

Summary

Snuffy has an idea of how he and Alice can cooperate. Oscar is annoyed that Bob and Linda are teaching the kids signs right by his trash can, especially positive ones. Sponsors: F, Z, 12

S22E24
Hatching an egg
Air date: 13/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon, Susan, Gina, and Uncle Wally convene outside Oscar's trash can to surprise him on his birthday. Telly happens over to the Fix-It Shop, where Luis is painting a sign. Sponsors: G, M, 19

Summary

Gordon, Susan, Gina, and Uncle Wally convene outside Oscar's trash can to surprise him on his birthday. Telly happens over to the Fix-It Shop, where Luis is painting a sign. Sponsors: G, M, 19

S22E23
Wigwamm-froo-SMOSSmee-Sreep!
Air date: 12/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy tells the viewer that Alice will be giving them the welcome today. At Hooper's Store, Elmo has Gina help him demonstrate rhyming by placing items into objects they rhyme with. Sponsors: S, W, 6

Summary

Snuffy tells the viewer that Alice will be giving them the welcome today. At Hooper's Store, Elmo has Gina help him demonstrate rhyming by placing items into objects they rhyme with. Sponsors: S, W, 6

S22E22
The Wide World of Sesame Street covers Linda
Air date: 11/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster hosts an edition of "The Wide World of Sesame Street" from inside Linda's apartment to watch her and Barkley. Sponsors: B, L, 11

Summary

Telly Monster hosts an edition of "The Wide World of Sesame Street" from inside Linda's apartment to watch her and Barkley. Sponsors: B, L, 11

S22E21
Elmo's dinosaur/Baby birds hatch
Air date: 10/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob happens upon Elmo poking his toy dinosaur, Ziggy, to "wake" him up. Bob keeps puffing into Ziggy, getting very tired. Sponsors: R, V, 5

Summary

Bob happens upon Elmo poking his toy dinosaur, Ziggy, to "wake" him up. Bob keeps puffing into Ziggy, getting very tired. Sponsors: R, V, 5

S22E20
Snuffleupagus picnic in Central Park
Air date: 07/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy comes by to pick up Big Bird for a picnic in Central Park with Mommy Snuffleupagus and Alice. Out in New York City, the Snuffleupagus family heads to the park. Sponsors: B, D, 8

Summary

Snuffy comes by to pick up Big Bird for a picnic in Central Park with Mommy Snuffleupagus and Alice. Out in New York City, the Snuffleupagus family heads to the park. Sponsors: B, D, 8

S22E19
Jamie Lee Curtis visits
Air date: 06/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo has Gordon read him a letter he received today. At a little over 3:30, Elmo checks the time on a clock on Maria's workbench. Sponsors: N, V, 4

Summary

Elmo has Gordon read him a letter he received today. At a little over 3:30, Elmo checks the time on a clock on Maria's workbench. Sponsors: N, V, 4

S22E18
Oscar leads the Grouchytowners on a tour of Sesame Street
Air date: 05/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar tells the "Grouchketeers at home" that he's expecting Grouch visitors from Grouchytown, who have never been anywhere else before. The Grouchytowners arrive, and Oscar makes sure that they've planned for niceness. Sponsors: B, Q, 6

Summary

Oscar tells the "Grouchketeers at home" that he's expecting Grouch visitors from Grouchytown, who have never been anywhere else before. The Grouchytowners arrive, and Oscar makes sure that they've planned for niceness. Sponsors: B, Q, 6

S22E17
Oscar's phone system / Elmo imitates his friends
Air date: 04/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon exits 123 Sesame Street to find a beat-up phone booth just outside, complete with a couple of localized telephone poles and Ernestine the Telephone Operator seated at a switchboard. Sponsors: H, O, 12

Summary

Gordon exits 123 Sesame Street to find a beat-up phone booth just outside, complete with a couple of localized telephone poles and Ernestine the Telephone Operator seated at a switchboard. Sponsors: H, O, 12

S22E16
A rainy day on Sesame Street
Air date: 03/Dec/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

It's a rainy day on Sesame Street and nobody appreciates it more than Oscar the Grouch. Elmo wants to see a rainbow and studies the ground below. Sponsors: B, L, 10

Summary

It's a rainy day on Sesame Street and nobody appreciates it more than Oscar the Grouch. Elmo wants to see a rainbow and studies the ground below. Sponsors: B, L, 10

S22E15
Oscar Says
Air date: 30/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly invites Oscar to partake in a game and snack with him, Lisa, Jamel, and Larry, but Oscar naturally declines. Telly and the kids are now in their Grouchketeer uniforms, ready for the game of "Oscar Says." Sponsors: B, M, 4

Summary

Telly invites Oscar to partake in a game and snack with him, Lisa, Jamel, and Larry, but Oscar naturally declines. Telly and the kids are now in their Grouchketeer uniforms, ready for the game of "Oscar Says." Sponsors: B, M, 4

S22E14
Elmo's Rangers
Air date: 29/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo, Maria, Gabi, and the kids finish up their lunches, and Maria alerts them that it's time to clean up. Telly finishes eating a banana, but doesn't know what to do with his peel. Sponsors: F, L, 17

Summary

Elmo, Maria, Gabi, and the kids finish up their lunches, and Maria alerts them that it's time to clean up. Telly finishes eating a banana, but doesn't know what to do with his peel. Sponsors: F, L, 17

S22E13
Episode 2758
Air date: 28/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gina welcomes the viewer on a nice, warm day, perfect for reading outside. Elmo returns with Telly, both dressed as snowflakes and yelling, "Whoosh! Woosh!" Gina laughs, understanding now what Elmo meant, but reminds them two snowflakes doesn't make a storm. Sponsors: E, K, 5

Summary

Gina welcomes the viewer on a nice, warm day, perfect for reading outside. Elmo returns with Telly, both dressed as snowflakes and yelling, "Whoosh! Woosh!" Gina laughs, understanding now what Elmo meant, but reminds them two snowflakes doesn't make a storm. Sponsors: E, K, 5

S22E12
A new plant at the library
Air date: 27/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A Grouch newsie hurls the morning paper into Oscar's trash can, right in the swimming pool. Oscar has a trick he's going to play on Bob and his band. Sponsors: C, U, 14

Summary

A Grouch newsie hurls the morning paper into Oscar's trash can, right in the swimming pool. Oscar has a trick he's going to play on Bob and his band. Sponsors: C, U, 14

S22E11
Oscar drives Gordon to the basketball game
Air date: 26/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon misses his bus to Madison Square Garden to see the New York Knicks game. The Sloppy Jalopy returns to Sesame Street, where Gordon shows the Grouches his map of the greater Sesame Street area. Sponsors: Q, T, 13

Summary

Gordon misses his bus to Madison Square Garden to see the New York Knicks game. The Sloppy Jalopy returns to Sesame Street, where Gordon shows the Grouches his map of the greater Sesame Street area. Sponsors: Q, T, 13

S22E10
The city helper's surprise prize
Air date: 23/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mr. Big Bird presents the letter J to the viewer, and Mohamed, Travis, and Vanessa display things they have that begin with J, such as jeans, a jacket, and a jump rope. Sponsors: A, J, 16

Summary

Mr. Big Bird presents the letter J to the viewer, and Mohamed, Travis, and Vanessa display things they have that begin with J, such as jeans, a jacket, and a jump rope. Sponsors: A, J, 16

S22E9
Placido Flamingo's Animal Opera
Air date: 22/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob walks down Sesame Street and bumps into Buster the Horse, Hoots the Owl, Gladys the Cow, and Rudder Rabbit, all practicing their singing. Bob finally encounters Placido Flamingo, who has been looking for him. Sponsors: D, K, 15

Summary

Bob walks down Sesame Street and bumps into Buster the Horse, Hoots the Owl, Gladys the Cow, and Rudder Rabbit, all practicing their singing. Bob finally encounters Placido Flamingo, who has been looking for him. Sponsors: D, K, 15

S22E8
The Mouse tries other nursery rhymes
Air date: 21/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Maria chat outside the Fix-It Shop, when an announcer declares the arrival of "The Wild One," a rambunctious number one who goes all over the world counting things there are only one of. Sponsors: L, X, 20

Summary

Big Bird and Maria chat outside the Fix-It Shop, when an announcer declares the arrival of "The Wild One," a rambunctious number one who goes all over the world counting things there are only one of. Sponsors: L, X, 20

S22E7
Elmo and Gordon make cookies/Snuffy does magic
Air date: 20/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo joins Gordon in his kitchen, trying to guess what Gordon will be preparing. Elmo observes the newly-baked cookies and explains Gordon has stepped out to get some ice cream to eat along with them. Sponsors: D, U, 10

Summary

Elmo joins Gordon in his kitchen, trying to guess what Gordon will be preparing. Elmo observes the newly-baked cookies and explains Gordon has stepped out to get some ice cream to eat along with them. Sponsors: D, U, 10

S22E6
A day in the laundry room
Air date: 19/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar welcomes the viewer and asks if they’d like to hear a good argument, and reappears in the basement of 123 Sesame Street, where the laundry room is. Sponsors: E, O, 12

Summary

Oscar welcomes the viewer and asks if they’d like to hear a good argument, and reappears in the basement of 123 Sesame Street, where the laundry room is. Sponsors: E, O, 12

S22E5
Telly gets a furcut
Air date: 16/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mike tries bringing Telly Monster to the Barber Shop to get a furcut, but Telly stalls by pointing out the interesting spots on the sidewalk. Uncle Wally joins Mike on a bench as he waits for Telly. Sponsors: K, M, 6

Summary

Mike tries bringing Telly Monster to the Barber Shop to get a furcut, but Telly stalls by pointing out the interesting spots on the sidewalk. Uncle Wally joins Mike on a bench as he waits for Telly. Sponsors: K, M, 6

S22E4
Dan the clarinet player learns how to read
Air date: 15/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In the early morning, a nervous young man named Dan walks down Sesame Street and sits outside Hooper's Store, waiting to begin his part-time employment there. Dan finishes cleaning a window at Hooper's and asks a very busy Gina what to do next. Sponsors: I, Z, 15

Summary

In the early morning, a nervous young man named Dan walks down Sesame Street and sits outside Hooper's Store, waiting to begin his part-time employment there. Dan finishes cleaning a window at Hooper's and asks a very busy Gina what to do next. Sponsors: I, Z, 15

S22E3
Little Bird looks for a home
Air date: 14/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly talks to the viewer about all the things on Sesame Street he can be sure about every day: Oscar will always pop out of his can, Bob will get out of his apartment, Gordon will always come out of 123 Sesame Street, and Big Bird will always come out of his nest area. Sponsors: D, H, 18

Summary

Telly talks to the viewer about all the things on Sesame Street he can be sure about every day: Oscar will always pop out of his can, Bob will get out of his apartment, Gordon will always come out of 123 Sesame Street, and Big Bird will always come out of his nest area. Sponsors: D, H, 18

S22E2
Bob throws a party
Air date: 13/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird greets the viewer, then ambles over to the Fix-It Shop to find out what's going on. Big Bird is still seething about not being able to go to the party. Sponsors: G, S, 7

Summary

Big Bird greets the viewer, then ambles over to the Fix-It Shop to find out what's going on. Big Bird is still seething about not being able to go to the party. Sponsors: G, S, 7

S22E1
Grouch Appreciation Day
Air date: 12/Nov/1990 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

While reading the newspaper, Telly calls out all the adults to alert them that today is "Grouch Appreciation Day" and that they need a way to show Oscar how much they appreciate him. Gina, Maria, and Telly are preparing Oscar's favorite dish - a halibut with ice cream, served in a hat. Sponsors: C, T, 10

Summary

While reading the newspaper, Telly calls out all the adults to alert them that today is "Grouch Appreciation Day" and that they need a way to show Oscar how much they appreciate him. Gina, Maria, and Telly are preparing Oscar's favorite dish - a halibut with ice cream, served in a hat. Sponsors: C, T, 10

Season 21 · Season 21
130 episode(s) · Air date: 13/Nov/1989
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 20 · Season 20
130 episode(s) · Air date: 21/Nov/1988
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S20E47
Eipsode 2598
Air date: 26/Apr/1989 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Loud talker Guy Smiley goes on safari and scares off the animals. A classic skit staring Ernie as "Old King Cole". The Two-Headed Monster sings a lullaby to itself. Snuffy writes a love letter to his grandmother. Mumford's magic trick accidentally shrinks David. Ernie hosts an arboreal fashion show.

Summary

Loud talker Guy Smiley goes on safari and scares off the animals. A classic skit staring Ernie as "Old King Cole". The Two-Headed Monster sings a lullaby to itself. Snuffy writes a love letter to his grandmother. Mumford's magic trick accidentally shrinks David. Ernie hosts an arboreal fashion show.

S20E20
Episode 589
Air date: 03/Jan/1989 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Legendary chanteuse Lena Horne and Grover perform a duet about not being shy. "Monsterpiece Theater" presents "Alibaba and the 40 Thieves". The classic "Plants Need Water" and the "Invention of the Raisin" animations. Placido Flamingo stages a Sesame Street Opera. Kermit the Frog reports on the Three Little Pigs live for "Sesame Street News". Soap opera spoofs of "All My Children" and "Another School".

Summary

Legendary chanteuse Lena Horne and Grover perform a duet about not being shy. "Monsterpiece Theater" presents "Alibaba and the 40 Thieves". The classic "Plants Need Water" and the "Invention of the Raisin" animations. Placido Flamingo stages a Sesame Street Opera. Kermit the Frog reports on the Three Little Pigs live for "Sesame Street News". Soap opera spoofs of "All My Children" and "Another School".

S20E18
Episode 587
Air date: 19/Dec/1988 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

An early Elmo meets Bob's deaf friend and learns to say "hello" in sign language. A classic skit of Phil Harmonic and Placido Flamingo live from the Nestropolitan Opera. A vintage animation of Gerald's dog, Sparky, re-imagined as an alligator. The Honkers play "Mary Had a Little Lamb" on their noses.

Summary

An early Elmo meets Bob's deaf friend and learns to say "hello" in sign language. A classic skit of Phil Harmonic and Placido Flamingo live from the Nestropolitan Opera. A vintage animation of Gerald's dog, Sparky, re-imagined as an alligator. The Honkers play "Mary Had a Little Lamb" on their noses.

S20E11
Episode 580
Air date: 05/Dec/1988 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Grammy Award winner Bobby McFerrin sings ABCs with Hoots the Owl. The Two-Headed Monster learns to blow bubbles. Maria and Luis try to reminisce about their wedding. Betty Lou sings the "Amigo" song. "Sesame Street News" correspondent Kermit the Frog reports on London Fog. Ernie and Bert leaky faucet skit. Cookie Monster sings about subtraction. Placido Flamingo performs a "Lost Toy Opera" with Big Bird.

Summary

Grammy Award winner Bobby McFerrin sings ABCs with Hoots the Owl. The Two-Headed Monster learns to blow bubbles. Maria and Luis try to reminisce about their wedding. Betty Lou sings the "Amigo" song. "Sesame Street News" correspondent Kermit the Frog reports on London Fog. Ernie and Bert leaky faucet skit. Cookie Monster sings about subtraction. Placido Flamingo performs a "Lost Toy Opera" with Big Bird.

Season 19 · Season 19
130 episode(s) · Air date: 16/Nov/1987
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S19E44
2399 - Ronald Grump builds the Grump Tower
Air date: 14/Jan/1988 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 58 min
Summary

Ronald Grump, the Grouch building tycoon, approaches Oscar with a new idea - a two-story can-dominium called "Grump Tower." In exchange for Oscar giving up his property to build the tower, Grump gives him a spot in the tower, as well as three bags of trash. Maria thinks it's a rotten deal, which only encourages Oscar further.

Summary

Ronald Grump, the Grouch building tycoon, approaches Oscar with a new idea - a two-story can-dominium called "Grump Tower." In exchange for Oscar giving up his property to build the tower, Grump gives him a spot in the tower, as well as three bags of trash. Maria thinks it's a rotten deal, which only encourages Oscar further.

Season 18 · Season 18
130 episode(s) · Air date: 17/Nov/1986
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 17 · Season 17
130 episode(s) · Air date: 18/Nov/1985
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S17E130
Big Bird makes a decision
Air date: 16/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird brings a live chicken named Edwina to the Fix-It Shop. He explains to Luis that things have gotten slow on her farm and she's looking for a new job. Bob finds Forgetful Jones by the bus stop, only he doesn't remember what he's doing there. Sponsors: L, R, 10

Summary

Big Bird brings a live chicken named Edwina to the Fix-It Shop. He explains to Luis that things have gotten slow on her farm and she's looking for a new job. Bob finds Forgetful Jones by the bus stop, only he doesn't remember what he's doing there. Sponsors: L, R, 10

S17E129
Elmo and Big Bird play with a sleeping Barkley
Air date: 15/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Elmo intend to play with Barkley, but he's fast asleep. Elmo darts off, inspired to make a game that won't involve waking him up. Elmo returns with some paper and a pencil. His idea is to interpret what Barkley does in his sleep and turn it into a story. Sponsors: F, Z, 11

Summary

Big Bird and Elmo intend to play with Barkley, but he's fast asleep. Elmo darts off, inspired to make a game that won't involve waking him up. Elmo returns with some paper and a pencil. His idea is to interpret what Barkley does in his sleep and turn it into a story. Sponsors: F, Z, 11

S17E128
Oscar's "New School for Grouch Research"
Air date: 14/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A cheerful young lady named Amelia Adams (Teri Garr) applies to attend Oscar's New School for Grouch Research. Oscar calls his school to session, and asks his students what a Grouch would say if a neighbor stopped by their trash can. Sponsors: M, T, 6

Summary

A cheerful young lady named Amelia Adams (Teri Garr) applies to attend Oscar's New School for Grouch Research. Oscar calls his school to session, and asks his students what a Grouch would say if a neighbor stopped by their trash can. Sponsors: M, T, 6

S17E127
Leo's street party
Air date: 13/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon comes across Dexter juggling in the yard and wishes he can juggle as well as he can. Telly has caught word that Leo the Party Monster is throwing a dance party, but has a big worry - he doesn't know how to party. Leo tries teaching him some of his moves and recommends he practice. Sponsors: B, E, 3

Summary

Gordon comes across Dexter juggling in the yard and wishes he can juggle as well as he can. Telly has caught word that Leo the Party Monster is throwing a dance party, but has a big worry - he doesn't know how to party. Leo tries teaching him some of his moves and recommends he practice. Sponsors: B, E, 3

S17E126
Important reports from Telly
Air date: 12/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As Gordon prepares some breakfast, Telly interrupts the action with a Monster on the Spot message on the word important. The garfish film is interrupted for another report from Telly. He is stationed by the Fix-It Shop door to report on a story so up-to-the-minute that it has yet to even occur. Sponsors: K, O, 8

Summary

As Gordon prepares some breakfast, Telly interrupts the action with a Monster on the Spot message on the word important. The garfish film is interrupted for another report from Telly. He is stationed by the Fix-It Shop door to report on a story so up-to-the-minute that it has yet to even occur. Sponsors: K, O, 8

S17E125
Making pig calls
Air date: 09/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster is going to talk to the viewer about the word information. Maria, Big Bird and Luis have a "Rhyme Out." Sponsors: M, Z, 12

Summary

Telly Monster is going to talk to the viewer about the word information. Maria, Big Bird and Luis have a "Rhyme Out." Sponsors: M, Z, 12

S17E124
Will it sink or will it float?
Air date: 08/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As Susan exits 123 Sesame Street carrying some boxes to throw out, Forgetful Jones offers to help, then immediately forgets he did. Telly Monster asks the kids to identify clues on a clothesline hanging over the yard, but when the line moves there's nothing on it. Sponsors: P, R, 4

Summary

As Susan exits 123 Sesame Street carrying some boxes to throw out, Forgetful Jones offers to help, then immediately forgets he did. Telly Monster asks the kids to identify clues on a clothesline hanging over the yard, but when the line moves there's nothing on it. Sponsors: P, R, 4

S17E123
Episode 2218
Air date: 07/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Grouchketeers assemble as the audience for The Grouch News, anchored by Oscar the Grouch. He checks in with English correspondent Dwight. Telly comes into the Fix-It Shop with a problem - he's forgotten the name of a new friend he's made, and frets about their next encounter, worried it might cause some animosity. Sponsors: I, J, 4

Summary

The Grouchketeers assemble as the audience for The Grouch News, anchored by Oscar the Grouch. He checks in with English correspondent Dwight. Telly comes into the Fix-It Shop with a problem - he's forgotten the name of a new friend he's made, and frets about their next encounter, worried it might cause some animosity. Sponsors: I, J, 4

S17E122
Itzhak Perlman visits
Air date: 06/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Itzhak Perlman and a Honker accompany Placido Flamingo in the tenor aria "Vesti la giubba" from Pagliacci. Piri kicks his soccer ball toward Itzhak Perlman in the yard, and he catches it. Sponsors: I, L, 9

Summary

Itzhak Perlman and a Honker accompany Placido Flamingo in the tenor aria "Vesti la giubba" from Pagliacci. Piri kicks his soccer ball toward Itzhak Perlman in the yard, and he catches it. Sponsors: I, L, 9

S17E121
Big Bird and the scarecrow
Air date: 05/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Up on the roof of 123 Sesame Street, Gordon, Susan, and Maria finish work on a scarecrow for the rooftop garden. Big Bird drops by and asks to be introduced to their new friend. Telly happens by the group, as Big Bird asks him to help him pack; he wants to leave Sesame Street if this is how the adults are going to treat his kind. Sponsors: F, O, 6

Summary

Up on the roof of 123 Sesame Street, Gordon, Susan, and Maria finish work on a scarecrow for the rooftop garden. Big Bird drops by and asks to be introduced to their new friend. Telly happens by the group, as Big Bird asks him to help him pack; he wants to leave Sesame Street if this is how the adults are going to treat his kind. Sponsors: F, O, 6

S17E120
Episode 2215
Air date: 02/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria introduces Snuffy to Baby Natasha, whom she's watching while her mother is away. Elmo stops by the Fix-It Shop and plays his latest game. He packs his make-believe suitcase for a make-believe trip to his granny's, making sure to get a "goodbye hug" from Luis before he goes. Sponsors: C, G, 12

Summary

Maria introduces Snuffy to Baby Natasha, whom she's watching while her mother is away. Elmo stops by the Fix-It Shop and plays his latest game. He packs his make-believe suitcase for a make-believe trip to his granny's, making sure to get a "goodbye hug" from Luis before he goes. Sponsors: C, G, 12

S17E119
Oscar meets Rachel the artist
Air date: 01/May/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird greets Susan, Maria and Barkley before checking out what Bob is up to. Bob is listening to an opera on the radio and Big Bird imagines if everyone sang instead of speaking. Maria stands still as Rachel, an artist, paints her portrait. Oscar enjoys Rachel's stained overalls and bossy attitude as she tells Maria to sit still. Sponsors: Q, T, 10

Summary

Big Bird greets Susan, Maria and Barkley before checking out what Bob is up to. Bob is listening to an opera on the radio and Big Bird imagines if everyone sang instead of speaking. Maria stands still as Rachel, an artist, paints her portrait. Oscar enjoys Rachel's stained overalls and bossy attitude as she tells Maria to sit still. Sponsors: Q, T, 10

S17E118
Uncle Wally Had a Farm
Air date: 30/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally emerges from his apartment, dressed in overalls and a straw hat. Uncle Wally plants the seeds in the dirt. He discovers one left in the package, but he has no room to plant it, nor any place else he can put it. Sponsors: I, J, 11

Summary

Uncle Wally emerges from his apartment, dressed in overalls and a straw hat. Uncle Wally plants the seeds in the dirt. He discovers one left in the package, but he has no room to plant it, nor any place else he can put it. Sponsors: I, J, 11

S17E117
Forgetful's gift for Miles
Air date: 29/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon introduces Leo the Party Monster to Miles and demonstrates how he can almost walk, sort of dance, and he's beginning to talk. Placido Flamingo sings "La donna è mobile" with lyrics about opposites with a Honker. Sponsors: E, F, 6

Summary

Gordon introduces Leo the Party Monster to Miles and demonstrates how he can almost walk, sort of dance, and he's beginning to talk. Placido Flamingo sings "La donna è mobile" with lyrics about opposites with a Honker. Sponsors: E, F, 6

S17E116
Rubén Blades visits
Air date: 28/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis tells Big Bird that his friend, singer Rubén Blades, is coming to visit today. Rubén sings "Ayuda" with Piri and the kids, who shout out the title word throughout the song. Sponsors: S, X, 2

Summary

Luis tells Big Bird that his friend, singer Rubén Blades, is coming to visit today. Rubén sings "Ayuda" with Piri and the kids, who shout out the title word throughout the song. Sponsors: S, X, 2

S17E115
Elmo does magic; a blackout happens
Air date: 25/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At dusk, Maria observes the many sounds coming from her neighbors: Gordon vacuuming, Bob listening to his records, and Luis using a drill inside the Fix-It Shop. Maria naturally assumes a blackout has occurred, so she goes inside to call the electric company from the Fix-it Shop landline. Sponsors: U, Y, 7

Summary

At dusk, Maria observes the many sounds coming from her neighbors: Gordon vacuuming, Bob listening to his records, and Luis using a drill inside the Fix-It Shop. Maria naturally assumes a blackout has occurred, so she goes inside to call the electric company from the Fix-it Shop landline. Sponsors: U, Y, 7

S17E114
Episode 2209
Air date: 24/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar the Grouch warns Chip and Dip to stay away from his trash can, but it only prompts them to sing a song about how they are the same with the exception of their voices. Slimey helps out at the Fix-It Shop when Maria and Luis hear a loud, growling sound. The two assume it's the other's stomach growling, but it turns out to be tiny Slimey's stomach. Sponsors: O, W, 8

Summary

Oscar the Grouch warns Chip and Dip to stay away from his trash can, but it only prompts them to sing a song about how they are the same with the exception of their voices. Slimey helps out at the Fix-It Shop when Maria and Luis hear a loud, growling sound. The two assume it's the other's stomach growling, but it turns out to be tiny Slimey's stomach. Sponsors: O, W, 8

S17E113
Uncle Wally returns
Air date: 23/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly explains to Susan and Gordon that he's waiting at the bus stop for Uncle Wally to arrive. When the bus does arrive, Telly is so fixated on the sign that he doesn't notice that Uncle Wally has passed him until it's too late. Sponsors: P, U, 3

Summary

Telly explains to Susan and Gordon that he's waiting at the bus stop for Uncle Wally to arrive. When the bus does arrive, Telly is so fixated on the sign that he doesn't notice that Uncle Wally has passed him until it's too late. Sponsors: P, U, 3

S17E112
Telly loses Cool
Air date: 22/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly shows Maria that he's taking care of Piri's dog Cool while he's off downtown. Maria and some kids draw pictures of dogs to hang around Sesame Street, hoping it will help Telly find Cool. Sponsors: A, V, 4

Summary

Telly shows Maria that he's taking care of Piri's dog Cool while he's off downtown. Maria and some kids draw pictures of dogs to hang around Sesame Street, hoping it will help Telly find Cool. Sponsors: A, V, 4

S17E111
The case of the missing round objects
Air date: 21/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird delivers detective-style narration over scenes of the street, claiming today was just like any other day. Big Bird finds Maria about to play tennis, but her three tennis balls disappear behind their backs one by one. Sponsors: C, S, 6

Summary

Big Bird delivers detective-style narration over scenes of the street, claiming today was just like any other day. Big Bird finds Maria about to play tennis, but her three tennis balls disappear behind their backs one by one. Sponsors: C, S, 6

S17E110
Wynton Marsalis visits
Air date: 18/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At nighttime, Hoots the Owl meets up with fellow jazz musician Wynton Marsalis. Wynton says that "N" begins the word "note," and Hoots names the different kind of musical notes there are as demonstrated by Wynton and his trumpets. Sponsors: N, Y, 4

Summary

At nighttime, Hoots the Owl meets up with fellow jazz musician Wynton Marsalis. Wynton says that "N" begins the word "note," and Hoots names the different kind of musical notes there are as demonstrated by Wynton and his trumpets. Sponsors: N, Y, 4

S17E109
Telly discusses "information"
Air date: 17/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly displays a sign that reads "INFORMATION" so he can give an explanation of what the word means. Buster the Horse, Desiree, and Bjorn concoct a trick to play on Bob. Buster asks him and the kids to repeat various neighs and whinnies that he makes. Sponsors: Q, Z, 10

Summary

Telly displays a sign that reads "INFORMATION" so he can give an explanation of what the word means. Buster the Horse, Desiree, and Bjorn concoct a trick to play on Bob. Buster asks him and the kids to repeat various neighs and whinnies that he makes. Sponsors: Q, Z, 10

S17E108
Maria and Grundgetta go shoe shopping
Air date: 16/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria tells the viewer that she's going shopping downtown. Grundgetta guesses what she's going to be shopping for, which turns out to be shoes. At the shoe store, quirky saleswoman Edith Prickley (Andrea Martin) tries to find the right size shoe, hopeful she'll make a sale as it's her first day on the job. Sponsors: A, S, 2

Summary

Maria tells the viewer that she's going shopping downtown. Grundgetta guesses what she's going to be shopping for, which turns out to be shoes. At the shoe store, quirky saleswoman Edith Prickley (Andrea Martin) tries to find the right size shoe, hopeful she'll make a sale as it's her first day on the job. Sponsors: A, S, 2

S17E107
Big Bird’s information booth
Air date: 15/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird, taking a cue from “Ask Oscar,” sets up an information booth with a sign that reads “telephone. Mr. Snuffleupagus stops by Big Bird’s booth and asks if he can call his mommy on the telephone. Sponsors: C, D, 12

Summary

Big Bird, taking a cue from “Ask Oscar,” sets up an information booth with a sign that reads “telephone. Mr. Snuffleupagus stops by Big Bird’s booth and asks if he can call his mommy on the telephone. Sponsors: C, D, 12

S17E106
A hot day on Sesame Street
Air date: 14/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria welcomes the viewer as she fans herself with a magazine, upset by the extreme heat today. Oscar calls her over and shows her the new Grouch fan he installed above his trash can. Oscar stops Luis as he passes by and offers him a glass of water to beat the heat, no jokes or tricks. Luis skeptically takes a sip and is pleased it's normal. Sponsors: H, N, 11

Summary

Maria welcomes the viewer as she fans herself with a magazine, upset by the extreme heat today. Oscar calls her over and shows her the new Grouch fan he installed above his trash can. Oscar stops Luis as he passes by and offers him a glass of water to beat the heat, no jokes or tricks. Luis skeptically takes a sip and is pleased it's normal. Sponsors: H, N, 11

S17E105
Phone books
Air date: 11/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Forgetful Jones can't remember Buster the Horse's telephone number, so Luis (taking a break from repairing the window of Gordon and Susan's apartment) looks it up in a telephone book. Daniella goes to Hooper's Store and wants to call someone, so David shows her how a phone book works. It turns out she only needed the book as a footstool... she knew the number already. Sponsors: W, Z, 10

Summary

Forgetful Jones can't remember Buster the Horse's telephone number, so Luis (taking a break from repairing the window of Gordon and Susan's apartment) looks it up in a telephone book. Daniella goes to Hooper's Store and wants to call someone, so David shows her how a phone book works. It turns out she only needed the book as a footstool... she knew the number already. Sponsors: W, Z, 10

S17E104
Episode 2199
Air date: 10/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the library, Telly Monster looks for a book called The Book of Trees. Micki helps him look in the section it should be in, but it's not there. Maria finishes painting a chair for Mrs. Osborne when Elmo comes by, eager to play a game. Maria proposes a guessing game where Elmo must figure out where her WET PAINT sign must go. Sponsors: M, Q, 9

Summary

At the library, Telly Monster looks for a book called The Book of Trees. Micki helps him look in the section it should be in, but it's not there. Maria finishes painting a chair for Mrs. Osborne when Elmo comes by, eager to play a game. Maria proposes a guessing game where Elmo must figure out where her WET PAINT sign must go. Sponsors: M, Q, 9

S17E103
Episode 2198
Air date: 09/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria has just finished making a small table to give to Linda for her birthday. Telly comes by with a potted plant and asks Maria to build him a table to put it on. Buster the Horse greets Oscar and remarks that he looks rather slovenly, a word Oscar has never heard before. Buster explains it and gives various synonyms which are new to Oscar as well. Sponsors: O, T, 8

Summary

Maria has just finished making a small table to give to Linda for her birthday. Telly comes by with a potted plant and asks Maria to build him a table to put it on. Buster the Horse greets Oscar and remarks that he looks rather slovenly, a word Oscar has never heard before. Buster explains it and gives various synonyms which are new to Oscar as well. Sponsors: O, T, 8

S17E102
Gordon plays the flute
Air date: 08/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Elmo surprise Snuffy with an "abierto" sign on the door to Big Bird's nest. They sing "Abierto to You" to Snuffy, who informs them it’s not his birthday. Big Bird, Justin, Betsy, and Carese play with blocks on the work table outside the Fix-it Shop, when Maria needs to use the table. They put the blocks back in the boxes that have a matching shape. Sponsors: B, K, 7

Summary

Big Bird and Elmo surprise Snuffy with an "abierto" sign on the door to Big Bird's nest. They sing "Abierto to You" to Snuffy, who informs them it’s not his birthday. Big Bird, Justin, Betsy, and Carese play with blocks on the work table outside the Fix-it Shop, when Maria needs to use the table. They put the blocks back in the boxes that have a matching shape. Sponsors: B, K, 7

S17E101
Oscar and the Grouchketeers read
Air date: 07/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar quizzes the Grouchketeers on opposites, namely ones that pertain to Grouches (being dirty instead of clean, loud instead of quiet, etc.). Oscar leads David and the Grouchketeers in a reading lesson using a Grouch newspaper. Sponsors: F, X, 6

Summary

Oscar quizzes the Grouchketeers on opposites, namely ones that pertain to Grouches (being dirty instead of clean, loud instead of quiet, etc.). Oscar leads David and the Grouchketeers in a reading lesson using a Grouch newspaper. Sponsors: F, X, 6

S17E100
Episode 2195
Air date: 04/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird gets up early in the morning and encounters a sleepy Hoots the Owl who is too tired to play with Big Bird. Oscar visits Gordon as he finishes feeding Miles his lunch. He enjoys watching Gordon clean up the messy baby, thinking Miles would rather be dirty than clean. Sponsors: R, U, 4

Summary

Big Bird gets up early in the morning and encounters a sleepy Hoots the Owl who is too tired to play with Big Bird. Oscar visits Gordon as he finishes feeding Miles his lunch. He enjoys watching Gordon clean up the messy baby, thinking Miles would rather be dirty than clean. Sponsors: R, U, 4

S17E99
Gordon and Bob play Birdketeers
Air date: 03/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird asks the viewer not to touch that dial and hums a game show fanfare as he announces that it's time for... Gordon steps out of 123 Sesame Street to rake up some fallen leaves when he hears Telly yelling in front of Oscar's trash can. Sponsors: E, R, 3

Summary

Big Bird asks the viewer not to touch that dial and hums a game show fanfare as he announces that it's time for... Gordon steps out of 123 Sesame Street to rake up some fallen leaves when he hears Telly yelling in front of Oscar's trash can. Sponsors: E, R, 3

S17E98
Episode 2193
Air date: 02/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar objects to Gordon sweeping in front of his trash can. Gordon says Oscar doesn't own the sidewalk, so he won't stop sweeping. Big Bird, Piri, and some kids make a tower out of some boxes, stacking them in order of size. Sponsors: L, P, 2

Summary

Oscar objects to Gordon sweeping in front of his trash can. Gordon says Oscar doesn't own the sidewalk, so he won't stop sweeping. Big Bird, Piri, and some kids make a tower out of some boxes, stacking them in order of size. Sponsors: L, P, 2

S17E97
The Earthworm's Book of Magic
Air date: 01/Apr/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and David stand by as Slimey reads "The Earthworm's Book of Magic. Oscar tells Linda and Bob to scram now that they've gotten a chance to see an embiggened Slimey. Buster drops by and calls him enormous, prompting a warning from Oscar not to call him names. Sponsors: I, L, 12

Summary

Maria and David stand by as Slimey reads "The Earthworm's Book of Magic. Oscar tells Linda and Bob to scram now that they've gotten a chance to see an embiggened Slimey. Buster drops by and calls him enormous, prompting a warning from Oscar not to call him names. Sponsors: I, L, 12

S17E95
Episode 2190
Air date: 28/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mr. Snuffleupagus asks Big Bird and Elmo to watch Mr. Anteloper for him for awhile, telling them his toy really likes being in somebody's lap. Linda shows Maria, Snuffy, and the kids signs for things all around them like an airplane in the sky or the steps of the garage. Sponsors: D, H, 11

Summary

Mr. Snuffleupagus asks Big Bird and Elmo to watch Mr. Anteloper for him for awhile, telling them his toy really likes being in somebody's lap. Linda shows Maria, Snuffy, and the kids signs for things all around them like an airplane in the sky or the steps of the garage. Sponsors: D, H, 11

S17E94
Episode 2189
Air date: 27/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird notices Gordon bouncing baby Miles on his lap in the yard when he asks Gordon to play. Gordon explains to Big Bird that he can't play at the moment because he's busy playing with Miles. David is reading a newspaper outside of Hooper's while Elmo watches him on the newsstand. Elmo asks if he can borrow the newspaper, and David assumes he wants it for cutouts or origami. Sponsors: E, F, 10

Summary

Big Bird notices Gordon bouncing baby Miles on his lap in the yard when he asks Gordon to play. Gordon explains to Big Bird that he can't play at the moment because he's busy playing with Miles. David is reading a newspaper outside of Hooper's while Elmo watches him on the newsstand. Elmo asks if he can borrow the newspaper, and David assumes he wants it for cutouts or origami. Sponsors: E, F, 10

S17E93
Episode 2188
Air date: 26/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At dusk, Oscar shows Luis and the kids a demonstration of how the Earth revolves around the sun, using a large apple as the Earth (with Slimey inside) and a flashlight as the sun, which Luis operates. Bob encounters Oscar arguing with Telly about whether nighttime is a happy time or a sad time. Oscar gives his reasons why it’s a happy time, and Telly gives his reasons why it’s. Sponsors: D, G, 8

Summary

At dusk, Oscar shows Luis and the kids a demonstration of how the Earth revolves around the sun, using a large apple as the Earth (with Slimey inside) and a flashlight as the sun, which Luis operates. Bob encounters Oscar arguing with Telly about whether nighttime is a happy time or a sad time. Oscar gives his reasons why it’s a happy time, and Telly gives his reasons why it’s. Sponsors: D, G, 8

S17E92
Slimey's movie
Air date: 25/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria, Elmo, and the kids find Shelley the Turtle sitting next to Oscar's trash can. Oscar is still trying to lead the turtle out of its shell, but has no luck when Maria comes by to check on his progress. Sponsors: B, T, 7

Summary

Maria, Elmo, and the kids find Shelley the Turtle sitting next to Oscar's trash can. Oscar is still trying to lead the turtle out of its shell, but has no luck when Maria comes by to check on his progress. Sponsors: B, T, 7

S17E91
Elmo's rhyming game
Air date: 24/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo enters the Fix-It Shop where Luis is busy fixing a clock. Luis asks, "What's new?" which prompts Elmo to fetch a shoe. Luis has tried to stop Elmo from playing his rhyming game, but each response has been met with yet another rhyming object (all piled inside the store). Sponsors: I, V, 6

Summary

Elmo enters the Fix-It Shop where Luis is busy fixing a clock. Luis asks, "What's new?" which prompts Elmo to fetch a shoe. Luis has tried to stop Elmo from playing his rhyming game, but each response has been met with yet another rhyming object (all piled inside the store). Sponsors: I, V, 6

S17E90
Episode 2185
Air date: 21/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob sings "I Sing It" to the kids. Susan wearily returns home from a long day at work, ready to hit the sack early. She notices a tiny bed next to Oscar's trash can and wonders what it's doing there. Sponsors: B, F, 5

Summary

Bob sings "I Sing It" to the kids. Susan wearily returns home from a long day at work, ready to hit the sack early. She notices a tiny bed next to Oscar's trash can and wonders what it's doing there. Sponsors: B, F, 5

S17E89
Big Bird and Snuffy help at the library
Air date: 20/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

While planning to clean out his nest, Big Bird realizes he needs to return some books to the library, so he and Snuffy walk on over before it closes. Linda and Teresa give Big Bird and Snuffy a little test to see how well they can help out in the library: they have to sort four books. Sponsors: J, Y, 4

Summary

While planning to clean out his nest, Big Bird realizes he needs to return some books to the library, so he and Snuffy walk on over before it closes. Linda and Teresa give Big Bird and Snuffy a little test to see how well they can help out in the library: they have to sort four books. Sponsors: J, Y, 4

S17E88
Episode 2183
Air date: 19/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird walks up to Susan and the kids on the stoop of 123 Sesame Street, wanting to show them a new trick where he can make a rhyme for any part of the body. Big Bird is still trying to think of a rhyme for "elbow," leading to a montage of him pondering all around the street in frustration. Sponsors: V, Y, 3

Summary

Big Bird walks up to Susan and the kids on the stoop of 123 Sesame Street, wanting to show them a new trick where he can make a rhyme for any part of the body. Big Bird is still trying to think of a rhyme for "elbow," leading to a montage of him pondering all around the street in frustration. Sponsors: V, Y, 3

S17E87
Telly prepares to visit Granny Monster
Air date: 18/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David procures 12 ping-pong balls for Telly. He asks why Telly would need so many, and Telly begins his lengthy explanation: he's going to visit his Granny Monster, who has a ping-pong table at home. Telly needs a suitcase for his trip and David has already gotten him a big one, but it's not big enough. David appears with a bigger suitcase, which still isn't big enough. Sponsors: A, Z, 12

Summary

David procures 12 ping-pong balls for Telly. He asks why Telly would need so many, and Telly begins his lengthy explanation: he's going to visit his Granny Monster, who has a ping-pong table at home. Telly needs a suitcase for his trip and David has already gotten him a big one, but it's not big enough. David appears with a bigger suitcase, which still isn't big enough. Sponsors: A, Z, 12

S17E86
Snuffy wants to be a cabbie / Telly is Oscar's dog
Air date: 17/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy greets Big Bird in the yard wearing a cap and speaking with a New Jersey accent. Snuffy has decided that since taxi cabs cost a lot of money (and he only has 75¢), he's going to carry people around on his back. Sponsors: A, C, 12

Summary

Snuffy greets Big Bird in the yard wearing a cap and speaking with a New Jersey accent. Snuffy has decided that since taxi cabs cost a lot of money (and he only has 75¢), he's going to carry people around on his back. Sponsors: A, C, 12

S17E85
Forgetful Jones joins the Birdketeers
Air date: 14/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At Hooper's Store, Forgetful Jones struggles to remember some important information, but he succeeds: he remembers to say "Howdy" to the viewer, the street's name, his name, and that he's supposed to . Forgetful is excited about remembering the previous sketch, even though he was wrong about there being a boat in it. "That's why they call me Remembering Jones," he says. Sponsors: A, S, 2

Summary

At Hooper's Store, Forgetful Jones struggles to remember some important information, but he succeeds: he remembers to say "Howdy" to the viewer, the street's name, his name, and that he's supposed to . Forgetful is excited about remembering the previous sketch, even though he was wrong about there being a boat in it. "That's why they call me Remembering Jones," he says. Sponsors: A, S, 2

S17E84
Big Bird wants Bob to hear his song
Air date: 13/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob welcomes the viewer and gives Oscar a cheerful morning greeting. Oscar is sick of the peace around him and hopes an argument will occur soon. Telly is taking care of a baby Honker, who won't stop crying. Sponsors: B, P, 6

Summary

Bob welcomes the viewer and gives Oscar a cheerful morning greeting. Oscar is sick of the peace around him and hopes an argument will occur soon. Telly is taking care of a baby Honker, who won't stop crying. Sponsors: B, P, 6

S17E83
Luis cleans up Big Bird's nest
Air date: 12/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis has a board with three drawings of animals on it. Luis discovers the mess in Big Bird's nest, and he decides to clean it up himself to show Big Bird he cares. He comes across a glued mass of craft supplies, and throws it away assuming it's trash. Sponsors: A, W, 10

Summary

Luis has a board with three drawings of animals on it. Luis discovers the mess in Big Bird's nest, and he decides to clean it up himself to show Big Bird he cares. He comes across a glued mass of craft supplies, and throws it away assuming it's trash. Sponsors: A, W, 10

S17E82
Piri learns to play guitar
Air date: 11/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria welcomes the viewer from the yard, where Telly and the kids are writing their own stories today. Maria encounters Oscar, who is watching Slimey take a picture of his pet slug, Sluggy. Maria finds Sluggy repulsive, and Oscar tells her everything he knows about slugs. Sponsors: C, N, 9

Summary

Maria welcomes the viewer from the yard, where Telly and the kids are writing their own stories today. Maria encounters Oscar, who is watching Slimey take a picture of his pet slug, Sluggy. Maria finds Sluggy repulsive, and Oscar tells her everything he knows about slugs. Sponsors: C, N, 9

S17E81
The Two-Headed Monster Writes a Story
Air date: 10/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count and Gordon count all the body parts on Miles, which add up to "one fine, wonderful, beautiful baby boy." Gladys the Cow feels incensed when she finds Elmo trying to act like her. He claims they're the same, and Gladys is quick to point out the obvious physical differences. Sponsors: N, O, 8

Summary

The Count and Gordon count all the body parts on Miles, which add up to "one fine, wonderful, beautiful baby boy." Gladys the Cow feels incensed when she finds Elmo trying to act like her. He claims they're the same, and Gladys is quick to point out the obvious physical differences. Sponsors: N, O, 8

S17E80
Episode 2175
Air date: 07/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis, Susan, and the kids are meeting Mrs. Honker's new baby, who doesn't have a name yet. Big Bird asks Micki to hold his hand while he practices crossing the street (actually going from the stoop of 123 Sesame Street to Hooper's Store). Sponsors: O, U, 9

Summary

Luis, Susan, and the kids are meeting Mrs. Honker's new baby, who doesn't have a name yet. Big Bird asks Micki to hold his hand while he practices crossing the street (actually going from the stoop of 123 Sesame Street to Hooper's Store). Sponsors: O, U, 9

S17E79
Episode 2174
Air date: 06/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria is strolling along Sesame Street when she finds a "Se Habla Español" sign outside Hooper's Store. Elmo finds David arranging a plate of food in accordance to a picture. David lets him help out by pointing out all the foods on the plate. Sponsors: E, U, 8

Summary

Maria is strolling along Sesame Street when she finds a "Se Habla Español" sign outside Hooper's Store. Elmo finds David arranging a plate of food in accordance to a picture. David lets him help out by pointing out all the foods on the plate. Sponsors: E, U, 8

S17E78
A day with books on Sesame Street
Air date: 05/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis is swamped with work at the Fix-It Shop, and Maria is too busy reading her book - The Adventures of Captain Swashbuckle - to help. While fixing Big Bird's record player, Luis tells him of a story he's reading about Captain Swashbuckle, a pirate. Sponsors: P, U, 7

Summary

Luis is swamped with work at the Fix-It Shop, and Maria is too busy reading her book - The Adventures of Captain Swashbuckle - to help. While fixing Big Bird's record player, Luis tells him of a story he's reading about Captain Swashbuckle, a pirate. Sponsors: P, U, 7

S17E77
Snuffy puts on a play about the sun
Air date: 04/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy sets up a proscenium in the yard with help from Daniella and Naoika, and Bob tries to guess what's going on. Snuffy's play, “The Day The Sun Almost Didn't Rise,” begins, with Big Bird narrating. In the play, the sun (Snuffy) decides to get some extra sleep instead of rising. Sponsors: H, I, 6

Summary

Snuffy sets up a proscenium in the yard with help from Daniella and Naoika, and Bob tries to guess what's going on. Snuffy's play, “The Day The Sun Almost Didn't Rise,” begins, with Big Bird narrating. In the play, the sun (Snuffy) decides to get some extra sleep instead of rising. Sponsors: H, I, 6

S17E76
Sunday dinner
Air date: 03/Mar/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey enters the new worm movie theater to see Gone with the Worm. Oscar encourages him to spoil his appetite on movie snacks, and peeks in to watch as well... An opening credit appears, with an MGM logo spoof with a worm instead of the lion. It dissolves to... Sponsors: D, W, 5

Summary

Slimey enters the new worm movie theater to see Gone with the Worm. Oscar encourages him to spoil his appetite on movie snacks, and peeks in to watch as well... An opening credit appears, with an MGM logo spoof with a worm instead of the lion. It dissolves to... Sponsors: D, W, 5

S17E75
Episode 2170
Air date: 28/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In song, Big Bird shows Elmo the difference between "Big and Small." Bob encounters Tyler the tailor, wheeling a clothing rack. Tyler explains that he's a traveling tailor, meaning he brings clothes to customers instead of them picking up from him. Sponsors: R, T, 4

Summary

In song, Big Bird shows Elmo the difference between "Big and Small." Bob encounters Tyler the tailor, wheeling a clothing rack. Tyler explains that he's a traveling tailor, meaning he brings clothes to customers instead of them picking up from him. Sponsors: R, T, 4

S17E74
Episode 2169
Air date: 27/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan asks Telly to go to her car and retrieve Miles' toy from the front seat. Telly runs back and forth, asking questions about how to open it, which key to use, and which plaything to bring back. Gordon sings "I Heard My Dog Bark" as Susan, Bob, Uncle Wally and some kids make the animal sounds. Sponsors: O, R, 3

Summary

Susan asks Telly to go to her car and retrieve Miles' toy from the front seat. Telly runs back and forth, asking questions about how to open it, which key to use, and which plaything to bring back. Gordon sings "I Heard My Dog Bark" as Susan, Bob, Uncle Wally and some kids make the animal sounds. Sponsors: O, R, 3

S17E73
Episode 2168
Air date: 26/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count welcomes the viewer and unveils the number 2, and then presents Snuffy as he is going to count to two. Forgetful Jones is sitting down at Hooper's with a piece of paper when he calls out to David to ask to borrow a carrot so he can write a note to himself reminding him to order chicken feed. Sponsors: O, X, 2

Summary

The Count welcomes the viewer and unveils the number 2, and then presents Snuffy as he is going to count to two. Forgetful Jones is sitting down at Hooper's with a piece of paper when he calls out to David to ask to borrow a carrot so he can write a note to himself reminding him to order chicken feed. Sponsors: O, X, 2

S17E72
Episode 2167
Air date: 25/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally and Elmo are planning an adventure to the library. At the library, Uncle Wally reads a story to the kids from the book The Legends Of The Lost Explorers, with Elmo providing his own sound effects. Sponsors: M, X, 2

Summary

Uncle Wally and Elmo are planning an adventure to the library. At the library, Uncle Wally reads a story to the kids from the book The Legends Of The Lost Explorers, with Elmo providing his own sound effects. Sponsors: M, X, 2

S17E71
Gladys presents herself
Air date: 24/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird has asked Gladys the Cow to help say hello to the viewer, but she balks at a cow of her talent being wasted on such a menial task. Maria questions why Oscar has left an old, junky car seat out on the street. Oscar tells her it's for an important lesson about safety, and the Grouchketeers show how to use a seatbelt. Sponsors: A, D, 9

Summary

Big Bird has asked Gladys the Cow to help say hello to the viewer, but she balks at a cow of her talent being wasted on such a menial task. Maria questions why Oscar has left an old, junky car seat out on the street. Oscar tells her it's for an important lesson about safety, and the Grouchketeers show how to use a seatbelt. Sponsors: A, D, 9

S17E70
What does "welcome" mean?
Air date: 21/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly prepares Elmo to welcome the viewer, but Elmo doesn't know what the word "welcome" means. Telly finds he can't describe what it means to him, so he runs off to find someone who can help him. Elmo liked the song (and the cute froggies) when Telly returns. He claims he consulted Big Bird, Ernie, Cookie Monster, and Mr. Snuffleupagus, none of whom could tell him what "welcome" means. Sponsors: A, V, 4

Summary

Telly prepares Elmo to welcome the viewer, but Elmo doesn't know what the word "welcome" means. Telly finds he can't describe what it means to him, so he runs off to find someone who can help him. Elmo liked the song (and the cute froggies) when Telly returns. He claims he consulted Big Bird, Ernie, Cookie Monster, and Mr. Snuffleupagus, none of whom could tell him what "welcome" means. Sponsors: A, V, 4

S17E69
Nighttime on Sesame Street
Air date: 20/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At night, Maria, Olivia, and Bob are getting ready to go home and go to bed. While Hoots continues playing his lullaby, Maria emerges in her nightgown to see if she locked the door to the Fix-It Shop. Sponsors: E, M, 3

Summary

At night, Maria, Olivia, and Bob are getting ready to go home and go to bed. While Hoots continues playing his lullaby, Maria emerges in her nightgown to see if she locked the door to the Fix-It Shop. Sponsors: E, M, 3

S17E68
Ask Oscar about discussions
Air date: 19/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly asks Gordon if he spends too much time worrying. Gordon assures him that he just happens to feel one feeling very strongly and everyone does it, especially the Heartstrongs... David happens upon the day's Grouchketeer meeting, where Oscar has prepared a lecture on the four basic Grouch food groups - sticky, gloppy, oozy, and noisy foods. Sponsors: B, F, 6

Summary

Telly asks Gordon if he spends too much time worrying. Gordon assures him that he just happens to feel one feeling very strongly and everyone does it, especially the Heartstrongs... David happens upon the day's Grouchketeer meeting, where Oscar has prepared a lecture on the four basic Grouch food groups - sticky, gloppy, oozy, and noisy foods. Sponsors: B, F, 6

S17E67
Introducing Leo the Party Monster
Air date: 18/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis and Maria go about their business at the Fix-It Shop when they hear a loud tune blaring. In comes Leo the Party Monster, a monster who loves partying more than anything. Leo shows up again, asking to use the Fix-It Shop's computer to write out some invitations for a party at Bob's apartment. He promises Luis he won't do any partying while he works. Sponsors: J, X, 5

Summary

Luis and Maria go about their business at the Fix-It Shop when they hear a loud tune blaring. In comes Leo the Party Monster, a monster who loves partying more than anything. Leo shows up again, asking to use the Fix-It Shop's computer to write out some invitations for a party at Bob's apartment. He promises Luis he won't do any partying while he works. Sponsors: J, X, 5

S17E66
Big Bird and the mattress
Air date: 17/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Grouchketeers fish in Oscar's trash can, and Oscar tells them they'll be getting clues on their lines for what they are fishing for. Zoe reels in a peanut, and Solomon gets some hay. Bob, Maria, and Olivia are looking after Miles while Gordon and Susan are at a school meeting. The three lull him to sleep with a song ("Lullaby the World"). Sponsors: M, U, 11

Summary

The Grouchketeers fish in Oscar's trash can, and Oscar tells them they'll be getting clues on their lines for what they are fishing for. Zoe reels in a peanut, and Solomon gets some hay. Bob, Maria, and Olivia are looking after Miles while Gordon and Susan are at a school meeting. The three lull him to sleep with a song ("Lullaby the World"). Sponsors: M, U, 11

S17E65
Episode 2160
Air date: 14/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the Fix-it Shop, Jason watches Maria attempt to fix a clock. He offers to help but she doesn’t think he could help her around the shop. While she concentrates on her work, Jason answers the phone and reads the hours of the shop from a sign on the cash register. Sponsors: L, Y, 10

Summary

At the Fix-it Shop, Jason watches Maria attempt to fix a clock. He offers to help but she doesn’t think he could help her around the shop. While she concentrates on her work, Jason answers the phone and reads the hours of the shop from a sign on the cash register. Sponsors: L, Y, 10

S17E64
Miss Blechman visits Oscar, her favorite student
Air date: 13/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Miss Blechman is visiting Sesame Street and pesters Luis to try and guess what she does for a living. Given her clues of working in a classroom, receiving apple cores from young Grouches, and dirtying up her blackboard, Luis knows that she is a Grouch teacher and is there to see Oscar, who was her b Miss Blechman gives Oscar a Grouch listening test, identifying the various nasty noises around them. Sponsors: N, Z, 9

Summary

Miss Blechman is visiting Sesame Street and pesters Luis to try and guess what she does for a living. Given her clues of working in a classroom, receiving apple cores from young Grouches, and dirtying up her blackboard, Luis knows that she is a Grouch teacher and is there to see Oscar, who was her b Miss Blechman gives Oscar a Grouch listening test, identifying the various nasty noises around them. Sponsors: N, Z, 9

S17E63
Dr. Nobel Price invents "entrada"
Air date: 12/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Olivia discovers a door in the middle of Sesame Street with an "entrada" sign on it. Nobel Price boasts this is another invention of his, but Olivia points out the door doesn't go anywhere. Since Olivia isn't going anywhere either, Dr. Sponsors: C, Z, 8

Summary

Olivia discovers a door in the middle of Sesame Street with an "entrada" sign on it. Nobel Price boasts this is another invention of his, but Olivia points out the door doesn't go anywhere. Since Olivia isn't going anywhere either, Dr. Sponsors: C, Z, 8

S17E62
Episode 2157
Air date: 11/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Barkley follows Big Bird as he carries a basket over to the yard. Inside the basket is Rhymena the Rhyming Cat (Pam Arciero), which David finds unbelievable. His suspicions seem to be confirmed when Big Bird feeds her certain rhymes to rhyme with "meow". Sponsors: J, S, 7

Summary

Barkley follows Big Bird as he carries a basket over to the yard. Inside the basket is Rhymena the Rhyming Cat (Pam Arciero), which David finds unbelievable. His suspicions seem to be confirmed when Big Bird feeds her certain rhymes to rhyme with "meow". Sponsors: J, S, 7

S17E61
Playing with Barkley
Air date: 10/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Nobel Price yells out on the street to everyone about his new invention. Maria and Luis come out of the Fix-It Shop to see his new alphabet, which he calls the "Price-phabet." He explains the only difference it has from the regular alphabet, is that the letter Z is replaced with a little smiley Elmo brings Barkley over to the yard to play some Hide and Seek, and closes his eyes and counts to ten. Sponsors: V, Z, 5

Summary

Nobel Price yells out on the street to everyone about his new invention. Maria and Luis come out of the Fix-It Shop to see his new alphabet, which he calls the "Price-phabet." He explains the only difference it has from the regular alphabet, is that the letter Z is replaced with a little smiley Elmo brings Barkley over to the yard to play some Hide and Seek, and closes his eyes and counts to ten. Sponsors: V, Z, 5

S17E60
Micki's friend Tanya visits
Air date: 07/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and the Birdketeers show the viewer how "You Can Be a Birdketeer." Oscar the Grouch objects following the song and thinks that being a Grouchketeer is much better. He tells the viewer to stick around. Sponsors: F, W, 4

Summary

Big Bird and the Birdketeers show the viewer how "You Can Be a Birdketeer." Oscar the Grouch objects following the song and thinks that being a Grouchketeer is much better. He tells the viewer to stick around. Sponsors: F, W, 4

S17E59
Upagusses of the World
Air date: 06/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird brings Luis a floppy disk to load on the computer in the Fix-It Shop while Snuffy looks on from outside (he couldn't fit through the door). The disk contains an encyclopedia of "upagusses" which Big Bird finds fascinating. Snuffy feels as though his own variation of an upagus — the snuffleu Snuffy returns dressed as a bunny betting on Big Bird confusing him for one of the other upagusses. Sponsors: P, T, 8

Summary

Big Bird brings Luis a floppy disk to load on the computer in the Fix-It Shop while Snuffy looks on from outside (he couldn't fit through the door). The disk contains an encyclopedia of "upagusses" which Big Bird finds fascinating. Snuffy feels as though his own variation of an upagus — the snuffleu Snuffy returns dressed as a bunny betting on Big Bird confusing him for one of the other upagusses. Sponsors: P, T, 8

S17E58
Big Bird and Snuffy's notes
Air date: 05/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob and Big Bird are just about to go to the movies when Bob takes notice of Big Bird's clever note for Snuffy. Big Bird explains that if Snuffy goes looking for him, he'll see the note left, reading, "Dear Snuffy, Big Bird and Bob went to a." with Snuffy intending to show the word "back. Sponsors: Q, W, 3

Summary

Bob and Big Bird are just about to go to the movies when Bob takes notice of Big Bird's clever note for Snuffy. Big Bird explains that if Snuffy goes looking for him, he'll see the note left, reading, "Dear Snuffy, Big Bird and Bob went to a." with Snuffy intending to show the word "back. Sponsors: Q, W, 3

S17E57
Big Bird loses Radar
Air date: 04/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria, Gordon, and the kids see Forgetful Jones has a new, large hat. He was given it by Clementine, claiming it would be so big he'd never forget it. Maria and Gordon teach Forgetful some synonyms for "big" he can use to describe it, only now he's forgotten what it's called. Sponsors: H, N, 6

Summary

Maria, Gordon, and the kids see Forgetful Jones has a new, large hat. He was given it by Clementine, claiming it would be so big he'd never forget it. Maria and Gordon teach Forgetful some synonyms for "big" he can use to describe it, only now he's forgotten what it's called. Sponsors: H, N, 6

S17E56
Oscar thinks Slimey has run away
Air date: 03/Feb/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally and Bob are up very early to go jogging with Gordon. Bob remains groggy and falls asleep standing up as Wally and Gordon converse. Wally knows how to get Bob up and running; he places a small radio in his hands and plays the "William Tell Overture," which wakes him up. Sponsors: I, K, 2

Summary

Uncle Wally and Bob are up very early to go jogging with Gordon. Bob remains groggy and falls asleep standing up as Wally and Gordon converse. Wally knows how to get Bob up and running; he places a small radio in his hands and plays the "William Tell Overture," which wakes him up. Sponsors: I, K, 2

S17E55
Big Bird and Snuffy pretend to explore Sesame Street
Air date: 31/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy pretend to explore Sesame Street, imagining it's their first time seeing it. They observe an "umpadumpus tree," meet some friendly native "Sesame Streetians" speaking "Sesamese" and attempt to communicate with them and learn their customs, and encounter a wild animal (Barkley). Oscar kicks off the annual Grouchketeer Dirty Face Contest. Sponsors: E, X, 9

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy pretend to explore Sesame Street, imagining it's their first time seeing it. They observe an "umpadumpus tree," meet some friendly native "Sesame Streetians" speaking "Sesamese" and attempt to communicate with them and learn their customs, and encounter a wild animal (Barkley). Oscar kicks off the annual Grouchketeer Dirty Face Contest. Sponsors: E, X, 9

S17E54
Episode 2149
Air date: 30/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria greets the viewer, when a panicked Telly alerts her that something has happened to Desiree. Maria goes over to investigate, and Elmo says her tooth has come out. Maria doesn’t think this is an emergency because Desiree is the right age for losing her baby teeth. Sponsors: D, G, 8

Summary

Maria greets the viewer, when a panicked Telly alerts her that something has happened to Desiree. Maria goes over to investigate, and Elmo says her tooth has come out. Maria doesn’t think this is an emergency because Desiree is the right age for losing her baby teeth. Sponsors: D, G, 8

S17E53
The Count’s suitcases
Air date: 29/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Biff supervises as Sully drills the sidewalk outside 123 Sesame Street. Gordon comes to the window, begging them to stop, as baby Miles is going to be taking his nap. Sully can't seem to drill any quieter, so Biff suggests they take their lunch break earlier. Sponsors: T, V, 7

Summary

Biff supervises as Sully drills the sidewalk outside 123 Sesame Street. Gordon comes to the window, begging them to stop, as baby Miles is going to be taking his nap. Sully can't seem to drill any quieter, so Biff suggests they take their lunch break earlier. Sponsors: T, V, 7

S17E52
Real Grouches
Air date: 28/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar hosts "Real Grouches," the show that showcases talented Grouches from around the world. First, Romeo Scuggs shows how he can play his screechy violin in-between shouting "Scram!" Then, Luba Merquit performs a song on a screechy blackboard. Sponsors: J, P, 2

Summary

Oscar hosts "Real Grouches," the show that showcases talented Grouches from around the world. First, Romeo Scuggs shows how he can play his screechy violin in-between shouting "Scram!" Then, Luba Merquit performs a song on a screechy blackboard. Sponsors: J, P, 2

S17E51
Episode 2146
Air date: 27/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo greets the viewer, as do the kids nearby. Elmo wants Barkley to say "hello" too, but Barkley's manner of saying hello is rolling around, kicking his feet, chasing his tail, then barking several times. Buster the Horse speaks in a whisper to Elmo about today's secret word - curious. Sponsors: H, U, 6

Summary

Elmo greets the viewer, as do the kids nearby. Elmo wants Barkley to say "hello" too, but Barkley's manner of saying hello is rolling around, kicking his feet, chasing his tail, then barking several times. Buster the Horse speaks in a whisper to Elmo about today's secret word - curious. Sponsors: H, U, 6

S17E50
A day of photographs
Air date: 24/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis, Piri, Grace, and Gordon are gathered to get a group photo with Miles. Olivia, operating the camera, gets them all into place, when Gordon wishes she could be a part of the photo too. Oscar offers to take their picture and assures the skeptical group that nothing will happen. Sponsors: V, Y, 7

Summary

Luis, Piri, Grace, and Gordon are gathered to get a group photo with Miles. Olivia, operating the camera, gets them all into place, when Gordon wishes she could be a part of the photo too. Oscar offers to take their picture and assures the skeptical group that nothing will happen. Sponsors: V, Y, 7

S17E49
Big Bird practices magic
Air date: 23/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and Luis welcome the viewer in Spanish, then Big Bird - or rather, "The Amazing Birdford," greets them. Big Bird has borrowed the Amazing Mumford's magic kit and is learning how to become a magician. Susan sets three new plants on her window sill. Sponsors: P, R, 3

Summary

Maria and Luis welcome the viewer in Spanish, then Big Bird - or rather, "The Amazing Birdford," greets them. Big Bird has borrowed the Amazing Mumford's magic kit and is learning how to become a magician. Susan sets three new plants on her window sill. Sponsors: P, R, 3

S17E48
David and the potted plant
Air date: 22/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David has been looking after a potted plant for his friend and is on his way to return it. On his way there, he hears arguing coming from Big Bird's nest. He goes inside, where Big Bird and Snuffy are both blaming each other for knocking over their box of crayons. Sponsors: B, D, 5

Summary

David has been looking after a potted plant for his friend and is on his way to return it. On his way there, he hears arguing coming from Big Bird's nest. He goes inside, where Big Bird and Snuffy are both blaming each other for knocking over their box of crayons. Sponsors: B, D, 5

S17E47
Jiffy the turtle / Barkley the cow
Air date: 21/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At Hooper's Store David greets Jiffy the turtle, who comes in for breakfast. Jiffy speaks very slowly, so David makes sure Gordon and Linda have everything they need - this could take a long time. Jiffy doesn't know whether he wants eggs or pancakes, and eventually decides to have corn flakes with f It's lunch time, but Jiffy is still eating his breakfast. Sponsors: I, K, 11

Summary

At Hooper's Store David greets Jiffy the turtle, who comes in for breakfast. Jiffy speaks very slowly, so David makes sure Gordon and Linda have everything they need - this could take a long time. Jiffy doesn't know whether he wants eggs or pancakes, and eventually decides to have corn flakes with f It's lunch time, but Jiffy is still eating his breakfast. Sponsors: I, K, 11

S17E46
Climbing Mount Garage
Air date: 20/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird observes Uncle Wally and the kids as they prepare to climb up a mountain. They check to see if they have all of their supplies while Big Bird glumly watches. One of the kids invites him to come along, and together they ascend the steps of the carriage house, which they pretend is "Mount Gar Back at the bottom of "Mount Garage," everyone has a picnic. Sponsors: O, S, 9

Summary

Big Bird observes Uncle Wally and the kids as they prepare to climb up a mountain. They check to see if they have all of their supplies while Big Bird glumly watches. One of the kids invites him to come along, and together they ascend the steps of the carriage house, which they pretend is "Mount Gar Back at the bottom of "Mount Garage," everyone has a picnic. Sponsors: O, S, 9

S17E45
Oscar writes Grouch poems
Air date: 17/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus wants to play football with Slimey, but Oscar thinks the size difference will make the game unfair to Slimey; he suggests hide and seek instead. Snuffy looks everywhere on Sesame Street and can't find Slimey. Oscar shows Snuffy that Slimey has been hiding in Snuffy's fur the whole Gordon comes across Oscar reading his book of Grouch Rhymes to Irvine. Sponsors: T, Z, 10

Summary

Snuffleupagus wants to play football with Slimey, but Oscar thinks the size difference will make the game unfair to Slimey; he suggests hide and seek instead. Snuffy looks everywhere on Sesame Street and can't find Slimey. Oscar shows Snuffy that Slimey has been hiding in Snuffy's fur the whole Gordon comes across Oscar reading his book of Grouch Rhymes to Irvine. Sponsors: T, Z, 10

S17E44
Episode 2139
Air date: 16/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar the Grouch loves the early morning because there are a multitude of sounds he gets to enjoy (such as garbage trucks, street construction, radios, barking, etc. Nobel Price witnesses Gordon performing an experiment with Daniella and Chris. He has two glass containers - one is a tall and thin bottle, the other is a short and wide pitcher filled with water. Sponsors: E, F, 9

Summary

Oscar the Grouch loves the early morning because there are a multitude of sounds he gets to enjoy (such as garbage trucks, street construction, radios, barking, etc. Nobel Price witnesses Gordon performing an experiment with Daniella and Chris. He has two glass containers - one is a tall and thin bottle, the other is a short and wide pitcher filled with water. Sponsors: E, F, 9

S17E43
Grandma Grace surprises David
Air date: 15/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird greets David at the door of Hooper's Store and says he can't tell him anything about the surprise waiting for him inside. But, through a series of unsolicited and inadvertent clues, David figures out that it's his Grandma Grace. When he opens the doors and gives her a hug, Big Bird takes to Maria finds Forgetful Jones holding a fishing rod over the basement rail of 123 Sesame Street, saying he's trying to "fish for an idea. Sponsors: W, Y, 5

Summary

Big Bird greets David at the door of Hooper's Store and says he can't tell him anything about the surprise waiting for him inside. But, through a series of unsolicited and inadvertent clues, David figures out that it's his Grandma Grace. When he opens the doors and gives her a hug, Big Bird takes to Maria finds Forgetful Jones holding a fishing rod over the basement rail of 123 Sesame Street, saying he's trying to "fish for an idea. Sponsors: W, Y, 5

S17E42
Episode 2137
Air date: 14/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Forgetful Jones explains to Maria that he’s labeled all his body parts so he won’t forget them, but she points out that he’s labeled them incorrectly (“Hubba-wha? She puts the "nose," "ear," "cheek," and "finger" labels in the right places, but Forgetful lets her have his spare “nose” Telly wants to play catch with Oscar, and knocks on Oscar's trash can twice. Sponsors: C, K, 3

Summary

Forgetful Jones explains to Maria that he’s labeled all his body parts so he won’t forget them, but she points out that he’s labeled them incorrectly (“Hubba-wha? She puts the "nose," "ear," "cheek," and "finger" labels in the right places, but Forgetful lets her have his spare “nose” Telly wants to play catch with Oscar, and knocks on Oscar's trash can twice. Sponsors: C, K, 3

S17E41
Episode 2136
Air date: 13/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly, while helping Luis at the Fix-it Shop, asks him when lunch will be. When he realizes they're both hungry Telly panics, but Luis says they can take a lunch break. Piri encourages him to try and remember, so Telly thinks hard and finally remembers the order. Sponsors: J, O, 8

Summary

Telly, while helping Luis at the Fix-it Shop, asks him when lunch will be. When he realizes they're both hungry Telly panics, but Luis says they can take a lunch break. Piri encourages him to try and remember, so Telly thinks hard and finally remembers the order. Sponsors: J, O, 8

S17E40
Episode 2135
Air date: 10/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird, an Anything Muppet kid (Pam Arciero), Desiree, Elmo, and Gladys the Cow welcome the viewer one word at a time. However, Buster the Horse, who is supposed to say "Street," isn't present. They listen for his arrival, mistaking the sounds of Nicole on her roller skates, a motor scooter, and a On Ask Oscar, Telly reads a fan question asking how they can become as grouchy as Oscar. Sponsors: P, R, 3

Summary

Big Bird, an Anything Muppet kid (Pam Arciero), Desiree, Elmo, and Gladys the Cow welcome the viewer one word at a time. However, Buster the Horse, who is supposed to say "Street," isn't present. They listen for his arrival, mistaking the sounds of Nicole on her roller skates, a motor scooter, and a On Ask Oscar, Telly reads a fan question asking how they can become as grouchy as Oscar. Sponsors: P, R, 3

S17E39
Telly meets Placido Flamingo
Air date: 09/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster and a few kids hear some unique vocalizing; sounds they've never heard before on Sesame Street. They approach what Telly describes as "some kind of bird," a simplification the voice objects to, who introduces himself as Placido Flamingo from Santo Domingo, world famous opera star. He e Bob comes by as Placido continues to lead Telly and the kids with vocal lessons. Sponsors: V, W, 4

Summary

Telly Monster and a few kids hear some unique vocalizing; sounds they've never heard before on Sesame Street. They approach what Telly describes as "some kind of bird," a simplification the voice objects to, who introduces himself as Placido Flamingo from Santo Domingo, world famous opera star. He e Bob comes by as Placido continues to lead Telly and the kids with vocal lessons. Sponsors: V, W, 4

S17E38
Episode 2133
Air date: 08/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar hands Telly Monster the sheet music for his new song, "Q is for Quick," accompanied by his pet elephants. Telly sings it through once, but Oscar thinks it should sound faster. Telly sings it again and again, each time faster than before. Sponsors: Q, Z, 11

Summary

Oscar hands Telly Monster the sheet music for his new song, "Q is for Quick," accompanied by his pet elephants. Telly sings it through once, but Oscar thinks it should sound faster. Telly sings it again and again, each time faster than before. Sponsors: Q, Z, 11

S17E37
Episode 2132
Air date: 07/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

It has just finished raining on Sesame Street, and Telly finds himself admiring the pitcher of rainwater he just collected. He tries to tell Oscar, who doesn't see why he should care about how important water is. Telly goes on to explain how people (and fish) would not be able to stop bothering him Piri finds Forgetful Jones sitting next to assembled ingredients of lemonade, to which Forgetful doesn't remember what he's going to do with. Sponsors: E, Q, 4

Summary

It has just finished raining on Sesame Street, and Telly finds himself admiring the pitcher of rainwater he just collected. He tries to tell Oscar, who doesn't see why he should care about how important water is. Telly goes on to explain how people (and fish) would not be able to stop bothering him Piri finds Forgetful Jones sitting next to assembled ingredients of lemonade, to which Forgetful doesn't remember what he's going to do with. Sponsors: E, Q, 4

S17E36
Episode 2131
Air date: 06/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count recruits Maria to help him in "Counting Toes." Simon Soundman brings his vacuum cleaner to the Fix-It Shop and describes, using sounds, the evening when it stopped working. Maria deduces that he tripped on the wire and it merely became unplugged. Sponsors: A, O, 4

Summary

The Count recruits Maria to help him in "Counting Toes." Simon Soundman brings his vacuum cleaner to the Fix-It Shop and describes, using sounds, the evening when it stopped working. Maria deduces that he tripped on the wire and it merely became unplugged. Sponsors: A, O, 4

S17E35
Uncle Wally recalls his sailor days
Air date: 03/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon asks Piri, Big Bird, and Mr. Snuffleupagus to watch Miles while he goes to get his dry cleaning. Big Bird and Snuffy try to find ways to keep Miles amused, but their joke telling and dog imitations don't work very well. Sponsors: N, P, 3

Summary

Gordon asks Piri, Big Bird, and Mr. Snuffleupagus to watch Miles while he goes to get his dry cleaning. Big Bird and Snuffy try to find ways to keep Miles amused, but their joke telling and dog imitations don't work very well. Sponsors: N, P, 3

S17E34
Forgetful Jones loses his numbers
Air date: 02/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob walks outside of his apartment and greets the viewer. He's just happened to receive his mail, and decides to go through it as he strolls down a busy Sesame Street. Sponsors: L, N, 2

Summary

Bob walks outside of his apartment and greets the viewer. He's just happened to receive his mail, and decides to go through it as he strolls down a busy Sesame Street. Sponsors: L, N, 2

S17E33
Dr. Price invents the square ball
Air date: 01/Jan/1986 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the crack of dawn, Ferlinghetti Donizetti drums a rhyme in the yard waking everyone up in the neighborhood. Big Bird leads the kids in a class for how to be pretend cars. Sponsors: I, L, 12

Summary

At the crack of dawn, Ferlinghetti Donizetti drums a rhyme in the yard waking everyone up in the neighborhood. Big Bird leads the kids in a class for how to be pretend cars. Sponsors: I, L, 12

S17E32
Episode 2127
Air date: 31/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

"Explorer Jones" and the kids pretend to be explorers. They're looking for the alphabet, but Forgetful doesn't know what it looks like. After identifying it as Maria's hot plate and Bob's shovel, he finds it in the direction of the viewer. Sponsors: F, H, 10

Summary

"Explorer Jones" and the kids pretend to be explorers. They're looking for the alphabet, but Forgetful doesn't know what it looks like. After identifying it as Maria's hot plate and Bob's shovel, he finds it in the direction of the viewer. Sponsors: F, H, 10

S17E31
A piano on Sesame Street
Air date: 30/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

While Oscar and Susan argue over the placement of Oscar's piano positioned in front of his trash can, along comes Mrs. Trump to play a happy tune. They're joined by Maria, Gordon, and the kids, who enjoy the music. Sponsors: P, S, 7

Summary

While Oscar and Susan argue over the placement of Oscar's piano positioned in front of his trash can, along comes Mrs. Trump to play a happy tune. They're joined by Maria, Gordon, and the kids, who enjoy the music. Sponsors: P, S, 7

S17E30
Miles' adoption
Air date: 27/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan's parents arrive from Michigan to see Miles. They are eager to see their grandson for the first time, but he is finally sleeping. Miles' grandmother Dorothy wants to sneak a peek while he's asleep. Sponsors: G, K, 9

Summary

Susan's parents arrive from Michigan to see Miles. They are eager to see their grandson for the first time, but he is finally sleeping. Miles' grandmother Dorothy wants to sneak a peek while he's asleep. Sponsors: G, K, 9

S17E29
Miles' adoption
Air date: 26/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan and Gordon welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and explain their process of baby-proofing the apartment in order to keep little Miles safe. They're taking any breakable objects and placing them on the shelf out of Miles' reach. Sponsors: C, G, 8

Summary

Susan and Gordon welcome the viewer to Sesame Street, and explain their process of baby-proofing the apartment in order to keep little Miles safe. They're taking any breakable objects and placing them on the shelf out of Miles' reach. Sponsors: C, G, 8

S17E28
Miles' adoption
Air date: 25/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Everybody on Sesame Street prepares for Miles' arrival in their own ways. A deliveryman drops off extra diapers and baby food for David at Hooper's Store, while Maria and Luis set up a play pen by the tire swing. Sponsors: B, C, 6

Summary

Everybody on Sesame Street prepares for Miles' arrival in their own ways. A deliveryman drops off extra diapers and baby food for David at Hooper's Store, while Maria and Luis set up a play pen by the tire swing. Sponsors: B, C, 6

S17E27
Miles' adoption
Air date: 24/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy declare today as "Best Friends Day," and plan to celebrate together with a picnic in the park. Big Bird is eager to get started, but Snuffy reminds him to first pick up their lunch at Hooper's Store. Sponsors: B, K, 5

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy declare today as "Best Friends Day," and plan to celebrate together with a picnic in the park. Big Bird is eager to get started, but Snuffy reminds him to first pick up their lunch at Hooper's Store. Sponsors: B, K, 5

S17E26
Piri gets a job at Hooper's
Air date: 23/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Piri wants to ask David for a part-time job at Hooper's Store. Oscar demonstrates how he should make the ask, with Telly's help. He gets face-to-face with Telly and loudly demands a job. Sponsors: J, O, 7

Summary

Piri wants to ask David for a part-time job at Hooper's Store. Oscar demonstrates how he should make the ask, with Telly's help. He gets face-to-face with Telly and loudly demands a job. Sponsors: J, O, 7

S17E25
Gladys jumps over the moon
Air date: 20/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus shows Big Bird his outfit for a pageant about the alphabet at Snufflegarden, where he's playing the letter X. He sings his part in the show, then heads off. Sponsors: C, X, 11

Summary

Snuffleupagus shows Big Bird his outfit for a pageant about the alphabet at Snufflegarden, where he's playing the letter X. He sings his part in the show, then heads off. Sponsors: C, X, 11

S17E24
Grouch diving contest
Air date: 19/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At today's Grouchketeer meeting, Oscar presents a lesson on the letter S. On his Grouch computer, he's loaded a program that shows grouchy images of S words when the S key is pressed. Sponsors: O, S, 3

Summary

At today's Grouchketeer meeting, Oscar presents a lesson on the letter S. On his Grouch computer, he's loaded a program that shows grouchy images of S words when the S key is pressed. Sponsors: O, S, 3

S17E23
Oscar's eclipse party
Air date: 18/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey has had a long day of activity, so Oscar weighs him on a scale. David notes that Slimey weighs 4 ounces, which isn't accurate because he's holding a balloon, a backpack, and a hockey stick. Sponsors: D, H, 2

Summary

Slimey has had a long day of activity, so Oscar weighs him on a scale. David notes that Slimey weighs 4 ounces, which isn't accurate because he's holding a balloon, a backpack, and a hockey stick. Sponsors: D, H, 2

S17E22
Teaching a baby Honker the alphabet.
Air date: 17/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria welcomes the viewer, then encounters Big Bird teaching a baby Honker to honk the alphabet. Big Bird recites it one part at a time in the form of "The Alphabet Song," and with Maria's help they get through the whole song. Sponsors: C, I, 6

Summary

Maria welcomes the viewer, then encounters Big Bird teaching a baby Honker to honk the alphabet. Big Bird recites it one part at a time in the form of "The Alphabet Song," and with Maria's help they get through the whole song. Sponsors: C, I, 6

S17E21
A noisy day in the library
Air date: 16/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis gives Telly Monster a plan on how to get Oscar the Grouch to help show one of today's letters - R. Telly loudly begins his talk to get Oscar's attention and asks Oscar not to help at all. The reverse psychology works. Sponsors: R, X, 4

Summary

Luis gives Telly Monster a plan on how to get Oscar the Grouch to help show one of today's letters - R. Telly loudly begins his talk to get Oscar's attention and asks Oscar not to help at all. The reverse psychology works. Sponsors: R, X, 4

S17E20
Oscar and the butterfly
Air date: 13/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On Ask Oscar, Telly reads a letter asking about the importance of listening. Oscar drives Telly crazy by blatantly paying little attention to everything he says, forcing Telly to repeat the details over and over. Sponsors: J, N, 5

Summary

On Ask Oscar, Telly reads a letter asking about the importance of listening. Oscar drives Telly crazy by blatantly paying little attention to everything he says, forcing Telly to repeat the details over and over. Sponsors: J, N, 5

S17E19
Luis' birthday
Air date: 12/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster and Big Bird are fighting over who gets to read a book in Big Bird's nest, tugging on each end until it tears in half. They apologize to each other and decide to each read their own half. Sponsors: P, S, 12

Summary

Telly Monster and Big Bird are fighting over who gets to read a book in Big Bird's nest, tugging on each end until it tears in half. They apologize to each other and decide to each read their own half. Sponsors: P, S, 12

S17E18
Oscar writes a play about trash
Air date: 11/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob finds Oscar typing away in his trash can. Oscar, wearing a writer's outfit, tells him that he's working on a play about trash to be performed today on Sesame Street. Bob asks to read it and Oscar allows him. Sponsors: F, M, 8

Summary

Bob finds Oscar typing away in his trash can. Oscar, wearing a writer's outfit, tells him that he's working on a play about trash to be performed today on Sesame Street. Bob asks to read it and Oscar allows him. Sponsors: F, M, 8

S17E17
Grundgetta enjoys the rain
Air date: 10/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan, Olivia, David, and Bob prepare to have a picnic in the park for an outdoor concert. Grundgetta brings them something else they might need - her portable radio, which broadcasts a Grouch weather report indicating rain. Sponsors: K, O, 10

Summary

Susan, Olivia, David, and Bob prepare to have a picnic in the park for an outdoor concert. Grundgetta brings them something else they might need - her portable radio, which broadcasts a Grouch weather report indicating rain. Sponsors: K, O, 10

S17E16
Polly Darton visits
Air date: 09/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The cast prepares the street for a special occasion, decorating with a large banner, balloons and food. Forgetful Jones can't remember what's going on, so the others remind him that his favorite country singer is coming to visit Sesame Street today. Sponsors: A, X, 11

Summary

The cast prepares the street for a special occasion, decorating with a large banner, balloons and food. Forgetful Jones can't remember what's going on, so the others remind him that his favorite country singer is coming to visit Sesame Street today. Sponsors: A, X, 11

S17E15
Telly’s gravity experiment
Air date: 06/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count tells the viewer that today, they're going to learn to count grown-ups. He calls over Bob, Susan, Maria, David, and Mr. Macintosh, who are all rather busy, but allow themselves to be counted for the sake of the viewer. Sponsors: H, I, 9

Summary

The Count tells the viewer that today, they're going to learn to count grown-ups. He calls over Bob, Susan, Maria, David, and Mr. Macintosh, who are all rather busy, but allow themselves to be counted for the sake of the viewer. Sponsors: H, I, 9

S17E14
Snuffy plays his flute
Air date: 05/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob and Luis encounter Oscar training some live dogs in his Grouch dog training school; he’s training them to disobey his commands. Bob questions this whole concept, and Oscar reminds him of the difference between Grouches and humans. Sponsors: Q, V, 4

Summary

Bob and Luis encounter Oscar training some live dogs in his Grouch dog training school; he’s training them to disobey his commands. Bob questions this whole concept, and Oscar reminds him of the difference between Grouches and humans. Sponsors: Q, V, 4

S17E13
Telly doesn't get angry
Air date: 04/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar acts like a pirate in preparation for a bout of sailing with his pet elephants. Their ship, the S. Discontented, floats in the pool and the mast sticks out from the top of the can. Sponsors: G, M, 6

Summary

Oscar acts like a pirate in preparation for a bout of sailing with his pet elephants. Their ship, the S. Discontented, floats in the pool and the mast sticks out from the top of the can. Sponsors: G, M, 6

S17E12
Bernie, a piano tuner, tunes Oscar's piano; Olivia goes on a date with Bernie
Air date: 03/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As Olivia rushes to work, she bumps into Bob and his friend, who Olivia shows signs of interest in. When they pass Oscar's trash can, Oscar is introduced to Bob’s friend, Bernie (a piano tuner). Sponsors: L, Y, 3

Summary

As Olivia rushes to work, she bumps into Bob and his friend, who Olivia shows signs of interest in. When they pass Oscar's trash can, Oscar is introduced to Bob’s friend, Bernie (a piano tuner). Sponsors: L, Y, 3

S17E11
Big Bird's toys
Air date: 02/Dec/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob plays “Pop Goes the Weasel” with two kids and Forgetful Jones, who plays the cymbals off-cue. Bob instructs him to play after the word “fun,” but he does so when Susan stops by and asks if she can join the fun. Sponsors: T, X, 11

Summary

Bob plays “Pop Goes the Weasel” with two kids and Forgetful Jones, who plays the cymbals off-cue. Bob instructs him to play after the word “fun,” but he does so when Susan stops by and asks if she can join the fun. Sponsors: T, X, 11

S17E10
Forgetful Maria
Air date: 29/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

After an encounter with Forgetful Jones, Maria imagines what it would be like to be just as forgetful as he is. Back in the present, David arrives to remind Maria about their lunch date. Sponsors: F, R, 12

Summary

After an encounter with Forgetful Jones, Maria imagines what it would be like to be just as forgetful as he is. Back in the present, David arrives to remind Maria about their lunch date. Sponsors: F, R, 12

S17E9
Remembering Mr. Hooper's egg cream
Air date: 28/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Honkers are in deep honk conversation when they notice the viewer and start honking even more and waving. Olivia comes by and asks what they're doing; they're so noisy. She wishes she could understand honk. Sponsors: A, Y, 11

Summary

The Honkers are in deep honk conversation when they notice the viewer and start honking even more and waving. Olivia comes by and asks what they're doing; they're so noisy. She wishes she could understand honk. Sponsors: A, Y, 11

S17E8
Hooper's has a broken window
Air date: 27/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly goes to Hooper's Store, but finds the door is locked and the glass from the window is missing. He calls David over, who explains that some kids playing baseball accidentally broke the window. Telly helps David measure the size of the window. Sponsors: G, Q, 3

Summary

Telly goes to Hooper's Store, but finds the door is locked and the glass from the window is missing. He calls David over, who explains that some kids playing baseball accidentally broke the window. Telly helps David measure the size of the window. Sponsors: G, Q, 3

S17E7
Gladys needs a new cowbell
Air date: 26/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus wrote his name today in Snufflegarden, but because he writes so big, he had to use four cards. He shows them off to Big Bird and the kids, who make several attempts to put them in the right order. Sponsors: R, Z, 8

Summary

Snuffleupagus wrote his name today in Snufflegarden, but because he writes so big, he had to use four cards. He shows them off to Big Bird and the kids, who make several attempts to put them in the right order. Sponsors: R, Z, 8

S17E6
Oscar’s ice cream stand
Air date: 25/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob comes across Oscar's trash can, which has now been converted into an ice creamery. Oscar advertises his nine different flavors, all beginning with the letter S. Oscar recruits Grundgetta to help attract customers to the stand. Sponsors: G, S, 9

Summary

Bob comes across Oscar's trash can, which has now been converted into an ice creamery. Oscar advertises his nine different flavors, all beginning with the letter S. Oscar recruits Grundgetta to help attract customers to the stand. Sponsors: G, S, 9

S17E5
Episode 2100
Air date: 22/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster speaks in whispers as Gordon is asleep nearby in the yard, having stayed up late grading papers. The two were supposed to have lunch together, but Telly doesn't see how this can work if Gordon is sleeping. Sponsors: M, X, 6

Summary

Telly Monster speaks in whispers as Gordon is asleep nearby in the yard, having stayed up late grading papers. The two were supposed to have lunch together, but Telly doesn't see how this can work if Gordon is sleeping. Sponsors: M, X, 6

S17E4
Gordon babysits Snuffy
Air date: 21/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon is sitting on the stoop of 123 Sesame Street and reminisces with the viewer about a time where he waited all day for Mr. Snuffleupagus. He decides he could take a walk over to Snuffy's cave so he could get to know him better. Sponsors: H, Q, 9

Summary

Gordon is sitting on the stoop of 123 Sesame Street and reminisces with the viewer about a time where he waited all day for Mr. Snuffleupagus. He decides he could take a walk over to Snuffy's cave so he could get to know him better. Sponsors: H, Q, 9

S17E3
Snuffy plays the harpmonica
Air date: 20/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffy wants to introduce Big Bird, Maria, Bob, Luis and Gordon to his new friend, but isn't sure how to do it since he just recently became friends with the grown-ups himself. Bob witnesses Snuffy playing a Snuffleupagus instrument called the "harpmonica." Sponsors: E, Q, 8

Summary

Snuffy wants to introduce Big Bird, Maria, Bob, Luis and Gordon to his new friend, but isn't sure how to do it since he just recently became friends with the grown-ups himself. Bob witnesses Snuffy playing a Snuffleupagus instrument called the "harpmonica." Sponsors: E, Q, 8

S17E2
Snuffy befriends Maria
Air date: 19/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In the early morning, Snuffy stops by Big Bird's nest, unable to sleep from the thrill of meeting everyone yesterday. A thought then occurs to him - he wonders if it really happened, or if he just imagined it. Sponsors: E, H, 7

Summary

In the early morning, Snuffy stops by Big Bird's nest, unable to sleep from the thrill of meeting everyone yesterday. A thought then occurs to him - he wonders if it really happened, or if he just imagined it. Sponsors: E, H, 7

S17E1
The adults on Sesame Street finally meet Mr. Snuffleupagus
Air date: 18/Nov/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird reveals to Snuffy that something special is going to happen today: all his grown-up friends will finally get to meet his best friend face-to-face! Big Bird explains how tired he is of hearing everyone humor him about his "imaginary friend." Sponsors: J, S, 6

Summary

Big Bird reveals to Snuffy that something special is going to happen today: all his grown-up friends will finally get to meet his best friend face-to-face! Big Bird explains how tired he is of hearing everyone humor him about his "imaginary friend." Sponsors: J, S, 6

Season 16 · Season 16
130 episode(s) · Air date: 19/Nov/1984
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S16E130
Big Bird and Officer George look for Barkley
Air date: 17/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

When Barkley goes missing, Big Bird teams up with Officer George to search for the dog throughout Sesame Street. They follow clues and ask residents if they've seen him. The search becomes an adventure that teaches about community cooperation and the importance of finding lost pets. Sponsors: A, E, 12

Summary

When Barkley goes missing, Big Bird teams up with Officer George to search for the dog throughout Sesame Street. They follow clues and ask residents if they've seen him. The search becomes an adventure that teaches about community cooperation and the importance of finding lost pets. Sponsors: A, E, 12

S16E129
Telly watches Mr. Mac's cart
Air date: 16/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly agrees to watch Mr. Mac's cart while he's away, but finds the responsibility challenging as customers keep approaching. Various residents come by with requests and questions. Telly learns about customer service and the importance of being reliable and attentive. Sponsors: E, J, 7

Summary

Telly agrees to watch Mr. Mac's cart while he's away, but finds the responsibility challenging as customers keep approaching. Various residents come by with requests and questions. Telly learns about customer service and the importance of being reliable and attentive. Sponsors: E, J, 7

S16E128
Oscar and a Honker trick Telly
Air date: 15/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar teams up with a bird-like creature called a Honker to play pranks and tricks on Telly throughout the day. The schemes escalate as they try to outwit and fool Telly. Telly eventually realizes what's happening and tries to get back at his pranksters. Sponsors: C, W, 8

Summary

Oscar teams up with a bird-like creature called a Honker to play pranks and tricks on Telly throughout the day. The schemes escalate as they try to outwit and fool Telly. Telly eventually realizes what's happening and tries to get back at his pranksters. Sponsors: C, W, 8

S16E127
Episode 2092
Air date: 14/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A very brief episode with minimal content and few scenes. Basic interactions among residents are shown. The episode is short and focuses on fundamental concepts. Sponsors: A, X, 11

Summary

A very brief episode with minimal content and few scenes. Basic interactions among residents are shown. The episode is short and focuses on fundamental concepts. Sponsors: A, X, 11

S16E126
Slimey's night out
Air date: 13/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar's pet worm Slimey ventures out for an evening adventure on Sesame Street. He encounters various residents and experiences different situations throughout his night. Slimey's small size and perspective lead to amusing and educational moments. Sponsors: X, Y, 4

Summary

Oscar's pet worm Slimey ventures out for an evening adventure on Sesame Street. He encounters various residents and experiences different situations throughout his night. Slimey's small size and perspective lead to amusing and educational moments. Sponsors: X, Y, 4

S16E125
Oscar looks for a job
Air date: 10/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar searches for employment that would suit his Grouch personality and sensibilities. He interviews for various positions but finds it difficult to fit into traditional jobs. The episode explores the challenges of finding work that matches one's unique traits and values. Sponsors: D, E, 5

Summary

Oscar searches for employment that would suit his Grouch personality and sensibilities. He interviews for various positions but finds it difficult to fit into traditional jobs. The episode explores the challenges of finding work that matches one's unique traits and values. Sponsors: D, E, 5

S16E124
How Oscar came to Sesame Street
Air date: 09/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar recalls the story of how he first arrived on Sesame Street and came to live in his trash can home. He remembers meeting the other residents and settling into the community. The flashback reveals Oscar's history and how he became part of the neighborhood. Sponsors: O, V, 3

Summary

Oscar recalls the story of how he first arrived on Sesame Street and came to live in his trash can home. He remembers meeting the other residents and settling into the community. The flashback reveals Oscar's history and how he became part of the neighborhood. Sponsors: O, V, 3

S16E123
Episode 2088
Air date: 08/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Standard street scenes feature the residents in typical interactions and daily activities. Educational segments are woven into their routines. Normal community life provides context for learning. Sponsors: H, W, 4

Summary

Standard street scenes feature the residents in typical interactions and daily activities. Educational segments are woven into their routines. Normal community life provides context for learning. Sponsors: H, W, 4

S16E122
Telly the Detective
Air date: 07/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly takes on the role of detective and investigates a mystery on Sesame Street. He gathers clues and interviews witnesses to solve the case. His detective work leads him on an entertaining adventure while he learns about observation and logical thinking. Sponsors: E, S, 4

Summary

Telly takes on the role of detective and investigates a mystery on Sesame Street. He gathers clues and interviews witnesses to solve the case. His detective work leads him on an entertaining adventure while he learns about observation and logical thinking. Sponsors: E, S, 4

S16E121
Episode 2086
Air date: 06/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A short episode with minimal scenes and interactions among the regular cast. Basic educational content is included. The focus is on simple, everyday moments. Sponsors: J, S, 8

Summary

A short episode with minimal scenes and interactions among the regular cast. Basic educational content is included. The focus is on simple, everyday moments. Sponsors: J, S, 8

S16E120
Episode 2085
Air date: 03/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents engage in standard activities and interactions featuring various street scenes. Educational moments are incorporated naturally into their routines. Daily life on Sesame Street continues with its typical rhythm. Sponsors: B, L, 9

Summary

The residents engage in standard activities and interactions featuring various street scenes. Educational moments are incorporated naturally into their routines. Daily life on Sesame Street continues with its typical rhythm. Sponsors: B, L, 9

S16E119
Telly tries to wait out his birthday
Air date: 02/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly attempts to avoid celebrating his birthday by waiting it out, but the residents have other plans. Despite his efforts to ignore the day, friends prepare a surprise to honor him. The episode explores themes of celebration, friendship, and why birthdays matter. Sponsors: F, Z, 2

Summary

Telly attempts to avoid celebrating his birthday by waiting it out, but the residents have other plans. Despite his efforts to ignore the day, friends prepare a surprise to honor him. The episode explores themes of celebration, friendship, and why birthdays matter. Sponsors: F, Z, 2

S16E118
Episode 2083
Air date: 01/May/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A brief episode with minimal content showing basic interactions among the residents. Simple educational lessons are presented. The episode maintains a calm, everyday atmosphere. Sponsors: L, U, 9

Summary

A brief episode with minimal content showing basic interactions among the residents. Simple educational lessons are presented. The episode maintains a calm, everyday atmosphere. Sponsors: L, U, 9

S16E117
Snuffy imagines himself as a cloud
Air date: 30/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Mr. Snuffleupagus imagines himself as a fluffy white cloud floating in the sky. Through his imagination, he experiences what it would be like to be weightless and free. Big Bird shares in this fantasy, exploring the possibilities of cloud living with his friend. Sponsors: D, G, 3

Summary

Mr. Snuffleupagus imagines himself as a fluffy white cloud floating in the sky. Through his imagination, he experiences what it would be like to be weightless and free. Big Bird shares in this fantasy, exploring the possibilities of cloud living with his friend. Sponsors: D, G, 3

S16E116
The Grouch of the Year Award
Air date: 29/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar and the Grouches gather to determine who deserves the prestigious Grouch of the Year Award. Various Grouches demonstrate their grouchiness and compete for the title. The competition shows off what makes each Grouch unique and special in their own way. Sponsors: T, U, 7

Summary

Oscar and the Grouches gather to determine who deserves the prestigious Grouch of the Year Award. Various Grouches demonstrate their grouchiness and compete for the title. The competition shows off what makes each Grouch unique and special in their own way. Sponsors: T, U, 7

S16E115
Episode 2080
Air date: 26/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Various characters engage in their typical routines and activities on Sesame Street. Learning happens naturally through their conversations and actions. The episode reflects ordinary life in the community. Sponsors: T, X, 6

Summary

Various characters engage in their typical routines and activities on Sesame Street. Learning happens naturally through their conversations and actions. The episode reflects ordinary life in the community. Sponsors: T, X, 6

S16E114
Episode 2079
Air date: 25/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A short episode with minimal scenes showing daily interactions among the residents. Educational content is woven into these simple interactions. The focus remains on community and friendship. Sponsors: A, M, 5

Summary

A short episode with minimal scenes showing daily interactions among the residents. Educational content is woven into these simple interactions. The focus remains on community and friendship. Sponsors: A, M, 5

S16E113
Episode 2078
Air date: 24/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents go about their regular activities on Sesame Street with various scenes and educational moments. Characters engage in typical interactions and help one another. Normal day-to-day life provides the foundation for learning. Sponsors: B, K, 4

Summary

The residents go about their regular activities on Sesame Street with various scenes and educational moments. Characters engage in typical interactions and help one another. Normal day-to-day life provides the foundation for learning. Sponsors: B, K, 4

S16E112
Episode 2077
Air date: 23/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Standard street scenes featuring the regular cast in daily activities and interactions. Educational segments are seamlessly incorporated into the characters' routines. The episode maintains the show's typical balance of entertainment and learning. Sponsors: S, X, 3

Summary

Standard street scenes featuring the regular cast in daily activities and interactions. Educational segments are seamlessly incorporated into the characters' routines. The episode maintains the show's typical balance of entertainment and learning. Sponsors: S, X, 3

S16E111
Oscar's pet lobster
Air date: 22/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar adopts a pet lobster and names it, treating it as his new companion. He shows the crustacean around to other residents and explains why he chose a lobster. The lobster's presence creates new dynamics and opportunities for learning on Sesame Street. Sponsors: B, S, 2

Summary

Oscar adopts a pet lobster and names it, treating it as his new companion. He shows the crustacean around to other residents and explains why he chose a lobster. The lobster's presence creates new dynamics and opportunities for learning on Sesame Street. Sponsors: B, S, 2

S16E110
Episode 2075
Air date: 19/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A brief episode featuring simple street scenes and basic educational content. The residents interact naturally while lessons are taught incidentally. Daily life on Sesame Street unfolds with minimal plot. Sponsors: C, Y, 2

Summary

A brief episode featuring simple street scenes and basic educational content. The residents interact naturally while lessons are taught incidentally. Daily life on Sesame Street unfolds with minimal plot. Sponsors: C, Y, 2

S16E109
Q is followed by U
Air date: 18/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

An educational segment explores the letter Q and explains that it's almost always followed by the letter U in English. Various words and examples demonstrate this spelling rule. Characters use this rule to help viewers understand how letters work together. Sponsors: P, Q, 11

Summary

An educational segment explores the letter Q and explains that it's almost always followed by the letter U in English. Various words and examples demonstrate this spelling rule. Characters use this rule to help viewers understand how letters work together. Sponsors: P, Q, 11

S16E108
Remembering Mr. Hooper / Oscar's stop sign
Air date: 17/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents reminisce about Mr. Hooper and share memories of their beloved friend who has passed away. His impact on their lives and the community is celebrated through their stories. Oscar also deals with a stop sign, showing contrasting emotions in the episode. Sponsors: K, Q, 9

Summary

The residents reminisce about Mr. Hooper and share memories of their beloved friend who has passed away. His impact on their lives and the community is celebrated through their stories. Oscar also deals with a stop sign, showing contrasting emotions in the episode. Sponsors: K, Q, 9

S16E107
A blackout on Sesame Street
Air date: 16/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

When the power goes out on Sesame Street, the residents must cope with darkness and find ways to entertain themselves. They gather together and tell stories, sing, and enjoy each other's company. The episode shows how community bonds strengthen when everyone works together during challenging times. Sponsors: P, R, 8

Summary

When the power goes out on Sesame Street, the residents must cope with darkness and find ways to entertain themselves. They gather together and tell stories, sing, and enjoy each other's company. The episode shows how community bonds strengthen when everyone works together during challenging times. Sponsors: P, R, 8

S16E106
Trumpet Afternoon
Air date: 15/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Ernie blows his trumpet, creating loud and sometimes off-key notes that bother the residents. Various characters react to the trumpet sounds throughout the afternoon. Despite the noise challenges, the episode celebrates music and Ernie's enthusiasm for his instrument. Sponsors: I, N, 10

Summary

Ernie blows his trumpet, creating loud and sometimes off-key notes that bother the residents. Various characters react to the trumpet sounds throughout the afternoon. Despite the noise challenges, the episode celebrates music and Ernie's enthusiasm for his instrument. Sponsors: I, N, 10

S16E105
Oscar tries a tongue twister
Air date: 12/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar attempts to say a difficult tongue twister but struggles with the tricky words and pronunciations. Others try as well, and they all laugh at their failed attempts. The episode shows how challenging tongue twisters can be while celebrating good humor about the difficulty. Sponsors: B, L, 7

Summary

Oscar attempts to say a difficult tongue twister but struggles with the tricky words and pronunciations. Others try as well, and they all laugh at their failed attempts. The episode shows how challenging tongue twisters can be while celebrating good humor about the difficulty. Sponsors: B, L, 7

S16E104
Hooper's Store gets a new door
Air date: 11/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David and the residents prepare to replace the old door at Hooper's Store with a new one. The installation process involves several characters helping with measurements and setup. This event becomes a community project where everyone contributes to improving the store. Sponsors: H, N, 6

Summary

David and the residents prepare to replace the old door at Hooper's Store with a new one. The installation process involves several characters helping with measurements and setup. This event becomes a community project where everyone contributes to improving the store. Sponsors: H, N, 6

S16E103
Carlos goes on a Grouch tour
Air date: 10/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Carlos is guided through a special tour of the Grouch neighborhood by Oscar and other Grouches. He learns about Grouch culture, values, and way of life as they show him around. The tour reveals what makes Grouches unique and different from other residents. Sponsors: F, H, 5

Summary

Carlos is guided through a special tour of the Grouch neighborhood by Oscar and other Grouches. He learns about Grouch culture, values, and way of life as they show him around. The tour reveals what makes Grouches unique and different from other residents. Sponsors: F, H, 5

S16E102
Forgetful forgets how to read signs
Air date: 09/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Forgetful Jones encounters various signs around Sesame Street but can't remember what they mean or how to read them. Others help him understand what different signs communicate. This episode emphasizes the importance of reading and understanding written information in daily life. Sponsors: F, I, 4

Summary

Forgetful Jones encounters various signs around Sesame Street but can't remember what they mean or how to read them. Others help him understand what different signs communicate. This episode emphasizes the importance of reading and understanding written information in daily life. Sponsors: F, I, 4

S16E101
Episode 2066
Air date: 08/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A standard episode featuring various street scenes and educational segments with the regular cast. Daily activities and lessons are taught through character interactions. The residents help each other and learn together. Sponsors: T, U, 11

Summary

A standard episode featuring various street scenes and educational segments with the regular cast. Daily activities and lessons are taught through character interactions. The residents help each other and learn together. Sponsors: T, U, 11

S16E100
A day with Geri Jewell
Air date: 05/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Guest star Geri Jewell spends a day on Sesame Street interacting with the residents and characters. She participates in games, songs, and activities, bringing her unique perspective and energy. Through her presence, the episode teaches lessons about inclusion and friendship. Sponsors: D, I, 2

Summary

Guest star Geri Jewell spends a day on Sesame Street interacting with the residents and characters. She participates in games, songs, and activities, bringing her unique perspective and energy. Through her presence, the episode teaches lessons about inclusion and friendship. Sponsors: D, I, 2

S16E99
The Sesame Street Pet Show
Air date: 04/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents organize a pet show where various animals and creatures are displayed and celebrated. Characters bring their pets and discuss what makes each one special. The show becomes a fun community event where everyone participates and learns about different animals. Sponsors: G, J, 12

Summary

The residents organize a pet show where various animals and creatures are displayed and celebrated. Characters bring their pets and discuss what makes each one special. The show becomes a fun community event where everyone participates and learns about different animals. Sponsors: G, J, 12

S16E98
Episode 2063
Air date: 03/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A brief episode with minimal scenes featuring everyday interactions on Sesame Street. The residents conduct their normal routines while educational content is woven into their activities. Sponsors: C, P, 11

Summary

A brief episode with minimal scenes featuring everyday interactions on Sesame Street. The residents conduct their normal routines while educational content is woven into their activities. Sponsors: C, P, 11

S16E97
The Big Sesame Street Breakfest
Air date: 02/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents of Sesame Street gather for a special breakfast celebration where various foods are shared. Big Bird and others enjoy different breakfast items and talk about nutrition. The community comes together to enjoy a meal and spend time with friends. Sponsors: M, R, 10

Summary

The residents of Sesame Street gather for a special breakfast celebration where various foods are shared. Big Bird and others enjoy different breakfast items and talk about nutrition. The community comes together to enjoy a meal and spend time with friends. Sponsors: M, R, 10

S16E96
Episode 2061
Air date: 01/Apr/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Various street scenes play out involving the residents of Sesame Street as they go about their day-to-day activities. Educational segments are interspersed showing letters, numbers, and counting exercises. Characters teach valuable lessons through their interactions and conversations. Sponsors: J, P, 6

Summary

Various street scenes play out involving the residents of Sesame Street as they go about their day-to-day activities. Educational segments are interspersed showing letters, numbers, and counting exercises. Characters teach valuable lessons through their interactions and conversations. Sponsors: J, P, 6

S16E95
Superbird / Miss Trump dances
Air date: 29/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Superbird emerges to help someone in need while Gordon and another character discuss a current situation. Miss Trump arrives on Sesame Street and dances to show the residents how to move to music. Her infectious enthusiasm gets the residents to dance along with her in celebration. Sponsors: E, M, 8

Summary

Superbird emerges to help someone in need while Gordon and another character discuss a current situation. Miss Trump arrives on Sesame Street and dances to show the residents how to move to music. Her infectious enthusiasm gets the residents to dance along with her in celebration. Sponsors: E, M, 8

S16E94
Break dancing; Maria's life story
Air date: 28/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A segment features break dancing as kids demonstrate the energetic street dance style. Maria tells her life story to the Martians, explaining how she came to live and work on Sesame Street, sharing memories of her past. The Martians listen intently to her narrative about her background and journey. Sponsors: E, R, 7

Summary

A segment features break dancing as kids demonstrate the energetic street dance style. Maria tells her life story to the Martians, explaining how she came to live and work on Sesame Street, sharing memories of her past. The Martians listen intently to her narrative about her background and journey. Sponsors: E, R, 7

S16E93
Snuffy joins the Grouchketeers
Air date: 27/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar checks with Snuffleupagus to see if he wants to join the Grouchketeers club, listing various Grouch requirements and attitudes. Snuffy decides he'd like to be a member, though he's not naturally grouch-like. The Grouchketeers try teaching Snuffy how to be properly grouchy, but his gentle nature prevents him from succeeding at their typical behaviors. Sponsors: L, Q, 12

Summary

Oscar checks with Snuffleupagus to see if he wants to join the Grouchketeers club, listing various Grouch requirements and attitudes. Snuffy decides he'd like to be a member, though he's not naturally grouch-like. The Grouchketeers try teaching Snuffy how to be properly grouchy, but his gentle nature prevents him from succeeding at their typical behaviors. Sponsors: L, Q, 12

S16E92
Episode 2057
Air date: 26/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon and Bob discuss letters of recommendation while Bob worries he's not qualified to write one. Big Bird finds three things in his nest that start with the letter H and presents them to the viewers. Oscar shares his Grouch wisdom about avoiding doing dishes by using paper plates, while Maria and Luis play a guessing game identifying pictures of objects. Sponsors: D, H, 2

Summary

Gordon and Bob discuss letters of recommendation while Bob worries he's not qualified to write one. Big Bird finds three things in his nest that start with the letter H and presents them to the viewers. Oscar shares his Grouch wisdom about avoiding doing dishes by using paper plates, while Maria and Luis play a guessing game identifying pictures of objects. Sponsors: D, H, 2

S16E91
Telly tries to draw Oscar
Air date: 25/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar finds Telly attempting to draw a portrait of him from the real Oscar's descriptions, but everything comes out wrong as they have conflicting perspectives. Big Bird and Snuffy sing a song about friendship and loyalty. Later, Oscar and Telly watch a film about drawing, and Telly appreciates Oscar's honesty about his appearance despite harsh descriptions. Sponsors: R, W, 7

Summary

Oscar finds Telly attempting to draw a portrait of him from the real Oscar's descriptions, but everything comes out wrong as they have conflicting perspectives. Big Bird and Snuffy sing a song about friendship and loyalty. Later, Oscar and Telly watch a film about drawing, and Telly appreciates Oscar's honesty about his appearance despite harsh descriptions. Sponsors: R, W, 7

S16E90
Episode 2055
Air date: 22/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly wasn't ready for the viewer's arrival and wanted to surprise them with a poem, so he frantically asks Bob for a word that rhymes with "street." Luis tries finishing a birthday card to his cousin while hiding from Elmo, who always wants to play. Forgetful Jones greets Telly as "Silly Monster," prompting Telly to correct him, and Forgetful apologizes for forgetting his real name. Sponsors: V, W, 3

Summary

Telly wasn't ready for the viewer's arrival and wanted to surprise them with a poem, so he frantically asks Bob for a word that rhymes with "street." Luis tries finishing a birthday card to his cousin while hiding from Elmo, who always wants to play. Forgetful Jones greets Telly as "Silly Monster," prompting Telly to correct him, and Forgetful apologizes for forgetting his real name. Sponsors: V, W, 3

S16E89
Gordon agrees to visit Snuffy's cave
Air date: 21/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Buster the Horse greets Gladys the Cow as his sister, but Gladys protests with a song about how they're different while horses sing about similarities. Maria finds Gladys practicing her role as a cat for a stage production of "Cat on a Hot Tin Roof." Big Bird asks Gordon and Olivia to write permission for a sleepover at Snuffy's cave, and Gordon helps Big Bird pack, confused to find his own name on the list. Sponsors: U, V, 2

Summary

Buster the Horse greets Gladys the Cow as his sister, but Gladys protests with a song about how they're different while horses sing about similarities. Maria finds Gladys practicing her role as a cat for a stage production of "Cat on a Hot Tin Roof." Big Bird asks Gordon and Olivia to write permission for a sleepover at Snuffy's cave, and Gordon helps Big Bird pack, confused to find his own name on the list. Sponsors: U, V, 2

S16E88
The Martians cause trouble for Big Bird
Air date: 20/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A spaceship lands on Sesame Street and pink and orange Martians emerge, exploring the Fix-It Shop where they mistake Maria's computer for something to break. They also destroy a clock that Maria blames on Big Bird, angering him. The Martians hide in Big Bird's nest to hatch an egg, while Big Bird gets blamed and Bob discovers mismatched socks, Oscar leaves Irvine with Micki and Piri for babysitting. Sponsors: T, U, 12

Summary

A spaceship lands on Sesame Street and pink and orange Martians emerge, exploring the Fix-It Shop where they mistake Maria's computer for something to break. They also destroy a clock that Maria blames on Big Bird, angering him. The Martians hide in Big Bird's nest to hatch an egg, while Big Bird gets blamed and Bob discovers mismatched socks, Oscar leaves Irvine with Micki and Piri for babysitting. Sponsors: T, U, 12

S16E87
Episode 2052
Air date: 19/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird teaches Mr. Snuffleupagus the difference between "here" and "there" through song. Maria discusses various hats with the kids, while hatless Forgetful Jones tries to describe a particular hat he can't quite remember. The group plays a counting game with buttons, though Forgetful initially counts his own buttons multiple times until Maria helps the kids count their own. Sponsors: S, T, 11

Summary

Big Bird teaches Mr. Snuffleupagus the difference between "here" and "there" through song. Maria discusses various hats with the kids, while hatless Forgetful Jones tries to describe a particular hat he can't quite remember. The group plays a counting game with buttons, though Forgetful initially counts his own buttons multiple times until Maria helps the kids count their own. Sponsors: S, T, 11

S16E86
Forgetful Jones writes a book
Air date: 18/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar creates a list of things he's not going to do and wonders what he's forgotten to avoid. Oscar teaches the Grouchketeers Spanish vocabulary they should never use, like "muchas gracias." Forgetful Jones borrows a hammer and nail for writing but gets pencil and paper instead, then completes a book titled "What I Remember" that Bob and Linda read and translate into sign language. Sponsors: O, S, 9

Summary

Oscar creates a list of things he's not going to do and wonders what he's forgotten to avoid. Oscar teaches the Grouchketeers Spanish vocabulary they should never use, like "muchas gracias." Forgetful Jones borrows a hammer and nail for writing but gets pencil and paper instead, then completes a book titled "What I Remember" that Bob and Linda read and translate into sign language. Sponsors: O, S, 9

S16E85
Telly becomes a firefighter
Air date: 15/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar gathers all his "friends" for a club photo, cramming them closer and closer together for the shot. Luis explains the parts of a toy fire engine to Telly, who immediately dreams of becoming a firefighter. After putting on a helmet and getting a small extinguisher, Telly discovers he must wait for people to call for help rather than solicit for work, and learns that real firefighters require training and education. Sponsors: A, Z, 12

Summary

Oscar gathers all his "friends" for a club photo, cramming them closer and closer together for the shot. Luis explains the parts of a toy fire engine to Telly, who immediately dreams of becoming a firefighter. After putting on a helmet and getting a small extinguisher, Telly discovers he must wait for people to call for help rather than solicit for work, and learns that real firefighters require training and education. Sponsors: A, Z, 12

S16E84
Episode 2049
Air date: 14/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and Luis receive a postcard from Forgetful Jones on vacation, featuring humorous descriptions of his misadventures with biking and roller skating. Telly asks street people like Oscar, Big Bird, and kids for a word beginning with the letter Y in a "Monster on the Spot" segment. Oscar declares X is the best letter for crossing out things Grouches don't like, while Telly complains about his warm jacket to Maria. Sponsors: X, Y, 8

Summary

Maria and Luis receive a postcard from Forgetful Jones on vacation, featuring humorous descriptions of his misadventures with biking and roller skating. Telly asks street people like Oscar, Big Bird, and kids for a word beginning with the letter Y in a "Monster on the Spot" segment. Oscar declares X is the best letter for crossing out things Grouches don't like, while Telly complains about his warm jacket to Maria. Sponsors: X, Y, 8

S16E83
Slimey helps at the Fix-It Shop / Telly's magic words
Air date: 13/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey joins Maria at the Fix-It Shop but struggles to help with large repairs until Micki arrives with a deflated basketball that needs patching. Maria fixes the ball while noting how helpful Slimey has become and mentions the squeaky front door. Telly hides behind a crate and challenges Maria and Tanya to enter his "winner's circle" by saying special magic words. Sponsors: O, X, 7

Summary

Slimey joins Maria at the Fix-It Shop but struggles to help with large repairs until Micki arrives with a deflated basketball that needs patching. Maria fixes the ball while noting how helpful Slimey has become and mentions the squeaky front door. Telly hides behind a crate and challenges Maria and Tanya to enter his "winner's circle" by saying special magic words. Sponsors: O, X, 7

S16E82
Telly gets angry with Luis
Air date: 12/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly shows Big Bird his early marble collection in a jar, but when Big Bird tries to look closer, his wing gets stuck inside. Luis and kids find hidden letter As hidden within an ocean picture. Forgetful Jones returns to Hooper's Store moments after eating, ordering lunch again as if nothing happened, while Telly grows angry when Luis breaks his promise to play ball in the park. Sponsors: A, O, 6

Summary

Telly shows Big Bird his early marble collection in a jar, but when Big Bird tries to look closer, his wing gets stuck inside. Luis and kids find hidden letter As hidden within an ocean picture. Forgetful Jones returns to Hooper's Store moments after eating, ordering lunch again as if nothing happened, while Telly grows angry when Luis breaks his promise to play ball in the park. Sponsors: A, O, 6

S16E81
Episode 2046
Air date: 11/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally greets Bob while holding an invisible dog on a gag leash, complete with trick demonstrations. Oscar plans to surprise Wally with a spring-loaded snake candy can, but Wally outwits him and uses it on Bob instead. Zoey helps Forgetful Jones identify lunch items and a book, while Bob, Telly, and Gordon invite Big Bird to join their baseball game. Sponsors: J, Z, 5

Summary

Uncle Wally greets Bob while holding an invisible dog on a gag leash, complete with trick demonstrations. Oscar plans to surprise Wally with a spring-loaded snake candy can, but Wally outwits him and uses it on Bob instead. Zoey helps Forgetful Jones identify lunch items and a book, while Bob, Telly, and Gordon invite Big Bird to join their baseball game. Sponsors: J, Z, 5

S16E80
Episode 2045
Air date: 08/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally arrives wearing rabbit ears borrowed from a country friend to experience how jackrabbits hear the world. Big Bird and Uncle Wally sit quietly thinking about subtraction, which Gordon counts in voiceover. Uncle Wally demonstrates the letter G for "giggle" by making everyone burst into laughter, and performs "Here Are Some Things" with threes before producing an elephant from his suitcase. Sponsors: G, P, 3

Summary

Uncle Wally arrives wearing rabbit ears borrowed from a country friend to experience how jackrabbits hear the world. Big Bird and Uncle Wally sit quietly thinking about subtraction, which Gordon counts in voiceover. Uncle Wally demonstrates the letter G for "giggle" by making everyone burst into laughter, and performs "Here Are Some Things" with threes before producing an elephant from his suitcase. Sponsors: G, P, 3

S16E79
Episode 2044
Air date: 07/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy observe little Slimey making his way to the park and marvel at how he's grown big enough to travel alone, confusing Snuffy about relative sizes. Luis watches Oscar and other Grouches form a musical ensemble, with Bob joining them on flute in their group. Oscar teaches Slimey to read by having him find pictures of words like "cup," while the Rockheads perform about words starting with Q. Sponsors: E, Q, 4

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy observe little Slimey making his way to the park and marvel at how he's grown big enough to travel alone, confusing Snuffy about relative sizes. Luis watches Oscar and other Grouches form a musical ensemble, with Bob joining them on flute in their group. Oscar teaches Slimey to read by having him find pictures of words like "cup," while the Rockheads perform about words starting with Q. Sponsors: E, Q, 4

S16E78
Episode 2043
Air date: 06/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

On Ask Oscar, Telly reads letters from viewers, and Oscar answers every question with a firm "no" as any good Grouch would. Maria blindfolds kids Diana and Zoe to guess objects by touch, while Big Bird's snuffle puppet Gus struggles through a game about big shapes. Don Music overcomes writer's block by imagining a new song in his mind that he's never heard before. Sponsors: I, T, 2

Summary

On Ask Oscar, Telly reads letters from viewers, and Oscar answers every question with a firm "no" as any good Grouch would. Maria blindfolds kids Diana and Zoe to guess objects by touch, while Big Bird's snuffle puppet Gus struggles through a game about big shapes. Don Music overcomes writer's block by imagining a new song in his mind that he's never heard before. Sponsors: I, T, 2

S16E77
Gordon waits for Mr. Snuffleupagus
Air date: 05/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon settles in beside Oscar's trash can with food and supplies to finally meet Mr. Snuffleupagus as promised to Big Bird. Oscar and Grundgetta prank Gordon with a trash-can Snuffleupagus disguise, and Susan reminds him of their dinner date that he's reluctant to leave. When Big Bird excitedly claims Snuffy actually did appear nearby, Gordon realizes his long vigil may have nearly succeeded. Sponsors: B, C, 6

Summary

Gordon settles in beside Oscar's trash can with food and supplies to finally meet Mr. Snuffleupagus as promised to Big Bird. Oscar and Grundgetta prank Gordon with a trash-can Snuffleupagus disguise, and Susan reminds him of their dinner date that he's reluctant to leave. When Big Bird excitedly claims Snuffy actually did appear nearby, Gordon realizes his long vigil may have nearly succeeded. Sponsors: B, C, 6

S16E76
Episode 2041
Air date: 04/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria tests out a newly repaired scale and takes great pride in its perfect operation, while Forgetful Jones humorously mistakes it for a clock. Bob shows kids a picture of Ernie with missing body parts for them to draw in. Forgetful creates confusion by sitting with an orange on his hat, convinced he's lost it, until Bob reminds him of where it actually is. Sponsors: M, N, 3

Summary

Maria tests out a newly repaired scale and takes great pride in its perfect operation, while Forgetful Jones humorously mistakes it for a clock. Bob shows kids a picture of Ernie with missing body parts for them to draw in. Forgetful creates confusion by sitting with an orange on his hat, convinced he's lost it, until Bob reminds him of where it actually is. Sponsors: M, N, 3

S16E75
Big Bird counts backwards
Air date: 01/Mar/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird enthusiastically teaches everyone on Sesame Street to count backwards from ten to one, believing it's superior because it always ends at one. Maria points out that everyone may already know this from school, so Big Bird pivots to simply encouraging people to attend school instead. Oscar reads from his book of Mother Grouch nursery rhymes, which Gordon critiques for lacking actual rhymes. Sponsors: D, H, 10

Summary

Big Bird enthusiastically teaches everyone on Sesame Street to count backwards from ten to one, believing it's superior because it always ends at one. Maria points out that everyone may already know this from school, so Big Bird pivots to simply encouraging people to attend school instead. Oscar reads from his book of Mother Grouch nursery rhymes, which Gordon critiques for lacking actual rhymes. Sponsors: D, H, 10

S16E74
Episode 2039
Air date: 28/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird fantasizes about Maria and Gordon vanishing through impossible means—Maria swimming the Atlantic and Gordon catching a rocket to Mars—in order to teach subtraction. When reality returns and they're actually gone, Bob becomes confused by Big Bird's mysterious talk of his imaginative scenario. Maria later receives a handmade flower from Big Bird that lifts her spirits after a long day fixing a grandfather clock. Sponsors: M, N, 9

Summary

Big Bird fantasizes about Maria and Gordon vanishing through impossible means—Maria swimming the Atlantic and Gordon catching a rocket to Mars—in order to teach subtraction. When reality returns and they're actually gone, Bob becomes confused by Big Bird's mysterious talk of his imaginative scenario. Maria later receives a handmade flower from Big Bird that lifts her spirits after a long day fixing a grandfather clock. Sponsors: M, N, 9

S16E73
Forgetful Jones and the labels
Air date: 27/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At Hooper's Store, Telly frets about testing everything before using it, while Olivia demonstrates guessing musical instruments behind her back. Forgetful Jones peels off can labels trying to peek inside, then forgets what the labels do, leading Luis to explain their purpose and help match them back to the correct cans. Forgetful's memory troubles multiply when he next forgets where he left his can opener. Sponsors: F, K, 7

Summary

At Hooper's Store, Telly frets about testing everything before using it, while Olivia demonstrates guessing musical instruments behind her back. Forgetful Jones peels off can labels trying to peek inside, then forgets what the labels do, leading Luis to explain their purpose and help match them back to the correct cans. Forgetful's memory troubles multiply when he next forgets where he left his can opener. Sponsors: F, K, 7

S16E72
A Rockhead rhymes with Elmo and listens to Big Bird's poem
Air date: 26/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird plays a rhyming guessing game with his puppet Gus, while Gordon engages Elmo in finding things that rhyme with household items, accidentally summoning a Rockhead who makes rock-themed puns. When Elmo brings his aunts to rhyme with "pants," the Rockhead learns more about his family. Later, Big Bird finds few people willing to listen to his nature poem until the Rockhead offers genuine attention. Sponsors: A, B, 8

Summary

Big Bird plays a rhyming guessing game with his puppet Gus, while Gordon engages Elmo in finding things that rhyme with household items, accidentally summoning a Rockhead who makes rock-themed puns. When Elmo brings his aunts to rhyme with "pants," the Rockhead learns more about his family. Later, Big Bird finds few people willing to listen to his nature poem until the Rockhead offers genuine attention. Sponsors: A, B, 8

S16E71
Elmo plays hide-and-seek with Oscar
Air date: 25/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The library opens fresh and clean after Linda and Micki arrive early to tidy up from the night before, revealing their shared appreciation for the orderly space. When Oscar grows tired of Elmo's constant pestering, he suggests a game of hide-and-seek to get some peace. As Oscar realizes he's actually worried about Elmo being lost, he's surprised to find that Elmo returns to help him search instead. Sponsors: D, H, 6

Summary

The library opens fresh and clean after Linda and Micki arrive early to tidy up from the night before, revealing their shared appreciation for the orderly space. When Oscar grows tired of Elmo's constant pestering, he suggests a game of hide-and-seek to get some peace. As Oscar realizes he's actually worried about Elmo being lost, he's surprised to find that Elmo returns to help him search instead. Sponsors: D, H, 6

S16E70
Don Music writes "Flabbergasted"
Air date: 22/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

When Susan gets a flat tire during her planned country drive, Don Music finds inspiration for a song about the jack she's using to fix it. Buster the Horse suggests he write a song about the word "Flabbergasted," which Don eagerly develops into a complete tune. As Luis teaches about plant care, Don continues composing new verses about everything he learns. Sponsors: C, G, 5

Summary

When Susan gets a flat tire during her planned country drive, Don Music finds inspiration for a song about the jack she's using to fix it. Buster the Horse suggests he write a song about the word "Flabbergasted," which Don eagerly develops into a complete tune. As Luis teaches about plant care, Don continues composing new verses about everything he learns. Sponsors: C, G, 5

S16E69
Maria looks for things beginning with the letter I
Air date: 21/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and Telly search frantically through the Fix-It Shop for something beginning with the letter I while Barkley creates chaos by howling and scratching. They pull out drawers, rummage through the store, and interrupt their lunch plans in the quest, but struggle to find anything suitable. Crystal explains the importance of breathing to help demonstrate the letter and its sounds. Sponsors: I, T, 4

Summary

Maria and Telly search frantically through the Fix-It Shop for something beginning with the letter I while Barkley creates chaos by howling and scratching. They pull out drawers, rummage through the store, and interrupt their lunch plans in the quest, but struggle to find anything suitable. Crystal explains the importance of breathing to help demonstrate the letter and its sounds. Sponsors: I, T, 4

S16E68
Mumford brings Cinderella to Sesame Street
Air date: 20/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly uses magic to bring Cinderella out of her storybook after feeling sad about her difficult life, and the Amazing Mumford helps transform her rags into modern clothes. Cinderella discovers the joys of learning, friendship, and career possibilities on Sesame Street as the residents teach her counting and other skills. When Telly insists she must return to complete her fairy tale, Cinderella hesitates, wanting to explore her new options first, though Mumford's attempted spell accidentally brings the Seven Dwarves along on the journey back. Sponsors: K, L, 11

Summary

Telly uses magic to bring Cinderella out of her storybook after feeling sad about her difficult life, and the Amazing Mumford helps transform her rags into modern clothes. Cinderella discovers the joys of learning, friendship, and career possibilities on Sesame Street as the residents teach her counting and other skills. When Telly insists she must return to complete her fairy tale, Cinderella hesitates, wanting to explore her new options first, though Mumford's attempted spell accidentally brings the Seven Dwarves along on the journey back. Sponsors: K, L, 11

S16E67
A note for Snuffy
Air date: 19/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David installs a smoke detector at Hooper's Store and gets the Grouches excited about fire drills, with Oscar blaring an air horn throughout the neighborhood. Big Bird must choose between seeing a sold-out movie and keeping his promise to meet Snuffy, so he leaves a note at his nest. When they return, Big Bird discovers Snuffy left his own note claiming he went to the movies too, leaving David skeptical of such an unlikely coincidence. Sponsors: P, R, 2

Summary

David installs a smoke detector at Hooper's Store and gets the Grouches excited about fire drills, with Oscar blaring an air horn throughout the neighborhood. Big Bird must choose between seeing a sold-out movie and keeping his promise to meet Snuffy, so he leaves a note at his nest. When they return, Big Bird discovers Snuffy left his own note claiming he went to the movies too, leaving David skeptical of such an unlikely coincidence. Sponsors: P, R, 2

S16E66
Eugene sleeps over at Bob's
Air date: 18/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob welcomes young Eugene for his first sleepover while his parents are away, helping him adjust with his cherished blanket and favorite broccoli dinner. As bedtime approaches, Eugene stalls with requests for water and other delays, missing his parents' comfort. Bob finally soothes him with a lullaby, offering reassurance that tomorrow will bring joy. Sponsors: E, F, 12

Summary

Bob welcomes young Eugene for his first sleepover while his parents are away, helping him adjust with his cherished blanket and favorite broccoli dinner. As bedtime approaches, Eugene stalls with requests for water and other delays, missing his parents' comfort. Bob finally soothes him with a lullaby, offering reassurance that tomorrow will bring joy. Sponsors: E, F, 12

S16E65
Episode 2030
Air date: 15/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Multiple storylines play out across Sesame Street with various characters experiencing moments of discovery. Learning and laughter balance throughout the day. Sponsors: C, D, 9

Summary

Multiple storylines play out across Sesame Street with various characters experiencing moments of discovery. Learning and laughter balance throughout the day. Sponsors: C, D, 9

S16E64
Big Bird stays up late
Air date: 14/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird stays up past bedtime and explores Sesame Street's nocturnal world with its unique nighttime residents. He learns why sleep is important for growth and health. Sponsors: B, C, 8

Summary

Big Bird stays up past bedtime and explores Sesame Street's nocturnal world with its unique nighttime residents. He learns why sleep is important for growth and health. Sponsors: B, C, 8

S16E63
Snuffy gets jealous
Air date: 13/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus becomes jealous when Big Bird spends time with other friends and neglects their plans. Big Bird must reassure Snuffy that their friendship remains special. Sponsors: A, B, 7

Summary

Snuffleupagus becomes jealous when Big Bird spends time with other friends and neglects their plans. Big Bird must reassure Snuffy that their friendship remains special. Sponsors: A, B, 7

S16E62
Episode 2027
Air date: 12/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Short scenes feature residents handling amusing everyday situations throughout the day. Comedy and warmth emerge from simple neighborhood interactions. Sponsors: A, Z, 6

Summary

Short scenes feature residents handling amusing everyday situations throughout the day. Comedy and warmth emerge from simple neighborhood interactions. Sponsors: A, Z, 6

S16E61
Episode 2026
Air date: 11/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Characters explore surprising adventures around Sesame Street with unexpected twists at every turn. Each moment brings its own special kind of fun and learning. Sponsors: Y, Z, 5

Summary

Characters explore surprising adventures around Sesame Street with unexpected twists at every turn. Each moment brings its own special kind of fun and learning. Sponsors: Y, Z, 5

S16E60
Water music / Elmo's waiting game
Air date: 08/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Water music echoes through Sesame Street while Elmo plays a waiting game testing everyone's patience. Both activities reveal interesting things about character and perseverance. Sponsors: G, H, 9

Summary

Water music echoes through Sesame Street while Elmo plays a waiting game testing everyone's patience. Both activities reveal interesting things about character and perseverance. Sponsors: G, H, 9

S16E59
Big Bird forms the Birdketeers
Air date: 07/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird forms the Birdketeers club where friends work together on community projects and activities. The group bonds through shared goals and teamwork. Sponsors: W, X, 3

Summary

Big Bird forms the Birdketeers club where friends work together on community projects and activities. The group bonds through shared goals and teamwork. Sponsors: W, X, 3

S16E58
Oscar preps for the Pork Stakes race
Air date: 06/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar trains intensely for the Pork Stakes race, a prestigious grouch event. He practices relentlessly to prepare for the big competitive day. Sponsors: V, W, 2

Summary

Oscar trains intensely for the Pork Stakes race, a prestigious grouch event. He practices relentlessly to prepare for the big competitive day. Sponsors: V, W, 2

S16E57
Big Bird's vegetable juice stand
Air date: 05/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird opens a vegetable juice stand and learns about marketing and customer service. He discovers the challenges and rewards of small business entrepreneurship. Sponsors: U, V, 12

Summary

Big Bird opens a vegetable juice stand and learns about marketing and customer service. He discovers the challenges and rewards of small business entrepreneurship. Sponsors: U, V, 12

S16E56
Finding the hidden Grouches
Air date: 04/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The neighborhood plays hide-and-seek to find Grouches hidden around Sesame Street. Oscar and friends make the search challenging and entertaining for everyone. Sponsors: C, J, 8

Summary

The neighborhood plays hide-and-seek to find Grouches hidden around Sesame Street. Oscar and friends make the search challenging and entertaining for everyone. Sponsors: C, J, 8

S16E55
Episode 2020
Air date: 01/Feb/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Stories unfold around the neighborhood with characters navigating daily situations and learning important lessons. Cooperation and kindness emerge from multiple storylines. Sponsors: S, T, 10

Summary

Stories unfold around the neighborhood with characters navigating daily situations and learning important lessons. Cooperation and kindness emerge from multiple storylines. Sponsors: S, T, 10

S16E54
Gordon meets the Rockheads
Air date: 31/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon meets the Rockheads, unusual characters who speak in geological metaphors and rock puns. He learns their quirky communication style and finds their humor charming. Sponsors: N, S, 4

Summary

Gordon meets the Rockheads, unusual characters who speak in geological metaphors and rock puns. He learns their quirky communication style and finds their humor charming. Sponsors: N, S, 4

S16E53
Elmo makes noises / Big Bird and Snuffy's pictures
Air date: 30/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo makes funny noises and sounds to entertain friends while Big Bird and Snuffy create artwork together. Creativity and silliness bring joy to the neighborhood. Sponsors: Q, R, 8

Summary

Elmo makes funny noises and sounds to entertain friends while Big Bird and Snuffy create artwork together. Creativity and silliness bring joy to the neighborhood. Sponsors: Q, R, 8

S16E52
Slimey the carpenter / Snuffy takes a bath
Air date: 29/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey works as a carpenter and builds something special while Snuffleupagus takes a relaxing bath. Both vignettes showcase each character's unique personality. Sponsors: P, Q, 7

Summary

Slimey works as a carpenter and builds something special while Snuffleupagus takes a relaxing bath. Both vignettes showcase each character's unique personality. Sponsors: P, Q, 7

S16E51
Episode 2016
Air date: 28/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Multiple adventures and activities happen throughout Sesame Street with various characters learning and growing. Each scenario offers its own lessons and entertainment. Sponsors: P, R, 6

Summary

Multiple adventures and activities happen throughout Sesame Street with various characters learning and growing. Each scenario offers its own lessons and entertainment. Sponsors: P, R, 6

S16E50
Luis' friend Carlos learns English
Air date: 25/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis teaches his friend Carlos English vocabulary through practical, real-world situations. Carlos quickly picks up the language with Luis's patient and encouraging instruction. Sponsors: N, O, 5

Summary

Luis teaches his friend Carlos English vocabulary through practical, real-world situations. Carlos quickly picks up the language with Luis's patient and encouraging instruction. Sponsors: N, O, 5

S16E49
Uncle Wally's Snortleoutagus gag
Air date: 24/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally visits and tricks Big Bird by impersonating Snuffleupagus. The prank teaches about trust and the importance of being truthful with friends. Sponsors: F, G, 8

Summary

Uncle Wally visits and tricks Big Bird by impersonating Snuffleupagus. The prank teaches about trust and the importance of being truthful with friends. Sponsors: F, G, 8

S16E48
Having fun with a paper towel tube
Air date: 23/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Children discover endless creative possibilities with just a simple paper towel tube. The everyday object becomes a telescope, megaphone, conductor's baton, and more. Sponsors: L, M, 3

Summary

Children discover endless creative possibilities with just a simple paper towel tube. The everyday object becomes a telescope, megaphone, conductor's baton, and more. Sponsors: L, M, 3

S16E47
Linda's friend Ed visits
Air date: 22/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Linda's deaf friend Ed visits Sesame Street and communicates through sign language with Linda and the community. The episode celebrates different forms of communication and the power of friendship. Sponsors: G, H, 9

Summary

Linda's deaf friend Ed visits Sesame Street and communicates through sign language with Linda and the community. The episode celebrates different forms of communication and the power of friendship. Sponsors: G, H, 9

S16E46
Elmo rhymes / Snuffle puppet show
Air date: 21/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Elmo discovers the joy of rhyming while the Snuffle Puppet Show returns with entertaining new performances. Both activities bring laughter and wordplay to Sesame Street. Sponsors: J, K, 12

Summary

Elmo discovers the joy of rhyming while the Snuffle Puppet Show returns with entertaining new performances. Both activities bring laughter and wordplay to Sesame Street. Sponsors: J, K, 12

S16E45
Luis breaks his arm — Fresh out of the cast, Luis takes it slow
Air date: 18/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Fresh from his cast, Luis takes recovery slowly with careful movements and physical exercises. He learns patience as his arm gradually regains strength and flexibility. Sponsors: R, S, 2

Summary

Fresh from his cast, Luis takes recovery slowly with careful movements and physical exercises. He learns patience as his arm gradually regains strength and flexibility. Sponsors: R, S, 2

S16E44
Luis breaks his arm — Luis gets his cast removed
Air date: 17/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The day Luis's cast finally comes off brings celebration and relief to the whole neighborhood. He begins gentle physical therapy to rebuild strength. Sponsors: Q, R, 12

Summary

The day Luis's cast finally comes off brings celebration and relief to the whole neighborhood. He begins gentle physical therapy to rebuild strength. Sponsors: Q, R, 12

S16E43
Dr. Nobel Price's signs
Air date: 16/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Dr. Nobel Price creates educational signs around Sesame Street that receive creative and amusing interpretations. His efforts to teach sometimes miss the mark in funny ways. Sponsors: P, Q, 11

Summary

Dr. Nobel Price creates educational signs around Sesame Street that receive creative and amusing interpretations. His efforts to teach sometimes miss the mark in funny ways. Sponsors: P, Q, 11

S16E42
Shelley the Turtle looks for a home
Air date: 15/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Shelley the Turtle searches for her perfect home with patient help from friends. They explore different locations before finding a place where Shelley feels happy and safe. Sponsors: O, P, 10

Summary

Shelley the Turtle searches for her perfect home with patient help from friends. They explore different locations before finding a place where Shelley feels happy and safe. Sponsors: O, P, 10

S16E41
Luis breaks his arm — Luis needs help blowing up balloons
Air date: 14/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis needs help blowing up party balloons while managing his injured arm. Friends rally to assist with preparations for a neighborhood celebration. Sponsors: N, O, 9

Summary

Luis needs help blowing up party balloons while managing his injured arm. Friends rally to assist with preparations for a neighborhood celebration. Sponsors: N, O, 9

S16E40
Episode 2005
Air date: 11/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Various Sesame Street adventures unfold with moments of learning and discovery throughout the day. Each scene brings its own brand of comedy and heart. Sponsors: M, N, 8

Summary

Various Sesame Street adventures unfold with moments of learning and discovery throughout the day. Each scene brings its own brand of comedy and heart. Sponsors: M, N, 8

S16E39
Luis breaks his arm — Luis uses his left hand
Air date: 10/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis learns to write and perform daily tasks with his left hand as his arm heals. He discovers surprising new abilities and creative adaptations. Sponsors: L, M, 7

Summary

Luis learns to write and perform daily tasks with his left hand as his arm heals. He discovers surprising new abilities and creative adaptations. Sponsors: L, M, 7

S16E38
Ferlinghetti bugs David
Air date: 09/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Ferlinghetti the bug constantly pesters David with jokes and pranks that annoy but secretly amuse him. Their unusual friendship shows how different personalities can connect. Sponsors: K, L, 6

Summary

Ferlinghetti the bug constantly pesters David with jokes and pranks that annoy but secretly amuse him. Their unusual friendship shows how different personalities can connect. Sponsors: K, L, 6

S16E37
Luis breaks his arm — Luis gets a check-up
Air date: 08/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis visits his doctor for a check-up and receives encouraging news about his arm's progress. The medical milestone gives him hope for complete recovery soon. Sponsors: J, K, 5

Summary

Luis visits his doctor for a check-up and receives encouraging news about his arm's progress. The medical milestone gives him hope for complete recovery soon. Sponsors: J, K, 5

S16E36
Luis breaks his arm — The Unfixit Shop
Air date: 07/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis visits the "Unfix-It Shop" run by a character who specializes in breaking rather than fixing things. The absurd reverse-logic business becomes a hilarious concept. Sponsors: I, J, 4

Summary

Luis visits the "Unfix-It Shop" run by a character who specializes in breaking rather than fixing things. The absurd reverse-logic business becomes a hilarious concept. Sponsors: I, J, 4

S16E35
The Count counts counts
Air date: 04/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count becomes obsessed with counting and recounting, driving friends crazy with his numerical enthusiasm. He finds endless joy in tallying everything on the street. Sponsors: H, I, 3

Summary

The Count becomes obsessed with counting and recounting, driving friends crazy with his numerical enthusiasm. He finds endless joy in tallying everything on the street. Sponsors: H, I, 3

S16E34
Luis breaks his arm — Big Bird tries to help Luis and his arm
Air date: 03/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird enthusiastically tries helping Luis with his broken arm but causes chaos with his good intentions. Luis appreciates the effort despite the humorous results. Sponsors: G, H, 2

Summary

Big Bird enthusiastically tries helping Luis with his broken arm but causes chaos with his good intentions. Luis appreciates the effort despite the humorous results. Sponsors: G, H, 2

S16E33
Luis breaks his arm — Luis is bored with a broken arm
Air date: 02/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Boredom challenges Luis as he struggles with the limitations of his injury during recovery. Friends visit with suggestions and entertainment to brighten his days. Sponsors: F, G, 12

Summary

Boredom challenges Luis as he struggles with the limitations of his injury during recovery. Friends visit with suggestions and entertainment to brighten his days. Sponsors: F, G, 12

S16E32
Luis breaks his arm — Luis deals with his broken arm
Air date: 01/Jan/1985 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis adapts to his broken arm by developing new techniques for everyday tasks. His positive attitude and determination inspire those around him. Sponsors: E, F, 11

Summary

Luis adapts to his broken arm by developing new techniques for everyday tasks. His positive attitude and determination inspire those around him. Sponsors: E, F, 11

S16E31
Luis breaks his arm
Air date: 31/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Luis breaks his arm and must adjust to daily life with a cast while the neighborhood pitches in to help. He discovers both the challenges of recovery and the kindness of caring friends. Sponsors: D, E, 10

Summary

Luis breaks his arm and must adjust to daily life with a cast while the neighborhood pitches in to help. He discovers both the challenges of recovery and the kindness of caring friends. Sponsors: D, E, 10

S16E30
Water shortage on Sesame Street
Air date: 28/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A water shortage forces Sesame Street to conserve creatively and share limited supplies. The community learns to work together and respect resources during the environmental challenge. Sponsors: Q, V, 9

Summary

A water shortage forces Sesame Street to conserve creatively and share limited supplies. The community learns to work together and respect resources during the environmental challenge. Sponsors: Q, V, 9

S16E29
Telly and Oscar's secret knock.
Air date: 27/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly and Oscar create a secret knock as their special signal to keep unwanted visitors away. The private code becomes a source of pride and strengthens their unlikely friendship. Sponsors: N, W, 12

Summary

Telly and Oscar create a secret knock as their special signal to keep unwanted visitors away. The private code becomes a source of pride and strengthens their unlikely friendship. Sponsors: N, W, 12

S16E28
Two-Headed Monster checkup / translating honks and dings.
Air date: 26/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Two-Headed Monster's medical check-up becomes complicated since both heads need different care. The episode explores how honks and dings can effectively communicate important feelings and needs. Sponsors: F, U, 7

Summary

The Two-Headed Monster's medical check-up becomes complicated since both heads need different care. The episode explores how honks and dings can effectively communicate important feelings and needs. Sponsors: F, U, 7

S16E27
Getting Spot back into Oscar's can
Air date: 25/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar's dog Spot escapes and the neighborhood launches a playful chase to recapture him. Spot's cleverness keeps everyone guessing as he outsmarts each rescue attempt. Sponsors: J, M, 8

Summary

Oscar's dog Spot escapes and the neighborhood launches a playful chase to recapture him. Spot's cleverness keeps everyone guessing as he outsmarts each rescue attempt. Sponsors: J, M, 8

S16E26
Oscar hides
Air date: 24/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar retreats to his trash can seeking peace from Sesame Street's cheerfulness. His neighbors' repeated attempts to find him create funny situations that eventually bring him back out. Sponsors: C, S, 5

Summary

Oscar retreats to his trash can seeking peace from Sesame Street's cheerfulness. His neighbors' repeated attempts to find him create funny situations that eventually bring him back out. Sponsors: C, S, 5

S16E25
The Robinsons go on a grouchy double-date
Air date: 21/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon and Susan go on a double date with Oscar and another grouch, creating comedic clashes between their nice nature and grouch personality. The mismatched group learns to appreciate their differences. Sponsors: M, T, 9

Summary

Gordon and Susan go on a double date with Oscar and another grouch, creating comedic clashes between their nice nature and grouch personality. The mismatched group learns to appreciate their differences. Sponsors: M, T, 9

S16E24
Hooper's Store has a promotional contest
Air date: 20/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Hooper's Store runs an exciting promotional contest that generates enthusiasm throughout the neighborhood. Residents compete enthusiastically while bonding over the shared excitement. Sponsors: J, R, 12

Summary

Hooper's Store runs an exciting promotional contest that generates enthusiasm throughout the neighborhood. Residents compete enthusiastically while bonding over the shared excitement. Sponsors: J, R, 12

S16E23
Oscar's "Near-Far-Follow the Arrows" game
Air date: 19/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar invents a directional game using arrows that hilariously confuses friends trying to follow instructions. He sits back enjoying the chaos as people get completely lost in his clever game. Sponsors: A, Z, 10

Summary

Oscar invents a directional game using arrows that hilariously confuses friends trying to follow instructions. He sits back enjoying the chaos as people get completely lost in his clever game. Sponsors: A, Z, 10

S16E22
Bob gives music lessons
Air date: 18/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob leads music lessons for interested neighbors, teaching rhythm and melody through hands-on practice. His encouragement makes musical learning accessible and fun for everyone involved. Sponsors: R, Z, 9

Summary

Bob leads music lessons for interested neighbors, teaching rhythm and melody through hands-on practice. His encouragement makes musical learning accessible and fun for everyone involved. Sponsors: R, Z, 9

S16E21
Maria practices karate.
Air date: 17/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria demonstrates impressive karate skills to her Sesame Street friends, performing moves and teaching basics. She proves that dedication and practice result in impressive physical abilities and confidence. Sponsors: B, O, 5

Summary

Maria demonstrates impressive karate skills to her Sesame Street friends, performing moves and teaching basics. She proves that dedication and practice result in impressive physical abilities and confidence. Sponsors: B, O, 5

S16E20
David's big nose
Air date: 14/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David becomes self-conscious when teased about his nose but learns from compassionate adults that differences make everyone unique. He gains confidence knowing his distinctive features are part of what makes him special. Sponsors: C, H, 4

Summary

David becomes self-conscious when teased about his nose but learns from compassionate adults that differences make everyone unique. He gains confidence knowing his distinctive features are part of what makes him special. Sponsors: C, H, 4

S16E19
Gordon and Susan's wedding anniversary
Air date: 13/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon and Susan celebrate their wedding anniversary surrounded by loving friends from the neighborhood. The celebration honors their commitment and shows how valued they are by the community. Sponsors: D, F, 8

Summary

Gordon and Susan celebrate their wedding anniversary surrounded by loving friends from the neighborhood. The celebration honors their commitment and shows how valued they are by the community. Sponsors: D, F, 8

S16E18
The Sesame Street 500
Air date: 12/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The neighborhood organizes the Sesame Street 500 race featuring homemade vehicles and friendly competition. The event showcases everyone's creativity and determination to win. Sponsors: L, Q, 6

Summary

The neighborhood organizes the Sesame Street 500 race featuring homemade vehicles and friendly competition. The event showcases everyone's creativity and determination to win. Sponsors: L, Q, 6

S16E17
Slimey gets hurt while skydiving
Air date: 11/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey embarks on an exciting skydiving adventure but gets injured during landing, worrying Oscar. With care and support from friends, Slimey makes a full recovery and soon returns to his usual antics. Sponsors: H, K, 9

Summary

Slimey embarks on an exciting skydiving adventure but gets injured during landing, worrying Oscar. With care and support from friends, Slimey makes a full recovery and soon returns to his usual antics. Sponsors: H, K, 9

S16E16
Sing-along party
Air date: 10/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Sesame Street community spontaneously gathers for an impromptu sing-along where neighbors share favorite songs. The musical celebration strengthens friendships and brings everyone together through shared joy. Sponsors: A, S, 5

Summary

The Sesame Street community spontaneously gathers for an impromptu sing-along where neighbors share favorite songs. The musical celebration strengthens friendships and brings everyone together through shared joy. Sponsors: A, S, 5

S16E15
Big Bird at camp, part 5
Air date: 07/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird's camp experience concludes with heartfelt goodbyes to his new friends and wonderful memories. He returns to Sesame Street changed by the experience and eager to share his stories. Sponsors: V, W, 5

Summary

Big Bird's camp experience concludes with heartfelt goodbyes to his new friends and wonderful memories. He returns to Sesame Street changed by the experience and eager to share his stories. Sponsors: V, W, 5

S16E14
Big Bird at camp, part 4
Air date: 06/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Camp life continues with Big Bird organizing games and helping resolve conflicts between fellow campers. He becomes a natural leader while learning important lessons about cooperation. Sponsors: J, Y, 4

Summary

Camp life continues with Big Bird organizing games and helping resolve conflicts between fellow campers. He becomes a natural leader while learning important lessons about cooperation. Sponsors: J, Y, 4

S16E13
Big Bird at camp, part 3
Air date: 05/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird deepens his camp friendships while participating in group activities and outdoor adventures. He faces new challenges that help him grow and understand others' perspectives better. Sponsors: H, Y, 8

Summary

Big Bird deepens his camp friendships while participating in group activities and outdoor adventures. He faces new challenges that help him grow and understand others' perspectives better. Sponsors: H, Y, 8

S16E12
Big Bird at camp, part 2
Air date: 04/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird arrives at camp and immediately starts helping other campers with their challenges and making new friends. He discovers the joy of outdoor activities and learns the value of teamwork. Sponsors: C, V, 3

Summary

Big Bird arrives at camp and immediately starts helping other campers with their challenges and making new friends. He discovers the joy of outdoor activities and learns the value of teamwork. Sponsors: C, V, 3

S16E11
Oscar launches into space.
Air date: 03/Dec/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar tries building a spacecraft from trash to launch into space but struggles with the engineering. Slimey imagines himself as a fearless astronaut exploring distant planets and meeting alien life forms in elaborate fantasies. Sponsors: K, Q, 9

Summary

Oscar tries building a spacecraft from trash to launch into space but struggles with the engineering. Slimey imagines himself as a fearless astronaut exploring distant planets and meeting alien life forms in elaborate fantasies. Sponsors: K, Q, 9

S16E10
Grandpa Grouch’s joke machine
Air date: 30/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar's grandfather Grandpa Grouch shares his prized joke machine that dispenses terrible jokes. Oscar finds the awful humor absolutely delightful and becomes thrilled to own such a perfectly grouch-worthy contraption. Sponsors: I, J, 11

Summary

Oscar's grandfather Grandpa Grouch shares his prized joke machine that dispenses terrible jokes. Oscar finds the awful humor absolutely delightful and becomes thrilled to own such a perfectly grouch-worthy contraption. Sponsors: I, J, 11

S16E9
Irvine crosses the street
Air date: 29/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Linda patiently teaches young Irvine how to safely cross the street by stopping, looking both ways, and listening carefully. After multiple practice runs and encouraging lessons, Irvine gains the confidence to cross independently and successfully. Sponsors: H, I, 10

Summary

Linda patiently teaches young Irvine how to safely cross the street by stopping, looking both ways, and listening carefully. After multiple practice runs and encouraging lessons, Irvine gains the confidence to cross independently and successfully. Sponsors: H, I, 10

S16E8
David prepares breakfast
Air date: 28/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David prepares special pancakes at Hooper's Store while Big Bird and Snuffleupagus engage in a silly argument over who gets to taste the first one. The absurd quarrel highlights how silly best friends can be when competing for small advantages together. Sponsors: K, L, 2

Summary

David prepares special pancakes at Hooper's Store while Big Bird and Snuffleupagus engage in a silly argument over who gets to taste the first one. The absurd quarrel highlights how silly best friends can be when competing for small advantages together. Sponsors: K, L, 2

S16E7
Episode 1972
Air date: 27/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Amazing Mumford attempts to vanish ice cream sodas but his magic backfires and makes the kids disappear instead. After finally making the sodas vanish, Mumford discovers the children floating in the air and proudly takes credit for the unexpected illusion. Sponsors: M, N, 4

Summary

The Amazing Mumford attempts to vanish ice cream sodas but his magic backfires and makes the kids disappear instead. After finally making the sodas vanish, Mumford discovers the children floating in the air and proudly takes credit for the unexpected illusion. Sponsors: M, N, 4

S16E6
Max the Magnificent
Air date: 26/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Don Music struggles to compose a song about a single body part until Luis suggests celebrating all body parts instead, inspiring his hit song "No Best Part." Forgetful Jones arrives with a mysterious torn note needing help deciphering what he wanted to buy. Young Max learns a hard lesson about respecting property when caught writing his name "Max the Magnificent" on walls. Sponsors: E, F, 7

Summary

Don Music struggles to compose a song about a single body part until Luis suggests celebrating all body parts instead, inspiring his hit song "No Best Part." Forgetful Jones arrives with a mysterious torn note needing help deciphering what he wanted to buy. Young Max learns a hard lesson about respecting property when caught writing his name "Max the Magnificent" on walls. Sponsors: E, F, 7

S16E5
Episode 1970
Air date: 23/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Crystal and Mario set up an elaborate picnic complete with alien language welcome signs, hoping to attract visiting Martians. Sure enough, a spacecraft lands and the Martians enjoy the meal once the kids leave. Later, the children prepare a special welcome for a Puerto Rican guest using cultural clues. Sponsors: D, E, 6

Summary

Crystal and Mario set up an elaborate picnic complete with alien language welcome signs, hoping to attract visiting Martians. Sure enough, a spacecraft lands and the Martians enjoy the meal once the kids leave. Later, the children prepare a special welcome for a Puerto Rican guest using cultural clues. Sponsors: D, E, 6

S16E4
Episode 1969
Air date: 22/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar runs a Grouchketeers meeting teaching children grouchy vocabulary until Maria's congratulatory kiss ruins his day. A silly milk-and-quackers riddle circulates among the friends with each claiming they thought of it first. Luis enjoys a busy day at the Fix-It Shop helping both Bob and Oscar with broken blenders. Sponsors: C, D, 5

Summary

Oscar runs a Grouchketeers meeting teaching children grouchy vocabulary until Maria's congratulatory kiss ruins his day. A silly milk-and-quackers riddle circulates among the friends with each claiming they thought of it first. Luis enjoys a busy day at the Fix-It Shop helping both Bob and Oscar with broken blenders. Sponsors: C, D, 5

S16E3
David meets Crystal
Air date: 21/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Strong-willed Crystal stands up to David when he assumes she can't handle her heavy backpack, proving she's stronger than he is. Big Bird plays a prank on the adults by getting them to listen for nonexistent sounds at his nest door. Gordon struggles to hit the right note for a community center performance while Oscar sarcastically encourages his failures. Sponsors: B, C, 4

Summary

Strong-willed Crystal stands up to David when he assumes she can't handle her heavy backpack, proving she's stronger than he is. Big Bird plays a prank on the adults by getting them to listen for nonexistent sounds at his nest door. Gordon struggles to hit the right note for a community center performance while Oscar sarcastically encourages his failures. Sponsors: B, C, 4

S16E2
Two-Headed Monster at the library
Air date: 20/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

At the library, the Two-Headed Monster struggles with choosing books since each head has different tastes. During story time, the heads pick opposing sides in Jack and the Beanstalk—one rooting for Jack, the other for the giant. The surprising happy ending where Jack invites the giant for lunch satisfies both heads equally. Sponsors: A, B, 3

Summary

At the library, the Two-Headed Monster struggles with choosing books since each head has different tastes. During story time, the heads pick opposing sides in Jack and the Beanstalk—one rooting for Jack, the other for the giant. The surprising happy ending where Jack invites the giant for lunch satisfies both heads equally. Sponsors: A, B, 3

S16E1
The adults begin to believe that Snuffy is real
Air date: 19/Nov/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird challenges the adults' skepticism about Mr. Snuffleupagus by passionately explaining the difference between what's real and imaginary. Gordon, Maria, and Linda come to his defense, while other adults remain unconvinced. Maria visits Big Bird's nest and brings back a note from Snuffy, proving his existence to believers and skeptics alike. Sponsors: A, 2

Summary

Big Bird challenges the adults' skepticism about Mr. Snuffleupagus by passionately explaining the difference between what's real and imaginary. Gordon, Maria, and Linda come to his defense, while other adults remain unconvinced. Maria visits Big Bird's nest and brings back a note from Snuffy, proving his existence to believers and skeptics alike. Sponsors: A, 2

Season 15 · Season 15
130 episode(s) · Air date: 21/Nov/1983
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S15E130
Sally Ride talks about being an astronaut
Air date: 18/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Astronaut Sally Ride visits Sesame Street to talk about her incredible experiences in space and what it's truly like to be an astronaut. She explains her training regimen and emphasizes the importance of science and education. The kids are inspired by her achievements and courage. Sponsors: W, X, 3

Summary

Astronaut Sally Ride visits Sesame Street to talk about her incredible experiences in space and what it's truly like to be an astronaut. She explains her training regimen and emphasizes the importance of science and education. The kids are inspired by her achievements and courage. Sponsors: W, X, 3

S15E129
A noisy day in the library
Air date: 17/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The library unexpectedly becomes extremely noisy when several residents show up with loud instruments and cause a commotion. The librarian works patiently to restore quiet while teaching everyone about library etiquette and respect for shared spaces. By the end, the peaceful library is restored. Sponsors: R, X, 4

Summary

The library unexpectedly becomes extremely noisy when several residents show up with loud instruments and cause a commotion. The librarian works patiently to restore quiet while teaching everyone about library etiquette and respect for shared spaces. By the end, the peaceful library is restored. Sponsors: R, X, 4

S15E128
Episode 1963
Air date: 16/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents of Sesame Street gather to discuss friendship and share what it means to have someone you can trust, rely on, and count on. Sponsors: E, V, 10

Summary

The residents of Sesame Street gather to discuss friendship and share what it means to have someone you can trust, rely on, and count on. Sponsors: E, V, 10

S15E127
Telly doesn't get angry
Air date: 15/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly learns valuable lessons about managing anger and expressing his feelings in healthy, constructive ways with help from his friends. His friends help him understand that feeling upset is sometimes normal and okay. By the end, Telly feels empowered to handle his emotions better. Sponsors: G, M, 6

Summary

Telly learns valuable lessons about managing anger and expressing his feelings in healthy, constructive ways with help from his friends. His friends help him understand that feeling upset is sometimes normal and okay. By the end, Telly feels empowered to handle his emotions better. Sponsors: G, M, 6

S15E126
Episode 1961
Air date: 14/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird leads a group of friends on an educational field trip to learn about community workers and how they help society function. Sponsors: F, Z, 2

Summary

Big Bird leads a group of friends on an educational field trip to learn about community workers and how they help society function. Sponsors: F, Z, 2

S15E125
Slimey plays basketball
Air date: 11/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Slimey, Oscar's tiny pet worm, tries to play basketball with the other characters on Sesame Street, causing hilarious and endearing mishaps. Despite being much smaller than everyone else, Slimey shows determination and enthusiasm throughout the game. The gang cheers him on as he courageously participates. Sponsors: I, N, 10

Summary

Slimey, Oscar's tiny pet worm, tries to play basketball with the other characters on Sesame Street, causing hilarious and endearing mishaps. Despite being much smaller than everyone else, Slimey shows determination and enthusiasm throughout the game. The gang cheers him on as he courageously participates. Sponsors: I, N, 10

S15E124
Juggler Michael Davis visits
Air date: 10/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Juggler Michael Davis visits Sesame Street and impresses everyone with his amazing juggling tricks and performance skills. The kids are fascinated and desperately want to learn how to juggle themselves. Michael teaches them the basics and inspires them to practice their new skill. Sponsors: D, U, 8

Summary

Juggler Michael Davis visits Sesame Street and impresses everyone with his amazing juggling tricks and performance skills. The kids are fascinated and desperately want to learn how to juggle themselves. Michael teaches them the basics and inspires them to practice their new skill. Sponsors: D, U, 8

S15E123
Luis' birthday
Air date: 09/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang throws a surprise birthday party for Luis, complete with colorful decorations, live music, and a special homemade cake. Everyone shares their favorite memories with Luis and expresses thanks for his caring friendship. Luis is overwhelmed with joy and gratitude by the celebration. Sponsors: P, S, 12

Summary

The gang throws a surprise birthday party for Luis, complete with colorful decorations, live music, and a special homemade cake. Everyone shares their favorite memories with Luis and expresses thanks for his caring friendship. Luis is overwhelmed with joy and gratitude by the celebration. Sponsors: P, S, 12

S15E122
Election Day on Sesame Street
Air date: 08/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Sesame Street holds an official Election Day where residents vote on an important community decision affecting everyone. Big Bird and others learn about the democratic voting process and the importance of participation. The community comes together to celebrate their collective choice. Sponsors: J, N, 5

Summary

Sesame Street holds an official Election Day where residents vote on an important community decision affecting everyone. Big Bird and others learn about the democratic voting process and the importance of participation. The community comes together to celebrate their collective choice. Sponsors: J, N, 5

S15E121
Episode 1956
Air date: 07/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar becomes obsessed with a new trash can he discovers and tries to make his current trash can jealous of his new treasure. He polishes and primes the new can while making dramatic comparisons between the two. Eventually, Oscar realizes his original trash can is the best after all. Sponsors: Q, U, 10

Summary

Oscar becomes obsessed with a new trash can he discovers and tries to make his current trash can jealous of his new treasure. He polishes and primes the new can while making dramatic comparisons between the two. Eventually, Oscar realizes his original trash can is the best after all. Sponsors: Q, U, 10

S15E120
Telly's gravity experiment
Air date: 04/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly conducts an exciting gravity experiment by dropping various objects from different heights and carefully recording the results. Big Bird helps him document his scientific findings as Telly learns about physics and how the world works. Telly becomes fascinated by scientific discovery and experimentation. Sponsors: H, I, 9

Summary

Telly conducts an exciting gravity experiment by dropping various objects from different heights and carefully recording the results. Big Bird helps him document his scientific findings as Telly learns about physics and how the world works. Telly becomes fascinated by scientific discovery and experimentation. Sponsors: H, I, 9

S15E119
Episode 1954
Air date: 03/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and friends participate in a scenic nature walk observing plants, animals, and natural features of their neighborhood. They discuss how the seasons change nature throughout the year and appreciate the beauty surrounding them. Sponsors: L, M, 7

Summary

Big Bird and friends participate in a scenic nature walk observing plants, animals, and natural features of their neighborhood. They discuss how the seasons change nature throughout the year and appreciate the beauty surrounding them. Sponsors: L, M, 7

S15E118
Planning a picnic
Air date: 02/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang plans an exciting picnic and debates what food and supplies to bring to make it truly special. They carefully consider everyone's preferences and dietary needs. After detailed planning, they head off for a wonderful outdoor meal together. Sponsors: P, V, 6

Summary

The gang plans an exciting picnic and debates what food and supplies to bring to make it truly special. They carefully consider everyone's preferences and dietary needs. After detailed planning, they head off for a wonderful outdoor meal together. Sponsors: P, V, 6

S15E117
Hooper's has a broken window
Air date: 01/May/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A window at Hooper's Store breaks and the community comes together to fix it efficiently. Luis takes charge of the repair while others watch and learn about the maintenance process. Once the window is fixed, everyone celebrates the restored and beautiful storefront. Sponsors: G, Q, 3

Summary

A window at Hooper's Store breaks and the community comes together to fix it efficiently. Luis takes charge of the repair while others watch and learn about the maintenance process. Once the window is fixed, everyone celebrates the restored and beautiful storefront. Sponsors: G, Q, 3

S15E116
David shares his grandma for the day
Air date: 30/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David generously shares his grandmother with the whole neighborhood for a special day filled with activities and wonderful stories. His grandma teaches everyone a valuable lesson and they all learn something important from her wisdom. David beams with pride having such a wonderful grandmother to share. Sponsors: D, K, 5

Summary

David generously shares his grandmother with the whole neighborhood for a special day filled with activities and wonderful stories. His grandma teaches everyone a valuable lesson and they all learn something important from her wisdom. David beams with pride having such a wonderful grandmother to share. Sponsors: D, K, 5

S15E115
Captain Vegetable rhymes / Forgetful in the Fix-It Shop
Air date: 27/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Captain Vegetable leads an entertaining rhyming lesson while Forgetful Jones attempts to work in the Fix-It Shop, causing good-natured chaos everywhere. Despite his bungling efforts and memory lapses, Forgetful manages to complete his assigned task. Everyone appreciates his willingness to help despite his challenges. Sponsors: M, Y, 2

Summary

Captain Vegetable leads an entertaining rhyming lesson while Forgetful Jones attempts to work in the Fix-It Shop, causing good-natured chaos everywhere. Despite his bungling efforts and memory lapses, Forgetful manages to complete his assigned task. Everyone appreciates his willingness to help despite his challenges. Sponsors: M, Y, 2

S15E114
Remembering Mr. Hooper's egg cream
Air date: 26/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents reminisce fondly about Mr. Hooper's famous egg cream drinks and the wonderful memories he shared with everyone on Sesame Street. They gather together to celebrate his legacy and the joy he brought to their community. The group decides to preserve his special recipe and keep his memory alive. Sponsors: A, Y, 11

Summary

The residents reminisce fondly about Mr. Hooper's famous egg cream drinks and the wonderful memories he shared with everyone on Sesame Street. They gather together to celebrate his legacy and the joy he brought to their community. The group decides to preserve his special recipe and keep his memory alive. Sponsors: A, Y, 11

S15E113
Episode 1948
Air date: 25/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and Luis work together on various home improvement projects while learning about using tools safely and effectively to accomplish their goals. Sponsors: C, H, 9

Summary

Maria and Luis work together on various home improvement projects while learning about using tools safely and effectively to accomplish their goals. Sponsors: C, H, 9

S15E112
Episode 1947
Air date: 24/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang organizes a talent showcase where residents display their special abilities and unique skills in front of an appreciative and enthusiastic audience. Sponsors: B, W, 4

Summary

The gang organizes a talent showcase where residents display their special abilities and unique skills in front of an appreciative and enthusiastic audience. Sponsors: B, W, 4

S15E111
Episode 1946
Air date: 23/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird teaches the neighborhood children about important safety rules and procedures for crossing streets and playing outdoors safely. Sponsors: N, T, 9

Summary

Big Bird teaches the neighborhood children about important safety rules and procedures for crossing streets and playing outdoors safely. Sponsors: N, T, 9

S15E110
Episode 1945
Air date: 20/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents gather to discuss and celebrate the concept of sharing and what it truly means to be generous with friends and family on Sesame Street. Sponsors: G, O, 2

Summary

The residents gather to discuss and celebrate the concept of sharing and what it truly means to be generous with friends and family on Sesame Street. Sponsors: G, O, 2

S15E109
Inspector Bird and the balloons
Air date: 19/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Inspector Bird investigates the curious Case of the Missing Balloons and follows cryptic clues around Sesame Street. Through detective work, he discovers that the balloons escaped when someone carelessly left a store door open. Inspector Bird successfully reunites the wayward balloons with their delighted owner. Sponsors: K, S, 10

Summary

Inspector Bird investigates the curious Case of the Missing Balloons and follows cryptic clues around Sesame Street. Through detective work, he discovers that the balloons escaped when someone carelessly left a store door open. Inspector Bird successfully reunites the wayward balloons with their delighted owner. Sponsors: K, S, 10

S15E108
Fluffy goes missing
Air date: 18/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang searches frantically when Fluffy, a beloved pet, mysteriously goes missing from Sesame Street. Everyone helps comb the neighborhood, creating lost animal signs and asking questions. After much worry and searching, Fluffy is finally found safe and reunited with his relieved owner. Sponsors: L, X, 7

Summary

The gang searches frantically when Fluffy, a beloved pet, mysteriously goes missing from Sesame Street. Everyone helps comb the neighborhood, creating lost animal signs and asking questions. After much worry and searching, Fluffy is finally found safe and reunited with his relieved owner. Sponsors: L, X, 7

S15E107
Telly prepares for a trip to Mexico
Air date: 17/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly excitedly prepares for an upcoming trip to Mexico and learns about the country's rich culture, Spanish language, and geography. His friends share their knowledge about Mexico and help him pack the right items. Telly is thrilled and nervous about his upcoming adventure and new experiences. Sponsors: A, I, 6

Summary

Telly excitedly prepares for an upcoming trip to Mexico and learns about the country's rich culture, Spanish language, and geography. His friends share their knowledge about Mexico and help him pack the right items. Telly is thrilled and nervous about his upcoming adventure and new experiences. Sponsors: A, I, 6

S15E106
Dr. Price's library inventions
Air date: 16/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Dr. Price proudly showcases her latest creative library inventions designed to organize and protect books more efficiently. The mechanical devices are imaginative but frequently malfunction in hilarious and unexpected ways. Despite the technical mishaps, the gang appreciates her inventive spirit and creativity. Sponsors: Q, Y, 10

Summary

Dr. Price proudly showcases her latest creative library inventions designed to organize and protect books more efficiently. The mechanical devices are imaginative but frequently malfunction in hilarious and unexpected ways. Despite the technical mishaps, the gang appreciates her inventive spirit and creativity. Sponsors: Q, Y, 10

S15E105
David's imaginary friend
Air date: 13/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David creates an imaginary companion to help him navigate a difficult day full of challenges on Sesame Street. The imaginary friend provides encouragement and support as David faces various obstacles. Eventually, David realizes his real friends on the street are even more valuable than an imaginary one. Sponsors: M, N, 4

Summary

David creates an imaginary companion to help him navigate a difficult day full of challenges on Sesame Street. The imaginary friend provides encouragement and support as David faces various obstacles. Eventually, David realizes his real friends on the street are even more valuable than an imaginary one. Sponsors: M, N, 4

S15E104
Grundgetta meets astronaut Sally Ride
Air date: 12/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Astronaut Sally Ride visits Sesame Street and meets Grundgetta, sharing fascinating stories about being in space and exploring the universe. Grundgetta is captivated by tales of rockets, weightlessness, and cosmic adventure. Sally Ride explains the training and dedication required to become an astronaut. Sponsors: N, O, 8

Summary

Astronaut Sally Ride visits Sesame Street and meets Grundgetta, sharing fascinating stories about being in space and exploring the universe. Grundgetta is captivated by tales of rockets, weightlessness, and cosmic adventure. Sally Ride explains the training and dedication required to become an astronaut. Sponsors: N, O, 8

S15E103
Grouch diving contest
Air date: 11/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar organizes a grouch diving contest in the mud and trash, with Grouches competing to see who can get the dirtiest and messiest. The judges award prizes for the slimiest, most rotten, and filthiest dives. Oscar declares it the most successful grouch event in history. Sponsors: O, S, 3

Summary

Oscar organizes a grouch diving contest in the mud and trash, with Grouches competing to see who can get the dirtiest and messiest. The judges award prizes for the slimiest, most rotten, and filthiest dives. Oscar declares it the most successful grouch event in history. Sponsors: O, S, 3

S15E102
Pets on Sesame Street
Air date: 10/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang explores the different kinds of pets that live on Sesame Street and discusses what makes a good pet owner. Big Bird, Telly, and others talk about the responsibilities that come with caring for animals. Everyone shares their favorite animal stories and pet experiences. Sponsors: B, E, 12

Summary

The gang explores the different kinds of pets that live on Sesame Street and discusses what makes a good pet owner. Big Bird, Telly, and others talk about the responsibilities that come with caring for animals. Everyone shares their favorite animal stories and pet experiences. Sponsors: B, E, 12

S15E101
Episode 1936
Air date: 09/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents of Sesame Street work together on a community garden project, planting seeds and learning about plant growth and nature. Everyone gets dirty while working toward their shared goal. They discuss what vegetables will grow and plan for a future harvest. Sponsors: F, J, 5

Summary

The residents of Sesame Street work together on a community garden project, planting seeds and learning about plant growth and nature. Everyone gets dirty while working toward their shared goal. They discuss what vegetables will grow and plan for a future harvest. Sponsors: F, J, 5

S15E100
Telly the Helper
Air date: 06/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly enthusiastically volunteers to help everyone on Sesame Street with their daily tasks and chores. His well-meaning assistance sometimes causes comical mishaps, but the adults appreciate his enthusiasm and willingness. By day's end, Telly feels proud of how helpful he's been to his community. Sponsors: R, X, 4

Summary

Telly enthusiastically volunteers to help everyone on Sesame Street with their daily tasks and chores. His well-meaning assistance sometimes causes comical mishaps, but the adults appreciate his enthusiasm and willingness. By day's end, Telly feels proud of how helpful he's been to his community. Sponsors: R, X, 4

S15E99
Snuffy's cousin, Señor Esnofelopago, visits from Puerto Rico
Air date: 05/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus's cousin Señor Esnofelopago arrives from Puerto Rico, bringing Caribbean culture, Spanish language, and island traditions to Sesame Street. The gang learns new vocabulary and customs while Snuffy and his cousin enjoy a warm reunion. They celebrate the visit with authentic food, lively music, and dancing. Sponsors: R, W, 7

Summary

Snuffleupagus's cousin Señor Esnofelopago arrives from Puerto Rico, bringing Caribbean culture, Spanish language, and island traditions to Sesame Street. The gang learns new vocabulary and customs while Snuffy and his cousin enjoy a warm reunion. They celebrate the visit with authentic food, lively music, and dancing. Sponsors: R, W, 7

S15E98
Big Bird, Snuffy and Telly learn about the new computer; Oscar has his own grouch computer
Air date: 04/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird, Snuffleupagus, and Telly explore a fascinating new computer that has arrived on Sesame Street. Oscar installs his own grouch computer that constantly malfunctions and breaks down in hilarious ways. The gang learns about technology while Oscar gleefully enjoys his gloriously broken machine. Sponsors: A, C, 11

Summary

Big Bird, Snuffleupagus, and Telly explore a fascinating new computer that has arrived on Sesame Street. Oscar installs his own grouch computer that constantly malfunctions and breaks down in hilarious ways. The gang learns about technology while Oscar gleefully enjoys his gloriously broken machine. Sponsors: A, C, 11

S15E97
David's grandma visits once more
Air date: 03/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David's grandmother visits Sesame Street again and the entire neighborhood welcomes her with open arms and joy. She spends quality time with David, sharing warm stories and playing games together. Everyone on the street appreciates her warmth, humor, and kindness. Sponsors: T, U, 6

Summary

David's grandmother visits Sesame Street again and the entire neighborhood welcomes her with open arms and joy. She spends quality time with David, sharing warm stories and playing games together. Everyone on the street appreciates her warmth, humor, and kindness. Sponsors: T, U, 6

S15E96
Captain Vegetable's superhero test
Air date: 02/Apr/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Captain Vegetable announces his retirement and announces a competition to find his successor by testing their vegetable-saving abilities. Multiple candidates attempt challenging scenarios that require superhero skills and dedication. Captain Vegetable carefully selects the most worthy candidate to carry on his legacy. Sponsors: G, J, 9

Summary

Captain Vegetable announces his retirement and announces a competition to find his successor by testing their vegetable-saving abilities. Multiple candidates attempt challenging scenarios that require superhero skills and dedication. Captain Vegetable carefully selects the most worthy candidate to carry on his legacy. Sponsors: G, J, 9

S15E95
Big Bird gives away WALKs
Air date: 30/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird launches a new tour business, enthusiastically giving free walking tours of Sesame Street to anyone interested in exploring. He passionately shows tourists all the neighborhood's highlights and interesting features. By day's end, Big Bird has given out so many tours that he's exhausted but happy. Sponsors: Q, T, 10

Summary

Big Bird launches a new tour business, enthusiastically giving free walking tours of Sesame Street to anyone interested in exploring. He passionately shows tourists all the neighborhood's highlights and interesting features. By day's end, Big Bird has given out so many tours that he's exhausted but happy. Sponsors: Q, T, 10

S15E94
Uncle Wally visits
Air date: 29/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Uncle Wally, Big Bird's visiting uncle, spends the day exploring Sesame Street alongside his excited nephew. Big Bird proudly shows Uncle Wally all his favorite places and warmly introduces him to his many friends. Uncle Wally entertains everyone with funny stories and they enjoy a wonderful day together. Sponsors: N, Y, 3

Summary

Uncle Wally, Big Bird's visiting uncle, spends the day exploring Sesame Street alongside his excited nephew. Big Bird proudly shows Uncle Wally all his favorite places and warmly introduces him to his many friends. Uncle Wally entertains everyone with funny stories and they enjoy a wonderful day together. Sponsors: N, Y, 3

S15E93
Snuffy sleeps over at Big Bird's
Air date: 28/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus spends a special sleepover at Big Bird's nest, and the two friends stay up late talking, playing games, and having pillow fights. Big Bird worries that Snuffy might be uncomfortable in his nest, but Snuffy assures him it's absolutely perfect. The happy friends fall asleep together, grateful for their special night. Sponsors: E, I, 8

Summary

Snuffleupagus spends a special sleepover at Big Bird's nest, and the two friends stay up late talking, playing games, and having pillow fights. Big Bird worries that Snuffy might be uncomfortable in his nest, but Snuffy assures him it's absolutely perfect. The happy friends fall asleep together, grateful for their special night. Sponsors: E, I, 8

S15E92
Gordon and Susan babysit
Air date: 27/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gordon and Susan babysit several children for the evening while parents enjoy a night out. The energetic kids test their patience with pranks and silly games throughout the night. When the parents return, Gordon and Susan feel proud of handling everything with humor and genuine care. Sponsors: E, H, 4

Summary

Gordon and Susan babysit several children for the evening while parents enjoy a night out. The energetic kids test their patience with pranks and silly games throughout the night. When the parents return, Gordon and Susan feel proud of handling everything with humor and genuine care. Sponsors: E, H, 4

S15E91
Oscar's Groucheteria
Air date: 26/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar opens his own restaurant called the Groucheteria, serving only rotten and terrible food that Grouches love. Big Bird and friends peek in out of curiosity and are horrified by the disgusting menu. Oscar considers their disgust a huge success and celebrates his perfectly rotten establishment. Sponsors: G, L, 2

Summary

Oscar opens his own restaurant called the Groucheteria, serving only rotten and terrible food that Grouches love. Big Bird and friends peek in out of curiosity and are horrified by the disgusting menu. Oscar considers their disgust a huge success and celebrates his perfectly rotten establishment. Sponsors: G, L, 2

S15E90
Forgetful Maria
Air date: 23/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria becomes increasingly forgetful throughout the day, leaving tasks unfinished and items scattered around Sesame Street. Her friends patiently help her locate lost items and remember what she was supposed to do. By evening, everyone shares a good laugh about her day full of memory lapses. Sponsors: F, R, 12

Summary

Maria becomes increasingly forgetful throughout the day, leaving tasks unfinished and items scattered around Sesame Street. Her friends patiently help her locate lost items and remember what she was supposed to do. By evening, everyone shares a good laugh about her day full of memory lapses. Sponsors: F, R, 12

S15E89
Birdwatching with Nobel Price
Air date: 22/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Nobel Price takes Big Bird on an exciting birdwatching expedition where they observe various bird species and learn about their unique characteristics. Big Bird discovers that different birds have distinctly different features, calls, and behaviors. Nobel Price shares her expert ornithological knowledge with enthusiasm. Sponsors: V, W, 5

Summary

Nobel Price takes Big Bird on an exciting birdwatching expedition where they observe various bird species and learn about their unique characteristics. Big Bird discovers that different birds have distinctly different features, calls, and behaviors. Nobel Price shares her expert ornithological knowledge with enthusiasm. Sponsors: V, W, 5

S15E88
Episode 1923
Air date: 21/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Telly search the entire neighborhood for Snuffleupagus's missing toy, asking every resident they encounter for help. The friends work together cooperatively and ultimately locate the lost item. Snuffy expresses his gratitude for their kindness and their unwavering friendship. Sponsors: B, G, 3

Summary

Big Bird and Telly search the entire neighborhood for Snuffleupagus's missing toy, asking every resident they encounter for help. The friends work together cooperatively and ultimately locate the lost item. Snuffy expresses his gratitude for their kindness and their unwavering friendship. Sponsors: B, G, 3

S15E87
Forgetful doesn't know what to buy; Snuffy's letter L
Air date: 20/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Forgetful Jones repeatedly forgets his shopping list and struggles to remember what he needs at the store, requiring Maria's patient help with clever clues. Through her assistance, each forgotten item becomes clear. Snuffleupagus demonstrates the letter L through a series of amusing and memorable scenes. Sponsors: L, R, 8

Summary

Forgetful Jones repeatedly forgets his shopping list and struggles to remember what he needs at the store, requiring Maria's patient help with clever clues. Through her assistance, each forgotten item becomes clear. Snuffleupagus demonstrates the letter L through a series of amusing and memorable scenes. Sponsors: L, R, 8

S15E86
Grundgetta enjoys the rain
Air date: 19/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Grundgetta discovers the pure joy of dancing and splashing in the rain with her fellow grouch friends. She finds delight in getting messy and filthy in muddy puddles and muddy streets. Oscar joins in the fun, and they celebrate the deliciously rotten pleasures of a rainy day. Sponsors: K, O, 10

Summary

Grundgetta discovers the pure joy of dancing and splashing in the rain with her fellow grouch friends. She finds delight in getting messy and filthy in muddy puddles and muddy streets. Oscar joins in the fun, and they celebrate the deliciously rotten pleasures of a rainy day. Sponsors: K, O, 10

S15E85
Episode 1920
Air date: 16/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Cookie Monster frantically searches everywhere on Sesame Street for cookies he hid but has forgotten the locations of. Big Bird and others help him retrace his steps through the neighborhood, following memory clues. After extensive searching, they finally discover his stash hidden in a surprising spot. Sponsors: Y, Z, 7

Summary

Cookie Monster frantically searches everywhere on Sesame Street for cookies he hid but has forgotten the locations of. Big Bird and others help him retrace his steps through the neighborhood, following memory clues. After extensive searching, they finally discover his stash hidden in a surprising spot. Sponsors: Y, Z, 7

S15E84
Episode 1919
Air date: 15/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents organize a community cleanup day on Sesame Street, working together to pick up trash and restore the neighborhood to its full beauty. Each character contributes their own effort to the collective project. Everyone celebrates their accomplishment with music and genuine joy. Sponsors: M, S, 11

Summary

The residents organize a community cleanup day on Sesame Street, working together to pick up trash and restore the neighborhood to its full beauty. Each character contributes their own effort to the collective project. Everyone celebrates their accomplishment with music and genuine joy. Sponsors: M, S, 11

S15E83
Big Bird's ABIERTO sign
Air date: 14/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird discovers that 'ABIERTO' means 'open' in Spanish when he sees the word on Hooper's Store sign. Luis explains the Spanish vocabulary while Big Bird practices using the word throughout the day. The neighborhood learns a new word while celebrating Spanish language and culture. Sponsors: K, O, 6

Summary

Big Bird discovers that 'ABIERTO' means 'open' in Spanish when he sees the word on Hooper's Store sign. Luis explains the Spanish vocabulary while Big Bird practices using the word throughout the day. The neighborhood learns a new word while celebrating Spanish language and culture. Sponsors: K, O, 6

S15E82
Grandpa Grouch at the library
Air date: 13/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Grandpa Grouch visits the library in search of books about complaint techniques and grouch philosophy. The patient librarian helps him navigate the collection and explains the Dewey Decimal System. Despite his grouchy demeanor, Grandpa Grouch quietly appreciates the librarian's helpfulness and knowledge. Sponsors: P, V, 5

Summary

Grandpa Grouch visits the library in search of books about complaint techniques and grouch philosophy. The patient librarian helps him navigate the collection and explains the Dewey Decimal System. Despite his grouchy demeanor, Grandpa Grouch quietly appreciates the librarian's helpfulness and knowledge. Sponsors: P, V, 5

S15E81
Grandma Grace's birthday
Air date: 12/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The entire neighborhood surprises Grandma Grace with a wonderful birthday celebration at Hooper's Store, complete with decorations and a special cake. Everyone contributes something meaningful to make the day unforgettable. Grandma Grace is deeply moved by the love and effort her friends put into honoring her. Sponsors: A, J, 9

Summary

The entire neighborhood surprises Grandma Grace with a wonderful birthday celebration at Hooper's Store, complete with decorations and a special cake. Everyone contributes something meaningful to make the day unforgettable. Grandma Grace is deeply moved by the love and effort her friends put into honoring her. Sponsors: A, J, 9

S15E80
A day at the library with Don Music
Air date: 09/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Don Music grows increasingly frustrated at the library as he struggles to complete a song, each attempt ending in failure and disappointment. Big Bird and the helpful librarian offer encouragement and remind him to relax. With their support and a fresh perspective, Don Music finally overcomes his writer's block and finishes his beautiful composition. Sponsors: E, S, 4

Summary

Don Music grows increasingly frustrated at the library as he struggles to complete a song, each attempt ending in failure and disappointment. Big Bird and the helpful librarian offer encouragement and remind him to relax. With their support and a fresh perspective, Don Music finally overcomes his writer's block and finishes his beautiful composition. Sponsors: E, S, 4

S15E79
Episode 1914
Air date: 08/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria teaches the children how to measure ingredients carefully and follow a simple recipe to bake delicious cookies. As they work together, the kids learn about precise measurement and develop patience while waiting for their treats to bake. Everyone enjoys the reward of sharing their warm, homemade cookies together. Sponsors: F, Z, 3

Summary

Maria teaches the children how to measure ingredients carefully and follow a simple recipe to bake delicious cookies. As they work together, the kids learn about precise measurement and develop patience while waiting for their treats to bake. Everyone enjoys the reward of sharing their warm, homemade cookies together. Sponsors: F, Z, 3

S15E78
Snuffy's disguises
Air date: 07/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus tries on a series of clever costumes and disguises, hoping to fool Big Bird into thinking he's someone else entirely. Despite the creative costumes, Big Bird easily recognizes his long-eared friend. Snuffy laughs good-naturedly at how transparent his disguises really were. Sponsors: Q, U, 2

Summary

Snuffleupagus tries on a series of clever costumes and disguises, hoping to fool Big Bird into thinking he's someone else entirely. Despite the creative costumes, Big Bird easily recognizes his long-eared friend. Snuffy laughs good-naturedly at how transparent his disguises really were. Sponsors: Q, U, 2

S15E77
Episode 1912
Air date: 06/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents of Sesame Street organize a community talent show where everyone displays their special abilities and unique skills. Big Bird performs his juggling act while other talented friends take the stage. The enthusiastic audience cheers loudly for each performer's impressive display. Sponsors: D, U, 12

Summary

The residents of Sesame Street organize a community talent show where everyone displays their special abilities and unique skills. Big Bird performs his juggling act while other talented friends take the stage. The enthusiastic audience cheers loudly for each performer's impressive display. Sponsors: D, U, 12

S15E76
Oscar and the Snuffleupagus trashcan
Air date: 05/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar discovers that Snuffleupagus's voice creates a hilarious echo when he talks into a trash can, leading to a delightful back-and-forth exchange of sounds. The two friends experiment with different voices and silly noises, bouncing them through the metallic container. Oscar becomes obsessed with his new favorite toy, the singing trash can. Sponsors: D, F, 10

Summary

Oscar discovers that Snuffleupagus's voice creates a hilarious echo when he talks into a trash can, leading to a delightful back-and-forth exchange of sounds. The two friends experiment with different voices and silly noises, bouncing them through the metallic container. Oscar becomes obsessed with his new favorite toy, the singing trash can. Sponsors: D, F, 10

S15E75
Gladys jumps over the moon
Air date: 02/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gladys the Cow sets her sights on an impossible feat: jumping over the moon like the nursery rhyme character. The whole neighborhood cheers as Gladys makes several valiant leaps, demonstrating the physics of jumping and gravity. Her determination and funny failures inspire everyone to attempt their own impossible dreams. Sponsors: C, X, 11

Summary

Gladys the Cow sets her sights on an impossible feat: jumping over the moon like the nursery rhyme character. The whole neighborhood cheers as Gladys makes several valiant leaps, demonstrating the physics of jumping and gravity. Her determination and funny failures inspire everyone to attempt their own impossible dreams. Sponsors: C, X, 11

S15E74
Episode 1909
Air date: 01/Mar/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffleupagus play a delightful copying game where they take turns imitating each other's funny movements and sounds. The two friends giggle with joy as they make increasingly silly faces and poses. Maria watches their antics and joins in with her own humorous imitations. Sponsors: L, X, 8

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffleupagus play a delightful copying game where they take turns imitating each other's funny movements and sounds. The two friends giggle with joy as they make increasingly silly faces and poses. Maria watches their antics and joins in with her own humorous imitations. Sponsors: L, X, 8

S15E73
Episode 1908
Air date: 29/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David and Gordon have an important conversation with the children about the value of telling the truth and keeping promises in their daily lives. Sponsors: I, L, 7

Summary

David and Gordon have an important conversation with the children about the value of telling the truth and keeping promises in their daily lives. Sponsors: I, L, 7

S15E72
Episode 1907
Air date: 28/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The residents of Sesame Street gather to discuss the true meaning of friendship and share heartfelt stories about trust and kindness. Big Bird reflects on his special bond with Snuffleupagus and how much their friendship means to him. The gang celebrates their connections with an uplifting song about caring for one another. Sponsors: I, R, 6

Summary

The residents of Sesame Street gather to discuss the true meaning of friendship and share heartfelt stories about trust and kindness. Big Bird reflects on his special bond with Snuffleupagus and how much their friendship means to him. The gang celebrates their connections with an uplifting song about caring for one another. Sponsors: I, R, 6

S15E71
Telly helps at Hooper's
Air date: 27/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly eagerly takes a job at Hooper's Store for the day, determined to serve customers and learn the business. His clumsy enthusiasm leads to comic mishaps as he bumbles through various tasks. Big Bird proudly watches his friend work, impressed by Telly's willingness to help despite his mistakes. Sponsors: A, R, 9

Summary

Telly eagerly takes a job at Hooper's Store for the day, determined to serve customers and learn the business. His clumsy enthusiasm leads to comic mishaps as he bumbles through various tasks. Big Bird proudly watches his friend work, impressed by Telly's willingness to help despite his mistakes. Sponsors: A, R, 9

S15E70
Episode 1905
Air date: 24/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria and Telly discover clever tools and gadgets that help make household chores easier and more efficient. A grouch causes complications before Ernie and Bert peacefully resolve the situation. Oscar explores how to use a can while the children learn valuable lessons about using the right tools for different jobs. Sponsors: O, T, 5

Summary

Maria and Telly discover clever tools and gadgets that help make household chores easier and more efficient. A grouch causes complications before Ernie and Bert peacefully resolve the situation. Oscar explores how to use a can while the children learn valuable lessons about using the right tools for different jobs. Sponsors: O, T, 5

S15E69
Episode 1904
Air date: 23/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob and Susan perform a delightful country-style counting song about little baby pigs for the children gathered on Sesame Street, teaching numbers through music and fun. Sponsors: J, T, 4

Summary

Bob and Susan perform a delightful country-style counting song about little baby pigs for the children gathered on Sesame Street, teaching numbers through music and fun. Sponsors: J, T, 4

S15E68
Episode 1903
Air date: 22/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly frantically tries to retrieve a kite stuck in a tree, eventually learning from Luis how to solve the problem with a ladder. Oscar reveals he spent the morning deliberately getting the kite stuck, causing mischief as usual. The group learns about teamwork while preparing soup, and Big Bird helps Telly count place settings for his monster birthday party using a clever trick. Sponsors: J, P, 2

Summary

Telly frantically tries to retrieve a kite stuck in a tree, eventually learning from Luis how to solve the problem with a ladder. Oscar reveals he spent the morning deliberately getting the kite stuck, causing mischief as usual. The group learns about teamwork while preparing soup, and Big Bird helps Telly count place settings for his monster birthday party using a clever trick. Sponsors: J, P, 2

S15E67
Episode 1902
Air date: 21/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird dreams of training Barkley to be the world's smartest counting dog, though the real dog struggles to bark on command. Maria teaches Oscar how headphones work, but he ruins his own pair by playing his Grouch radio at full volume. Big Bird recites a thoughtful poem comparing the differences between tigers and housecats. Sponsors: K, V, 3

Summary

Big Bird dreams of training Barkley to be the world's smartest counting dog, though the real dog struggles to bark on command. Maria teaches Oscar how headphones work, but he ruins his own pair by playing his Grouch radio at full volume. Big Bird recites a thoughtful poem comparing the differences between tigers and housecats. Sponsors: K, V, 3

S15E66
Paper airplanes with Big Bird
Air date: 20/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird discovers how to make paper airplanes from a library book and announces plans to create one with Snuffleupagus, much to the amusement of David and Gordon. A massive paper airplane suddenly soars through the air and crashes into Hooper's Store, sent by Snuffy with his \"medium-sized paper.\" David and Gordon debate whether the mysterious airplane proves Snuffleupagus exists while Big Bird grins at their confusion. Sponsors: G, Q, 12

Summary

Big Bird discovers how to make paper airplanes from a library book and announces plans to create one with Snuffleupagus, much to the amusement of David and Gordon. A massive paper airplane suddenly soars through the air and crashes into Hooper's Store, sent by Snuffy with his \"medium-sized paper.\" David and Gordon debate whether the mysterious airplane proves Snuffleupagus exists while Big Bird grins at their confusion. Sponsors: G, Q, 12

S15E65
Oscar enters the Grouch Auto Show
Air date: 17/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar displays his junkiest possessions transformed into vehicles at a Grouch Auto Show, celebrating trash-based automotive design with pride. Sponsors: O, R, 5

Summary

Oscar displays his junkiest possessions transformed into vehicles at a Grouch Auto Show, celebrating trash-based automotive design with pride. Sponsors: O, R, 5

S15E64
Bob talks to the Phone
Air date: 16/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob has conversations with a telephone, talking to various characters calling in. The episode explores communication and the fun of phone conversations. Sponsors: U, W, 4

Summary

Bob has conversations with a telephone, talking to various characters calling in. The episode explores communication and the fun of phone conversations. Sponsors: U, W, 4

S15E63
Missing Snuffy
Air date: 15/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang worries when Snuffleupagus goes missing, with Big Bird searching frantically. The group is relieved when Snuffy finally reappears safe. Sponsors: A, B, 3

Summary

The gang worries when Snuffleupagus goes missing, with Big Bird searching frantically. The group is relieved when Snuffy finally reappears safe. Sponsors: A, B, 3

S15E62
Herry moves the mailbox
Air date: 14/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Herry Monster accidentally moves the mailbox while playing, and the characters work together to figure out where it went and restore it. Sponsors: R, T, 10

Summary

Herry Monster accidentally moves the mailbox while playing, and the characters work together to figure out where it went and restore it. Sponsors: R, T, 10

S15E61
A dance partner for David
Air date: 13/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David searches for a compatible dance partner, trying with various Sesame Street characters before finding someone who shares his enthusiasm for dancing. Sponsors: I, O, 4

Summary

David searches for a compatible dance partner, trying with various Sesame Street characters before finding someone who shares his enthusiasm for dancing. Sponsors: I, O, 4

S15E60
Big Bird and Snuffy hunt for treasure.
Air date: 10/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffleupagus search for buried treasure on Sesame Street, following clues and hints while learning about cooperation and friendship. Sponsors: O, X, 11

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffleupagus search for buried treasure on Sesame Street, following clues and hints while learning about cooperation and friendship. Sponsors: O, X, 11

S15E59
Bob reads to the Two-Headed Monster
Air date: 09/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob reads stories to the Two-Headed Monster, whose two heads constantly disagree about plot direction, demonstrating different perspectives and compromise. Sponsors: N, Q, 3

Summary

Bob reads stories to the Two-Headed Monster, whose two heads constantly disagree about plot direction, demonstrating different perspectives and compromise. Sponsors: N, Q, 3

S15E58
Oscar tries camouflage
Air date: 08/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar attempts various camouflage techniques to hide from sunshine, painting himself to blend with his surroundings with humorous results. Sponsors: B, P, 6

Summary

Oscar attempts various camouflage techniques to hide from sunshine, painting himself to blend with his surroundings with humorous results. Sponsors: B, P, 6

S15E57
Telly prepares for hail
Air date: 07/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly worries about an approaching hailstorm and makes safety preparations. The adults reassure him about weather while helping him emotionally prepare. Sponsors: B, Z, 3

Summary

Telly worries about an approaching hailstorm and makes safety preparations. The adults reassure him about weather while helping him emotionally prepare. Sponsors: B, Z, 3

S15E56
Oscar contracts the grouch flu
Air date: 06/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar gets the grouch flu and becomes grouchier than ever, making everyone miserable. His friends try to help him recover despite his increased bad temperament. Sponsors: C, H, 2

Summary

Oscar gets the grouch flu and becomes grouchier than ever, making everyone miserable. His friends try to help him recover despite his increased bad temperament. Sponsors: C, H, 2

S15E55
The Count remembers.
Air date: 03/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count reminisces about his first counting experience with his mother while the Two-Headed Monster and Maria debate decision-making. Mumford can't conjure imaginary subjects. Sponsors: D, Y, 11

Summary

The Count reminisces about his first counting experience with his mother while the Two-Headed Monster and Maria debate decision-making. Mumford can't conjure imaginary subjects. Sponsors: D, Y, 11

S15E54
The Daily Bird
Air date: 02/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird creates his own newspaper, "The Daily Bird," with reporters and photographer Telly. They cover mundane stories and attempt to photograph Snuffleupagus as proof. Sponsors: E, F, 12

Summary

Big Bird creates his own newspaper, "The Daily Bird," with reporters and photographer Telly. They cover mundane stories and attempt to photograph Snuffleupagus as proof. Sponsors: E, F, 12

S15E53
Mumford produces shapes
Air date: 01/Feb/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Amazing Mumford performs shape identification tricks while the Count discovers he can count letters in books. Forgetful Jones sits in wet paint and wears the sign. Sponsors: A, Y, 9

Summary

The Amazing Mumford performs shape identification tricks while the Count discovers he can count letters in books. Forgetful Jones sits in wet paint and wears the sign. Sponsors: A, Y, 9

S15E52
Basketball practice
Air date: 31/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Donna practices for her school basketball tryouts with Gordon's help while Oscar prepares for the Grouch team. Julius Erving surprisingly emerges from Oscar's trash can. Sponsors: C, F, 12

Summary

Donna practices for her school basketball tryouts with Gordon's help while Oscar prepares for the Grouch team. Julius Erving surprisingly emerges from Oscar's trash can. Sponsors: C, F, 12

S15E51
Oscar vacations at Camp Killjoy
Air date: 30/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar takes a vacation at Camp Killjoy with Grundgetta while Telly struggles to be the Grouch in his absence. Oscar sends postcards and celebrates the camp's miserable weather. Sponsors: G, K, 2

Summary

Oscar takes a vacation at Camp Killjoy with Grundgetta while Telly struggles to be the Grouch in his absence. Oscar sends postcards and celebrates the camp's miserable weather. Sponsors: G, K, 2

S15E50
Visting Grandma Grace's farm
Air date: 27/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria, David, Big Bird, and the kids visit Grandma Grace's farm while Oscar discovers joy in its mess. They milk goats, eat fresh cider, and Oscar meets a chicken. Sponsors: C, S, 4

Summary

Maria, David, Big Bird, and the kids visit Grandma Grace's farm while Oscar discovers joy in its mess. They milk goats, eat fresh cider, and Oscar meets a chicken. Sponsors: C, S, 4

S15E49
Timi signs another day of WORM-TV programming
Air date: 26/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Timi translates WORM-TV's Grouch fairy tale version of "Goldilocks and the Three Grouches" while dealing with hazardous weather effects during broadcasts. Sponsors: C, Z, 9

Summary

Timi translates WORM-TV's Grouch fairy tale version of "Goldilocks and the Three Grouches" while dealing with hazardous weather effects during broadcasts. Sponsors: C, Z, 9

S15E48
Timi works for WORM-TV
Air date: 25/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Timi arrives to work as a sign language translator on Oscar's WORM-TV show. Linda helps her prepare with a Grouch makeover as Oscar attempts to serenade her. Sponsors: L, Z, 8

Summary

Timi arrives to work as a sign language translator on Oscar's WORM-TV show. Linda helps her prepare with a Grouch makeover as Oscar attempts to serenade her. Sponsors: L, Z, 8

S15E47
Telly and the fire bell
Air date: 24/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly learns about the fire bell's purpose and tries to ring it for a fire drill practice. Multiple interruptions prevent him from surprising Big Bird with the alarm. Sponsors: L, O, 4

Summary

Telly learns about the fire bell's purpose and tries to ring it for a fire drill practice. Multiple interruptions prevent him from surprising Big Bird with the alarm. Sponsors: L, O, 4

S15E46
Oscar takes temporary residence at David's
Air date: 23/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

When construction forces Oscar from his trash can, he moves in with David, creating chaos with his Grouch pets and meals. He eventually returns to his beloved can. Sponsors: A, I, 12

Summary

When construction forces Oscar from his trash can, he moves in with David, creating chaos with his Grouch pets and meals. He eventually returns to his beloved can. Sponsors: A, I, 12

S15E45
Oscar and the butterfly
Air date: 20/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A butterfly lands on Oscar and he struggles to remove it without harming the beautiful insect. Telly initially refuses to help as revenge but eventually apologizes. Sponsors: J, N, 5

Summary

A butterfly lands on Oscar and he struggles to remove it without harming the beautiful insect. Telly initially refuses to help as revenge but eventually apologizes. Sponsors: J, N, 5

S15E44
Oscar writes a play about trash
Air date: 19/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar writes and stages "The Romance of Trash" featuring Grouches singing about garbage and dirt. Telly lands a small role and rehearses playing waste paper. Sponsors: F, M, 8

Summary

Oscar writes and stages "The Romance of Trash" featuring Grouches singing about garbage and dirt. Telly lands a small role and rehearses playing waste paper. Sponsors: F, M, 8

S15E43
Episode 1878
Air date: 18/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

David, Luis, and Linda each demonstrate different ways to count backwards from 10, celebrating multiple languages and forms of expression. Sponsors: U, Z, 12

Summary

David, Luis, and Linda each demonstrate different ways to count backwards from 10, celebrating multiple languages and forms of expression. Sponsors: U, Z, 12

S15E42
Episode 1877
Air date: 17/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird tries to get help for his stubbed toe but finds adults too distracted to listen properly. He demonstrates his imaginary telephone game with Gordon. Sponsors: T, X, 7

Summary

Big Bird tries to get help for his stubbed toe but finds adults too distracted to listen properly. He demonstrates his imaginary telephone game with Gordon. Sponsors: T, X, 7

S15E41
Episode 1876
Air date: 16/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar hosts a mystery number game show with a viewer guessing challenge, while a young Honker offers to lend Big Bird their grandmother. Sponsors: A, E, 6

Summary

Oscar hosts a mystery number game show with a viewer guessing challenge, while a young Honker offers to lend Big Bird their grandmother. Sponsors: A, E, 6

S15E40
Big Bird, Grundgetta, and Gordon go to the department store
Air date: 13/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird, Grundgetta, and Gordon explore a department store, learning how different sections are organized and how to find what they need. Sponsors: K, T, 8

Summary

Big Bird, Grundgetta, and Gordon explore a department store, learning how different sections are organized and how to find what they need. Sponsors: K, T, 8

S15E34
A day at the library
Air date: 05/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Sesame Street gang visits the library, exploring how books are organized and discovering how librarians help people find information. Sponsors: G, W, 10

Summary

The Sesame Street gang visits the library, exploring how books are organized and discovering how librarians help people find information. Sponsors: G, W, 10

S15E33
Linda's first day at the library
Air date: 04/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Linda starts her first day as a librarian and learns how to help patrons, organize books, and share her love of reading with visitors. Sponsors: J, S, 8

Summary

Linda starts her first day as a librarian and learns how to help patrons, organize books, and share her love of reading with visitors. Sponsors: J, S, 8

S15E31
Oscar's ice cream stand
Air date: 02/Jan/1984 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar opens an ice cream stand serving only disgusting Grouch-style flavors from his trash can. Customers seeking regular ice cream create comedic interactions. Sponsors: G, S, 9

Summary

Oscar opens an ice cream stand serving only disgusting Grouch-style flavors from his trash can. Customers seeking regular ice cream create comedic interactions. Sponsors: G, S, 9

S15E30
Telly's broken kite / Luis's picture
Air date: 30/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly struggles with a broken kite while Luis works on a picture, with both characters learning about problem-solving and cooperation. Sponsors: B, K, 2

Summary

Telly struggles with a broken kite while Luis works on a picture, with both characters learning about problem-solving and cooperation. Sponsors: B, K, 2

S15E29
Forgetful Jones tends Hooper's Store
Air date: 29/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Forgetful Jones attempts to run Hooper's Store but keeps forgetting customer orders and cash register procedures, creating humorous situations. Sponsors: D, P, 12

Summary

Forgetful Jones attempts to run Hooper's Store but keeps forgetting customer orders and cash register procedures, creating humorous situations. Sponsors: D, P, 12

S15E27
Teaching a baby Honker the alphabet
Air date: 27/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Sesame Street gang teaches a young baby Honker the alphabet letters in a mentorship focused on early learning. Sponsors: C, I, 6

Summary

The Sesame Street gang teaches a young baby Honker the alphabet letters in a mentorship focused on early learning. Sponsors: C, I, 6

S15E26
Telly meets Mr. Snuffleupagus
Air date: 26/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Telly Monster meets Snuffleupagus for the first time and reacts with his characteristic nervousness to the large, unusual creature. Sponsors: I, U, 5

Summary

Telly Monster meets Snuffleupagus for the first time and reacts with his characteristic nervousness to the large, unusual creature. Sponsors: I, U, 5

S15E24
Bernie, a piano tuner, tunes Oscar's piano; Olivia dates with Bernie
Air date: 22/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Piano tuner Bernie arrives to fix Oscar's instrument but develops a connection with Olivia instead, exploring themes of unexpected romance. Sponsors: L, Y, 3

Summary

Piano tuner Bernie arrives to fix Oscar's instrument but develops a connection with Olivia instead, exploring themes of unexpected romance. Sponsors: L, Y, 3

S15E23
Captain Vegetable comes to Sesame Street
Air date: 21/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Captain Vegetable arrives to teach the characters about healthy vegetables and the importance of proper nutrition. Sponsors: C, Y, 2

Summary

Captain Vegetable arrives to teach the characters about healthy vegetables and the importance of proper nutrition. Sponsors: C, Y, 2

S15E22
Rhyming for Reasons
Air date: 20/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and friends explore rhyming words and their creative uses in stories, songs, and games throughout the episode. Sponsors: A, E, 12

Summary

Big Bird and friends explore rhyming words and their creative uses in stories, songs, and games throughout the episode. Sponsors: A, E, 12

S15E21
Polly Darton visits
Air date: 19/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Country music star Polly Darton visits Sesame Street, performing songs and spending time with the characters in musical celebration. Sponsors: A, X, 11

Summary

Country music star Polly Darton visits Sesame Street, performing songs and spending time with the characters in musical celebration. Sponsors: A, X, 11

S15E19
Snuffy is sick
Air date: 15/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Snuffleupagus becomes ill and Big Bird cares for him while friends visit to check on his condition and offer support during his recovery. Sponsors: O, U, 9

Summary

Snuffleupagus becomes ill and Big Bird cares for him while friends visit to check on his condition and offer support during his recovery. Sponsors: O, U, 9

S15E18
Gladys needs a new cowbell
Air date: 14/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gladys the Grouch cow needs a new cowbell, and the Sesame Street community helps her find or create a replacement for her beloved noisemaker. Sponsors: R, Z, 8

Summary

Gladys the Grouch cow needs a new cowbell, and the Sesame Street community helps her find or create a replacement for her beloved noisemaker. Sponsors: R, Z, 8

S15E15
Max Monster's broken wagon
Air date: 09/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Bob and Oscar quarrel over the letter Q while Big Bird teaches about cooperation. Max brings his broken wagon to be fixed, refusing to replace it despite being missing every part except the handle. Sponsors: Q, R, 4

Summary

Bob and Oscar quarrel over the letter Q while Big Bird teaches about cooperation. Max brings his broken wagon to be fixed, refusing to replace it despite being missing every part except the handle. Sponsors: Q, R, 4

S15E14
Episode 1849
Air date: 08/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar runs a dog training school teaching dogs to disobey him, adding "don't" to commands when his initial approach fails. Snuffleupagus confirms his reality while Gordon unknowingly plays a duet with Snuffy thinking it's Big Bird. Sponsors: Q, V, 4

Summary

Oscar runs a dog training school teaching dogs to disobey him, adding "don't" to commands when his initial approach fails. Snuffleupagus confirms his reality while Gordon unknowingly plays a duet with Snuffy thinking it's Big Bird. Sponsors: Q, V, 4

S15E13
Dr. Nobel Price invents a puzzle
Air date: 07/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar hosts Monster on the Spot radio while dismissing various sounds until Telly's complaining becomes "beautiful." When Dr. Nobel Price accidentally breaks his picture, he invents a puzzle by putting the pieces together with Olivia's help. Sponsors: H, Q, 3

Summary

Oscar hosts Monster on the Spot radio while dismissing various sounds until Telly's complaining becomes "beautiful." When Dr. Nobel Price accidentally breaks his picture, he invents a puzzle by putting the pieces together with Olivia's help. Sponsors: H, Q, 3

S15E12
Oscar's eclipse party
Air date: 06/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar throws an eclipse party with his Grouch telescope while Telly panics about the moon disappearing and prepares with a protective outfit. Maria scolds Oscar for tricking Telly, allowing him to yell at the Grouch before they reconcile. Sponsors: D, H, 2

Summary

Oscar throws an eclipse party with his Grouch telescope while Telly panics about the moon disappearing and prepares with a protective outfit. Maria scolds Oscar for tricking Telly, allowing him to yell at the Grouch before they reconcile. Sponsors: D, H, 2

S15E11
Barkley's bath
Air date: 05/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The gang prepares a bath for Barkley using an inflatable pool and increasing amounts of water. When Snuffleupagus arrives thirsty and drinks the entire tub, nobody believes Big Bird's story until later when they finally bathe and dry off the dog. Sponsors: D, J, 12

Summary

The gang prepares a bath for Barkley using an inflatable pool and increasing amounts of water. When Snuffleupagus arrives thirsty and drinks the entire tub, nobody believes Big Bird's story until later when they finally bathe and dry off the dog. Sponsors: D, J, 12

S15E10
Dr. Nobel Price \"discovers\" the law of gravity
Air date: 02/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Gilbert and Sullivan sing "The Letter B" while Oscar plans a vacation with predictably Grouch packing. Dr. Nobel Price drops his teddy bear repeatedly and declares he's discovered gravity, ignoring Olivia's attempts to explain it. Sponsors: B, L, 9

Summary

Gilbert and Sullivan sing "The Letter B" while Oscar plans a vacation with predictably Grouch packing. Dr. Nobel Price drops his teddy bear repeatedly and declares he's discovered gravity, ignoring Olivia's attempts to explain it. Sponsors: B, L, 9

S15E9
Episode 1844
Air date: 01/Dec/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird finds a "Se Habla Español" sign blown by the wind to a tree and tries mailing it to Puerto Rico. Oscar demonstrates subtraction with bowling balls while Forgetful Jones discusses the word "love" with Clementine. Sponsors: W, Z, 10

Summary

Big Bird finds a "Se Habla Español" sign blown by the wind to a tree and tries mailing it to Puerto Rico. Oscar demonstrates subtraction with bowling balls while Forgetful Jones discusses the word "love" with Clementine. Sponsors: W, Z, 10

S15E8
Big Bird's toys
Air date: 30/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Forgetful Jones plays cymbals off-cue during "Pop Goes the Weasel" until he gets the timing right. The group examines autographs on casts and learns that worms are invertebrates, while Big Bird teaches others to put toys away. Sponsors: T, X, 11

Summary

Forgetful Jones plays cymbals off-cue during "Pop Goes the Weasel" until he gets the timing right. The group examines autographs on casts and learns that worms are invertebrates, while Big Bird teaches others to put toys away. Sponsors: T, X, 11

S15E7
Episode 1842
Air date: 29/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird leads imaginary elephants into a pretend closet to teach addition while confusing Luis. Oscar demonstrates that objects don't need to be in one place to count correctly, then gets annoyed at teaching something nice. Sponsors: P, T, 8

Summary

Big Bird leads imaginary elephants into a pretend closet to teach addition while confusing Luis. Oscar demonstrates that objects don't need to be in one place to count correctly, then gets annoyed at teaching something nice. Sponsors: P, T, 8

S15E6
Oscar teaches the DBC's
Air date: 28/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Oscar proudly teaches the Grouchketeers his own "Grouch alphabet" starting with D for "dirt" and "dust." After Gordon finally delivers the promised three bags of dirt (cleverly tiny ones), Oscar reluctantly agrees to teach the correct alphabet despite being outwitted. Sponsors: D, E, 12

Summary

Oscar proudly teaches the Grouchketeers his own "Grouch alphabet" starting with D for "dirt" and "dust." After Gordon finally delivers the promised three bags of dirt (cleverly tiny ones), Oscar reluctantly agrees to teach the correct alphabet despite being outwitted. Sponsors: D, E, 12

S15E5
Maria helps Forgetful remember things by writing them down
Air date: 25/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Maria teaches Forgetful Jones to remember by writing things down, asking him to jot down the number seven and other information. However, Forgetful ends up with piles of papers for everything he wants to remember, leaving him buried under his own notes by evening. Sponsors: G, N, 7

Summary

Maria teaches Forgetful Jones to remember by writing things down, asking him to jot down the number seven and other information. However, Forgetful ends up with piles of papers for everything he wants to remember, leaving him buried under his own notes by evening. Sponsors: G, N, 7

S15E4
The adults explain Mr. Hooper's death to Big Bird
Air date: 24/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

When Big Bird eagerly presents drawings he made of his adult friends, he's devastated to learn that Mr. Hooper has died. The adults gently explain what death means, reassuring Big Bird that they'll help care for him and David will run the store. Big Bird tearfully says goodbye to Mr. Hooper's portrait as his friends comfort him. Sponsors: J, M, 5

Summary

When Big Bird eagerly presents drawings he made of his adult friends, he's devastated to learn that Mr. Hooper has died. The adults gently explain what death means, reassuring Big Bird that they'll help care for him and David will run the store. Big Bird tearfully says goodbye to Mr. Hooper's portrait as his friends comfort him. Sponsors: J, M, 5

S15E3
Episode 1838
Air date: 23/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The cast sings about circles while Forgetful Jones accidentally buys basketball sneakers instead of horseshoes for Buster the Horse. Big Bird performs a poem about the letter S with kids acting out related words, though Mr. Snuffleupagus doesn't appear in time for the conclusion. Sponsors: S, W, 4

Summary

The cast sings about circles while Forgetful Jones accidentally buys basketball sneakers instead of horseshoes for Buster the Horse. Big Bird performs a poem about the letter S with kids acting out related words, though Mr. Snuffleupagus doesn't appear in time for the conclusion. Sponsors: S, W, 4

S15E2
Big Bird can't get back to sleep
Air date: 22/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird wakes from a nightmare and struggles to fall back asleep despite help from Maria, Susan, and the Honkers. Maria falls asleep mid-relaxation advice while Susan's bedtime stories don't help, but the Honkers' rendition of "Brahms' Lullaby" finally gets Big Bird to sleep. Sponsors: C, K, 3

Summary

Big Bird wakes from a nightmare and struggles to fall back asleep despite help from Maria, Susan, and the Honkers. Maria falls asleep mid-relaxation advice while Susan's bedtime stories don't help, but the Honkers' rendition of "Brahms' Lullaby" finally gets Big Bird to sleep. Sponsors: C, K, 3

S15E1
Gordon and Snuffy run in the NYC Marathon
Air date: 21/Nov/1983 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird helps Snuffleupagus train for the NYC Marathon while the Sesame Street crew cheers on Gordon. Despite Snuffy's repeated tardiness at every checkpoint, Big Bird patiently waits for his friend to finish the race, even sleeping in the park overnight. Gordon and Susan eventually return to help push their car home as thanks for Big Bird's loyalty. Sponsors: K, 2

Summary

Big Bird helps Snuffleupagus train for the NYC Marathon while the Sesame Street crew cheers on Gordon. Despite Snuffy's repeated tardiness at every checkpoint, Big Bird patiently waits for his friend to finish the race, even sleeping in the park overnight. Gordon and Susan eventually return to help push their car home as thanks for Big Bird's loyalty. Sponsors: K, 2

Season 14 · Season 14
130 episode(s) · Air date: 22/Nov/1982
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 13 · Season 13
130 episode(s) · Air date: 23/Nov/1981
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 12 · Season 12
130 episode(s) · Air date: 24/Nov/1980
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S12E130
Episode 1575
Air date: 22/May/1981 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

During a heat wave, Oscar finds he has no one to bother. Later, Fred Rogers of Mister Rogers' Neighborhood judges a race between Big Bird and Snuffy. Sponsored by H, K, 12

Summary

During a heat wave, Oscar finds he has no one to bother. Later, Fred Rogers of Mister Rogers' Neighborhood judges a race between Big Bird and Snuffy. Sponsored by H, K, 12

Season 11 · Season 11
130 episode(s) · Air date: 26/Nov/1979
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 10 · Season 10
130 episode(s) · Air date: 27/Nov/1978
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S10E100
Episode 1285
Air date: 12/Apr/1979 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Grover serves up burgers of all sizes. Bert and Ernie ransack their own apartment. Ernie tricks Bert out of a bigger piece of pie. Biff helps Salvador DaDa create a museum. Plus the Twiddlebugs, pinball animation and a live-action feature about recycling paper.

Summary

Grover serves up burgers of all sizes. Bert and Ernie ransack their own apartment. Ernie tricks Bert out of a bigger piece of pie. Biff helps Salvador DaDa create a museum. Plus the Twiddlebugs, pinball animation and a live-action feature about recycling paper.

S10E76
Episode 1261
Air date: 12/Mar/1979 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy hit the dance floor and groove to a disco version of "Rubber Ducky". Guy Smiley and Cookie Monster appear in the classic "Beat the Time" skit. Grover sings about the letter "I". Bob and Big Bird encounter a dragon in New York's Chinatown. Ernie's opera singing wakes the neighbors. Harry Monster visits the eye doctor and an animated version of "We All Live in a Capital I".

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy hit the dance floor and groove to a disco version of "Rubber Ducky". Guy Smiley and Cookie Monster appear in the classic "Beat the Time" skit. Grover sings about the letter "I". Bob and Big Bird encounter a dragon in New York's Chinatown. Ernie's opera singing wakes the neighbors. Harry Monster visits the eye doctor and an animated version of "We All Live in a Capital I".

S10E72
Episode 1257
Air date: 06/Mar/1979 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A TV-addicted Telly Monster moves to Sesame Street. Cookie eats his way through an avalance as train conductor "Casey McFee". The Count sings "The Song of the Count". Kermit reports on Sleeping Beauty for Sesame Street News". Plus the Harvey Kneeslapper skit.

Summary

A TV-addicted Telly Monster moves to Sesame Street. Cookie eats his way through an avalance as train conductor "Casey McFee". The Count sings "The Song of the Count". Kermit reports on Sleeping Beauty for Sesame Street News". Plus the Harvey Kneeslapper skit.

S10E1
Episode 1186
Air date: 27/Nov/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Count counts hellos from everyone on Sesame Street, and the gang decides what to name the large Muppet dog: Barkley or Woof-Woof? Sponsored by D, 2.

Summary

The Count counts hellos from everyone on Sesame Street, and the gang decides what to name the large Muppet dog: Barkley or Woof-Woof? Sponsored by D, 2.

Season 9 · Season 9
130 episode(s) · Air date: 28/Nov/1977
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S9E40
Hawaii Day 6 (1095)
Air date: 20/Jan/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The gang's last day in Hawaii. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

The gang's last day in Hawaii. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S9E39
Hawaii Day 5 (1094)
Air date: 19/Jan/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy find the Snuffleupagus Mountain at last. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy find the Snuffleupagus Mountain at last. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S9E38
Hawaii Day 4 (1093)
Air date: 18/Jan/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy continue to search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy continue to search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S9E37
Hawaii Day 3 (1092)
Air date: 17/Jan/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

Big Bird and Snuffy search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S9E36
Hawaii Day 2 (1091)
Air date: 16/Jan/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The gang arrives in Hawaii; Big Bird hears the legend of the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

The gang arrives in Hawaii; Big Bird hears the legend of the Snuffleupagus Mountain. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

S9E35
Hawaii Day 1 (1090)
Air date: 13/Jan/1978 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 30 min
Summary

The gang leaves for Hawaii, but Snuffy gets left behind. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Summary

The gang leaves for Hawaii, but Snuffy gets left behind. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Season 8 · Season 8
130 episode(s) · Air date: 29/Nov/1976
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 7 · Season 7
130 episode(s) · Air date: 01/Dec/1975
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S7E52
Episode 847
Air date: 10/Feb/1976 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 59 min
Summary

In this episode of Sesame Street, The Wicked Witch of the West (played by Margaret Hamilton, reprising her role from The Wizard of Oz) wreaks havoc on the street when she loses her flying broomstick.

Summary

In this episode of Sesame Street, The Wicked Witch of the West (played by Margaret Hamilton, reprising her role from The Wizard of Oz) wreaks havoc on the street when she loses her flying broomstick.

Season 6 · Season 6
130 episode(s) · Air date: 04/Nov/1974
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 5 · Season 5
130 episode(s) · Air date: 19/Nov/1973
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S5E17
Episode 552: Sam the Robot demonstrates Near & Far; The Count Counts in His Sleep
Air date: 11/Dec/1973 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Sam the Robot shows David the demonstration of Near and Far, Count Von Count dreams about the numbers the Sponsors are H, I & 7

Summary

Sam the Robot shows David the demonstration of Near and Far, Count Von Count dreams about the numbers the Sponsors are H, I & 7

Season 4 · Season 4
130 episode(s) · Air date: 27/Nov/1972
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S4E47
Episode 452
Air date: 30/Jan/1973 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

The Geefle and the Gonk is a Sesame Street story about two aliens on the planet Snew, narrated by Jerry Nelson. (First: Episode 0452) The segment was written by Jeff Moss and directed by Jim Henson.[1] The aliens want to get some nectarines from a nectarine tree, as nectarines are the only food on Snew. Unfortunately, the Gonk is too short to reach the nectarines, and while the Geefle can reach them, he can't bend his arms, so he can't bring them to his mouth. They decide to work together to get the nectarines: The Geefle picks some for the Gonk, and the Gonk feeds some to the Geefle. The Gonk suggests they call this process "Cooperation"; the Geefle wants to call it "Shirley."

Summary

The Geefle and the Gonk is a Sesame Street story about two aliens on the planet Snew, narrated by Jerry Nelson. (First: Episode 0452) The segment was written by Jeff Moss and directed by Jim Henson.[1] The aliens want to get some nectarines from a nectarine tree, as nectarines are the only food on Snew. Unfortunately, the Gonk is too short to reach the nectarines, and while the Geefle can reach them, he can't bend his arms, so he can't bring them to his mouth. They decide to work together to get the nectarines: The Geefle picks some for the Gonk, and the Gonk feeds some to the Geefle. The Gonk suggests they call this process "Cooperation"; the Geefle wants to call it "Shirley."

Season 3 · Season 3
130 episode(s) · Air date: 08/Nov/1971
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S3E97
Episode 372
Air date: 28/Mar/1972 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Susan, Bob, Luis and Maria are putting together a snowman. Big Bird observes the pictures they have of various snowmen to figure out which one they're going to build.

Summary

Susan, Bob, Luis and Maria are putting together a snowman. Big Bird observes the pictures they have of various snowmen to figure out which one they're going to build.

S3E80
Episode 355
Air date: 25/Feb/1972 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

A big rainstorm hits Sesame Street. Tom waters plants in the rain; Rafael puts on rain gear; Molly worries that people will slip on the sidewalk. Sponsors: B, M, 4

Summary

A big rainstorm hits Sesame Street. Tom waters plants in the rain; Rafael puts on rain gear; Molly worries that people will slip on the sidewalk. Sponsors: B, M, 4

S3E68
Episode 343
Air date: 09/Feb/1972 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Kids are busy drawing with crayons outdoors. When a stiff breeze begins to blow the papers about, Tom suggests that the kids come into his store to play. Once inside, the kids decide to play catch. Tom suggests that the store isn't the best place to play catch. The kids agree and go outside. Tom observes that there are some things that it's better to do inside and some things it's better to do outside.

Summary

Kids are busy drawing with crayons outdoors. When a stiff breeze begins to blow the papers about, Tom suggests that the kids come into his store to play. Once inside, the kids decide to play catch. Tom suggests that the store isn't the best place to play catch. The kids agree and go outside. Tom observes that there are some things that it's better to do inside and some things it's better to do outside.

S3E57
Episode 332
Air date: 02/Feb/1972 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Big Bird is bored because he has nothing to do. He asks everyone he meets - Maria, David and Bob - if he can help them to do something, and they all decline his offer. Muppets-Sherlock Hemlock investigates the letter N.

Summary

Big Bird is bored because he has nothing to do. He asks everyone he meets - Maria, David and Bob - if he can help them to do something, and they all decline his offer. Muppets-Sherlock Hemlock investigates the letter N.

S3E55
Episode 330
Air date: 28/Jan/1972 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Today, Rafael and Luis open up their new Fix-It Shop, and Big Bird wants to give them a gift. So he puts on various disguises and acquires all the free flashlights they are giving the customers, just so he can give them back as a gift.

Summary

Today, Rafael and Luis open up their new Fix-It Shop, and Big Bird wants to give them a gift. So he puts on various disguises and acquires all the free flashlights they are giving the customers, just so he can give them back as a gift.

S3E5
Episode 280
Air date: 19/Nov/1971 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

As Bob welcomes the viewers, Sesame Street is suddenly beset with an outburst of jackhammers and roaring compressors. Maria and Tom come by and see that workmen are fixing the street, and they complain about the noise. Oscar pops up wearing a hard hat and says he's heading to where they're digging, not wanting to miss all the noise, dirt and mess.

Summary

As Bob welcomes the viewers, Sesame Street is suddenly beset with an outburst of jackhammers and roaring compressors. Maria and Tom come by and see that workmen are fixing the street, and they complain about the noise. Oscar pops up wearing a hard hat and says he's heading to where they're digging, not wanting to miss all the noise, dirt and mess.

Season 2 · Season 2
145 episode(s) · Air date: 09/Nov/1970
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

Season 1 · Season 1
130 episode(s) · Air date: 10/Nov/1969
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S1E123
Big Bird Draws Letter R's (0123)
Air date: 29/Apr/1970 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Here comes Cookie Monster! A prank on Bert backfires on Cookie and Ernie. Cookie's call to his mommy ends when he eats the telephone. Song "One of These Things" and animated ABC song.

Summary

Here comes Cookie Monster! A prank on Bert backfires on Cookie and Ernie. Cookie's call to his mommy ends when he eats the telephone. Song "One of These Things" and animated ABC song.

S1E115
Gordon, Susan, and the Kids Go On An Imaginary Car Ride (0115)
Air date: 17/Apr/1970 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Kermit sings the original "Being Green". Ernie and Bert perform the classic "Banana Telephone" skit, Muppet Roosevelt Franklin sings "I'm Roosevelt Franklin", Bob sings an early version of "Who Are The People In Your Neighborhood?" plus Cookie Monster eats Ernie's cookie, and Oscar calls "Dial-a-Grouch".

Summary

Kermit sings the original "Being Green". Ernie and Bert perform the classic "Banana Telephone" skit, Muppet Roosevelt Franklin sings "I'm Roosevelt Franklin", Bob sings an early version of "Who Are The People In Your Neighborhood?" plus Cookie Monster eats Ernie's cookie, and Oscar calls "Dial-a-Grouch".

S1E56
Mr. Hooper Bakes Oscar a Baked Bean Sundae (0056)
Air date: 26/Jan/1970 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

An orange-colored Oscar demands a baked-bean sundae; Kermit the Frog explains the word "in". Gospel diva Mahalia Jackson sings "He's Got the Whole World in His Hands", Animations of "Solomon Grundy" and "Wanda the Witch" make their debut.

Summary

An orange-colored Oscar demands a baked-bean sundae; Kermit the Frog explains the word "in". Gospel diva Mahalia Jackson sings "He's Got the Whole World in His Hands", Animations of "Solomon Grundy" and "Wanda the Witch" make their debut.

S1E1
Gordon Introduces Sally to Sesame Street (0001)
Air date: 10/Nov/1969 · Time: 07:00 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

In the first episode of Sesame Street, Gordon takes a girl named Sally on a tour of Sesame Street, introducing her (and the viewers) to the various characters on the show. On the street, Sally meets the human cast -- Gordon, Susan, Bob and Mr. Hooper -- as well as two Muppet characters, Big Bird and Oscar the Grouch.

Summary

In the first episode of Sesame Street, Gordon takes a girl named Sally on a tour of Sesame Street, introducing her (and the viewers) to the various characters on the show. On the street, Sally meets the human cast -- Gordon, Susan, Bob and Mr. Hooper -- as well as two Muppet characters, Big Bird and Oscar the Grouch.

Season 0 · Specials
126 episode(s)
Improve Season
Season Overview

--

S0E282
Sesame Street All-Star 25th Birthday: Stars and Street Forever!
Air date: 18/May/1994 · Runtime: 60 min
Summary

Tycoon billionaire Ronald Grump (a parody of Donald Trump played by Joe Pesci) wants to demolish Sesame Street to build his Grump Tower, and it's up to the Sesame Street citizens to save their favorite buildings from being destroyed.

Summary

Tycoon billionaire Ronald Grump (a parody of Donald Trump played by Joe Pesci) wants to demolish Sesame Street to build his Grump Tower, and it's up to the Sesame Street citizens to save their favorite buildings from being destroyed.

S0E133
Preschool is Cool: Making Friends
Air date: 02/Oct/2012
Summary

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's lesson! But before Professor Grover can start he wants to show Elmo how to be friends with the class. Is making friends really that easy? Will Elmo and the class ever be able to get along? Featuring socio-emotional themed stories and songs kids will learn all about important socio-emotional skills they need to get along with others in a fun and entertaining way. Join Elmo and Grover as they share stories and songs about making friends taking turns sharing and laugh along with Professor Grover's silly antics.

Summary

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's lesson! But before Professor Grover can start he wants to show Elmo how to be friends with the class. Is making friends really that easy? Will Elmo and the class ever be able to get along? Featuring socio-emotional themed stories and songs kids will learn all about important socio-emotional skills they need to get along with others in a fun and entertaining way. Join Elmo and Grover as they share stories and songs about making friends taking turns sharing and laugh along with Professor Grover's silly antics.

S0E124
Christmas Eve on Sesame Street
Air date: 03/Dec/1978
Summary

Christmas Eve is upon the entire Sesame Street gang in this funny and sweet one-hour television special. Oscar the Grouch has Big Bird worried about Santa Claus arriving and bringing everyone presents.

Summary

Christmas Eve is upon the entire Sesame Street gang in this funny and sweet one-hour television special. Oscar the Grouch has Big Bird worried about Santa Claus arriving and bringing everyone presents.

S0E120
Ready for School
Air date: —
Summary

Big Bird, Baby Bear and the rest of the gang all get together to help apprehensive Elmo prepare for his first day of school. Once he learns of the singing and dancing, arts and crafts and all-around fun that awaits him at school, Elmo's raring to go. Packed with great songs, memorable characters and the trademark Sesame Street charm, this feature is perfect for toddlers on the verge of their own first day of school.

Summary

Big Bird, Baby Bear and the rest of the gang all get together to help apprehensive Elmo prepare for his first day of school. Once he learns of the singing and dancing, arts and crafts and all-around fun that awaits him at school, Elmo's raring to go. Packed with great songs, memorable characters and the trademark Sesame Street charm, this feature is perfect for toddlers on the verge of their own first day of school.

S0E119
Silly Storytime
Air date: —
Summary

Included are beloved fairy tales: Rapunzel, Sleeping Beauty, Jack & the Beanstalk, and Little Red Riding Hood. Also featured are 4 classic Kermit Newsflash segments. Preschoolers learn early literacy skills, problem solving, and exploring nature.

Summary

Included are beloved fairy tales: Rapunzel, Sleeping Beauty, Jack & the Beanstalk, and Little Red Riding Hood. Also featured are 4 classic Kermit Newsflash segments. Preschoolers learn early literacy skills, problem solving, and exploring nature.

S0E118
The Alphabet Game
Air date: 19/Oct/1998
Summary

Sonny Friendly is the host of "Alphabet Treasure Hunt", a game show where contestants bring in items that start with certain letters of the alphabet. His contestants are Gary Grouch, Dimples the Dog and Big Bird. A video board picks a letter of the alphabet at random, and the contestants must find an item that begins with that letter. When they succeed, a piece of a cookie will light up, and when all three pieces light up, the contestant wins. At random times the board will also pick a number of letters, which then present Sesame Street segments involving those letters.

Summary

Sonny Friendly is the host of "Alphabet Treasure Hunt", a game show where contestants bring in items that start with certain letters of the alphabet. His contestants are Gary Grouch, Dimples the Dog and Big Bird. A video board picks a letter of the alphabet at random, and the contestants must find an item that begins with that letter. When they succeed, a piece of a cookie will light up, and when all three pieces light up, the contestant wins. At random times the board will also pick a number of letters, which then present Sesame Street segments involving those letters.

S0E116
Elmo's World: Head to Toe with Elmo
Air date: 14/Jan/2003
Summary

One, two, buckle your shoe...Elmo gets dressed, and you can, too! Come along and learn all about jackets, hats, and shoes with Elmo. With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo's World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them. Elmo and his friends take a trip to the shoe store, learn how to make a magical hat, and chat with a fuzzy pink jacket. Getting dressed and learning are fun in Elmo's World!

Summary

One, two, buckle your shoe...Elmo gets dressed, and you can, too! Come along and learn all about jackets, hats, and shoes with Elmo. With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo's World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them. Elmo and his friends take a trip to the shoe store, learn how to make a magical hat, and chat with a fuzzy pink jacket. Getting dressed and learning are fun in Elmo's World!

S0E115
Three Bears and a New Baby
Air date: 08/May/2003
Summary

Everyone knows the story of The Three Bears, so what happens when Mama, Papa, and Baby Bear are expecting a new cub in the family? The three Bears become four! And Baby Bear is having a "wee" bit of trouble adjusting to the new arrival. But with the help of his friends Gina, Big Bird and Telly, he is able to become an expert big brother, and even has fun teaching his baby sister.

Summary

Everyone knows the story of The Three Bears, so what happens when Mama, Papa, and Baby Bear are expecting a new cub in the family? The three Bears become four! And Baby Bear is having a "wee" bit of trouble adjusting to the new arrival. But with the help of his friends Gina, Big Bird and Telly, he is able to become an expert big brother, and even has fun teaching his baby sister.

S0E112
Being Green
Air date: 08/Aug/2009
Summary

Mr. Earth (Paul Rudd) hosts Sesame Street's first "Earth-a-Thon." Abby, in an attempt to help Elmo be more "green," accidentally turns him the color green. When Abby has a hard time turning back, he begins to sing "It's Not Easy Being Green," until Mr. Earth convinces him that "It Can Be Easy Being Green." Telly, Rosita and Cookie Monster are volunteers standing by the pledge phones. After several hours, Cookie Monster can't bear not having eaten any cookies while taking calls, and eats his phone instead. As the 24-hour Earth-a-Thon comes to a close, Elmo and Abby have learned lots of different ways to "be green."

Summary

Mr. Earth (Paul Rudd) hosts Sesame Street's first "Earth-a-Thon." Abby, in an attempt to help Elmo be more "green," accidentally turns him the color green. When Abby has a hard time turning back, he begins to sing "It's Not Easy Being Green," until Mr. Earth convinces him that "It Can Be Easy Being Green." Telly, Rosita and Cookie Monster are volunteers standing by the pledge phones. After several hours, Cookie Monster can't bear not having eaten any cookies while taking calls, and eats his phone instead. As the 24-hour Earth-a-Thon comes to a close, Elmo and Abby have learned lots of different ways to "be green."

S0E111
A Celebration of Me, Grover
Air date: —
Summary

He's furry, he's blue, and he's everyone's adorable, old pal, Grover, in his very own special! Come to the Flyers' Club Roost where everyone on Sesame Street has gathered to celebrate the many sides of Grover.

Summary

He's furry, he's blue, and he's everyone's adorable, old pal, Grover, in his very own special! Come to the Flyers' Club Roost where everyone on Sesame Street has gathered to celebrate the many sides of Grover.

S0E109
Preschool Is Cool! ABCs with Elmo
Air date: —
Summary

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's alphabet lesson! But before Professor Grover can start, he wants to find one thing that starts with each letter, in his own silly and loveable way. Will he succeed? Will Elmo and the class ever be able to sing the alphabet song? Featuring alphabet themed stories and songs, kids will find it easy as ABC to join in the fun with furry friends Grover and Elmo in a real preschool. After all, preschool is cool!

Summary

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's alphabet lesson! But before Professor Grover can start, he wants to find one thing that starts with each letter, in his own silly and loveable way. Will he succeed? Will Elmo and the class ever be able to sing the alphabet song? Featuring alphabet themed stories and songs, kids will find it easy as ABC to join in the fun with furry friends Grover and Elmo in a real preschool. After all, preschool is cool!

S0E107
A New Baby in My House
Air date: 18/Apr/1995
Summary

The birth of a baby is an exciting time. But for an older sibling, it can be a time of confusion and frustration. Through a musical fairy tale, Mrs. Snuffleupagus teaches Snuffy that it’s natural to feel upset when you’re no longer the only kid in the house. Parents’ attention may be divided, he learns, but their love is as strong as ever. Snuffy discovers that, just as his baby sister is special, he has a special place in the family now too—older brother!

Summary

The birth of a baby is an exciting time. But for an older sibling, it can be a time of confusion and frustration. Through a musical fairy tale, Mrs. Snuffleupagus teaches Snuffy that it’s natural to feel upset when you’re no longer the only kid in the house. Parents’ attention may be divided, he learns, but their love is as strong as ever. Snuffy discovers that, just as his baby sister is special, he has a special place in the family now too—older brother!

S0E104
Elmo's World: Flowers, Bananas & More!
Air date: 14/May/2002
Summary

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores flowers, bananas, and hair! Elmo's World offers kids and adults a fresh and light-hearted take on the world around them. Each episode comes to life in Elmo's bright, exciting, and very original room - the drawer, door, shade, and TV all join in the fun. And he's even visited by a Muppet banana and a talking cactus! Also featuring Elmo's pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle, and classic songs that will delight viewers of all ages.

Summary

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores flowers, bananas, and hair! Elmo's World offers kids and adults a fresh and light-hearted take on the world around them. Each episode comes to life in Elmo's bright, exciting, and very original room - the drawer, door, shade, and TV all join in the fun. And he's even visited by a Muppet banana and a talking cactus! Also featuring Elmo's pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle, and classic songs that will delight viewers of all ages.

S0E103
Elmo's World: Dancing, Music and Books!
Air date: 30/Oct/2000
Summary

Come look at the world through the eyes of everyone's favorite 3-year-old! Join Elmo in three self-contained segments as he explores his special world through dancing, music, and books. Each segment gives children a chance to experience their world on the TV screen and offers adults the opportunity to experience everyday things through a three-year-old's eyes. Meet Dorothy, Elmo's pet goldfish and Mr. Noodle, his new friend.

Summary

Come look at the world through the eyes of everyone's favorite 3-year-old! Join Elmo in three self-contained segments as he explores his special world through dancing, music, and books. Each segment gives children a chance to experience their world on the TV screen and offers adults the opportunity to experience everyday things through a three-year-old's eyes. Meet Dorothy, Elmo's pet goldfish and Mr. Noodle, his new friend.

S0E101
Put Down the Duckie
Air date: 15/Jan/1998
Summary

There's a special going on at Sesame Street. First, Gladys Knight and the Pips sing the theme song, then Phil Donahue interviews the residents; Alastaire Cookie tells us the tale of "The 39 Stairs" with Grover. Bob sings the "Who Are the People in Your Neighborhood" song with Ralph Nader, Barbara Walters and Martina Navratilova; Hoots teaches Ernie about how if he wants to play a saxophone, he must put down his duckie; Kermit tries to get Oscar interested in public television; a classic Grover waiter sketch; James Taylor sings an interesting song and finally, some culture: an opera

Summary

There's a special going on at Sesame Street. First, Gladys Knight and the Pips sing the theme song, then Phil Donahue interviews the residents; Alastaire Cookie tells us the tale of "The 39 Stairs" with Grover. Bob sings the "Who Are the People in Your Neighborhood" song with Ralph Nader, Barbara Walters and Martina Navratilova; Hoots teaches Ernie about how if he wants to play a saxophone, he must put down his duckie; Kermit tries to get Oscar interested in public television; a classic Grover waiter sketch; James Taylor sings an interesting song and finally, some culture: an opera

S0E100
When Families Grieve
Air date: 14/Apr/2010
Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to give families tools to support children coping with the death of a parent, while also providing reassurance that together with their families they can learn ways of being there for each other and move forward. In a "street story," Elmo and his family cope with the death of his Uncle Jack. In wraparound segments, host Katie Couric talks about coping with Elmo and his cousin Jesse, and the monsters interact with real kids and families. Appearing in the "story" segments only are Jack's wife Jill and Elmo's parents Louie and Mae.

Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to give families tools to support children coping with the death of a parent, while also providing reassurance that together with their families they can learn ways of being there for each other and move forward. In a "street story," Elmo and his family cope with the death of his Uncle Jack. In wraparound segments, host Katie Couric talks about coping with Elmo and his cousin Jesse, and the monsters interact with real kids and families. Appearing in the "story" segments only are Jack's wife Jill and Elmo's parents Louie and Mae.

S0E99
Talk, Listen, Connect: Changes
Air date: 29/Apr/2008
Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Rosita faced a difficult transition when her father, Ricardo, returns home in a wheelchair.

Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Rosita faced a difficult transition when her father, Ricardo, returns home in a wheelchair.

S0E98
Talk, Listen, Connect: Homecomings
Air date: 29/Apr/2008
Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Elmo has to get used to his father, Louie, being back at home. Then when Louie finds out that he has to leave again, Elmo finds it hard to missed him. However, Elmo's Mom told them that they can get through it since they have experience it before.

Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Elmo has to get used to his father, Louie, being back at home. Then when Louie finds out that he has to leave again, Elmo finds it hard to missed him. However, Elmo's Mom told them that they can get through it since they have experience it before.

S0E97
Talk, Listen, Connect: Deployments
Air date: 30/Aug/2005
Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Elmo faces a difficult transition when his father, Louie, is away. While Louie is away, Elmo's mom consoles her son, and lets him know that it's okay to feel nervous about seeing his father again after their time apart. They pass the time while they're waiting by keeping a daily routine. When it's finally time for her husband to come home, Elmo's mom bakes a cake and helps Elmo and his friends decorate for the homecoming.

Summary

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Elmo faces a difficult transition when his father, Louie, is away. While Louie is away, Elmo's mom consoles her son, and lets him know that it's okay to feel nervous about seeing his father again after their time apart. They pass the time while they're waiting by keeping a daily routine. When it's finally time for her husband to come home, Elmo's mom bakes a cake and helps Elmo and his friends decorate for the homecoming.

S0E96
Best of Sesame Street Spoofs! Volume 2
Air date: —
Summary

Sesame Street has always focused on ABCs and 123s, but what happens when the Muppets on the Street become spaceship pilots, investigators, or emergency room doctors? Hilarity ensues! Spoofs Volume 2 contains recent favorites like "True Mud," "30 Rocks," "Desperate Houseplants," "Mad, Mad Men" and "A's Anatomy."

Summary

Sesame Street has always focused on ABCs and 123s, but what happens when the Muppets on the Street become spaceship pilots, investigators, or emergency room doctors? Hilarity ensues! Spoofs Volume 2 contains recent favorites like "True Mud," "30 Rocks," "Desperate Houseplants," "Mad, Mad Men" and "A's Anatomy."

S0E95
Best of Sesame Street Spoofs! Volume 1
Air date: —
Summary

Sesame Street has always focused on ABCs and 123s, but what happens when the Muppets on the Street become TV game show hosts, police officers, or famous musicians? Hilarity ensues! Spoofs Volume 1 contains old school classics like "Hill Street Twos," "Hey Food," "Rebel L," "Twin Beaks" and "Monsterpiece Theater."

Summary

Sesame Street has always focused on ABCs and 123s, but what happens when the Muppets on the Street become TV game show hosts, police officers, or famous musicians? Hilarity ensues! Spoofs Volume 1 contains old school classics like "Hill Street Twos," "Hey Food," "Rebel L," "Twin Beaks" and "Monsterpiece Theater."

S0E94
Elmo's Sing-Along Guessing Game
Air date: 05/Dec/1991
Summary

Elmo hosts his very own TV game show. Elmo asks the questions, and you can guess the answers in sing-along videos featuring some of your favorite songs. Kermit, Big Bird and more of your Sesame Street pals are on hand for all the high-energy hijinks!

Summary

Elmo hosts his very own TV game show. Elmo asks the questions, and you can guess the answers in sing-along videos featuring some of your favorite songs. Kermit, Big Bird and more of your Sesame Street pals are on hand for all the high-energy hijinks!

S0E93
Quiet Time
Air date: 01/Apr/1997
Summary

Big Bird wants to find out what to do at "quiet time." He asks his friends for suggestions, which include reading, drawing, and napping. A countdown of the Top Ten quiet time tips appear periodically on a Campbell's Soup can, including such ideas as "Practice your giraffe imitation."

Summary

Big Bird wants to find out what to do at "quiet time." He asks his friends for suggestions, which include reading, drawing, and napping. A countdown of the Top Ten quiet time tips appear periodically on a Campbell's Soup can, including such ideas as "Practice your giraffe imitation."

S0E92
Telling the Truth
Air date: 28/Jan/1997
Summary

Telly feels left out when all the other kids at Gina's day care are going to the circus and lies that his uncle is a ringmaster. After Gina reads the story of "The Boy Who Cried Wolf," Elmo has a dream of the story where the boy learns his lesson. When Telly's uncle drops in for a surprise visit, Telly admits the truth.

Summary

Telly feels left out when all the other kids at Gina's day care are going to the circus and lies that his uncle is a ringmaster. After Gina reads the story of "The Boy Who Cried Wolf," Elmo has a dream of the story where the boy learns his lesson. When Telly's uncle drops in for a surprise visit, Telly admits the truth.

S0E91
Dance Along!
Air date: 18/Apr/1995
Summary

Everyone's invited to the Sesame Street Dance Along! Join Big Bird, Gina, Mike, Count, Bert, Hoots the Owl, and "the kids" as they show us different types of dances. And you can do your own thing with "The Any Way You Fell Dance." All in all, there are nine terrific dances that are sure to make everyone want to dance along!

Summary

Everyone's invited to the Sesame Street Dance Along! Join Big Bird, Gina, Mike, Count, Bert, Hoots the Owl, and "the kids" as they show us different types of dances. And you can do your own thing with "The Any Way You Fell Dance." All in all, there are nine terrific dances that are sure to make everyone want to dance along!

S0E90
Elmopalooza!
Air date: —
Summary

The show is a musical, featuring performances from guests Jon Stewart, David Alan Grier, Rosie O' Donnell, Gloria Estefan, En Vogue, The Fugees, Kenny Loggins, Shawn Colvin, Jimmy Buffett, and The Mighty Mighty Bosstones, to celebrate Sesame Street's 30th anniversary. At the beginning of the show, Jon Stewart, the producer Prairie Dawn, and the crew for the show get stuck in a dressing rooms when the door won't open. The Muppets decide to produce the show themselves, with Elmo hosting. Meanwhile, Grover and some of the Humans get lost on the way to Radio City Music Hall, and they end up in Roswell, New Mexico, having picked up penguins and aliens as hitchhikers

Summary

The show is a musical, featuring performances from guests Jon Stewart, David Alan Grier, Rosie O' Donnell, Gloria Estefan, En Vogue, The Fugees, Kenny Loggins, Shawn Colvin, Jimmy Buffett, and The Mighty Mighty Bosstones, to celebrate Sesame Street's 30th anniversary. At the beginning of the show, Jon Stewart, the producer Prairie Dawn, and the crew for the show get stuck in a dressing rooms when the door won't open. The Muppets decide to produce the show themselves, with Elmo hosting. Meanwhile, Grover and some of the Humans get lost on the way to Radio City Music Hall, and they end up in Roswell, New Mexico, having picked up penguins and aliens as hitchhikers

S0E89
Elmo's Potty Time
Air date: 06/Oct/2008
Summary

Join Elmo as he reminisces about his potty training journey and guides viewers as they embark on theirs. Elmo and his Sesame friends give helpful, confidence-building tips and encourage kids to listen to their bodies. Dance, sing and laugh along as kids learn healthy habits that will last a lifetime.

Summary

Join Elmo as he reminisces about his potty training journey and guides viewers as they embark on theirs. Elmo and his Sesame friends give helpful, confidence-building tips and encourage kids to listen to their bodies. Dance, sing and laugh along as kids learn healthy habits that will last a lifetime.

S0E88
Elmo Loves You
Air date: 01/Jun/2009
Summary

Elmo is making a very, very super special surprise card for someone Elmo really loves but a gust of wind blows it away! Rosita joins Elmo to chase after the card but they can't reach it. Can Super Grover use his heroic skills to save the day? Will Elmo be able to give his surprise card to someone very special? Join Elmo, Rosita and Grover as they learn about love, emotions and friendship in this lovely tale featuring the new song "Elmo Loves You" and a special music video about signing "I Love You." New musical numbers play a big part in this Sesame Street tale about Elmo and Rosita's search for a special surprise card that was picked up and blown away by a gust of wind!

Summary

Elmo is making a very, very super special surprise card for someone Elmo really loves but a gust of wind blows it away! Rosita joins Elmo to chase after the card but they can't reach it. Can Super Grover use his heroic skills to save the day? Will Elmo be able to give his surprise card to someone very special? Join Elmo, Rosita and Grover as they learn about love, emotions and friendship in this lovely tale featuring the new song "Elmo Loves You" and a special music video about signing "I Love You." New musical numbers play a big part in this Sesame Street tale about Elmo and Rosita's search for a special surprise card that was picked up and blown away by a gust of wind!

S0E87
Elmo's Magic Cookbook
Air date: 01/Sep/2001
Summary

Join Elmo and his Sesame Street pals on their most magical adventure ever! The action begins when they encounter the wish-granting Genie of the Magic Cookbook, who takes them on a guided tour of an enchanted kitchen!

Summary

Join Elmo and his Sesame Street pals on their most magical adventure ever! The action begins when they encounter the wish-granting Genie of the Magic Cookbook, who takes them on a guided tour of an enchanted kitchen!

S0E83
Season 10 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Grover Disco: Alphabet Song - Kermit Casting Director - Imagination: Dogs - Llama at Dentist Song - Bert Teaches Pigeon Checkers - Lost Dog Flyer - My Favorite Number is 6 - Old West: Letter Y of Crayons - Credit Crawl for Season 10 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Grover Disco: Alphabet Song - Kermit Casting Director - Imagination: Dogs - Llama at Dentist Song - Bert Teaches Pigeon Checkers - Lost Dog Flyer - My Favorite Number is 6 - Old West: Letter Y of Crayons - Credit Crawl for Season 10 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

S0E82
Season 9 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - It Feels Good When You Sing a Song - Bert & Ernie: Slice of Life - Ray Charles: I Got a Song - Fonzie and Cunningnham: Brushing Teeth - Taxi Sounds - School Pageant: Seasons - Madeleine Kahn: Sing After Me - Fireworks Alphabet - Ten Commandments of Health - Credit Crawl for Season 9 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - It Feels Good When You Sing a Song - Bert & Ernie: Slice of Life - Ray Charles: I Got a Song - Fonzie and Cunningnham: Brushing Teeth - Taxi Sounds - School Pageant: Seasons - Madeleine Kahn: Sing After Me - Fireworks Alphabet - Ten Commandments of Health - Credit Crawl for Season 9 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

S0E81
Season 8 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Cookie Monster Disco Song - Paul Simon: Me and Julio Down by the Schoolyard - All Out of Food - Lobster Fisherman - Dog Flea Camp - Bert's Physical - Two Doors with Bob - Swamp Mushy Muddy - Credit Crawl for Season 8 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Cookie Monster Disco Song - Paul Simon: Me and Julio Down by the Schoolyard - All Out of Food - Lobster Fisherman - Dog Flea Camp - Bert's Physical - Two Doors with Bob - Swamp Mushy Muddy - Credit Crawl for Season 8 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

S0E80
Season 7 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Pinball Count #2 - Kermit and the Weather Salesman - Buffy Sainte-Marie: Wynkin, Blynkin & Nod - Don Music: Yankee Doodle - Alone Song - Marshal Grover: Away From - Grover Invents the Wheel - Follow the Leader - Pinball Number Count Remix # 1-12 - Credit Crawl for Season 7 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Pinball Count #2 - Kermit and the Weather Salesman - Buffy Sainte-Marie: Wynkin, Blynkin & Nod - Don Music: Yankee Doodle - Alone Song - Marshal Grover: Away From - Grover Invents the Wheel - Follow the Leader - Pinball Number Count Remix # 1-12 - Credit Crawl for Season 7 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

S0E79
Season 6 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Telephone Rock - Richard Pryor : Alphabet - Here is your Life, Loaf of Bread - Arthur Ashe: Over/Under - Magic Pig Calypso Song - Don Music: Mary Had a Little Lamb - Pointer Sisters: Swingin' Alphabet - Super Grover: Stopping the Fight - Henson Ball High Wire #3 - Richie Havens: Wonder Child - Twiddle Bugs: Postage Stamp - Subway Song - José Feliciano: Arroz Con Leche - Chicken Hatching - Kermit News: Jumps over Candlestick - Helen Reddy: Grow - Broom Adventures - City/Country Song - Credit Crawl for Season 6 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Telephone Rock - Richard Pryor : Alphabet - Here is your Life, Loaf of Bread - Arthur Ashe: Over/Under - Magic Pig Calypso Song - Don Music: Mary Had a Little Lamb - Pointer Sisters: Swingin' Alphabet - Super Grover: Stopping the Fight - Henson Ball High Wire #3 - Richie Havens: Wonder Child - Twiddle Bugs: Postage Stamp - Subway Song - José Feliciano: Arroz Con Leche - Chicken Hatching - Kermit News: Jumps over Candlestick - Helen Reddy: Grow - Broom Adventures - City/Country Song - Credit Crawl for Season 6 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

S0E78
Learning to Share
Air date: —
Summary

Like most kids, Elmo sometimes has trouble taking turns and sharing his toys. Even with his best friends Zoe. With a little help from Sesame Street favorites Big Bird, Cookie Monster, and Oscar, and special guest Katie Couric, Elmo discovers that sharing with friends makes playtime twice as much fun. Filled with songs and silliness, Learning To Share is a very special introduction to the Sesame Street Kids’ Guide To Life - a new home video series that helps make growing up a lot more fun. Plus Katie Koric gives parents some helpful TIPS for guiding kids through learning how to share.

Summary

Like most kids, Elmo sometimes has trouble taking turns and sharing his toys. Even with his best friends Zoe. With a little help from Sesame Street favorites Big Bird, Cookie Monster, and Oscar, and special guest Katie Couric, Elmo discovers that sharing with friends makes playtime twice as much fun. Filled with songs and silliness, Learning To Share is a very special introduction to the Sesame Street Kids’ Guide To Life - a new home video series that helps make growing up a lot more fun. Plus Katie Koric gives parents some helpful TIPS for guiding kids through learning how to share.

S0E77
Season 5 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - At the Movies with Ernie and Bert - Nasty Dan and Johnny Cash - Prairie Dawn’s Pageant - Going to the Zoo - Jazz Alphabet - Hamburger Bun Factory - Madrigal Alphabet - Three Wishes - Super Grover: Telephone Booth Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - At the Movies with Ernie and Bert - Nasty Dan and Johnny Cash - Prairie Dawn’s Pageant - Going to the Zoo - Jazz Alphabet - Hamburger Bun Factory - Madrigal Alphabet - Three Wishes - Super Grover: Telephone Booth Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

S0E76
Season 4 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Kermit News with Rapunzel - Bread, Milk and Butter - Lost Paper Clips with Bert and John-John - Witches Cooperate - Song of the Count - Bert’s Bust - First and Last with Beetle Bailey Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Kermit News with Rapunzel - Bread, Milk and Butter - Lost Paper Clips with Bert and John-John - Witches Cooperate - Song of the Count - Bert’s Bust - First and Last with Beetle Bailey Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

S0E75
Season 3 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - C is for Cookie - Ladybug Picnic - Martians Telephone - Mumford’s Magic Trick - Alligator King - J Friends - A Special Day with Bert and Ernie - “I am Somebody” with Jesse Jackson - Would You Like to Buy an O - Harvey Kneeslapper with Mirror - Breathing Song with Animals - I in the Sky - My Favorite Letter: P - My Martian Beauty - Mad Painter Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - C is for Cookie - Ladybug Picnic - Martians Telephone - Mumford’s Magic Trick - Alligator King - J Friends - A Special Day with Bert and Ernie - “I am Somebody” with Jesse Jackson - Would You Like to Buy an O - Harvey Kneeslapper with Mirror - Breathing Song with Animals - I in the Sky - My Favorite Letter: P - My Martian Beauty - Mad Painter Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

S0E74
Season 2 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's second season, including: - King of Eight - Over, Under, Around, and Through - S – Superman - Astronaut Drawing - Listen, My Brother: Counting - I Love Being a Pig Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's second season, including: - King of Eight - Over, Under, Around, and Through - S – Superman - Astronaut Drawing - Listen, My Brother: Counting - I Love Being a Pig Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

S0E73
Season 1 Classic Cuts
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's first season, including: - Bein' Green - Rubber Duckie - Counting with James Earl Jones - ABC-DEF-GHI - I Love Trash - Alphabet with Jackie Robinson - Batman Crosses the Street - Swinging Gibbon - Big Bird Meets Little Bird - Alphabet with Lou Rawls - I’ve Got Two - Alphabet Soup Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

Summary

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's first season, including: - Bein' Green - Rubber Duckie - Counting with James Earl Jones - ABC-DEF-GHI - I Love Trash - Alphabet with Jackie Robinson - Batman Crosses the Street - Swinging Gibbon - Big Bird Meets Little Bird - Alphabet with Lou Rawls - I’ve Got Two - Alphabet Soup Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

S0E72
Elmo's World: Reach for the Sky
Air date: 11/Apr/2011
Summary

Reach for the Sky! Join Elmo as he discovers how much fun it can be to go to school, to jump really high and to reach for the sky. Elmo finds out how important the sun is to everyone, how jumping is a great form of exercise and the importance of going to school. With Elmo's World your preschooler will reach for the sky and have fun while learning!

Summary

Reach for the Sky! Join Elmo as he discovers how much fun it can be to go to school, to jump really high and to reach for the sky. Elmo finds out how important the sun is to everyone, how jumping is a great form of exercise and the importance of going to school. With Elmo's World your preschooler will reach for the sky and have fun while learning!

S0E71
Elmo's World: Pets
Air date: 11/Apr/2011
Summary

Having pets teaches kids about responsibility and caring - and ELMO'S WORLD: PETS! helps them understand more about what having a pet means. This compilation of episodes shows how to keep pets healthy and happy, and features both adults and kids caring for their own pets - including Elmo and his pet goldfish, Dorothy. Features the charming animation and fun live-action footage of the "Elmo's World" series.

Summary

Having pets teaches kids about responsibility and caring - and ELMO'S WORLD: PETS! helps them understand more about what having a pet means. This compilation of episodes shows how to keep pets healthy and happy, and features both adults and kids caring for their own pets - including Elmo and his pet goldfish, Dorothy. Features the charming animation and fun live-action footage of the "Elmo's World" series.

S0E70
Elmo and the Bookaneers
Air date: 21/Apr/2009
Summary

Everyone loves to read even pirates! The Bookaneers, led by Tina Fey, have come ashore on Sesame Street, and they want to plunder Elmo s bookshelf. When Elmo finds out how much they love to read, he can t wait to become a bookaneer himself. Can he pass the test and help them find their treasure? Bert and Ernie are also on the hunt for treasure in an episode from the fantastic new claymation series Bert and Ernie s Adventures. Plus, you can sing along with Abby in a song about something she treasures: words! In Elmo s World: Books, Elmo invites you to learn all about the books he treasures. Arrr you ready for a reading adventure?

Summary

Everyone loves to read even pirates! The Bookaneers, led by Tina Fey, have come ashore on Sesame Street, and they want to plunder Elmo s bookshelf. When Elmo finds out how much they love to read, he can t wait to become a bookaneer himself. Can he pass the test and help them find their treasure? Bert and Ernie are also on the hunt for treasure in an episode from the fantastic new claymation series Bert and Ernie s Adventures. Plus, you can sing along with Abby in a song about something she treasures: words! In Elmo s World: Books, Elmo invites you to learn all about the books he treasures. Arrr you ready for a reading adventure?

S0E68
A Magical Halloween Adventure
Air date: —
Summary

Boo, Creak, Ahh, Shriek! Halloween is the time of jack-o-lanterns, dressing-up, and lots of silliness on Sesame Street. It's a Halloween extravaganza when the monsters from Sesame Street get invited to a Tricks & Treats party. But when Mumford the Magician has some trouble with his magic wand, Elmo and friends get sidetracked on a wonderful hayride. Share in the surprises as they learn to carve pumpkins, make scarecrows, and discover that monsters don't really have to be scary! Features special guest star Caroline Rhea as Gilda the Great!

Summary

Boo, Creak, Ahh, Shriek! Halloween is the time of jack-o-lanterns, dressing-up, and lots of silliness on Sesame Street. It's a Halloween extravaganza when the monsters from Sesame Street get invited to a Tricks & Treats party. But when Mumford the Magician has some trouble with his magic wand, Elmo and friends get sidetracked on a wonderful hayride. Share in the surprises as they learn to carve pumpkins, make scarecrows, and discover that monsters don't really have to be scary! Features special guest star Caroline Rhea as Gilda the Great!

S0E67
Elmo's World: Singing, Drawing and More
Air date: 01/Jan/2002
Summary

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores singing, drawing and telephones! Elmo's World offers kids and adults a fresh and light-hearted take on the world around them. Each episode comes to life in Elmo's bright, exciting and very original room - the drawer, door, shade and TV all join in the fun. And he's even visited by a Muppet opera diva and a talking Muppet Phone! Also featuring Elmo's pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle and classic songs that will delight viewers of all ages.

Summary

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores singing, drawing and telephones! Elmo's World offers kids and adults a fresh and light-hearted take on the world around them. Each episode comes to life in Elmo's bright, exciting and very original room - the drawer, door, shade and TV all join in the fun. And he's even visited by a Muppet opera diva and a talking Muppet Phone! Also featuring Elmo's pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle and classic songs that will delight viewers of all ages.

S0E66
Elmo Visits The Firehouse
Air date: 01/Jan/2002
Summary

After a fire on Sesame Street gives Elmo a scare, he and Marie visit a real New York City firehouse. Finding out about all the protective clothes firefighters wear and practicing how to "Get Low and Go" helps Elmo feel safe again. And he even gets to slide down a real fire pole! Then a special Elmo's World all about firefighters helps kids understand much more about what to do if there is a fire. Includes a bonus Hero Guy segment!

Summary

After a fire on Sesame Street gives Elmo a scare, he and Marie visit a real New York City firehouse. Finding out about all the protective clothes firefighters wear and practicing how to "Get Low and Go" helps Elmo feel safe again. And he even gets to slide down a real fire pole! Then a special Elmo's World all about firefighters helps kids understand much more about what to do if there is a fire. Includes a bonus Hero Guy segment!

S0E65
Elmo's World: What Makes You Happy
Air date: 01/Jan/2007
Summary

Join Sesame Street’s curious red monster as he explores the things that make him happy: friends, signing, and dancing. Each episode comes to life in Elmo’s bright, exciting, and very original room – the drawer, door, shade, and TV all join in the fun. Elmo’s visitors in this delightful DVD include his friends from Sesame Street, an Opera diva, and even a dance team! Also featuring Elmo’s pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle, and special guest star Kristen Chenowith.

Summary

Join Sesame Street’s curious red monster as he explores the things that make him happy: friends, signing, and dancing. Each episode comes to life in Elmo’s bright, exciting, and very original room – the drawer, door, shade, and TV all join in the fun. Elmo’s visitors in this delightful DVD include his friends from Sesame Street, an Opera diva, and even a dance team! Also featuring Elmo’s pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle, and special guest star Kristen Chenowith.

S0E64
Friends to the Rescue
Air date: —
Summary

After a big storm, all of Sesame Street joins together to rebuild Big Bird's nest twig by twig! This video special is a powerful tool to encourage children to help each other when facing real challenges.

Summary

After a big storm, all of Sesame Street joins together to rebuild Big Bird's nest twig by twig! This video special is a powerful tool to encourage children to help each other when facing real challenges.

S0E63
Elmo's World: Food, Water & Exercise
Air date: —
Summary

Join Elmo as he explores why food, water, and exercise are essential parts of your life! An apple talks about his family tree, Elmo scuba dives to depths unknown, and you can even join in the exercise by groovin’ to the Bunny Hop! Learn with Elmo about foods from around the world, dip into the deep water and stay healthy and strong with exercise!

Summary

Join Elmo as he explores why food, water, and exercise are essential parts of your life! An apple talks about his family tree, Elmo scuba dives to depths unknown, and you can even join in the exercise by groovin’ to the Bunny Hop! Learn with Elmo about foods from around the world, dip into the deep water and stay healthy and strong with exercise!

S0E62
Elmo's World: Families, Mail and Bath Time
Air date: —
Summary

Sesame Street's lovable, furry red monster, Elmo, invites young viewers to explore three subjects of enormous interest to kids. First up: What makes a family? Elmo looks at all sorts of families and talks about the joy of being part of one. He also explores how mail journeys from the sender to the recipient, and then ends the episode with a discussion on how to keep clean while he takes a dip in a soothing bath.

Summary

Sesame Street's lovable, furry red monster, Elmo, invites young viewers to explore three subjects of enormous interest to kids. First up: What makes a family? Elmo looks at all sorts of families and talks about the joy of being part of one. He also explores how mail journeys from the sender to the recipient, and then ends the episode with a discussion on how to keep clean while he takes a dip in a soothing bath.

S0E61
Elmo and Abby's Birthday Fun
Air date: —
Summary

It s Dorothy s birthday on Sesame Street! Elmo is excited to celebrate his little fish's birthday and he has planned a big birthday party. Abby wants to help, but she has never been to a Sesame Street birthday party only Fairy Tale birthday parties! Elmo teaches Abby all about pinning the tail on a donkey, playing the piñata game, and opening presents. Then Abby magically takes Elmo on an adventure to Fairytale Land where they celebrate a fairytale birthday and play fairytale games! Join Elmo and Abby as they learn about the many ways that birthdays are celebrated. With a big flowered hat, a gigantic cake and a bunch of birthday wishes, Elmo learns the true meaning of a birthday wish!

Summary

It s Dorothy s birthday on Sesame Street! Elmo is excited to celebrate his little fish's birthday and he has planned a big birthday party. Abby wants to help, but she has never been to a Sesame Street birthday party only Fairy Tale birthday parties! Elmo teaches Abby all about pinning the tail on a donkey, playing the piñata game, and opening presents. Then Abby magically takes Elmo on an adventure to Fairytale Land where they celebrate a fairytale birthday and play fairytale games! Join Elmo and Abby as they learn about the many ways that birthdays are celebrated. With a big flowered hat, a gigantic cake and a bunch of birthday wishes, Elmo learns the true meaning of a birthday wish!

S0E60
Elmo Saves Christmas
Air date: —
Summary

Elmo wishes that it would be Christmas every day, but with the help of Santa's reindeer-in-training, Lightning, he learns that might not be such a good idea when he sees the future.

Summary

Elmo wishes that it would be Christmas every day, but with the help of Santa's reindeer-in-training, Lightning, he learns that might not be such a good idea when he sees the future.

S0E59
All-Star Alphabet
Air date: —
Summary

Get to know your ABCs with this fun-filled adventure that celebrates the wonder of words and the joys of the alphabet, Sesame Street-style. Shapes, sounds, and colors come to life as letters A and Z join Elmo and the gang for some F-U-N at the mall. Whether it's crooning with Sheryl Crow or rocking with Melissa Etheridge, dozens of entertaining songs and skits add to the excitement as every letter gets a chance to shine. No matter how you spell it, Sesame Street's All-Star Alphabet makes the grade!

Summary

Get to know your ABCs with this fun-filled adventure that celebrates the wonder of words and the joys of the alphabet, Sesame Street-style. Shapes, sounds, and colors come to life as letters A and Z join Elmo and the gang for some F-U-N at the mall. Whether it's crooning with Sheryl Crow or rocking with Melissa Etheridge, dozens of entertaining songs and skits add to the excitement as every letter gets a chance to shine. No matter how you spell it, Sesame Street's All-Star Alphabet makes the grade!

S0E58
Elmo Visits the Doctor
Air date: —
Summary

Join Elmo on his first trip to the doctor’s office! Elmo and his Sesame Street friends learn how going to the doctor can help an earache, a fever, and a stuffy nose feel better. Loaded with clever songs, brand new animation, lighthearted lyrics, and a never-before-seen Elmo’s World that explores being a doctor, this fun-filled video will help preschoolers learn that going to the doctor can be a prescription for fun! DVD bonus feature: Kid Friendly Instant Play Elmo Doctor Game!

Summary

Join Elmo on his first trip to the doctor’s office! Elmo and his Sesame Street friends learn how going to the doctor can help an earache, a fever, and a stuffy nose feel better. Loaded with clever songs, brand new animation, lighthearted lyrics, and a never-before-seen Elmo’s World that explores being a doctor, this fun-filled video will help preschoolers learn that going to the doctor can be a prescription for fun! DVD bonus feature: Kid Friendly Instant Play Elmo Doctor Game!

S0E56
Springtime Fun
Air date: —
Summary

That loveable little red muppet Elmo is back to entertain and educate the hordes of children who love him! In SPRINGTIME FUN, Elmo gets out his colorful bike and protective helmet and rides through the natural wonder that is spring, pointing out friendly flowers and insects along the way!

Summary

That loveable little red muppet Elmo is back to entertain and educate the hordes of children who love him! In SPRINGTIME FUN, Elmo gets out his colorful bike and protective helmet and rides through the natural wonder that is spring, pointing out friendly flowers and insects along the way!

S0E55
Elmo's World: All About Faces
Air date: 09/Jan/2009
Summary

Join Sesame Street’s curious red monster as he explores his face! Elmo learns about winking and whistling, and even tries to balance a ball on his nose! Elmo also finds out that the optometrist can help you take care of your eyes, it’s very important to blow your nose properly, and brushing your teeth will keep your mouth happy.

Summary

Join Sesame Street’s curious red monster as he explores his face! Elmo learns about winking and whistling, and even tries to balance a ball on his nose! Elmo also finds out that the optometrist can help you take care of your eyes, it’s very important to blow your nose properly, and brushing your teeth will keep your mouth happy.

S0E54
Bedtime With Elmo
Air date: —
Summary

It’s nighttime on Sesame Street and Elmo doesn’t want to go to sleep yet, he wants to play! Elmo’s Daddy shows Elmo why everyone needs sleep, even little monsters. Children will enjoy this soothing tale as we watch Elmo and his friends get ready for bed; and parents will love the great strategies Elmo’s Daddy uses to get Elmo to sleep. But what if you are afraid of the dark, as Abby Cadabby is? Filled with lullabies and a special favorite book, dreams and happy thoughts; this video will enchant children of all ages, if they don’t fall asleep before it ends! Featuring the special DVD extra of Andrea Bocelli singing “Time to Say Goodnight” to Elmo.[1]

Summary

It’s nighttime on Sesame Street and Elmo doesn’t want to go to sleep yet, he wants to play! Elmo’s Daddy shows Elmo why everyone needs sleep, even little monsters. Children will enjoy this soothing tale as we watch Elmo and his friends get ready for bed; and parents will love the great strategies Elmo’s Daddy uses to get Elmo to sleep. But what if you are afraid of the dark, as Abby Cadabby is? Filled with lullabies and a special favorite book, dreams and happy thoughts; this video will enchant children of all ages, if they don’t fall asleep before it ends! Featuring the special DVD extra of Andrea Bocelli singing “Time to Say Goodnight” to Elmo.[1]

S0E53
Sesame Street: Guess That Shape and Color
Air date: —
Summary

You’re invited to play a shapes guessing game with Elmo and Zoe and their friends. From squares and circles to ovals and octagons, shapes are everywhere! But the fun isn’t finished yet. It’s time for more games as Elmo and Zoe are challenged to find a gorgeous rainbow of fabulous food choices. Can they do it? Can your preschooler help them out? Join everyone’s favorite furry monsters in this new video that teaches shapes, colors, and healthy eating.

Summary

You’re invited to play a shapes guessing game with Elmo and Zoe and their friends. From squares and circles to ovals and octagons, shapes are everywhere! But the fun isn’t finished yet. It’s time for more games as Elmo and Zoe are challenged to find a gorgeous rainbow of fabulous food choices. Can they do it? Can your preschooler help them out? Join everyone’s favorite furry monsters in this new video that teaches shapes, colors, and healthy eating.

S0E52
Elmo's Animal Adventures
Air date: —
Summary

Animals are on the loose on Sesame Street! Elmo invites you to join him and his animal friends as they embark on three fun-filled adventures. Help Elmo and Telly find little Bo Peep's missing cow by following clues and working together. Then, use animal facts to help Elmo & Abby succeed on "The Find The Amphibian" game show. Plus, camp out with Elmo in a wilderness adventure as he learns how animals and little monsters are different. Includes special guest appearances by Cameron Diaz and Patricia Arquette.

Summary

Animals are on the loose on Sesame Street! Elmo invites you to join him and his animal friends as they embark on three fun-filled adventures. Help Elmo and Telly find little Bo Peep's missing cow by following clues and working together. Then, use animal facts to help Elmo & Abby succeed on "The Find The Amphibian" game show. Plus, camp out with Elmo in a wilderness adventure as he learns how animals and little monsters are different. Includes special guest appearances by Cameron Diaz and Patricia Arquette.

S0E48
Abby and Friends: P Is for Princess
Air date: —
Summary

Once upon a time on Sesame Street there lived a fairy in training named Abby Cadabby, and she loved going on all kinds of adventures. She loved playing princess with friends like Rosita, but what happens when a misguided Prince (played by actor Paul Rudd) tries to rescue them? Pretending and the Letter P are the focus of two more stories in this enchanting title that also features fun with Natalie Portman and Elmo in "The Princess and The Elephant". This title will also feature two bonus episodes of Sesame Street's animated show Abby's Flying Fairy School.

Summary

Once upon a time on Sesame Street there lived a fairy in training named Abby Cadabby, and she loved going on all kinds of adventures. She loved playing princess with friends like Rosita, but what happens when a misguided Prince (played by actor Paul Rudd) tries to rescue them? Pretending and the Letter P are the focus of two more stories in this enchanting title that also features fun with Natalie Portman and Elmo in "The Princess and The Elephant". This title will also feature two bonus episodes of Sesame Street's animated show Abby's Flying Fairy School.

S0E47
The Best of Elmo 2
Air date: —
Summary

Join everyone's favorite red monster for a fun filled story featuring some of the most popular Elmo segments ever! Elmo meets a robot on Sesame Street who is losing his power. The robot is a "Memorybat," and he needs "memories" to power up again. Elmo Gladly shares his memories of special times with his friends - singing about the outdoors with Jason Mraz, rhyming with Adam Sandler, reciting the alphabet with India.Arie, and counting to four with Feist. Elmo remembers even more fun with Destiny's Child, David Beckham, and The Goo Goo Dolls. Will Memorybat get his power back? Every Elmo fan, young and old, will enjoy this story of friendship and treasure this collection.

Summary

Join everyone's favorite red monster for a fun filled story featuring some of the most popular Elmo segments ever! Elmo meets a robot on Sesame Street who is losing his power. The robot is a "Memorybat," and he needs "memories" to power up again. Elmo Gladly shares his memories of special times with his friends - singing about the outdoors with Jason Mraz, rhyming with Adam Sandler, reciting the alphabet with India.Arie, and counting to four with Feist. Elmo remembers even more fun with Destiny's Child, David Beckham, and The Goo Goo Dolls. Will Memorybat get his power back? Every Elmo fan, young and old, will enjoy this story of friendship and treasure this collection.

S0E40
Plaza Sésamo: Bienvenida La Primavera
Air date: —
Summary

Bienvenida la primavera is a Plaza Sésamo DVD released in 2006. The video is made up of scenes from the 2006 season (Episode 914 through 916), where the entire plaza throws a festival in celebration of the arrival of spring.

Summary

Bienvenida la primavera is a Plaza Sésamo DVD released in 2006. The video is made up of scenes from the 2006 season (Episode 914 through 916), where the entire plaza throws a festival in celebration of the arrival of spring.

S0E38
Plaza Sésamo: Lola Aventuras
Air date: —
Summary

"Lola Aventuras" ("The Lola Adventures") is a recurring segment on Plaza Sésamo, debuting in 2005. Each segment has Lola going on an adventure and trying to solve a problem that she faced on her adventure. Later segments have Lola visit countries in parts of Latin America. These segments appear usually at the beginning or ending of an episode. The goal for these segments was to show that girls are active and adventurous learners.

Summary

"Lola Aventuras" ("The Lola Adventures") is a recurring segment on Plaza Sésamo, debuting in 2005. Each segment has Lola going on an adventure and trying to solve a problem that she faced on her adventure. Later segments have Lola visit countries in parts of Latin America. These segments appear usually at the beginning or ending of an episode. The goal for these segments was to show that girls are active and adventurous learners.

S0E37
Plaza Sésamo: Me Gusta Ser Yo
Air date: —
Summary

Me Gusta Ser Yo (I Like to Be Me) is a Plaza Sésamo video released in 2005. In the video, Lola and Pancho visit Pablo Bigotasso's art gallery and learn about the parts of the body and what makes them unique. The framing sequence borrows scenes from two episodes from the late 90's.

Summary

Me Gusta Ser Yo (I Like to Be Me) is a Plaza Sésamo video released in 2005. In the video, Lola and Pancho visit Pablo Bigotasso's art gallery and learn about the parts of the body and what makes them unique. The framing sequence borrows scenes from two episodes from the late 90's.

S0E36
Fiesta!
Air date: —
Summary

Fiesta means party in Spanish, and Sesame Street is pulsating with activity in this upbeat preschool program featuring Latino songs. Jim Henson's Muppets join the fun while everyone's favorite, Elmo, learns the Conga-Wiggle dance. Maria, Rosita, and Gabi create floats and costumes; even Oscar reluctantly partakes in the festivities. The dialogue is sparse in order to devote most of the 30-minute show to singing and dancing during eight Spanish/English tunes, featuring special performances by Linda Ronstadt and Celia Cruz. Most of the music will be familiar, such as "Conga Counting Song," "Amigo," and "It Sure Is Hot." Kids will also learn greetings, familiar words, and numbers in Spanish. While some might wish for the addition of live-action scenes of Mexico or a more complex story line, the bilingual focus is solid and the ever supportive cast of Sesame Street grownups, kids, and Muppets make it a neighborhood worth visiting.

Summary

Fiesta means party in Spanish, and Sesame Street is pulsating with activity in this upbeat preschool program featuring Latino songs. Jim Henson's Muppets join the fun while everyone's favorite, Elmo, learns the Conga-Wiggle dance. Maria, Rosita, and Gabi create floats and costumes; even Oscar reluctantly partakes in the festivities. The dialogue is sparse in order to devote most of the 30-minute show to singing and dancing during eight Spanish/English tunes, featuring special performances by Linda Ronstadt and Celia Cruz. Most of the music will be familiar, such as "Conga Counting Song," "Amigo," and "It Sure Is Hot." Kids will also learn greetings, familiar words, and numbers in Spanish. While some might wish for the addition of live-action scenes of Mexico or a more complex story line, the bilingual focus is solid and the ever supportive cast of Sesame Street grownups, kids, and Muppets make it a neighborhood worth visiting.

S0E35
Elmo's World: Birthdays, Games & More!
Air date: —
Summary

Elmo's World: Birthdays, Games & More! (Sony LVD54057) is a 2001 Sony Wonder video release. It contains three episodes of Elmo's World: * Elmo's World: Birthdays * Elmo's World: Games * Elmo's World: Pets

Summary

Elmo's World: Birthdays, Games & More! (Sony LVD54057) is a 2001 Sony Wonder video release. It contains three episodes of Elmo's World: * Elmo's World: Birthdays * Elmo's World: Games * Elmo's World: Pets

S0E34
Elmo's World: Babies, Dogs & More!
Air date: —
Summary

Elmo's World: Babies, Dogs & More! (Sony LVD 51721) is a 2000 Sony Wonder video release. It contains three episodes of Elmo's World: * Babies * Dogs * Farms

Summary

Elmo's World: Babies, Dogs & More! (Sony LVD 51721) is a 2000 Sony Wonder video release. It contains three episodes of Elmo's World: * Babies * Dogs * Farms

S0E33
Elmo's Musical Adventure: The Story of Peter And The Wolf
Air date: —
Summary

Peter and the Wolf (marketed as Elmo's Musical Adventure: The Story of Peter and the Wolf) is a 2001 Sesame Street adaptation of the musical story "Peter and the Wolf" by Sergei Prokofiev. The narrative uses Prokofiev's original score, as performed by the Boston Pops Orchestra. This special was released on DVD in 2001. It was rereleased in 2008, packaged with Sing Yourself Silly in a Sesame Street Double Feature. The DVD version includes various extras including a game in which you must match the sound of an instrument to its picture and a game that involves matching a theme from the ballet to the corresponding character. An additional section allows you to watch scenes from the story with just footage of the Boston Pops playing the piece (in these scenes, Baby Bear and Papa Bear can be seen on location in Boston Symphony Hall). Information on the Muppets and a parents section round out the extras. More details can be seen at Muppet Wiki: http://muppet.wikia.com/wiki/Peter_and_the_Wolf

Summary

Peter and the Wolf (marketed as Elmo's Musical Adventure: The Story of Peter and the Wolf) is a 2001 Sesame Street adaptation of the musical story "Peter and the Wolf" by Sergei Prokofiev. The narrative uses Prokofiev's original score, as performed by the Boston Pops Orchestra. This special was released on DVD in 2001. It was rereleased in 2008, packaged with Sing Yourself Silly in a Sesame Street Double Feature. The DVD version includes various extras including a game in which you must match the sound of an instrument to its picture and a game that involves matching a theme from the ballet to the corresponding character. An additional section allows you to watch scenes from the story with just footage of the Boston Pops playing the piece (in these scenes, Baby Bear and Papa Bear can be seen on location in Boston Symphony Hall). Information on the Muppets and a parents section round out the extras. More details can be seen at Muppet Wiki: http://muppet.wikia.com/wiki/Peter_and_the_Wolf

S0E32
How To Do Elmo's Brand New Dance
Air date: —
Summary

Tickling with a Groovy Twist Elmo's Tickle Hands come with an exclusive DVD that features a dance lesson on how to perform Elmo's brand new dance -- the "Tickle Hand Groove." This is a simple dance that children will be able to learn with ease. The DVD is hosted by Elmo, himself, and has all the charm of any Sesame Street feature. Kids will find the accompanying song upbeat and danceable. The song can be played at any time by pressing the image of Elmo's face on the right glove. What's in the Box

Summary

Tickling with a Groovy Twist Elmo's Tickle Hands come with an exclusive DVD that features a dance lesson on how to perform Elmo's brand new dance -- the "Tickle Hand Groove." This is a simple dance that children will be able to learn with ease. The DVD is hosted by Elmo, himself, and has all the charm of any Sesame Street feature. Kids will find the accompanying song upbeat and danceable. The song can be played at any time by pressing the image of Elmo's face on the right glove. What's in the Box

S0E31
Sing Yourself Silly
Air date: —
Summary

A collection of silly songs that children will love including Ladybug Picnic, Put Down the Ducky, Jellyman Kelly, Ten Tiny Turtles among others.

Summary

A collection of silly songs that children will love including Ladybug Picnic, Put Down the Ducky, Jellyman Kelly, Ten Tiny Turtles among others.

S0E28
Bert and Ernie's Word Play
Air date: —
Summary

The Muppets are putting on a play on words (get it?), a convenient framing device for a Sesame Street-style reading lesson. Get ready for some sticky, slippery fun when Prairie Dawn directs the G-rated vaudevillian act, complete with Bert and Ernie in straw hats telling corny jokes and a pie-throwing machine in fine working order. There are behind-the-scenes prop emergencies and a finale no-show, prompting rhyming lessons ("Oh, no, Hoho is a no-show!") and plenty of TV clips, including "I Am Chicken," the fowl take on the feminist anthem "I Am Woman." Elmo joins singing partners Mo and Flo in the stirring (substitute) finale, "We Got the Need to Read." Kindergarteners who think they're too old for Sesame Street might still get drawn in by challenges aimed at beginning readers. Ages 2 to 6.

Summary

The Muppets are putting on a play on words (get it?), a convenient framing device for a Sesame Street-style reading lesson. Get ready for some sticky, slippery fun when Prairie Dawn directs the G-rated vaudevillian act, complete with Bert and Ernie in straw hats telling corny jokes and a pie-throwing machine in fine working order. There are behind-the-scenes prop emergencies and a finale no-show, prompting rhyming lessons ("Oh, no, Hoho is a no-show!") and plenty of TV clips, including "I Am Chicken," the fowl take on the feminist anthem "I Am Woman." Elmo joins singing partners Mo and Flo in the stirring (substitute) finale, "We Got the Need to Read." Kindergarteners who think they're too old for Sesame Street might still get drawn in by challenges aimed at beginning readers. Ages 2 to 6.

S0E27
Elmo's World: The Great Outdoors
Air date: 03/Jun/2003
Summary

Get ready to explore the great outdoors with Elmo and learn all about Fish, Weather and Wild Animals! Wild Animals, Fish and Weather! With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo’s World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them. So if you want to know what to wear in the rain, where a fish lives or which animals are wild, it’s time to visit Elmo’s World!

Summary

Get ready to explore the great outdoors with Elmo and learn all about Fish, Weather and Wild Animals! Wild Animals, Fish and Weather! With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo’s World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them. So if you want to know what to wear in the rain, where a fish lives or which animals are wild, it’s time to visit Elmo’s World!

S0E26
The Great Numbers Game
Air date: 27/Jan/1998
Summary

1 to 20 is your aim if you want to play this game. With a push of the start button, Elmo, Telly and Gabi find themselves inside The Great Numbers Game. Each number they find leads them to one of Sesame Street's classic counting cartoons. Who will be the winner? Everyone wins when they play The Great Numbers Game! Features the best of Sesame Street's classic cartoon segments.

Summary

1 to 20 is your aim if you want to play this game. With a push of the start button, Elmo, Telly and Gabi find themselves inside The Great Numbers Game. Each number they find leads them to one of Sesame Street's classic counting cartoons. Who will be the winner? Everyone wins when they play The Great Numbers Game! Features the best of Sesame Street's classic cartoon segments.

S0E25
Kids' Favorite Songs 2
Air date: —
Summary

Somewhere into the so-so "Itsy Bitsy Spider" segment, the sinking feeling that Kids' Favorite Songs 2 is strictly sequel material sets in. This is a march down Sesame Street on a slow day, when the loopy monster misunderstandings and goofball gags miss a rare beat or two. Still, making merry is what the Sesame crew does best, and they succeed here, if on a less brilliant level than we've come to expect. All the usual favorites, like "If You're Happy and You Know It" and "The Ants Go Marching," get the gang and their real-life kid friends grooving, and a running joke involving a renegade meatball keeps kids 18 months to 5 tuned in to the end. Elmo hosts.

Summary

Somewhere into the so-so "Itsy Bitsy Spider" segment, the sinking feeling that Kids' Favorite Songs 2 is strictly sequel material sets in. This is a march down Sesame Street on a slow day, when the loopy monster misunderstandings and goofball gags miss a rare beat or two. Still, making merry is what the Sesame crew does best, and they succeed here, if on a less brilliant level than we've come to expect. All the usual favorites, like "If You're Happy and You Know It" and "The Ants Go Marching," get the gang and their real-life kid friends grooving, and a running joke involving a renegade meatball keeps kids 18 months to 5 tuned in to the end. Elmo hosts.

S0E24
Elmo's World: Wake Up With Elmo
Air date: 14/May/2002
Summary

Waking up is easier when your friend Elmo is there to help you greet the day! Join him as he learns all about sleep, getting dressed, and teeth. With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo's World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them, And Elmo has help from his friends Bert & Ernie, Mr. Noodle and the Count to aswner questions like "how do you go to sleep,?" "how do you button a shirt?" and "how do you taken care of your teeth?" In Elmo's World, learning is always fun! 50 minutes.

Summary

Waking up is easier when your friend Elmo is there to help you greet the day! Join him as he learns all about sleep, getting dressed, and teeth. With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo's World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them, And Elmo has help from his friends Bert & Ernie, Mr. Noodle and the Count to aswner questions like "how do you go to sleep,?" "how do you button a shirt?" and "how do you taken care of your teeth?" In Elmo's World, learning is always fun! 50 minutes.

S0E23
Elmo In Grouchland
Air date: 27/Jan/1999
Summary

When Oscar carelessly tosses Elmo's fuzzy blanket into his trash can, Elmo dives in after it, into Grouchland, the land of Grouches, stinky garbage and the greedy Huxley who hasn't learned how to share.

Summary

When Oscar carelessly tosses Elmo's fuzzy blanket into his trash can, Elmo dives in after it, into Grouchland, the land of Grouches, stinky garbage and the greedy Huxley who hasn't learned how to share.

S0E22
Elmo's World: Happy Holidays
Air date: 24/Sep/2002
Summary

In the first-ever "Elmo's World" holiday special, Elmo is gearing up to celebrate Christmas. But what present will he give Dorothy, his beloved goldfish? As he searches for an answer, Elmo learns about holidays around the world and discovers the many things that Christmas, Chanukah and Kwanzaa have in common. Finally, Elmo goes to the North Pole, where Santa has some expert advice about the true spirit of Chirstmas - and the perfect gift for Dorothy!

Summary

In the first-ever "Elmo's World" holiday special, Elmo is gearing up to celebrate Christmas. But what present will he give Dorothy, his beloved goldfish? As he searches for an answer, Elmo learns about holidays around the world and discovers the many things that Christmas, Chanukah and Kwanzaa have in common. Finally, Elmo goes to the North Pole, where Santa has some expert advice about the true spirit of Chirstmas - and the perfect gift for Dorothy!

S0E21
Learning About Letters
Air date: —
Summary

Big Bird and Telly Monster lead young viewers through the alphabet, letter by letter, in a magical and imaginative half-hour discovery of letters and their sounds. The perfect tape for young Sesame Street fans who are just beginning to get the hang of what letters are all about, it includes short skits, songs, and other bits of business--some original, some culled from the Sesame Street show--featuring a variety of Muppet characters as well as the human residents of that famously educational thoroughfare.

Summary

Big Bird and Telly Monster lead young viewers through the alphabet, letter by letter, in a magical and imaginative half-hour discovery of letters and their sounds. The perfect tape for young Sesame Street fans who are just beginning to get the hang of what letters are all about, it includes short skits, songs, and other bits of business--some original, some culled from the Sesame Street show--featuring a variety of Muppet characters as well as the human residents of that famously educational thoroughfare.

S0E20
Furry Red Monster Parade
Air date: —
Summary

It's hard for Elmo to have a Red Furry Monster Parade when he's the only red furry monster on SESAME STREET, and so his friends decide to join in. The only problem is the more friends who want to join, the longer the parade name is going to get. How will the gang have a parade that includes everyone without the name of it becoming impossible to remember?

Summary

It's hard for Elmo to have a Red Furry Monster Parade when he's the only red furry monster on SESAME STREET, and so his friends decide to join in. The only problem is the more friends who want to join, the longer the parade name is going to get. How will the gang have a parade that includes everyone without the name of it becoming impossible to remember?

S0E18
The Best of Elmo
Air date: —
Summary

The Sesame Street character has fun singing some catchy new songs (you and your toddler just might, too), explaining the difference between light and heavy, having a laugh over pictures and numbers, and sharing the screen with a good-natured Whoopi Goldberg and Julia Roberts. Of the various Elmo videos, this one really does have the choicest material and stands up to repeat viewings--a big plus with little ones.

Summary

The Sesame Street character has fun singing some catchy new songs (you and your toddler just might, too), explaining the difference between light and heavy, having a laugh over pictures and numbers, and sharing the screen with a good-natured Whoopi Goldberg and Julia Roberts. Of the various Elmo videos, this one really does have the choicest material and stands up to repeat viewings--a big plus with little ones.

S0E17
Elmo Says Boo!
Air date: —
Summary

Elmo visits The Count's castle to tell him funny scary jokes. Classic Sesame Street segments are separated with new joke segments set in the castle's exterior, featuring one Sesame Street character and a child, and interior, featuring The Count, Elmo, and some combination of the Bats, the Skeleton, a painting of the "Groana Lisa," a suit of armor and the Count's pipe organ.

Summary

Elmo visits The Count's castle to tell him funny scary jokes. Classic Sesame Street segments are separated with new joke segments set in the castle's exterior, featuring one Sesame Street character and a child, and interior, featuring The Count, Elmo, and some combination of the Bats, the Skeleton, a painting of the "Groana Lisa," a suit of armor and the Count's pipe organ.

S0E15
Abby in Wonderland
Air date: 28/Nov/2008
Summary

After wishing she had her own fairy tale, Abby Cadabby falls asleep while reading "Alice in Wonderland" with Elmo, and ends up in a world just like the book! Also includes the thrilling adventure, "Texas Telly and the Golden Triangle of Destiny!" Note: This entry refers to the special as aired on television, and not the direct-to-DVD version. Episode image is courtesy of MuppetWiki and used here under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDB).

Summary

After wishing she had her own fairy tale, Abby Cadabby falls asleep while reading "Alice in Wonderland" with Elmo, and ends up in a world just like the book! Also includes the thrilling adventure, "Texas Telly and the Golden Triangle of Destiny!" Note: This entry refers to the special as aired on television, and not the direct-to-DVD version. Episode image is courtesy of MuppetWiki and used here under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDB).

S0E14
Kids' Favorite Songs
Air date: —
Summary

Kids' Favorite Songs kicks off with a cackle-worthy parody of Bob Dylan doing "Old McDonald," and from there the groovy gags keep comin' 'round the mountain. Everywhere Elmo turns on Sesame Street monsters spontaneously burst into song, and all because they want him to feature their favorite tunes on his forthcoming radio countdown. For Telly, winnowing the hits to one is akin to Cookie Monster choosing between a macaroon and a figgie bar: at first he's sure that "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star" lights his fire, but then he says bye-bye to a black sheep. The street heaves a collective sigh pavementward when word comes down that the countdown is strictly a numbers gig, no music involved. Only Sesame Street could weave well-loved musical numbers around a simple numbers lesson with such wacky pizzazz, making this a countdown that's no letdown for high-spirited parent-preschooler combos.

Summary

Kids' Favorite Songs kicks off with a cackle-worthy parody of Bob Dylan doing "Old McDonald," and from there the groovy gags keep comin' 'round the mountain. Everywhere Elmo turns on Sesame Street monsters spontaneously burst into song, and all because they want him to feature their favorite tunes on his forthcoming radio countdown. For Telly, winnowing the hits to one is akin to Cookie Monster choosing between a macaroon and a figgie bar: at first he's sure that "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star" lights his fire, but then he says bye-bye to a black sheep. The street heaves a collective sigh pavementward when word comes down that the countdown is strictly a numbers gig, no music involved. Only Sesame Street could weave well-loved musical numbers around a simple numbers lesson with such wacky pizzazz, making this a countdown that's no letdown for high-spirited parent-preschooler combos.

S0E13
Elmo's World Opposites
Air date: 05/Feb/2008
Summary

How do you go up and down on a see-saw? What types of things open and close? Which is faster, a tortoise or a hare? Elmo and his friends explore all kinds of opposites.

Summary

How do you go up and down on a see-saw? What types of things open and close? Which is faster, a tortoise or a hare? Elmo and his friends explore all kinds of opposites.

S0E12
Computer Caper
Air date: —
Summary

The caper begins when Telly gets an e-mail account and Luis helps him send a message to friends. Several characters, including Sesame Street favorites like Cookie Monster and Oscar, write back--and someone who signs their message, "Your Mystery Friend."

Summary

The caper begins when Telly gets an e-mail account and Luis helps him send a message to friends. Several characters, including Sesame Street favorites like Cookie Monster and Oscar, write back--and someone who signs their message, "Your Mystery Friend."

S0E9
Sing, Hoot & Howl
Air date: 06/Apr/2004
Summary

Who better than Big Bird to host this "Sesame Street" musical salute to our furred and feathered friends? Join a Muppet menagerie as they sing songs like "Cluck Around the Clock" and others.

Summary

Who better than Big Bird to host this "Sesame Street" musical salute to our furred and feathered friends? Join a Muppet menagerie as they sing songs like "Cluck Around the Clock" and others.

S0E3
Let's Make Music
Air date: —
Summary

Telly learns that music can be made from many different things, as the members of Stomp! make music all along Sesame Street with different every day objects.

Summary

Telly learns that music can be made from many different things, as the members of Stomp! make music all along Sesame Street with different every day objects.

S0E2
Do The Alphabet
Air date: —
Summary

When Baby Bear must learn his alphabet in one day, Big Bird patiently takes him under his wing in Do the Alphabet. Only "The Method," (a hilarious combination of dance, song, visualization, and group therapy) can help Baby Bear on such short notice.

Summary

When Baby Bear must learn his alphabet in one day, Big Bird patiently takes him under his wing in Do the Alphabet. Only "The Method," (a hilarious combination of dance, song, visualization, and group therapy) can help Baby Bear on such short notice.

S0E1
The Letter of the Month Club
Air date: —
Summary

Telly Monster couldn't be more excited about his new Letter of the Month Club membership, and soon Vinnie the Delivery Guy is at the door with the letter A. Then a B arrives, followed by C, and D--and best of all, every letter comes with sound! The only problem is that the letters are taking over Hooper's store and Telly will have to choose between his letters and his friends.

Summary

Telly Monster couldn't be more excited about his new Letter of the Month Club membership, and soon Vinnie the Delivery Guy is at the door with the letter A. Then a B arrives, followed by C, and D--and best of all, every letter comes with sound! The only problem is that the letters are taking over Hooper's store and Telly will have to choose between his letters and his friends.

Cast

Main cast members.

Crew

Creators, directors, writers, and production crew.

Similar TV Shows

Community picks and smart matches based on genre, network, country, and language.

Smart picks

Suggest a Similar Show

Login to suggest similar TV shows.

User Reviews & Ratings

Audience score, review cards, votes, comments, and watch activity.

+ Review
0.0 0 review(s)
No ratings yet.
Watch Activity
Watching0
Completed0
Dropped0
Not Interested0
Watched Episode0
Season Rating Chart

Season Rating Chart

Average rating from all episode ratings in each season.

No episode ratings yet. Rate episodes below to build this chart.
Top Rated Episodes

Top Rated Episodes

Episodes ranked by audience rating.

No top episodes yet.
No reviews yet. Be the first to rate this show.
My Rating

My Rating

What did you think of Sesame Street?

Login to Review